The 2001-2003 Shawnee State University Catalog

Shawnee State University does not discriminate in admission, access, or treatment in programs and activities or employment policies or practices on the basis of race, creed, sex, color, national or ethnic origin, religion, marital status, age, sexual orientation, Vietnam-era or qualified disabled veteran status, or qualified handicap. Accordingly, Shawnee State University complies with Title VI (34 C.F.R. Part 100) and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (34 C.F.R. Part 106), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (34 C.F.R. Part 104), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and other appropriate state and federal statutes, regulations, and/or guidelines as they exist and may be amended from time to time. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title VI, Title IX, and Section 504 may be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, located in the Office of the President, Commons Bldg., Shawnee State University, Portsmouth, OH 45662, telephone 740.354.3205; to the Director, Ohio Civil Rights Commission, 220 Parsons Ave., Columbus, OH 43266; to the Director, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Region V, 401 S. State St., Chicago, IL 60605; or to the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20202.

© Shawnee State University, 2001 2— TABLE OF CONTENTS

3 Welcome 47 Student Development 4 How to Reach Us Counseling • Children’s Learning Center • Health Services • Athletics • Student Activities 5 About the 54 Academic Programs University Programs of Study • General Education Past and Present • Mission Statement • Program The Strategic Plan • Accreditations and Approvals 59 College of Arts and 10 Academic Calendar Sciences 2001 -2002 Academic Calendar • Tentative English and Humanities • Fine, Digital, and 2002-2003 Academic Calendar Performing Arts • Mathematical Sciences • Natural Sciences • Social Sciences • Teacher 14 Admission Policies Education Degree-Seeking High School Graduates • Applicants with the GED • Undeclared 125 College of Major/Undecided Student • Freshman Studies • Transfer Students • International Students • Professional Studies Non-Degree Students • Campus Tours Business Administration • Health Sciences • Industrial and Engineering Technologies 25 Registration 176 Pre-College Programs Information BASICS • BEAR CUBS Program • Talent Registration • Student Success Center • Search • Upward Bound • Upward Bound Math Placement Testing • Orientation Science Center 29 Fees and Financial 179 University Outreach Aid Services Fees and Expenses • Financial Aid School to Work • Target Industries Training Program • Tech Prep • 21st Century 37 Academic Policies Community Learning Centers and Programs 183 Affiliated Academic Integrity • Grading/Awarding of Credit • Class Ranking • Incomplete Grades • Organizations Administrative Hold • Academic Assessment • Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education Dean’s List/President’s List • Pass/No-Credit • • Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity Credit by Examination • College Level Center • ROAD:MAP 2005 Examination Program • Credit for Military Experiences • Prerequisites • Repeating 185 Course Descriptions Coursework • Grade Appeals • Grade Point Average • Academic Probation • Academic 280 Trustees, Staff, & Suspension/Dismissal • Audit (Non-Credit) • Course Credit by Arrangement • Internship Faculty Guidelines • Faculty Advising • Faculty Expectations and Responsibilities • Visitors to Index Class • Bringing Children to or Leaving 288 Children at the University • Adding a Class • Dropping a Class • Withdrawing Completely • Transcripts/Grade Reports • Graduation Requirements • Graduation with Honors • Honors Program • Graduate Center • Center for International Programs and Activities • Instructional Support • Developmental Education • Clark Memorial Library MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT — 3 Message from the President

The word curriculum literally means a running track. In Latin it came to mean a track of any kind—a horse track, a career, or a course of studies. There are some reasons for that. A running track has a beginning, a middle, and an end. It is only by a succession of steps that a person gets from that beginning to the end. The curriculum you have undertaken at Shawnee State University is very similar. You have a beginning and an end to the task of preparing yourself to take your role in society. Your studies at Shawnee State University will take you through the specific curriculum or coursework you have chosen. That racetrack is laid out for you in this catalog.

I would like for you to always think of what you are doing here and those individual courses you take as your steps along the way to the finish line. Too often in higher education, we lose sight of the big picture and concentrate on what each one of the courses means, one at a time. You must keep in mind that they are part of a whole. With the completion of each course, you are one step closer to winning your academic race.

On occasion, pick up this catalog and review your curriculum and see how the courses you have taken and are taking fit together. See what the purposes are of the General Education Program. It is not just a series of hurdles you must jump but rather a strategy you must take in the first part of your race. It gives you a solid base from which to move on and pursue areas in depth and develop more refined skills as you proceed to the courses in your major. We are very fortunate here at Shawnee State University to have a senior seminar that ties everything together for the spurt to the finish of your academic curriculum.

Please use your time here wisely and always keep in mind where you are going and what you need to do to win your race. I wish you the best of luck with your studies at Shawnee State University, Southern Ohio’s Dream Machine. At SSU, student dreams become careers.

Sincerely,

James P. Chapman, Ph.D. President 4— KEEPING IN TOUCH

Career Services • 351.3259 Personnel, Faculty • 351.3260 Center for International Programs Personnel, Staff • 351.3420 How to • 351.3127 Placement Testing • 351.3594 CLEP Testing • 351.3594 Presidential and Trustee Affairs Clubs and Organizations • 351.3208 Reach • 351.3217 Professional Studies, College of Counseling and Psychological • 351.3270 Services • 351.3539 Provost’s Office • 351.3472 Us Degree Programs, Admission Public Relations • 351.3422 • 351.3221 Mailing Address Registration • 351.3262 Dental Hygiene Clinic • 351.3241 Shawnee State University Social Sciences, Department of 940 Second Street Development • 351.3284 • 351.3234 Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Developmental Education: Student Activities • 351.3217 English & Humanities • 351.3300 Telephone Number Mathematics • 351.3301 Student Affairs • 351.3280 740.354.3205 Disability Services •351.3276 Student Employment • 351.3213 740.351.3205 Donations, Gifts, Bequests Student Government Association TTY 740.351.3159 • 351.3284 • 351.3320 English and Humanities, Dpt. of Student Newspaper • 351.3278 FAX Number • 351.3300 Student Programming Board 740.351.3416 Financial Aid • 351.4AID • 351.3467 Student Success Center • 351.3594 E-Mail Fine, Digital, & Performing Arts, Dpt. of • 351.3118 Student Support Services [email protected] General Education Program • 351.3444 • 351.3137 World Wide Web Talent Search • 351.3436 www.shawnee.edu Graduate Center • 351.3177 Teacher Education, Dept. of Greek Council • 351.3854 • 351.3451 Communication with Shawnee State Health Sciences, Department of Title III • 351.3594 will be easier if your first message is • 351.3225 Transcripts • 351.3403 addressed to the people listed below. Housing • 351.3217 The telephone numbers listed provide Transfer Admission • 351.3221 direct access to those offices. Industrial and Engineering Tutoring, Supplemental Technologies, Department of Instruction, Learning Assistance • 351.3224 • 351.3594 Admission • 351.4SSU Institutional Research • 351.3450 University Advancement Alumni Affairs • 351.3284 International Students • 351.3221 • 351.3171 Arts and Sciences, College of University Outreach Services • 351.3554 L.E.A.D. (Leadership Development Program) • • 351.3274 or 866.672.8778 Assessment Office • 351.3583 351.3217 University Center • 351.3217 Athletic Center • 351.3285 Library • 351.3323 Upward Bound • 351.3439 Athletics, Intercollegiate and Mathematical Sciences, Dpt. of Veterans Coordinator • 351.4441 Intramural • 351.3285 • 351.3301 Bookstore • 351.3418 Media Services • 351.3319 Business Administration, Dpt. of Millers Analogies Test • 351.3594 • 351.3215 Multicultural Student Services Business Office (payment of bills) • 351.3553 • 351.3279 Natural Sciences, Department of Cafeteria • 351.3617 • 351.3456 Campus Tours • 351.3221 or Orientation, New Student 351.3557 • 351.3594 About the University 6— HISTORY

the college-going rate in the school systems in these counties. Shawnee The only public university in Ohio located on the banks of the Ohio River, Shawnee State features a beautifully landscaped campus. Its 26 State buildings include the Advanced Technology Center, home of one of only 50 Digistar II planetariums in the world. The three-story Clark University: Memorial Library features computers, Internet access, and thousands of books, videocassettes, CDs, government documents, and periodicals. The 102,000 square foot Vern Riffe Center for Past and the Arts features an acoustically superior 1,139 seat Main Theater and is home to both cultural and academic programs. The James A. Rhodes Present Athletic Center offers a gymnasium that is home In 1986, an act of the Ohio Legislature, (put to the Shawnee State Bears, weight rooms, in effect on July 2) created Shawnee State Uni- racquetball courts, a dance classroom, and a versity, from what was formerly a community junior Olympic-size swimming pool. Shawnee college. Since then, Shawnee State University— State's Children’s Learning Center serves as a the regional state university of south central center of learning for area children as well as a Ohio—has continued to incorporate baccalaure- lab school for teacher education students at the ate degree programs with its already successful University. associate degree programs. Shawnee State has a rich tradition of success Shawnee State offers more than 80 bachelor's in athletics. A member of the National Associa- and associate degree programs in areas such as tion of Intercollegiate Athletics, the University the arts, English and humanities, mathematical has participated in 11 national championships sciences, natural sciences, social sciences, teacher in 3 of 11 sponsored sports. The women’s education, business administration, industrial basketball team won the NAIA Division II and engineering technologies, and health National Championship on March 16, 1999. A sciences. Shawnee State University, the univer- member of the American Mideast Conference sity of opportunity, has the lowest tuition rate since 1991, formerly the Mid-Ohio Conference, among Ohio’s public universities, and it offers the Shawnee State Bears have garnered 14 reduced in-district rates to eligible students in championships in 4 sports. Kentucky and West Virginia. Enrollment at Engaged in relationships with universities in Ohio’s newest four-year institution is typically Germany, China, and Spain, Shawnee State around 3,500. University attracts a growing number of inter- Shawnee State University's federally funded national students while SSU students themselves TRIO programs prepare qualified individuals have the opportunity to travel and study abroad from disadvantaged backgrounds for programs thanks to the Hodgden Travel Fund and the of post-secondary education. The University is Center for International Programs and Activities one of only several institutions in the United (CIPA). States to have been awarded four out of the five Students come to SSU for many reasons TRIO programs and the only institution in Ohio including a low student/teacher ratio, more to have four. than $1.5 million in scholarships, and proven Shawnee State University is also home to the programs that ensure success in the classroom Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education and in finding jobs. (OACHE), an organization that sponsors projects Because of these and many other reasons, in 40 partner public school districts and ten more and more individuals are realizing that member institutions. Its goal is to break down Shawnee State University is southern Ohio’s the barriers to access and success in higher edu- Dream Machine—where student dreams cation. Twenty-nine Ohio Appalachia counties become careers. are in the project area, and OACHE-sponsored projects have been responsible for increasing MISSION STATEMENT — 7

public service expectations by meeting state Mission Statement priorities, including the continuing education and training needs of business and industry. Shawnee State University—the regional state Shawnee State is, therefore, a willing partner in university of Southern Ohio—prepares students cooperative ventures with educational institu- for the changing needs of business, industry, tions and organizations that assist in developing education, and society through its diversified the economic, educational, and cultural base of degree programs. Recognizing the importance South Central Ohio. of knowledge, values, and cultural enrichment, Commitment to increasing quality. Shawnee Shawnee State University is committed to State University is committed to a process of providing an undergraduate education that quality improvement in its desire to serve the fosters competence in oral and written commu- changing needs of society, its institutions, and nication, scientific and quantitative reasoning, agencies. That improvement is implemented at and critical analysis/logical thinking. To enrich SSU in several ways: conducting required the lives of the community, the University academic program reviews every five years, provides opportunities for continuing personal meeting the quality standards of professional and professional development, intellectual accrediting agencies, conducting multiple discovery, and appreciation for the creative and assessments of student learning outcomes, performing arts. utilizing selective degree program advisory groups of practicing professionals, surveying alumni and employers annually, and applying Goals and Priorities Total Quality Improvement principles in selected Dedication to undergraduate education. The classrooms and student-serving offices. University fulfills its mission by offering bacca- laureate and associate degrees in the traditional academic fields, innovative interdisciplinary programs, and technical and career-oriented programs. These programs emphasize the The Strategic Plan interests of Appalachians and, because of the Theme: Teaching and Learning distinctiveness of selected degree programs in Ohio, also attract students from other areas of Goal: To be widely recognized as an exemplary the nation and abroad. Moreover, SSU serves as public university committed to student success and the community and technical college for residents excellence in teaching and learning. of Scioto, Lawrence, and Pike Counties due to STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: its historic development from a technical school, branch campus, and community college. 1. Promote the value of undergraduate higher Focus on excellence in teaching. Teaching education to the community and region. and learning are Shawnee State’s most important 2. Support and advance effective teaching. functions. Service and scholarship, including 3. Improve student proficiency levels in basic creative activities and applied research, are knowledge and skills needed for success in essential parts of this function, especially as the 21st century, such as oral and written they inform teaching. Faculty are evaluated first communication, mathematics, and computer and foremost on excellence in teaching and skills. second on scholarship and/or service to the 4. Create a “culture of planning” to guide deci- University and the community. sions about possible changes in academic Dedication to motivating college attendance programs and services. and graduation. Shawnee State University serves an ever-increasing number of traditional, 5. Sustain academic and student services nontraditional, and transfer students who find supporting technical, career-oriented, and themselves competing for jobs and careers in a professional programs. global technological society. The vision of larger size for the University is a calling to increase the Theme: Growth and Development quality of life of people—through education. Goal: To assure the full development of the Pledge to developing cooperative relation- University through planned enrollment growth and ships. As a state university, SSU fulfills Ohio’s wise investment in educational initiatives. 8— ACCREDITATIONS

STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: American Dental Association, Commission on 1. Increase enrollment. Dental Accreditation 211 East Chicago Avenue 2. Respond selectively to opportunities for Chicago, IL 60611 growth and expansion of academic programs, 312.440.2500 both at the associate and baccalaureate level. 3. Improve graduation and completion rates of Association of Collegiate Business Schools students significantly. and Programs 4. Improve institutional procedures through 7007 College Boulevard, Suite 420 organizational change and continuous atten- Overland Park, Kansas 66211 tion to student needs and human resource 913.339.9356 development. Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Theme: Community Care (CoARC) 1248 Harwood Road Goal: To increase opportunities for students, the Bedford, TX 76021-4244 campus community, and area residents by pursuing 800.874.5615 joint initiatives with the larger community and by cultivating a shared sense of purpose within the Commission on Accreditation in Physical University. Therapy Education, American Physical STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: Therapy Association 1111 North Fairfax Street 1. Enhance internal and external communication. Alexandria, VA 22314-1488 2. Enhance commitment to collective planning 703.706.3245 and decision making through effective shared governance. Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health 3. Build a more vital campus life. Education Programs (CAAHEP) 4. Develop partnerships that involve the 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970 University in collaborative activities with Chicago, IL 60601 other groups and institutions. 312.553.9355 Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 900 Accreditations and Chicago, IL 60606-2901 Approvals 312.704.5300 Shawnee State University is accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Higher Learning Commission and a member of Laboratory Sciences the North Central Association, 30 North LaSalle 8410 West Bryn Avenue, Suite 670 Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504, tele- Chicago, IL 60631-3415 phone 312.263.0456 or 800.621.7440. Graduates 773.714.8880 of the University are awarded baccalaureate and associate degrees and certificates. Ohio Board of Nursing In addition, the institution or specific 17 South High Street, Suite 400 programs are accredited or approved by the Columbus, OH 43215-3413 following agencies: 614.466.3947

Accreditation Council for Occupational Ohio Board of Regents Therapy Education 30 East Broad Street 4720 Montgomery Lane 36th Floor P.O. Box 31220 Columbus, OH 43266-0417 Bethesda, MD 20824-1220 614.466.6000 301.652.2682 ACCREDITATIONS — 9

Ohio Department of Public Safety, Division of Emergency Medical Services (EMT-B and Paramedic Training Programs) 1970 West Broad Street P.O. Box 182073 Columbus, OH 43218 614.466.3250

State of Ohio, Board of Examiners of Nursing Home Administrators 246 North High Street Columbus, OH 43216 614.466.5714

State of Ohio, Department of Education 65 South Front Street Columbus, OH 43216-4183 614.466.4838

State of Ohio, Department of Education, Division of Vocational Education 65 South Front Street, Room 910 Columbus, OH 43215-4183 614.466.2901

United States Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202-0498 800.USA.LEARN (800.872.5327) Academic Calendar ACADEMIC CALENDAR — 11

September 4 Grades due in Office of the Registrar by noon (full summer 2001-2002 quarter and second five-week term)

Academic Fall Quarter, 2001 May 7 Advance registration opens for Calendar fall quarter September 3 Labor Day — University closed September 17 Late registration for fall quarter; Summer Quarter, 2001 First day of fall quarter — May 8 Advance registration opens for classes begin; summer quarter Last day for 100% refund upon June 18 Late registration for summer complete withdrawal from fall quarter; quarter First day of summer quarter — September 21 Last day to add a class classes begin (full summer qtr. September 27 Yom Kippur — University and first five-week term); open Last day for 100% refund upon September 28 Last day to apply for pass/no- complete withdrawal (all credit summer terms) October 1 Last day to apply for fall June 20 Last day to add a class (first quarter graduation five-week term) October 8 Columbus Day — University June 22 Last day to add a class (full open summer term) November 1 Last day to apply for non-credit July 4 Independence Day Holiday — November 2 Last day to drop a class University closed November 12 Veteran’s Day Observed — July 9 Last day to apply for non- University closed credit (first five-week term) November 22 Thanksgiving Day — July 16 Last day to drop a class (first University closed five-week term) November 23 Thanksgiving Holiday — July 23 Last day of first five-week University closed (in lieu of term; Columbus Day) Final exams (first five-week November 28 Last day of fall quarter term) Nov. 29-Dec. 5 Final Exams July 24 First day of second five-week December 7 Grades due in Office of the term; Registrar by noon Grades due in Office of the December 24 Christmas Holiday — Registrar by noon (first five- University closed (in lieu of week term) President’s Day) August 1 Last day to apply for summer December 25 Christmas Day — University quarter graduation closed August 10 Last day to apply for non-credit; Last day to drop a class (full summer quarter) Winter Quarter, 2002 August 20 Last day to drop a class November 1 Advance registration opens for (second five-week term) winter quarter August 27 Last day of quarter (full January 1 New Year’s Day — University summer term and second five- closed week term) January 3 First day of winter quarter— Aug. 28-Sep. 1 Final Exams classes begin; Late registration for winter quarter; 12 — ACADEMIC CALENDAR

January 3 Last day for 100% refund upon cont’d. complete withdrawal from winter quarter Tentative January 8 Last day to add a class January 15 Last day to apply for pass/no- credit 2002-2003 January 21 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day — University closed February 18 Advance registration for spring Academic quarter opens; President’s Day — University open; Calendar Last day to apply for non- credit The following calendar for the 2002-2003 academic February 21 Last day to drop a class year is tentative and subject to change. March 14 Last day of winter quarter March 15-21 Final Exams Summer Quarter, 2002 March 22 Grades due in Office of the Registrar by noon June 17 First day of summer quarter — classes begin (full summer qtr. and first five-week term); Spring Quarter, 2002 Last day for 100% refund for complete withdrawal (all January 31 Last day to apply for spring qtr. summer terms); graduation (and participate in Late registration for summer June commencement) quarter February 18 Advance registration opens for June 19 Last day to add a class (first spring and summer quarters five-week term) March 29 First day of spring quarter — June 21 Last day to add a class (full classes begin; summer quarter) Late registration for spring July 4 Independence Day — quarter; University closed Last day for 100% refund upon July 10 Last day to apply for non-credit complete withdrawal from (first five-week term) spring quarter July 16 Last day to drop a class (first April 5 Last day to add a class five-week term) April 12 Last day to apply for pass/no- July 22 Last day of first five-week term; credit Final exams (first five-week May 20 Last day to apply for non-credit term) May 22 Last day to drop a class July 23 First day of second five-week May 27 Memorial Day — University term; closed Grades due in Office of the June 7 Last day of spring quarter Registrar by noon (first five- June 10 -14 Final exams week term) June 14 Commencement August 1 Last day to apply for summer June 17 Grades due in Office of the quarter graduation Registrar by noon August 5 Last day to apply for non-credit Last day to drop a class (full summer quarter) August 14 Last day to drop a class (second five-week term) August 26 Last day of quarter (full summer quarter and second five-week term) August 27-31 Final exams ACADEMIC CALENDAR — 13

September 3 Grades due in Office of the January 12 Last day to add a class Registrar by noon (full summer January 16 Last day to apply for pass/ quarter and second five-week no-credit term) January 20 Martin Luther King Day — University closed February 17 President’s Day — University Fall Quarter, 2002 open May 7 Advance registration opens for Last day to apply for non-credit fall quarter Last day to drop a class September 2 Labor Day — University closed February 21 Advance registration opens for September 11 First day of fall quarter — spring quarter classes begin; March 14 Last day of winter quarter Last day for 100% refund for March 17-22 Final exams complete withdrawal from fall March 24 Grades due in Office of the quarter; Registrar by noon Late registration for fall quarter September 16 Yom Kippur — University open September 17 Last day to add a class Spring Quarter, 2003 September 20 Last day to apply for pass/ January 31 Last day to apply for spring no-credit qtr. graduation (and participate October 1 Last day to apply for fall quarter in June commencement) graduation February 18 Advance registration opens for October 14 Columbus Day — University spring and summer quarters open March 28 First day of spring quarter — October 30 Last day to apply for non-credit classes begin; November 1 Last day to drop a class Last day for 100% refund for November 11 Veterans Day observed — complete withdrawal from University closed spring quarter; November 20 Last day of fall quarter Late registration for spring qtr. Nov. 21-27 Final exams April 3 Last day to add a class November 28 Thanksgiving Day — University April 12 Last day to apply for pass/ closed no-credit November 29 Thanksgiving Holiday — May 7 Last day to apply for non-credit University closed (in lieu of May 8 Last day to drop a class Columbus Day) May 26 Memorial Day — University December 12 Grades due in Office of the closed Registrar by noon June 6 Last day of spring quarter December 24 Christmas Holiday — June 7-13 Final exams University closed (in lieu of June 13 Commencement President’s Day) June 18 Grades due in Office of the December 25 Christmas Day — University Registrar by noon closed

Winter Quarter, 2003 November 1 Advance registration opens for winter quarter January 1 New Year’s Day — University closed January 3 First day of winter quarter — classes begin; Last day for 100% refund for complete withdrawal from winter quarter; Late registration for winter qtr. Admission Policies ADMISSION POLICIES — 15

You must apply to the University prior to applying to a health science program. A separate Admission health science application form is available in the Office of Admission. to the ACT/SAT All students pursuing the four-year baccalau- University reate or two-year associate degrees or the one- year certificate are required to have scores from Admission to degree programs at Shawnee the American College Test (ACT) or Scholastic State University is open to graduates who hold Aptitude Test (SAT) forwarded to Shawnee a state-approved diploma from state chartered State University. Only applicants who are 21 or regionally accredited high schools and to years of age or older, as of the first day of their students who have earned high school first quarter of enrollment, are exempt from equivalency through the General Education providing ACT or SAT scores. Development (GED) program. However, Although Shawnee State has an open admission to the University does not guarantee admission policy and does not use the ACT or admission to specific programs of study. If you SAT for determining admission to the Univer- intend to apply for admission to a health science sity, it does require results of these tests for use program in the College of Professional Studies, in advisement and placement. Students who you should refer to the appropriate section of have not yet taken the ACT or SAT may contact this catalog for specific admission requirements. the Shawnee State University Admission Office Admission to students not seeking a degree for information about future ACT test dates. at Shawnee State University is also open. Applicants who have not taken the ACT or SAT You may request an application for admission will be accepted as “provisional students” but to the University by contacting the Office of must take the exam during the initial quarter of Admission, or you may complete and submit enrollment. the application form on-line via the SSU home page at www.shawnee.edu. There are varying additional requirements for students in different categories, including recent high school graduates, transfer students, Degree-Seeking special non-degree students, transient students, international students, and eligible students who are still attending high school. Requirements High School for each are discussed in the following sections. It is recommended that the high school Graduates background of the entering freshman pursuing High school graduates who have been a degree include: awarded a state-approved diploma are required •4 units English to submit a final, official transcript of academic •3 units mathematics (algebra 1 and 2, work to Shawnee State University. Students geometry) may send a high school transcript request form (which is attached to the application) or a written •3 units social studies request to the high school requesting an official •3 units science transcript to be forwarded directly to the •2 units foreign language University. Transcripts may be mailed directly from the •1 unit visual, performing arts (drama, music, high school to the following address: Office of art) Admission, Shawnee State University, 940 These courses are recommendations, not Second Street, Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344. requirements. However, if you have a deficiency Applicants may also hand-carry the transcript in in English or mathematics, you will be required an envelope sealed with a guidance counselor’s to take developmental courses prior to attempt- signature. Guidance counselors or high school ing college level work. officials may send transcripts via FAX to 16 — APPLICANTS WITH THE GED

740.351.3111 if accompanied by a signed transmittal form or by electronic transfer. The Applicants with University reserves the right to verify the final, official authenticity of any student’s transcript. the GED Any transcript document found to be fraudulent Students who have successfully completed becomes the student’s responsibility and the the GED may use the special GED transcript University reserves the right to withdraw request form (available in the admission office) admission acknowledgement and/or approval to have official GED transcripts sent to the of acceptance. University or they may request official transcripts If the University is not in receipt of your final, directly from the State GED Office, Ohio official high school transcript, you may only Department of Education, 65 South Front Street, register for classes as a special non-degree stu- Room 812, Columbus, Ohio 43266-0308 or State dent and are ineligible for financial aid awards. GED Office, Kentucky Department of Education, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601. If you obtained your GED in another state, please contact the Advanced Placement respective state department directly. Transcripts should be mailed to the following You may be awarded college credit for address: Office of Admission, Shawnee State satisfactory performance on certain proficiency University, 940 Second Street, Portsmouth, Ohio examinations. Each May, participating high 45662-4344. Transcripts must be received directly schools provide their students with an opportu- from the State GED Office. nity to take examinations in a variety of subject If the University is not in receipt of your areas through the Advanced Placement Program GED transcript, you may only register for (APTM), sponsored by the College Board and classes as a special non-degree student and are administered by Educational Testing Service ineligible for financial aid awards. (ETS). Students who achieve a grade of 3 or above may receive college credit on the basis of these examinations. Credit given through the AP program does not apply toward the residency requirement for graduation. Undeclared In addition, Shawnee State University recognizes that some courses completed in high Major/Undecided school or vocational school may be equivalent to some entry-level coursework at Shawnee Student State. In order to avoid repetition of such If you intend to pursue a degree but are courses and to encourage advanced study in undecided about a major, you may remain the respective disciplines, Shawnee State has ‘‘undeclared’’ until you earn your first 45 entered into ‘‘Articulation Agreements’’ with quarter hours of credit. At the completion of 45 high schools, vocational schools, and school dis- hours, you are required to declare a major or tricts. This allows the award of advanced place- you are prohibited from registering for classes. ment credit for certain coursework The Student Success Center will assist you with completed at the high school where articulation this process. agreements are in place. Such credit waives your course requirement. A more advanced class must be completed to replace the waived course. Please contact the registrar for information concerning eligibility for credit through Freshman Studies advanced placement. All new degree seeking students are admitted to the Freshman Studies Program. By the end of the 45th credit hour attempted, students must move into academic major areas as follows: 1. Score at the collegiate level on the required Shawnee State University placement test(s). TRANSFER STUDENTS — 17

ACT or SAT scores may be used to satisfy the award of an associate degree and a minimum placement test requirements as stated in this of 45 credit hours to be considered for the award catalog. of a baccalaureate degree. and If you have attended non-regionally accredited Declare an academic major or be accepted colleges or universities, you may transfer to into a selective program. Shawnee State University provided you meet all admission standards applicable to other OR transfer students. Credits applicable to the 2. Satisfactorily complete prescribed develop- curriculum for which you are applying which mental education courses if placement test were earned at non-regionally accredited insti- scores are not at the collegiate level. tutions will be considered for acceptance as and transfer credit if: Declare an academic major or be accepted •You have completed the associate degree at into a selective program. that institution, and •You validate the award of credit by complet- The Freshman Studies Program has two goals: ing, with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better, a planned •To prepare students to meet the academic program of courses totaling a minimum of 30 standards of the faculty. credit hours applicable to a four-year •To help students select the appropriate degree curriculum as approved by the registrar. For program that leads toward graduation. students transferring credit from non- regionally accredited colleges or universities, a maximum of 90 quarter hours will be considered for transfer. Transfer Students State Policy On Articulation Students who have attended other regionally accredited colleges or universities may transfer and Transfer to Shawnee State University provided they were Institutional Transfer. The Ohio Board of in good academic standing at the institution Regents, following the directive of the Ohio attended most recently. In addition to the General Assembly, has developed a statewide application for admission and high school policy to facilitate movement of students and transcript, you are required to provide an official transfer credits from one Ohio public college or transcript from each college or university university to another. The purpose of the State previously attended. College transcripts must Policy is to avoid duplication of course be received directly from those institutions. requirements and to enhance student mobility Photocopies, fax, and hand-carried transcripts throughout Ohio’s higher education system. are not accepted. You may be admitted as a Since independent colleges and universities in ‘‘provisional student’’ until such time as the Ohio may or may not be participating in the official transcripts are received from all previous transfer policy, students interested in transferring colleges. to an independent institution are encouraged to Credits applicable to the curriculum for check with the college or university of their which you are applying which were earned at choice regarding transfer agreements. regionally accredited colleges or universities are accepted at the time of admission. Generally, Transfer Module. The Ohio Board of courses completed with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better Regents’ Transfer and Articulation Policy are eligible for transfer. Under certain circum- established the Transfer Module, which is a stances, a ‘‘D’’ may be transferable. See the specific subset or the entire set of a college or registrar for further information. The credit university’s general education requirements. hours transferred do not become a part of the The Transfer Module contains 54-60 quarter grade point average at Shawnee State University. hours or 36-40 semester hours of specified course To receive transfer credit, you must file an credits in English composition, mathematics, official transcript of previous college work. You fine arts, humanities, social science, behavioral must earn a minimum of 30 credit hours at science, natural science, physical science, and Shawnee State University to be considered for interdisciplinary coursework. 18 — TRANSFER STUDENTS

Atransfer module completed at one college or of transfer credit, prospective transfer students university will automatically meet the require- should plan a course of study that will meet the ments of the transfer module at the receiving requirements of a degree program at the institution, once the student is accepted. Students receiving institution. Specifically, you should may be required, however, to meet additional identify early in your collegiate studies an general education requirements that are not institution and major to which you desire to included in the Transfer Module. transfer. Furthermore, you should determine if Conditions for Transfer Admission. Students there are language requirements or any special meeting the requirements of the Transfer Module course requirements that can be met during the are subject to the following conditions: freshman or sophomore year. This will enable you to plan and pursue a course of study that 1. The policy encourages receiving institutions will articulate with the receiving institution’s to give preferential consideration for admis- major. You are encouraged to seek further sion to students who complete the Transfer information regarding transfer from both your Module and either the associate of arts or the advisor and the college or university to which associate of science degrees. These students you plan to transfer. will be able to transfer all courses in which they received a passing grade of ‘‘D’’ or Appeals Process. Amulti-level, broad based better. Students must have an overall grade appeal process is required to be in place at each point average of 2.0 to be given credit for the institution. A student disagreeing with the Transfer Module. application of transfer credit by the receiving 2. The policy also encourages receiving institu- institution shall be informed of the right to tions to give preferential consideration for appeal the decision and the process for filing admission to students who complete the the appeal. Each institution shall make available Transfer Module with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or to students the appeal process for that specific better in each course and 90 quarter hours or college or university. 60 semester hours. Students must have an If a transfer student’s appeal is denied by the overall grade point average of 2.0 to be given institution after all appeal levels within the credit for the Transfer Module and only institution have been exhausted, the institution courses in which a ‘‘C’’ or better has been shall advise the student in writing of the earned will transfer. availability and process of appeal to the state 3. The policy encourages receiving institutions level Articulation and Transfer Appeals Review to admit, on a non-preferential consideration Committee. basis, students who complete the Transfer The Appeals Review Committee shall review Module with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better in each and recommend to institutions the resolution of course and less than 90 quarter hours or 60 individual cases of appeal from transfer students semester hours. These students will be able who have exhausted all local appeal mechanisms to transfer all courses in which they received concerning applicability of transfer credits at a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better. receiving institutions. Admission to a given institution, however, does not guarantee that a transfer student will Appeal Procedure Regarding be automatically admitted to all majors, minors, or fields of concentration at that institution. Transfer Credit Applicability Once admitted, transfer students shall be subject Historical Context. On November 16, 1990, to the same regulations governing applicability the Ohio Board of Regents passed a resolution of catalog requirements as all other students. mandating that public institutions of higher Furthermore, transfer students shall be accorded education establish a multilevel appeal proce- the same class standing and other privileges as dure to be followed by students dissatisfied native students on the basis of the number of with the applicability of transferred credit. The credits earned. All residency requirements must following multilevel appeal procedure at be successfully completed at the receiving Shawnee State University is designed to meet institution prior to the granting of a degree. the needs of these students and to comply with Responsibilities of Students. In order to the Ohio Board of Regents’ mandate. facilitate transfer with maximum applicability TRANSFER STUDENTS — 19

Shawnee State University Transfer Module (TM)

I. General Education II. Additional General III. Additional General Requirements Needed Education Requirements Education to Meet Minimum to Complete TM Requirements Beyond Required Hours in Each the TM for Graduation Field Category at SSU

English ENGL 111S (4) ENGL 112S (4) minimum ENGL 115S (4) 6 qtr. hours

Mathematics One of the following: MATH 132 (4) minimum MATH 110S (4) MATH 201 (4) MATH 202 (4) MATH 131 (4) MATH 220 (4) 3 qtr. hours MATH 170 (4) MATH 250 (4) MATH 190 (4)

Arts/Humanities One of the following: ARTH 261 (4) MUSI 221 (3) minimum IDST 225S (4) PHIL 200 (4) ARTH 262 (4) MUSI 222 (3) IDST 226S (4) ENGL 200 (4) MUSI 223 (3) 9 qtr. hours and two of the following: ENGL 211 (4) PHIL 105 (4) ARTH 101 (4) MUSI 120 (4) ENGL 212 (4) PHIL 200 (4) ENGL 275 (4) MUSI 220 (4) IDST 227S (4) THAR 100 (4)

Social Science One of the following: ECON 102 (4) HIST 203 (4) minimum ANTH 250 (4) SOCI 101 (4) GEOG 201 (4) PSYC 151 (4) GEOG 130 (4) SOCI 110S (4) GOVT 240 (4) PSYC 273 (4) 9 qtr. hours and two of the following: GOVT 250 (4) SOCI 201 (4) ANTH 101 (4) HIST 111 (4) HIST 201 (4) SOCI 205 (4) ECON 101 (4) HIST 112 (4) HIST 202 (4) GEOG 125 (4) HIST 113 (4) GOVT 101 (4) PSYC 101 (4)

Natural Sciences Select at least 9 hours from the GEOL 202 (4) minimum following courses: NTSC 240 (4) BIOL 151 (5) GEOL 111 (4) 9 qtr. hours BIOL 162 (5) GEOL 112 (4) BIOL 202 (5) GEOL 201 (4) BIOL 203 (5) PHYS 201 (4) CHEM 121 (4) PHYS 202 (4) CHEM 122 (4) PHYS 203 (4) CHEM 141 (5) PHYS 210 (4) CHEM 142 (5) PHYS 211 (4) CHEM 143 (5) PHYS 212 (4) CHEM 200 (4) PHYS 213 (4) Note: Credit not allowed for both CHEM 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series.

Interdisciplinary NTSC 110S (4) up to 9 qtr. hours may substitute for a natural science course in column I (above).

Subtotal 45-48 qtr. hours 9-12 qtr. hours IDST 490S (4) minimum and one of the following: PHIL 320S (4) PHIL 334 (4) 36 qtr. hours PHIL 331 (4) ROCI 485S (4) PHIL 332 (4)

Total 54 - 60 qtr. hours 20 — TRANSFER STUDENTS

Acceptance of Transfer Credit. Transfer Industrial and Engineering Technologies credit is awarded and posted to your Shawnee Mathematical Sciences State University transcript in accordance with Natural Sciences accepted national and state standards. Gener- Social Sciences ally, all courses satisfactorily completed at Teacher Education regionally accredited institutions are transferable. • The registrar and the GEP director serve as The Office of the Registrar is responsible for voting ex officio members of the committee. posting this credit to your transcript. If the committee determines that a change in Applicability of Transfer Credit. After trans- applicability is desirable, the committee chair fer credit has been posted to your transcript, the reports the necessary change with rationale to Office of the Registrar posts the courses to your you, the dean, and the registrar. If the committee Degree Audit and provides you with a copy of determines that an applicability change is not the audit. warranted, the committee chair notifies you, the Multilevel Appeals Procedure. State mandate dean, and the provost regarding the decision requires that you be notified of your right to and the rationale. appeal a transfer credit applicability decision. Level 3 You must file your written appeal within ninety If you and the Transfer Credit Appeals days following receipt of your Degree Audit. Committee are unable to reach a mutually The University must respond to your appeal agreeable resolution, you present your case to within thirty days of receipt of the appeal, at the provost. If the provost determines that a each appeal level. The appeal levels are defined change in applicability is desirable, he or she below. reports the necessary change with rationale to Level 1 you, the dean, the Transfer Credit Appeals You meet with the dean of the college in Committee chair, and the registrar. If the provost which you are enrolled to discuss the course(s) determines that a change in applicability is not in question. If both the dean and you are in warranted, the provost notifies you, the dean, agreement that a change in applicability is and the Transfer Credit Appeals Committee desirable, the dean reports the necessary change chair of the decision and the rationale. You have with rationale to the registrar. If the dean no further recourse within the institution. How- determines that an applicability change is not ever, if you wish to pursue the matter further, a warranted, the dean notifies you, the Transfer statewide appeals procedure is available. Credit Appeals Committee chair, and the provost Transfer Credit Appeals Committee regarding the decision and the rationale. Membership. Faculty representatives to the Level 2 Transfer Credit Appeals Committee are deter- mined by a procedure agreed upon by the If you and the dean are unable to reach a faculty within their respective units as indicated mutually agreeable resolution, you present your in Level 2. Committee members annually elect a case before the Transfer Credit Appeals Com- chair. The committee chair votes only in the mittee. The Transfer Credit Appeals Committee event of a tie. Staggered terms of three years is charged with reviewing the manner in which begin January 1. Elected representatives may be transfer credit has been applied to your degree required to meet during the summer months if program when you and the approprite dean are a student submits an appeal during that time unable to reach a mutually satisfactory agree- period. Deans may appoint alternates if neces- ment. The committee may vote to support the sary. The registrar and the GEP director serve as dean’s position, your position, or suggest voting ex officio committee members. alternatives for the dean and you to consider. This committee reports to the provost and is composed as follows: •One faculty representative from each of the following departments Arts and Humanities Business Administration Health Sciences INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS — 21

International Non-Degree Students Students International students who are seeking admission to Shawnee State University must Special Non-Degree Students submit the following materials: Students who are not interested in pursuing • An application for admission a degree but who wish to take courses are •All official secondary and postsecondary required to file an application for admission. transcripts. These transcripts must be in the Transcripts of high school and college work are student’s native language and be accompa- not required, nor is ACT/SAT testing. However, nied by a certified English translation. If if at a later time, you decide to pursue a degree these credentials cannot be evaluated by the program, all admission requirements in effect at University, they will be sent to an evaluation the time of initial enrollment must be met. These requirements include official transcripts service, and you will be responsible for the from high school (and/or GED) and college cost of the evaluation. work and testing, recommendations, etc., if any • An official score of at least 500 on the Test of of these are required for the major being English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or declared. an equivalent score on the Michigan Test of Special, non-degree students may take English Language Proficiency (MTELP) is courses which have no prerequisites or courses required for admission to a degree program for which they have the appropriate prerequisite. for students whose native language is not For courses assuming prior knowledge or a English. certain degree of proficiency, placement testing •Proof of financial resources which are may be advised or required prior to registration. adequate to support the student for one year. If you intend to finance your education your- self, you must supply a statement from your Transient Students bank showing funds equal to those required Students who are enrolled at or seeking a for one year. If you are being sponsored, an degree at another college or university, but who affidavit of support and a bank statement wish to take coursework temporarily at Shawnee showing adequate funds for one year must State University, are considered transient stu- be submitted. dents. As non-degree students (at Shawnee State), such students are required only to file an International students are required to application for admission. purchase health insurance while in the United Although transcripts of high school and States. Health insurance information may be college work are not required of transient found in the Bursar’s Office. students, such transcripts, especially those from Those international applicants who are your home campus, are helpful in advising accepted for admission will receive an accep- appropriate coursework. Unofficial transcripts tance letter and an I-20 form to be used to secure or grade cards are acceptable if these are needed a student visa. The acceptance letter and I-20 to verify prerequisites for courses to be taken at will not be issued until the Office of Admission Shawnee State University. has received all required materials. To be assured Transient students are strongly advised to consideration for admission, all required consult with the appropriate counselor or materials must be received 60 days prior to the advisor at the home college or university as to beginning of the quarter in which you plan to the appropriate coursework to be taken at enroll. Shawnee State and how that coursework will Questions pertaining to a student visa should transfer to the home campus of the transient be directed to the local office of the Department student. of Immigration. If, as a transient student, you decide to seek a degree at Shawnee State University, you become a ‘‘transfer student’’ and are bound to all re- quirements for a degree-seeking transfer student, 22 — HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS including whatever requirements existed for the district. The application process begins major to be pursued at Shawnee State at the duringthe student’s eighth grade, freshman, time of your initial enrollment. sophomore, or junior years. • Be commuting from your permanent residence and attending a high school within Senior Citizens commuting distance. Shawnee State University admits senior • Meet two of the four following requirements: citizens (60 years of age or older) for courses, on Provide evidence of passing all sections of an audit, space-available basis. Although formal the Ninth Grade Proficiency Examination or application and registration are required, no pass the High School Graduation Test (new in tuition fees are charged. However, lab fees are the 2002/03 academic year). the responsibility of the student. Senior citizens who wish to take courses for credit may partici- OR pate in the SSU Senior Scholar program, which Take the Shawnee State University placement pays tuition only. All other fees are the student’s test and place at a collegiate level in reading, responsibility. Applications are available in the English, and mathematics (i.e., 100 level or Office of Financial Aid. above). The test may be taken prior to appli- There is also a special, no cost, fitness program cation for the POP program. for seniors. Applications may be obtained at the OR James A. Rhodes Athletic Center. Provide official results of the ACT, with a score of at least 22, or the SAT, with a score of at least 520, on the English and mathematics High School Students sections. The Postsecondary Options Program (POP) OR offers academically talented high school students Show evidence of a 3.0 grade point average the opportunity to take, in a college setting, courses which enhance coursework available at (GPA) for the student’s home school. their high schools and which are clearly at the • Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 (C average) college level. Students interested in this program for coursework at Shawnee State. must qualify during their eighth grade year to Qualified students have two options: participate as a freshman, their freshman year to participate as a sophomore, sophomore year Option A (college credit only) to participate as a junior, or in their junior year •You/your parents/your guardian pay for to participate as a senior. tuition, fees, books, and materials. Because the courses taken under this program •All requirements listed under Option B are at the collegiate level, it should be expected below (except method of payment) apply to that these courses are more demanding and Option A. completed at a faster pace than those taken in high school. They generally require more out-of- Option B (high school and college credit) class preparation than high school classes. You •You must take placement tests and place at and your parents should also consider the collegiate levels in math, English, and reading emotional and social maturity necessary to (or place by minimum ACT scores) if wishing study in an adult environment in which most to register for those areas. POP applicants are students are in their late teens/early twenties not required to take the placement test unless and assess your ability to accept independence they wish to take English or math courses or and responsibility for your academic perfor- courses requiring those competencies. mance. •You should seek counseling from high school personnel as to which college courses will Eligibility meet graduation requirements at your school. To be eligible for the Postsecondary Options •Tuition, fees, books, and materials are paid Program, you must: for by the state, based on an established • Be a resident of the state of Ohio. formula. Note: If you withdraw from a class • Have completed eighth grade and be of prior to the end of the quarter, any and all freshman status, as defined by the school fees may become the responsibility of you HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS — 23

and your parent(s) or guardian(s), depending Office of Admission upon the school district policy. POP Program • Successfully completed courses under Shawnee State University Option B receive appropriate high school 940 Second Street credit as determined by your school district. Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 After graduation from high school, the college Acurrent transcript is required for each credits earned at Shawnee State as a high quarter of enrollment. The acknowledgement school student may be applied toward a form is needed only once, at the time of Shawnee State degree or transferred to application. another university according to the transfer To participate in the POP program you must policies of the receiving institution. meet all requirements and apply by the May 15 • Courses may be taken under POP during fall, deadline in the previous academic year. Students winter, and spring quarters only. However, are not admitted after the May 15 deadline. students may take summer courses at their own expense. POP Orientation and Registration • POP participants may register for a maximum Arequired POP orientation for students of 16/18 credit hours per quarter, based upon accepted into the program is held in August. remaining number of Carnegie equivalent Parents are encouraged to attend with their units available at the high school. student. Registration for fall quarter classes is by Program Continuation appointment for students who have attended the required orientation. Registration for classes Students participating in Shawnee State’s is on a space-available basis and classes are Postsecondary Options Program are required to subject to cancellation. maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 for all Students admitted to this program are college courses completed. Students in Option B permitted to register for most courses, provided (tuition paid by state) whose cumulative GPA necessary prerequisites are met. falls below 2.0 are not permitted to continue in the POP under Option B. They may participate Acceptance, Notification, and Reporting under Option A (paying their own tuition) until the point at which their college GPA is once In compliance with the law, ten days after again 2.0 or above and their high school GPA is completion of the application process, the 3.0. Once the minimum GPA requirements are following individuals are notified regarding met at both Shawnee State and at the high admission status: the student, the student’s school, they may continue under Option B again. parents (or guardian), the high school counselor, POP students must remain in academic and the district superintendent, and the state disciplinary ‘‘good standing’’ at the University superintendent. and their local high school to remain eligible for this program. Note: Shawnee State University Validation of Credit will honor any disciplinary action taken by the Grades are reported to you and/or your high school affecting a student in the Post- parent(s) or guardian as appropriate. For secondary Options Program. students who have chosen to use courses to complete high school requirements, the Application University will supply an official transcript of You must complete the POP application for grades to the student’s high school principal/ admission and submit it to your high school counselor. counselor. The counselor should send the Other High School Students application, a copy of the applicant’s high school transcript, and the Shawnee State verification/ Students in high school who wish to enroll acknowledgement form (acknowledging the outside of the POP program may do so under student’s understanding of the advantages, risks, the following requirements: and responsibilities involved in participation in • Courses are to be taken for college credit the program), to the following address: only. 24 — CAMPUS TOURS

•Your status will be Special Non-degree. •Tuition, books, and fees are the responsibility of the student/parent(s)/guardian. •You may attend only one course per quarter. •You must show evidence of a 3.0 (A=4.0) grade point average (GPA) in your local high school. (The 3.0 GPA is not required for summer quarter attendance by high school students.) •You must place into collegiate level math and English to enroll in courses requiring either proficiency. •You must apply for admission, submitting the high school application for admission and the non-refundable application fee, and provide a written recommendation by your high school counselor or principal along with written permission from your parent(s)/guardian. • School and parent/guardian recommendation and permission forms must be submitted each quarter of enrollment. •Your course schedule must be approved by the Office of Admission or the Registrar.

Campus Tours The Office of Admission, located in the Commons Building, offers group tours of campus, Monday through Friday, at 10:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m., and 3:00 p.m. The office also schedules Saturday appointments. For an individual campus tour and personal appointment, please contact the Office of Admission at 740.351.4SSU or 800.959.2SSU to schedule a time that is convenient for you. Registration Information 26 — REGISTRATION

they do not need to register by the first day of the quarter are required by Ohio law to pay the Registration out-of-state tuition. You can register with Selective Service in the year you become 18, New students for fall quarter must register and you must complete registration by 30 days for their initial quarter during the New Student after your 18th birthday. Selective Service Orientation held each summer. (See ‘‘Orienta- registration can be accomplished in a few tion,’’ on page 28.) minutes at any U.S. Post Office or via the If you are a degree-seeking freshman, you Internet. If you wish to indicate exempt status, must contact the Student Success Center. Staff you can request materials to do so by contacting there help you obtain an advisor who assists the Office of the Registrar. you in planning your schedule. The approval signature of the academic advisor is required of degree-seeking freshmen with fewer than 45 credit hours earned. (See page 27 for more Residency Information information on the Student Success Center.) A nonresident surcharge is assessed to any Continuing or returning students may student who does not qualify as a resident for register for subsequent quarters during any subsidy and tuition surcharge purposes, in registration period. (Dates are found in the addition to other university fees. You are Academic Calendar, beginning on page 10.) treated as a resident of Ohio and are assessed ‘‘Preferential registration’’ is available during in-state fees if: the advance registration period for currently enrolled sophomores in associate degree •You are dependent upon at least one parent programs and seniors in bachelor degree or legal guardian who has been an Ohio programs. Only the above students may regis- resident for the 12 months preceding your ter during the preferential registration time enrollment. period (see the quarterly course schedule for •You have been a resident of Ohio for the 12 applicable dates). months preceding your enrollment and The Office of the Registrar is open 7:30 a.m. during this time you have not received to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday, and financial support from outside the state. 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Friday. •You are the dependent child of a parent or legal guardian, or the spouse of a person, who, as of the first day of your enrollment, Improper Registration has accepted full-time employment and established a domicile in Ohio for other Admission or registration may be canceled reasons than gaining the benefit of favorable by the director of admission and retention or tuition rates. the registrar in cases of improper registration or when false or incomplete information is You may also qualify if you are self-supporting provided on the application for admission, while in Ohio pursuing a part-time course of registration forms, or other official documents. study (conditional residents), are stationed in In such cases, you will be notified in writing as Ohio while on active duty in the military or to the action that was taken and the reasons for have been an Ohio resident while involved in such action. active duty military service prior to enrollment, have worked as a migrant in Ohio, or have been requested to be out of the country by your employer. If you qualify under one of these con- Selective Service Registration ditions, your dependents may qualify as well. Ohio law requires male students between the Proof of residency may be presented in a ages of 18 and 26 to be registered with the Request for Resident Classification to the Office Selective Service System, unless they are on of the Registrar. This form and all documenta- active duty with the armed forces of the United tion must be submitted by the following States (other than the National Guard or deadline dates in order to be effective for the reserves) or legally excluded, to be eligible for desired quarter: state educational assistance programs. Residents • May 1 for summer quarter who are not registered or have not indicated • August 1 for fall quarter STUDENT SUCCESS CENTER — 27

• November 1 for winter quarter are always at the forefront of the services the • February 1 for spring quarter Student Success Center provides. Determining your degree/program plan by Retroactive residency determinations cannot using the Degree Audit System and the current be made for tuition surcharge purposes. Shawnee State catalog makes your decisions for For information on residency, conditional registration much easier. residency, Selective Service requirements, or to Other advising services include prerequisite receive a Request for Resident Classification, checks, counseling at the time of complete write or visit the Office of the Registrar. withdrawal, reentry procedures for those students who wish to return, the completion of Academic Improvement Plans, and orientation Notification of Rights Under to the University. the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Placement Testing The Family Educational Rights and Privacy All first-time, entering, degree-seeking Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with students must participate in the University’s respect to their education records. They are: placement testing program prior to registering 1. The right to inspect and review the student’s for English and mathematics courses. If you are education records. entering the University with credits from other 2. The right to request the amendment of the colleges or universities, you must participate in student’s education records to ensure that the English and mathematics placement testing they are not inaccurate, misleading, or other- process if you lack transferable English or wise in violation of the student’s privacy or mathematics credits. other rights. ACT or SAT scores may be used in place of placement results. If you enter Shawnee State 3. The right to consent to disclosures of person- University with an ACT English subscore of 22 ally identifiable information contained in the or higher or an SAT English subscore of 520 or student’s education records, except to the higher, you will be permitted to register for extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure ENGL 111S. If you enter with an ACT mathe- without consent. matics subscore of 22 or higher or an SAT 4. The right to file with the U.S. Department of mathematics subscore of 520 or higher, you will Education a complaint concerning alleged be permitted to register for MATH 110S, 130, failures by the State University to comply and/or 150. with the requirements of FERPA. Note: Students wanting to waive placement 5. The right to obtain a copy of the State testing with ACT/SAT scores must present an University’s student records policy. You can ‘‘official’’ ACT/SAT score report at the time of obtain a copy of the policy from the registrar’s testing or take it to the Student Success Center office. prior to registering for classes. For students taking the placements and also, later, submitting ACT/SAT scores, ACT/SAT scores will have precedence over any placement results. Student Success If you meet the qualifications for the mathe- matics portion of the test and wish to register in a mathematics class at a level higher than MATH Center 130, you must take the Advanced Placement The Student Success Center is designed to Test. For information about this option, contact offer advising and registration services in many the Student Success Center. different areas. Staff work collaboratively with The placement tests direct you into the uni- faculty members to provide advising for course versity curriculum and ensure that you register sequencing and career goals. for courses that match your level of academic Issues affecting your successful participation preparedness for college-level coursework. If within the Shawnee State learning community your placement is not determined by the above 28 — ORIENTATION criteria, placement testing is mandatory. Placement is determined by test scores and other factors, which are determined by the appropriate division and may include ACT scores and high school background information. Please contact the Student Success Center at 740.351.3594 for more information about the English and mathematics placement tests.

Orientation New student orientation is required of every degree-seeking student entering Shawnee State University. As a first-year or transfer student at Shawnee State, you are special to us and we endeavor to provide information that is crucial to being successful in college. The orientation process includes skills assessment in mathe- matics, English, and reading for appropriate placement into your initial courses in mathe- matics and English. Advising and registration for your first quarter courses occurs during the orientation session. New student orientation also introduces you to the myriad of support services across campus. In and out of classroom success is vital during your college life. The Division of Student Affairs has committed to total student development by offering you the opportunity for personal and social growth. Orientation programs at Shawnee State provide you with an introduction to cocurricular activities. Student Orientation Leaders direct you throughout the session on student life, leadership programs, activities, and clubs and organizations that you can join. All sessions are fully interactive and allow you the opportunity to get answers to all of your questions and concerns. Sessions for entering first year and transfer students for fall term are held during spring quarter and throughout the summer. If you plan to enroll for winter or spring terms, a modified session is available during the term preceding your entry. For more information, please contact the Student Success Center at 740.351.3594. Fees and Financial Aid 30 — FEES AND EXPENSES Fees and Quarterly Tuition Special Note Regarding Fees Expenses All of the fees listed in this catalog are for the Registration fees are payable at the Bursar’s 2001-2002 academic year and are subject to Office prior to the opening of classes and in change. Shawnee State University reserves the accordance with instructions issued with your right to make, without prior notice, any fee quarterly bill. For students registering during adjustments that may become necessary. late registration, fees are assessed as part of the registration process and are due at that time. If (12-18 hours) you make changes in your class schedule which Full-Time Students result in an increase in your fees, it is your Instructional Fee responsibility to go to the Bursar’s Office to get In-State...... $ 867.00 a revised bill. No additional bills will be mailed Out-of-State/In-District...... 1,170.00 (Mason, Lewis, Boyd, and Greenup Counties, Kentucky to you as a result of dropping and adding and Cabell and Wayne Counties, West Virginia) classes. Out-of-State...... 1,668.00 The Bursar’s Office is located on the second General Fee floor of the University Center. This places it All Students ...... 152.00 near the Offices of the Registrar and Financial Aid and should make it easier for you to—in Technology Fee one place—take care of the ‘‘business’’ of going All Students ...... 35.00 to college. Fees may be paid by cash, check, money order, Visa, or MasterCard. It is important that Part-Time Students you retain all fee receipts. Payment of fees owed Instructional Fee (per credit hour, up to 11 and above 18) is a prerequisite for continuing enrollment, and In-State...... $ 72.00 you should have sufficient funds (cash and/or Out-of-State/In-District...... 98.00 financial aid) to cover expenses. (Mason, Lewis, Boyd, and Greenup Counties, Kentucky and Cabell and Wayne Counties, West Virginia) Out-of-State...... 139.00 General Fee (per credit hour, up to 11 and above 18) Student Load All Students ...... 13.00 Students scheduled for 12-18 credit hours are Technology Fee (per credit hour, up to 11 and above 18) considered full-time students. Students All Students ...... 3.00 scheduled for fewer than 12 credit hours are considered part-time students. The permission of the registrar is required for you to schedule Miscellaneous Student Fees over 18 hours of credit. Please refer to the fee Application ...... $ 30.00 schedule for the rate per credit hour. Health Science Application ...... 15.00 Certain students are restricted from carrying Late Payment ...... (max. $82.00) 38.00 a course load greater than twelve hours. These (per Budget Payment Plan policy) students include first-time entering freshmen Late Installment Fee ...... 22.00 placed into two or more developmental Budget Payment Plan...... 16.00 education courses and any student placed on Bad Check Fee...... 30.00 academic probation for a second consecutive Transcript...... 3.00 quarter. A student affected by this policy may Transcript, Immediate Action ...... 11.00 appeal to the director of the Student Success Graduation ...... 41.00 Center. In special cases, when this policy would Graduation Reapplication Fee ...... 5.00 jeopardize a student’s participation in a degree Credit by Exam...... 44.00 program, a department chairperson may also Credit by Arrangement . . . (fee per cr. hour) 92.00 request to waive the twelve-hour limit. Credentials Evaluation...... 54.00 Education Field Fee ...... 134.00 FEES AND EXPENSES — 31

ID Card Replacement...... 5.00 Student Insurance Parking Tag Replacement Fee ...... 15.00 Lab Fees...... see section below Student health insurance coverage is available to all full-time students. If you wish to partici- pate in this plan, please complete and return Responsibility for Fees the enrollment form along with your payment to the insurance company. Enrollment forms Astudent may register for classes by submit- may be picked up in the Bursar’s Office. ting a registration form in person, registering by telephone, or via the Web. With the act of regis- tering, a student promises to pay all tuition and Refund of Fees fees for the quarter. This financial obligation may only be discharged by paying in full, by Continuing students dropping hours through choosing the Budget Payment Plan option, by the 14th day of the quarter, when such changes having adequate financial aid to pay the fees, or result in a reduction of fees, are entitled to by withdrawing from Shawnee State University receive the reduction. Changes made after the by the published deadlines. Please review the 14th day of the quarter result in no refund. SSU course schedule, published in advance of Students who officially withdraw from each quarter, for details. Shawnee State receive a refund, if due, based upon the following schedule. If you do not officially withdraw, you are not eligible for any Lab Fees refund and fees assessed are due and payable. Acurrent schedule of lab fees is available in Withdrawal/Refund Dates the Office of the Registrar. Formulas for the fees Regular Term which exist at the time of this catalog’s printing are listed on page 186. 1 to 7 calendar days ...... 100% of Tuition 8 to 14 calendar days ...... 90% of Tuition 15 to 21 calendar days ...... 80% of Tuition Budget Payment Plan 22 to 28 calendar days ...... 70% of Tuition 29 to 35 calendar days ...... 60% of Tuition Shawnee State University provides a Budget 36 to 42 calendar days ...... 50% of Tuition Payment Plan that can help you with the 43 calendar days ...... 0% of Tuition payment of tuition, books, and certain fees. Information about the Budget Payment Plan Five-Week Summer Sessions is available in the Bursar’s Office. 1 to 4 calendar days ...... 100% of Tuition 5 to 8 calendar days ...... 90% of Tuition 9 to 12 calendar days ...... 80% of Tuition Bad Check Policy 13 to 16 calendar days ...... 70% of Tuition Payment of fees owed is a prerequisite to 17 to 20 calendar days ...... 60% of Tuition official enrollment, and you should have 21 to 24 calendar days ...... 50% of Tuition sufficient funds (cash and/or financial aid) to 25 calendar days ...... 0% of Tuition cover these expenses. Please Note: The five-week summer session Acheck returned for insufficient funds is a refund schedule applies to students registered federal offense and constitutes nonpayment of only in a five-week session. If you take classes your obligation to Shawnee State University. from both a full summer (ten-week) quarter and Therefore, any student who has a check returned a five-week session, refunds are issued under for insufficient funds shall be subject to all the regular term policy. Questions concerning related fees, and, until the same is cleared, the the above information should be referred to the student shall be considered in noncompliance Bursar’s Office. with institutional policy and may be adminis- Students wishing to see examples of these tratively dismissed. refund calculations may do so in the Financial Any student administratively dismissed due Aid Office. to a bad check has no recourse for readmission for the current quarter. 32 — ROOM AND BOARD

Late Payment Policy University Townhouse Rates A late payment fee is assessed when you fail Double Occupancy...... per academic year $5,232.00 to make payment in accordance with the due ...... per quarter 1,744.00 Private Room (available as space permits) dates established by the Bursar’s Office. Such fees ...... per academic year 5,937.00 are assessed in accordance with the fee schedule ...... per quarter 1,979.00 approved by the University’s Board of Trustees. Please see the special note regarding fees on page 30. Miscellaneous Fees Application Fee A $15 nonrefundable health sciences program Financial Aid application fee must accompany all health science admission applications. An extensive financial aid program is available to help you meet the expenses of a Transcript Fee college education. The financial aid program is administered by the Financial Aid Office and The University will produce an official includes four categories: scholarships, grants, transcript upon written request from the student loans, and employment. at a cost of $3 per copy. Same day requests for transcripts are processed at a cost of $11 to the student. Application Procedure Graduation Fee To apply for federal assistance at Shawnee State University, you must complete and submit A $41 graduation fee is required. You are not an original or renewal Free Application for billed for this fee. It is your responsibility to pay Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) form to the federal this when you submit your petition to graduate. processor. Federal aid consists of the Pell Grant, Your eligibility to graduate is determined by the the Supplemental Educational Opportunity registrar after you petition for graduation. Grant (SEOG), Federal Work Study, Stafford Student Loan, and the Parent Loan for Under- graduates. Forms may be obtained from your high school counselor or the Financial Aid Room and Board Office at Shawnee State. The FAFSA should be submitted as early as possible beginning in Campus View Rates January preceding the academic year. Federal regulations and institutional policies Double Occupancy...... per academic year $5,910.00 are subject to change without prior notice, but ...... per quarter 1,970.00 the Financial Aid Office attempts to keep you Private Room (available as space permits) updated through various media on campus and ...... per academic year 6,681.00 with written notices. Therefore, it is very ...... per quarter 2,227.00 important that you update your permanent and Communications System Fee (telephone and internet services): local addresses with the Office of the Registrar $135 a year/$45 a quarter per resident of Campus View. as necessary. Failure to notify the University of address and name changes can seriously delay Carriage House Rates your award and can be very costly to you. Triple Occupancy ...... per academic year $5,232.00 ...... per quarter 1,744.00 Eligibility Requirements Cedar House Rates Federal financial aid, Ohio Instructional Double Occupancy...... per academic year $5,553.00 Grants, and institutional scholarships require ...... per quarter 1,851.00 that you be fully admitted to a degree program. Private Room (available as space permits) Federal aid also is available for approved study ...... per academic year 6,255.00 abroad programs. Federal recipients must have ...... per quarter 2,085.00 a complete financial aid file, including necessary FINANCIAL AID — 33 verification documents and financial aid tran- grant awarded to undergraduate students on script information, before funds will be awarded. the basis of exceptional financial need beyond Federal aid is available to full-time students the Pell Grant. These funds are limited to the and, in lesser amounts, to part-time students. amount allocated to the University by the U.S. Eligible students enrolled for a less-than-half- Department of Education. First priority is given time course load may receive Pell Grant funds. to students who complete the FAFSA by March 1. Full-time and part-time Ohio Instructional Ohio Instructional Grant (OIG). The Grant funds are awarded. OIG is a state-funded grant made available to Ohio residents are required to provide eligible Ohio residents for meeting the cost of documentation of residence, including Selective education. All Ohio residents who complete the Service numbers for male students, to the Office FAFSA will be considered. Ohio Instructional of the Registrar. Financial aid will not be dis- Grants can be used for tuition only. bursed until this requirement is met. Please Note: Under the OIG program, you must be enrolled in an eligible associate or bachelor degree program. Notification and Disbursement After your FAFSA needs analysis and other Student Loans documents have been received and reviewed for accuracy (verified if applicable), you are Federal Stafford Loan. The Federal notified in writing of any award for which you Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) are eligible. If you are denied scholarships or includes subsidized and unsubsidized Federal grants, you are encouraged to continue in the Stafford Loans. The interest on a subsidized process to be considered for supplemental loan does not start to accrue until you graduate, forms of assistance such as loans or employment. drop below half time, or withdraw from school. Disbursement dates and procedures vary The federal government pays the interest for you depending on the type of assistance. Generally, while you are in school. Payment of principal financial aid awards are credited toward your and interest does not begin until six months account each quarter. When your grants and after your departure and you have up to 10 scholarships are greater than your university years to repay the loan. charges, you are issued a refund, in the form of You may also be awarded an unsubsidized a check, approximately four weeks after the Stafford loan. Interest on this loan is not quarter starts and weekly thereafter. Loan government subsidized; interest begins accruing balances are returned to you by check after at the time the loan is disbursed. You may your scheduled disbursement dates. choose to pay the interest while you are in school or have the interest added to the principal loan amount (capitalized). As with the subsidized Scholarships Stafford loan, payment of principal begins six months after you leave school and you have up The Financial Aid Office administers a to 10 years to repay the loan. number of special scholarships for students who demonstrate a high degree of academic DEPENDENT UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT ability or special talent. Please contact the Freshman (0-44 hours) $ 2,625 Financial Aid Office if you are interested in Sophomore (45-89 hours) $ 3,500 applying for a scholarship. The deadline for Junior/Senior (90+ hours) $ 5,500 scholarship application is January 15. Your INDEPENDENT UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT FAFSA should be submitted by February 15 for (Loan limits also apply to dependent undergraduate students need-based scholarship consideration. whose parents were denied a PLUS loan.) Freshman (0-44 hours) $ 6,625 Sophomore (45-89 hours) $ 7,500 Grants Junior/Senior (90+ hours) $10,500 Federal Pell Grant. Pell Grant funds are awarded based on expected family contribution, Federal PLUS Loan. Additional oppor- enrollment status, and the cost of education. tunities to borrow are available through the Federal Supplemental Educational Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students Opportunity Grant (SEOG). SEOG is a federal (PLUS) program. Students should apply for, 34 — ACADEMIC PROGRESS and finalize, a Stafford loan before applying for a job. You may apply for work-study through- a PLUS loan because a PLUS loan could reduce out the year in the Office of Financial Aid and the Stafford loan amount for which a student is will be placed on a job availability basis. eligible. (For most families, the terms of a Student Employment. Regular student Stafford loan are more attractive than those of a employment is available to all full-time univer- PLUS loan.) sity students, regardless of financial need, on PLUS loans allow parents to borrow up to the the basis of current openings. Please contact the full cost of education minus other financial aid Office of Career Services for further details. (including the unsubsidized Stafford loan). PLUS loans are not dependent upon your family’s income or assets; however, a credit check is Veterans, State Programs required. No collateral or cosigners are required. Veterans and students receiving assistance The Federal PLUS Loan must be used for through approved state agency programs educational expenses at the school the student (Vocational Rehabilitation, JTPA, National is or will be attending. Repayment begins in 60 Guard, Workers Compensation, etc.) should days at a variable interest rate each academic contact the Financial Aid Office for assistance year. The parent borrower is responsible for all with course and attendance requirements, interest from the day the loan is disbursed. tuition payment, and book purchase.

Please Note: Loan applications can be Standards of Satisfactory obtained from the Financial Aid Office. First- year, first-time borrowers cannot receive Federal Progress for Federal Financial Stafford funds until successful completion of 30 days of their first quarter. If you withdraw from Aid for Applicants and the University, you are not eligible for your next Recipients quarter’s loan check and you must reapply if you Federal legislation requires Shawnee State wish to continue receiving student loan funds. University to define and enforce Standards of Academic Progress for students receiving federal financial aid. Failure to meet these requirements Student Emergency Loan Fund. The will result in the loss of federal aid until action Bursar’s Office makes available to students, on is taken to regain eligibility. This policy is estab- a limited basis, small, short-term loans for direct lished for students who are receiving financial or related educational expenses. These loans are aid from one or more of the following programs: interest free, but if not paid back, your academic (1) Federal Pell Grant, (2) Federal Supplemental records will be placed on administrative hold. Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG), (3) Federal Work Study, (4) Federal Stafford Loan, Employment and (5) Federal PLUS Loan. Federal Work Study (FWS). The FWS pro- Standards Requirements gram is available to students who demonstrate Maintain Grade Point Average financial need through the completion of the FAFSA. All possible attempts are made to place Students must meet the grade point average FWS students in positions which coincide with requirements as defined in the ‘‘Academic their career interests or academic majors. Policies’’ section of the current Shawnee State Community service placements (as defined by University catalog. The student’s cumulative federal regulation) are available. grade point average will be reviewed quarterly You are paid the current minimum wage to ensure the following: and, in most cases, work 10-20 hours per week. Credit Hrs. Attempted GPA You are paid, based on the number of hours Up to 40 1.00 worked, every two weeks with the regular 41-55 1.30 university payroll. Funding for FWS is limited, 56-65 1.55 first priority for open positions is given to 66-75 1.80 students who complete the FAFSA by March 1. 76-85 1.95 Indicate on the FAFSA that you are interested in 86 and above 2.00 ACADEMIC PROGRESS — 35

Complete 66% of Attempted Credit Hours one grade level to the next before they are Satisfactory progress will be evaluated eligible to receive additional loan amounts. In quarterly. Following the first quarter for which determining the student’s grade level, the the student fails to meet minimum credit hour registrar’s definition, as found in this catalog, is requirements, the student will receive a used. Students in associate degree programs financial aid probation letter. Following the may be certified for loans only at the freshman second consecutive quarter, financial aid will be and sophomore levels. terminated. Students who receive the following Enrollment in a Second Degree: Students grades are considered to have attempted those seeking federal financial assistance and pursuing credit hours: withdrawals (WD), incomplete (I), a second associate or second bachelor degree no credit (NC), failure (F), and all passing must submit a degree audit signed by their grades (A, B, C, D, P). Course repetitions (R) academic advisor so that progress within the count as hours attempted. second program may be measured. This form is also used to determine grade level for federal Complete Your Degree Within a Specified Time loan certifications. Maximum levels for Pell (150% of Graduation Requirements) Grants and guaranteed loans are observed. The financial aid regulations permit a Failure to Maintain Satisfactory Progress student to use financial aid until the student has attempted 150 percent of graduation require- Students who fail the grade (qualitative) ments. Bachelor degree students are eligible to portion of the requirement are notified of their receive federal aid through the quarter in which probation, or dismissal status by the Office of they attempt to earn their 279th credit hour. the Registrar. Associate degree students are eligible to receive The first time a student does not complete federal aid through the quarter in which they successfully the hours passed (quantitative attempt or earn their 135th credit hour. measure), he or she is placed on financial aid probation. The deficiency must be satisfied in Additional Definitions and Explanations the next quarter of attendance. The probationary status, for students who continue to have a Attempted: “Cumulative number of hours” marginal deficiency at the end of the initial are the total hours attempted at Shawnee State probationary period, may be extended for one University during all enrollment periods, irre- additional quarter at the discretion of the spective of receiving financial aid. Students who financial aid director. If the student does not receive the following grades are considered to achieve the required number of credit hours at have ‘‘attempted’’ those credit hours: with- the end of the probationary, or extended proba- drawals (WD), incomplete (I), no credit (NC), tionary, period, he or she is suspended from failure (F), and all passing grades (A,B,C,D,P). financial aid. Course repetitions (R) count as hours attempted. Total hours attempted may include no more Suspension Due to Non-Attendance than 45 quarter hours of developmental education credits. Federal regulations require adjustment of Hours Earned/Hours Passed: Successful financial aid awards for students who do not completion is measured by the number of begin attendance in all classes upon which the ‘‘hours passed’’ recorded on the student’s awards were based. Adjustments are based on academic transcript at the end of the evaluation registrar records, including add/drop and with- period. drawal forms. Students are required to repay Academic Year: For purposes of measure- adjustment amounts. Students who do not meet ment of progress, academic year is defined as repayment terms are suspended from financial enrollment during any or all of the following aid. (See appeal section.) quarters: summer, fall, winter, and spring. Enrollment Status: Federal financial aid Reinstatement of Financial Aid recipients must be enrolled in approved degree Unless eligibility is reinstated through or certificate programs. appeal, students remain ineligible until that Stafford Student Loans: In addition to the time when they are again in compliance with progress requirements listed above, federal the standards. It is the responsibility of students regulations require that students progress from seeking reinstatement to request the Financial 36 — ACADEMIC PROGRESS

Aid Office to review their records when they believe they are again in compliance with the requirement.

Appeals Students may appeal to the director of financial aid. Students must submit a letter explaining the reason(s) for the failure and may be required to submit a degree audit from the student’s advisor or other supporting documen- tation. If the director denies the appeal, the student may request, in writing, that the appeal be reviewed by the Financial Aid Advisory Committee.

Extenuating Circumstances Regarding Appeals The major acceptable circumstances for making an appeal are the documented personal illness of the student, serious illness or death of an immediate family member (mother, father, sister, brother, husband, wife, child, legal guar- dian), or enrollment in a bachelor’s program requiring more than 186 credit hours or an associate program requiring more than 90 credit hours. The maximum number of credit hours attempted is considered to be adequate and fair under the progress policy. Change of major field of study, completion of developmental courses, or transfer of credits normally are not considered satisfactory grounds for appeal for additional time, but such appeals may be submitted using the process indicated above. Unacceptable circumstances for appeals are: continued enrollment while seeking admission to an academic program (i.e., health science) or the prior nonreceipt of Title IV aid since this is irrelevant to maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of study.

Comments about the Progress Requirement Students are encouraged to work with their academic advisors, the Student Success Center, the counseling center staff, and Student Support Services’ staff to receive study skills and tutor- ing assistance. Students who withdraw from courses after the official add/drop period and students who receive grades of F, W, NC, R, and I greatly increase their potential for failing to meet the progress requirement. Academic Policies and Programs 38 — ACADEMIC POLICIES

Degree Program Class Rank Cumulative Hrs. Earned Academic Associate Freshman ...... 0 - 44 Associate Sophomore ...... 45 - no upper limit Baccalaureate Freshman ...... 0 - 44 Baccalaureate Sophomore ...... 45 - 89 Baccalaureate Junior ...... 90 - 134 Policies and Baccalaureate Senior ...... 135 - no upper limit Programs Incomplete Grades If you are unable to attend class for an extended period of time, you may contact the Academic Integrity faculty member responsible for the class to Students at Shawnee State University are request an incomplete grade. Incompletes must required to do their own work on all tests and be converted to a grade 30 calendar days after assignments. Any form of cheating may result the quarter or they are recorded as ‘‘F’s.’’ in your being withdrawn from a particular course or courses, as well as possible dismissal from the University. (See Student Handbook.) Administrative Hold With the approval of the registrar, an admin- istrative hold may be placed on the records or accounts of any student who fails to comply in Grading/Awarding of Credit a reasonable period of time with an obligation Final grades are mailed at the end of each imposed under university rules or who has an quarter by the Office of the Registrar. Grades overdue debt or fine. An administrative hold will not be issued orally. will cause certain services to be withheld, Grade Description Quality Points including, but not limited to: obtaining current A Excellent ...... 4.00 quarter grades, registering or enrolling, being A- ...... 3.67 certified as eligible to obtain a degree or certifi- B+ ...... 3.33 cate, receiving a transcript, borrowing books or B Good ...... 3.00 B- ...... 2.67 equipment, or being certified to be eligible to C+ ...... 2.33 participate in athletics. CAverage...... 2.00 The unit originating an administrative hold C- ...... 1.67 on your records or accounts will notify you in D+ ...... 1.33 D Poor...... 1.00 writing of the obligation that is overdue by D- ...... 0.67 providing another itemized bill or list of action F Failing ...... 0.00 requested, specifying when the administrative TC Transfer Credit ...... 0.00 hold will become effective, whom you should KE Credit by Exam ...... 0.00 contact for additional information, and how NC No Credit ...... 0.00 WD Withdrawal...... 0.00 you should contact this person. I Incomplete ...... 0.00 Any disputes concerning the legitimacy of P Pass ...... 0.00 the hold or its processing will be resolved by AP Advanced Placement...... 0.00 the registrar. AU Audit...... 0.00 NR No Report ...... 0.00 A grade of ‘‘F’’ receives no credit. Students making this grade must repeat the course if credit is to be received. Academic Assessment The value of an educational degree is directly related to the reputation of the university that awards it. For this reason, students on our Class Ranking campus are given the unique opportunity to Student class ranking is determined by your actively participate in academic assessment. The cumulative credit hours earned and your degree feedback provided through assessment leads to program (please note the following chart). changes that assure and maintain the quality Non-degree seeking students do not possess and value of the academic programs at Shawnee class rank. State University. ACADEMIC POLICIES — 39

Formal assessment testing, portfolio review, The pass/no-credit option is subject to the surveys, and exit interviews allow the Univer- following restrictions: sity to assess the strengths and weaknesses of •You may complete up to 8 quarter hours to our programs. And, for all its benefits, the be counted toward an associate degree or 16 process actually requires a minimal amount of quarter hours to be counted toward a your time. baccalaureate degree under this option. All students—except for those classified as special nondegree students (see page 21 of this •You may take only one (1) course pass/no- catalog)—are required to complete the Academic credit per quarter. Profile twice. The first time is during your first • Applicability of courses taken pass/no-credit quarter—before your grades are issued—and toward your major program of study is the second time is prior to your graduation. subject to departmental approval. Special nondegree students are not required to •To receive a grade of P (pass), you must earn participate. Please note: the Academic Profile is a grade of C- or better in the course. If you not the same test as Placement Testing (see page do not receive a grade of C- or better, a grade 27). of NC (no credit) is awarded. You must complete the Academic Profile during the quarter you are completing your •Agrade will be turned in at the regular degree or certificate or are enrolled in Senior grade-processing time and will be converted Seminar in order to receive your degree or to a P or NC on the transcript by the Office certificate. of the Registrar. By measuring what you’ve learned as well as what you can do with what you’ve learned, assessment helps you monitor your own Credit by Examination progress, and it leads to changes that benefit future Shawnee State students and the Univer- Students have the opportunity to earn credit sity as a whole. for selected courses offered at Shawnee State University via proficiency examinations. If you have prior training, innate skills, extensive Dean’s List/President’s List preparation, or experience, you may qualify to attempt the examination. You should first Full-time students (12 or more hours per secure the advice of your advisor or program quarter) who achieve a 3.5 to 3.99 grade point director as to its appropriateness for your average are placed on the Dean’s List for that program of study. Then, final approval must be quarter. Full-time students who achieve a 4.00 obtained from the appropriate chairperson, grade point average are placed on the President’s program director, or dean. Please note that only List for that quarter. selected courses are available ‘‘by examination.’’ A fee of $40 is charged for course credit by examination and must be submitted prior to Pass/No-Credit Policy attempting the examination. A ‘‘KE’’ symbol, The pass/no-credit option is designed to per- indicating ‘‘credit by exam,’’ is recorded on the mit you to take a select number of courses for academic transcript of those students who which no traditional letter grade (of ‘‘A’’ demonstrate proficiency by passing the exam. through ‘‘F’’) is recorded on your grade report Credit earned by examination is not included in and transcript. If you wish to take a course on a the calculation of your cumulative grade point pass/no-credit basis, you must complete the ratio. You are not eligible to attempt a profi- proper forms at the registrar’s office within the ciency examination for a course in which you first 14 calendar days of a regular quarter or the have been enrolled for 20 class days or more. first 7 calendar days of a 5-week term. Your Credit hours awarded by examination do not decision to take a class on a pass/no-credit apply toward the residency requirement for basis is not subject to change. graduation. To be eligible for the pass/no-credit option, you must have earned a cumulative G.P.A. of 2.0 or better. First quarter freshmen are considered as having met the above requirement. 40 — ACADEMIC POLICIES

College Level Examination Repeating Coursework Program (CLEP) Courses may be repeated for credit if so identified in the course description located Students may be awarded credit for College elsewhere in this catalog. Courses may also be Level Examinations taken under the College repeated for other purposes (e.g., attempt to Entrance Examination Board. If you take the raise grade), but only the highest grade earned general examinations in English composition, and the associated credit will be reflected in mathematics, natural sciences, humanities, your GPA (grade point average). The lower social sciences, and history and achieve the course grade will be replaced by the symbol recommended scores of the Commission on ‘‘R,’’ indicating the course was repeated. Educational Credit and Credentials of the While most courses are eligible for repetition, American Council on Education (ACE), you are the following transcript symbols cannot be given ‘‘KE’’ credit for the first sequential course removed by subsequent course repetition: WD, in the above areas. AP, P, KE, NC, AU, TC (please note Grading/ Many subject examinations may be used to Awarding of Credit section on page 38 of this earn ‘‘KE’’ credit for courses in the same subject catalog). areas, but you must achieve recommended ACE scores to receive credit. Credit given through the College Level Examination Program does not apply toward Grade Appeals the residency requirement for graduation. If you question a grade in a particular For more information regarding taking a course, you must contact the faculty member or CLEP exam, contact the Student Success Center. the academic department responsible for the class for information on the grade appeal process. Credit for Military Educational Experiences Grade Point Average Credit may be awarded for military educa- Quality points for a course are determined tional experiences. The Guide to the Evaluation by multiplying the total credit hours by the of Educational Experiences in the Armed numerical equivalent of the letter grade received Forces, published by the American Council on in the course. The formula for calculating grade Education, is used to determine possible college point average is: credit eligibility. Credit awarded for military Total Quality Points educational experiences does not apply toward = Grade Point Average the residency requirement for graduation. Total Hours Attempted Please contact the Office of Transfer Placement for more information. Academic Probation A student achieving a grade point average of Prerequisites 1.5 or less for any quarter is placed on academic probation for the following quarter provided Most learning beyond basic skills is depen- the cumulative grade average does not fall dent upon the mastery of some prior skill or below that required to remain enrolled. subject content. As a result, many courses at the University require the satisfaction of prerequi- sites prior to course enrollment. Prerequisites Academic Suspension/ may be met by successful completion of the prior courses listed or by placement, via testing, Dismissal into the course. Students are academically suspended when The academic division/school may request their cumulative grade point average falls that a student be withdrawn from a course for below that listed for each category of credit which prerequisites have not been satisfied. hours attempted: ACADEMIC POLICIES — 41

Credit Hrs. Attempted <40 41-55 56-65 66-75 76-85 86+ program in which you are enrolled, you are GPA 1.00 1.30 1.55 1.80 1.90 2.00 urged to request a copy of the guidelines from or below or below or below or below or below or below your faculty advisor. An academically suspended student may reenroll on “academic warning status” after two Faculty Advising quarters. A second suspension results in aca- demic dismissal. “Academic dismissal” is the Academic advising is provided to degree- permanent withdrawal of the privilege of seeking students by faculty advisors. The enrollment and attendance. purpose of faculty advisement is to help you with your immediate academic concerns. Faculty members will meet with you by Audit (Non-Credit) appointment, and each faculty member has available hours posted near his or her office. You may elect to take a course for non-credit (audit) during the first 35 class days of a quarter (17 days of the 5-week summer sessions) by Faculty Expectations and completing the proper forms in the Office of the Registrar. Election of this option may affect Responsibilities federal financial aid eligibility. Faculty expect regular and punctual attendance at all classes. Attendance policy for individual classes is made by the faculty member responsi- Course Credit by Arrangement ble for the class. Grades are also controlled by Students have the opportunity to fulfill the faculty member responsible for the class. requirements for selected courses offered at In the event that a faculty member is not Shawnee State University via independent present at the normal time class begins, you are study or specially arranged instruction. If you to remain in the classroom an additional 15 are interested in pursuing this educational minutes. If the class meets once a week for 3 to option, you should first secure the advice of 5 hours, you must remain in the classroom for your faculty advisor as to its appropriateness 45 minutes. If the faculty member has not for your program of study. You should then arrived or no special instructions have been contact the appropriate dean, director, or chair- received within that time, you may leave class person. This individual, after consultation with without penalty. appropriate faculty, makes a determination as All faculty members post office hours during to the feasibility of your request. You may earn which they are available to discuss individual up to 18 credit hours toward graduation in this problems relating to your academic progress. manner, with all credit being considered resident You are encouraged to take full advantage of credit, but you are limited to eight hours of your academic advisors. They want to see you credit by arrangement per quarter. Students succeed. enrolling in a course by arrangement have until the date grades are due the following quarter to have all work completed in the course. Visitors to Class Credit hours attempted/earned via this Students planning to bring a visitor to a class option do not count toward full-time student with them are asked to obtain the permission of status except in the computation of federal the faculty member responsible for the class in financial aid eligibility. See the fee schedule for advance of the visit. course by arrangement fees. All fees must be paid prior to the beginning of the course. Bringing Children to or Internship Guidelines Leaving Children at the Guidelines for internship have been estab- University lished by faculty for those programs which Children are welcome at the University, with require internship as part of their graduation you, at any family event. However, please do requirements. If internship is a part of the not bring children to the University and leave 42 — ACADEMIC POLICIES them unattended while you are in class or at Additionally, reentry into the University is another university-related event. The University made more convenient for you by the Center’s cannot be responsible for children who are left staff. You will automatically receive subsequent unattended. quarter schedules with an invitation to register. Grades for scheduled classes are recorded as withdrawals (WD). See the fee schedule for our Adding a Class refund policy. You may add a class to your schedule through If you do not follow the withdrawal proce- the first five class days of the quarter (three days dure, you are considered enrolled in the class of a five-week summer session) by completing a and are graded accordingly. registration form in the Office of the Registrar. Transcripts/Grade Reports Dropping a Class Each quarter you receive a grade report that You may withdraw from a class through the includes grades achieved that quarter. Please 14th calendar day of the quarter by completing contact the registrar within 30 days of receiving the proper form in the Office of the Registrar. the grade report if you discover an error. During the first 14 calendar days, if class with- You may request transcripts from the Office drawal affects fees, a refund is possible. Any of the Registrar. Requests for official transcripts withdrawal after the 14th calendar day results must be in writing and addressed to the Office in a WD being placed on your academic record. of the Registrar. The transcript fee is $3. Withdrawing from courses may affect Title IV student financial aid funds. Please read the Financial Aid Satisfactory Progress section on Graduation Requirements pages 34 through 36 of this catalog. In addition to the specific requirements listed You may withdraw from a class the 15th by the individual divisions, the following are through 49th calendar days of the quarter by general graduation requirements for all obtaining the signature of the instructor on a students at Shawnee State University: form obtained from the Office of the Registrar. • Baccalaureate Degrees—A minimum of 186 Appropriate fees must be paid and the form credit hours, including the 48 credit hours of returned to the Office of the Registrar. the General Education Program. In case of emergency, as determined by the Associate Degrees—A minimum of 90 credit college dean, you may withdraw from a class hours. after the 49th calendar day, but no later than 5:00 p.m. on the final day of class, by obtaining •Aminimum of a 2.0 cumulative grade point permission from the college dean and complet- average for all courses taken at Shawnee State ing appropriate forms. Faculty members are University and in your major field of study. notified by the college dean of these emergency •Aminimum of 60 credit hours in the major withdrawals. field of study (baccalaureate’s degrees). • Petition for graduation in accordance with the rules prescribed by the University. Withdrawing Completely • Receive recommendations of faculty in Should your circumstances warrant a com- academic major. plete withdrawal from the University, you must • Complete a minimum of 30 hours of credit contact the Office of the Registrar to complete for the associate degree or 45 hours of credit the proper forms. The staff will direct you to the for the baccalaureate in residence at Shawnee Student Success Center where proper informa- State University. tion is given regarding the possible academic and financial aid ramifications of complete Students having outstanding institutional withdrawal. Many times, staff in the Success bills or notes are not issued a degree. You must Center can provide alternatives so that departure petition to graduate by the deadline published can be avoided. It is never advisable to withdraw in the calendar. Petitions are available in the from the University without first speaking to a Office of the Registrar. representative from the Success Center. HONORS PROGRAM — 43

Graduation with Honors for Honors Students that are both academic and social in nature. Students entering SSU prior to the 1997- 98 academic year. Students who achieve a cumulative grade point average of 3.25-3.49 Honors Program Admission prior to the quarter of graduation are graduated cum laude. Students who have achieved a Policy cumulative grade point average of 3.50-3.74 Honors applicants qualify for admission if prior to the quarter of graduation are graduated their academic standing places them in one or magna cum laude. Students who achieve a more of the following categories. cumulative grade point average of 3.75 or •Incoming full-time freshmen whose scores above prior to the quarter of graduation are on the ACT or SAT provide evidence of high graduated summa cum laude. academic potential; Students entering SSU during the 1997-98 academic year and thereafter. Students who •Incoming full-time freshmen who are (a) in achieve a cumulative grade point average of the upper 10 percent of their high school 3.5-3.74 prior to the quarter of graduation are graduating class, or (b) in the upper 10 graduated cum laude. Students who have percent of the incoming freshman class; achieved a cumulative grade point average of • Current full-time Shawnee State University 3.75-3.89 prior to the quarter of graduation are students who have completed at least 40 graduated magna cum laude. Students who credit hours and have earned a cumulative achieve a cumulative grade point average of 3.9 GPA of 3.8 or higher. This includes associate or above prior to the quarter of graduation are degree students who decide to obtain a graduated summa cum laude. baccalaureate degree.

Requirements for Honors Honors Program Program Graduation Shawnee State University has designed its Satisfactory completion of the 20 hours of Honors Program for students with exceptional general education requirements specifically academic ability and curiosity. The courses designated as Honors Courses, the Honors designated as fulfilling the Honors Program Symposium, and the Honors research project give these students unique opportunities for qualify a student for graduation from the reflection, discussion, and investigation while Honors Program. Honors students must main- also fulfilling certain standard graduation tain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher to requirements. The program brings these stu- remain in the Honors Program. dents together in a challenging but supportive For further information about the Honors environment which nourishes their intellectual, Program, please contact Dr. Clifford Poirot, social, and creative growth. director, Honors Program, Commons Building, Honors Classes. The Honors Program room 125 or phone 740.351.3396. requires 20 hours of special Honors sections of general education requirements. In addition, Honors Students are required to take one Honors Symposium. Symposia focus upon subject matter and texts not typically taught in Graduate Center other courses, and which not only challenge the Shawnee State University’s Graduate Center students intellectually, but also give them provides busy professionals and community insight into significant thinkers, ideas, or residents with a means of achieving their historical eras. educational goals within close proximity to Honors Research Paper. The paper is their homes and places of employment. In completed by Honors Students within their partnership with other universities, graduate program or major during their senior year prior classes leading to master’s degrees are offered to graduation. on the Shawnee State University campus. Most Other Activities. The Honors Program courses are taught by these universities in the organizes special trips, outings, and activities evenings or on weekends, implementing various 44 — INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS modes of delivery, including interactive video International Relations and in-person instruction. For more information about these programs, please call 740.351.3177. Degree Located academically in the Department of Social Sciences in the College of Arts and Sciences, the bachelor of arts with a major in Center for international relations examines the nature of the global economy, communications, politics, and cultures; the consequences of environmental International interdependence among regions of the world; and the unfolding of a variety of other cross- Programs and border issues. The BA in international relations provides its graduates with the conceptual and Activities substantive tools necessary to function more Shawnee State University welcomes students advantageously and effectively in a “shrinking” from many cultures. The Center for Interna- world. tional Programs and Activities (CIPA) is designed to help our international students fully participate in their college experience. The CIPA International Study Programs director coordinates campus services and To give you an opportunity to broaden your programming which enhance our international foreign study experience, the University students' social and academic success. Working sponsors international awareness and exchange in conjunction with various campus offices, programs, as well as travel and language study CIPA assures that our international students abroad. Shawnee State also takes great pride in find individual attention specific to their the international faculty who teach at the concerns and to their own life, educational, and University. These faculty, and the students we career goals. welcome from other countries, share their The Center's mission is to provide Shawnee international perspectives every day and enrich State University's students and its community the lives of everyone in the Shawnee State with opportunities to appreciate different academic community. International programs at values and cultures around the world. These Shawnee State may take many forms: courses experiences prepare our students for the taught by university faculty, courses at foreign increasingly global nature of society, encourage educational institutions, field studies, intern- their understanding of other people, and enable ships, and student exchange programs. On them to contribute to the well being of our occasion, the University sponsors an Inter- world community. On behalf of Shawnee State national Awareness Week and hosts visiting University, the Center for International Programs foreign scholars and lecturers. In order for its and Activities fosters and promotes international students to benefit from a variety of interna- understanding and global perspective to the tional study options, Shawnee State University university community and the region served by has established sister-university agreements Shawnee State. with the Zhejiang University of Technology in China, with James I University in Spain, and with the University of Applied Science in For More Information Zittau, Germany. If you are interested in an international exchange opportunity, you should John H. Lorentz, Ph.D., Director plan early, consulting with your faculty advisor Center for International Programs and Activities and with the director of the Center for Interna- Shawnee State University tional Programs and Activities. 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3127 Fax: 740.351.3153 E-mail: [email protected] Web Site: www.shawnee.edu/acad/cipa/cip.htm INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT — 45

Instructional Developmental Support Education If you lack college-level academic skills in Supplemental Instruction (SI) basic English, mathematics, or science, you may choose or be advised to take developmental The Student Success Center, in conjunction courses in these areas. Furthermore, in instances with selected academic departments, offers where placement test outcomes indicate an supplemental instruction (SI) on a course-by- explicit need for college preparatory coursework, course basis. Facilitated by student leaders you are required to take certain developmental under the direction of a faculty member and the courses before registering for some university Student Success Center, SI is intended to help courses. students understand course material presented Developmental courses provide under- by faculty and to augment in-class activities. prepared students an opportunity to gain the Contact the Student Success Center or academic skills and knowledge necessary to attempt department chairperson for more information. college-level coursework. They are intended for students who have had no background in a subject (e.g., biology and physics), inadequate Tutoring preparation in a subject (e.g., mathematics, writ- The Student Success Center offers peer ing, reading), or have been away from school tutoring to students who may be experiencing and need review. Credit hours earned in devel- difficulty with their courses. If you need help opmental courses, excluding UNIV 101 and 102, understanding course concepts or completing cannot apply toward degree requirements. assignments, you can request a peer tutor. If The Departments of Arts and Humanities you would like to be a tutor, you must be and Mathematical Sciences offer the following recommended by faculty from the discipline courses. Their descriptions are found in the and must have received no lower than a “B” in ‘‘Course Description’’ section of this catalog, the course. Interested students should apply at beginning on page 185. the Student Success Center. BIOL 099 Fundamental Biology ENGL 095 Basic Writing 1: Mechanics ENGL 097 Reading Development 1 Computer Labs ENGL 098 Reading Development 2 The Student Success Center is home to the ENGL 099 Basic Writing 2: Parag. and Essays largest open computer lab at Shawnee State MATH 099 Fundamental Mathematics University. There are nearly ninety computers PHYS 099 Fundamental Physics dedicated for student use and networked via a UNIV 101 Academic Development Skills Windows NT server, which allows for quick, UNIV 102 Personal Development Skills user-friendly access to e-mail, OhioLink, and World Wide Web browsing. All the computers in the Student Success Center are connected to one of three Hewlett- Clark Memorial Packard laser jet printers. Two scanners, one color and one black and white, are also available Library for students to scan either graphics or text, which can be manipulated similar to a regular word Opened in 1991, but designed for the 21st processing program. In addition to the printers Century, the Clark Memorial Library, a charter mentioned above, a color laser jet is also member of OhioLINK, offers high tech library available for student use. There is a minimal fee options in relaxed, friendly surroundings. for printing color prints. Comfortable seating for reading and study, small conference rooms for group work, seminar rooms with satellite and Web technology for teleconferencing and other distance learning 46 — LIBRARY activities, and a 350-seat lecture hall provide for a diverse range of student needs. Reference and Information Counter staff are always present and ready to personally assist any student who wants help locating informa- tion or using the Library’s resources. Web-based electronic catalogs and research databases, accessible in the Library or in computer labs across campus, can also be searched from homes, schools, and businesses across the region. Multimedia, audiovisual materials, and media production facilities complement the traditional print collections. To supplement local cataloged resources, students can order, electronically and at no cost, virtually any of the millions of items available in the OhioLINK system. An intercampus circuit of pickup and delivery assures that items requested electroni- cally from other campuses will be available for checkout at the Clark Memorial Library Circulation Counter within three working days. Full-text magazine, journal, and newspaper articles, available via several WWW research databases, augment the Library’s periodical collection. And, as a member of the U.S. Govern- ment Depository program, the Clark Memorial Library also provides not only government documents in print but also access to many restricted government resources on the Web. PC and Macintosh computer workstations, loaded with software for wordprocessing/ spreadsheets/databases, presentation packages, student email, and Web connectivity, allow students the opportunity to accomplish many different activities within the Library. Student Development 48 — COUNSELING

counselor to explore various career options. In addition, a career lab houses computers Counseling equipped with a wide variety of career explo- ration software. You may work independently, The University provides a variety of counsel- at your own pace, exploring career fields and ing services through the different offices of educational opportunities afforded by graduate Student Affairs. Placement, financial aid, vet- eran’s, educational, and vocational counseling or professional schools. are available to you free of charge. As graduation approaches, you are encour- aged to take advantage of the job placement services available through the Office of Career Services. Workshops in resume writing, cover Counseling and letter composition, interviewing skills, and job search strategies prepare you for the job search process. In addition, the annual February Job Psychological Fair brings employers to campus for the purpose of meeting and interviewing students Services nearing graduation. Representatives from busi- The Counseling Center offers personal, ness, industry, education, health care, and social confidential counseling to help you cope with service agencies regularly attend the Job Fair. problems which may affect your personal life Furthermore, the office maintains a Web page or interfere with your academic progress. that lists selected job opportunities, updated Services include: regularly. • Individual evaluation and assessment While you are attending college, the office can assist you in securing on-campus or off- •Crisis intervention counseling campus part-time employment. Following • Individual, couple, and group counseling graduation, the office provides alumni services • Safe sex counseling to accommodate your changing job placement • HIV/AIDS testing and counseling needs. •Biofeedback therapy The office is located on the second floor of • ACT Residual Testing the University Center and is open Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and • Skills development training (i.e., stress selected evenings. The office may be reached by management, coping with test anxiety, time calling 740.351.3213 or via Fax at 740.351.3551. If management) you are interested in viewing our web page, • Education/prevention workshops (i.e., drugs please point your browser to www. and alcohol, safer sex, personal safety) shawnee.edu and click on Career Services. • Referral services • Consultation services Counseling and Psychological Services, located on the second floor of the University Student Success Center, is open from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and evenings by Center appointment. You are encouraged to schedule an appointment by calling 740.351.3213, but every attempt will be made to accommodate Multicultural Student students on a walk-in basis. All services are free Services to Shawnee State students. The Multicultural Student Services office, located in the Student Success Center, offers programs and services to multiethnic students. The goals of the office are to enrich the educa- Career Services tional experiences, promote personal growth, The Office of Career Services is designed to strengthen commitment to the community, and serve your career planning and job placement improve the economic well-being of students as needs. You are invited to meet with a career graduates of the University. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES — 49

A variety of services are available to students. necessary in order that proper accommodations These include academic advising, tutorial are established and communicated to the faculty services, orientation, time management, and member. Students are asked to submit their study skills to become a successful student. A class schedule for each academic quarter so that resource library listing multiethnic publications services are consistent with the learning process. and literary works is available for students to Support services allow each student at Shawnee use. Scholarship information for undergraduate, State to pursue a particular area of study, graduate, and students interested in doctoral empowering the student to realize their own degree programs is available. Referrals to unique potential for success. community resources for health care and other The office also acts as a liaison between the services are also provided. student and sponsoring regional agencies such Diversity initiatives and cocurricular activities as the Bureaus of Vocational Rehabilitation and are structured so that all students are exposed Visual Impairments. Orientation for new to and may appreciate the cultural differences students is available during campus visitations that exist in our diverse community. The calen- or by appointment with the office. dar of activities includes events that celebrate the cultures of African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Asian Americans, and Native Americans. AHANA and the International Student Organization are the two groups that Student Support represent the culturally-diverse and promote the social well-being of all students. Services Programs and services are also provided for Student Support Services, funded through a those students who are nontraditional. Students grant from the U.S. Department of Education, who are married, have dependents, are enrolled offers a variety of assistance to a limited number part-time, have been away from formal educa- of qualified Shawnee State students. To qualify tion for a period of time, are older than age 24, for the program, you must meet low income or who are veterans of military service may guidelines or be a first generation college seek assistance with their unique educational, student or have a documented physical or personal, and professional needs. The office is learning disability. committed to increasing the awareness of and A short application form and a conference response to nontraditional students as they with program staff are required, but once you transition into the University learning are accepted into the program, the following environment. services are available: The success of every student at Shawnee State University is the result of partnerships Advising (help with course planning and with faculty, staff, and other students. The office selection) of Multicultural Student Services affirms its Adjunct faculty assistance in math and commitment to the principles of multicultural English enhancement of all students enrolled at Career decision making Shawnee State University. For further informa- Personal and career counseling and assistance tion, please contact the coordinator for Multicultural Student Services in the Student Cultural experiences Success Center. Peer tutoring and mentoring Student Support Services is located in the Trio Center on the first floor of the Commons Disability Services Building, and the office is open Monday Shawnee State University advocates a barrier through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. free campus and provides a variety of support Evening appointments are also available if that services to all disabled students. Support is more convenient. Please call 740.351.3444 for includes classroom accommodations, technical further information. assistance to improve learning, and the removal of structural barriers. Documentation of each student’s disability, their capacity for learning, and prior classroom services provided are 50 — CHILDREN’S LEARNING CENTER

opportunity to participate in recreational or athletic activities, which at Shawnee State are Children’s intercollegiate, intramural, or individual in nature. You may review the annual report disclosing ‘‘Equity in Athletics,’’ which is Learning available in the athletic office and the office of Center the vice president for student affairs. The Children’s Learning Center (CLC) is a Intercollegiate Athletics preschool which serves children that are three, Intercollegiate athletics at Shawnee State four, or five years old. It is operated in conjunc- University promotes the education and tion with the Department of Teacher Education development of student athletes through athletic and is located on the campus of Shawnee State participation. The athletic department shares University. In addition to providing preschool the University’s commitment to high standards and extended day child care services, the CLC and embraces the concept of the student athlete. functions as a laboratory school for the Univer- Educational development is the central focus of sity’s early childhood licensure programs. the department. We believe that a learning experience isn’t For More Information confined to the classroom or laboratory, but is a combination of your total college experience. Darlene David, M.Ed., Director That’s why our athletic program is viewed as a Becky Herpy, Secretary cocurricular activity and, as such, is considered Children’s Learning Center an educational experience. Students are involved Shawnee State University in our athletic programs as student athletes, 940 Second Street student assistant coaches, statisticians, trainers, Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 managers, cheerleaders, and ushers. The goal of Phone: 740.351.3252 the Shawnee State Athletic Department is to Fax: 740.351.3184 insure that the intercollegiate athletic experience E-mail: [email protected] is one from which our students can learn and grow. Athletic policies at Shawnee State conform to the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Currently, Shawnee State fields Health teams in men’s and women’s basketball, cross country, and soccer; men’s golf and baseball; Services and women’s volleyball, softball, and tennis. The University’s intercollegiate athletic teams The University is planning to implement a are affiliated with the American Mideast student health clinic on campus beginning with Conference (AMC). the 2001 academic year. The clinic will be for the treatment of minor ailments. Referrals for major illnesses will be Intramural Sports made to the local hospital. Competitive sports and recreational activities Specific information about the health clinic are a desirable part of your educational program. can be found in the student handbook. Through participation, you develop an appreci- ation of the worthy use of leisure time and a wholesome attitude toward physical activity. The Intramural Department conducts activi- Athletics ties of interest to the men and women of Shawnee State University. The department’s Shawnee State University’s philosophy holds goal is to provide an opportunity for every that there is more to learning than academics. individual to participate in some activity of his Besides attending classes, every student has the or her own choosing. Intramural activities are STUDENT ACTIVITIES — 51 organized on a team and individual basis so that Bookstore everyone can participate. Ability is not the issue; the only requirement is a desire to participate. The Shawnee State University Bookstore operates on a self-serve basis for the conve- nience of students, faculty, staff, and the public at large. The Bookstore provides the textbooks and supplies necessary to complete required coursework and also makes available items such as calculators, computer supplies, swimming Student and racquetball equipment, art and drafting supplies, gift items, and a wide selection of Activities imprinted campus wear. The Department of Student Activities and Auxiliaries prepares students for their postcolle- University Center giate experience by encouraging responsibility, Shawnee State’s University Center was teaching critical thinking skills, and providing dedicated in the spring of 1992 and is the hub oppportunities for personal and social develop- of cocurricular activities at the University and a ment. In addition, the Department provides home away from home for our students. A facilities and services to on- and off-campus variety of functions and services are provided constituencies in an effort to build community at the center. on campus and within the surrounding areas. Staff at the Welcome Center in the main lobby Ultimately, the Department provides an offer a list of campus activities, guide guests environment that fosters our students’ social, and students to their destinations, sell snacks, cultural, and educational experiences. provide a list of campus clubs and organizations, Shawnee State University is dedicated to the and in general, assist you with any problem principle that many valuable experiences should you may encounter. be provided for college students outside the Dining facilities for the University are academic area. The Office of Student Activities located in the University Center. Breakfast, encourages you to share your ideas—and then, lunch, and dinner are served, as well as a wide to help develop the programs that enrich the variety of a la carte items. A main dining area lives of Shawnee State’s students. and the Internet Cafe are provided for the Student activities are a good way for you to convenience of diners. The cafeteria is open meet new friends, develop new interests and from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through skills, and participate in valuable leadership Friday, and 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday experiences. and Sunday. A banquet room/study room, Many clubs and organizations are sponsored located on the second floor, is used for work- by the office, including the Student Government shops, conferences, meetings, and any activity Association, the Student Programming Board, where food is served. and Greek organizations. If you would like Two student lounges are provided for relaxing information about an existing club or organiza- or studying. The Micklethwaite Lounge, on the tion or if you’re interested in starting a new first floor, is warmed by a copper-clad fireplace. activity, please contact the staff in the Office of The second floor lounge has a disklavier player Student Activities. piano and two TV rooms and is located near the Micklethwaite Banquet Hall and three conference rooms. Identification Cards A game room on the first floor has table tennis and pool tables, board games, cards, a Identification cards are issued to Shawnee 70’’ big screen TV, video games, free video State University students by the Office of the rentals, student mailboxes, and athletic equip- Registrar and are the means of identification ment which can be checked out by currently necessary for using the Library and participat- enrolled students. ing in student activities. You must present Located on the first floor of the University evidence of registration when you receive your Center behind the cafeteria, the Internet Cafe I.D. card. connects users to the rest of the world via the 52 — HOUSING & RESIDENCE LIFE

Internet and e-mail. Students, staff, and visitors within the 50-mile radius with a direct can grab a cup of coffee or a sandwich and relative. (In some cases, a notarized letter “surf the net” in this comfortable coffeehouse from the relative may be required along with environment. the exemption form.) Offices for Student Activities and Auxiliaries, • Can demonstrate other acceptable extenuat- Student Government Association, Student ing circumstances. Programming Board, Greek Council, and other clubs and organizations are located on the first For exemption forms or more information on floor. The Offices of the Vice President for exemptions, contact the Office of Student Student Affairs, the Registrar, Financial Aid, Activities and Auxiliaries. Nonexempt first-year Career and Placement Services, Counseling and students not residing on campus are considered Psychological Services, and the Bursar are in violation of this policy and may have their located on the second floor. records placed on hold with the University, thus The building also has an ATM machine, a preventing future registration. postage stamp machine, and copier service for the convenience of students and staff. Living on Campus The University Center’s hours of operation The residence life experience is one you will during the academic term are as follows: remember for a lifetime, with lasting friend- Monday-Thursday 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. ships, opportunities for involvement, and the Friday 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. chance to learn while living with others. Saturday & Sunday 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Whether you are required to live on campus, or Hours during university breaks vary and are are simply looking at on-campus housing as an posted on the front door. option, you will find that our convenience, service, security, and comfort make University Housing a great place to live! Housing and Residence Life Our apartments offer students an indepen- dent living style with residence life staff there to University Housing Policy assure maximum safety and service. All of our Shawnee State University is committed to the apartment complexes are within minutes of any particular educational value that is provided by university building. Each apartment is furnished, a residential campus community. The residential and you will find many luxuries you wouldn’t setting offers you an unparalleled opportunity expect in on-campus housing. to gain from the social interactions and other Throughout the year, staff offer many events life experiences that characterize on-campus for resident involvement. Previously, the housing and dining. activities have included such things as sand As a condition of admission and continued volleyball tournaments, dances, time manage- enrollment, first-year students not living within ment seminars, and alcohol education. We try to a 50-mile radius of the University with their provide opportunities for students to socialize immediate families are required to live in and take a look at the issues that face them. University Housing, to the extent that space is available, and to take their meals in dining On-Campus Dining facilities as provided in meal plans approved by The Bears’ Den Cafe offers Shawnee State the University. Exceptions to this policy include students the opportunity to have fresh, married students, single parents, veterans, and nutritionally sound meals in a community students age 23 or older. atmosphere. Our dining service features an If you feel that you should be exempt from appetizing menu that changes from day to day, this requirement, you must submit a Housing a salad bar, a sub bar, and the ever-popular grill Requirement Exemption Form to the Office of items, such as hamburgers, pizza, and fries, Student Activities and Auxiliaries. Exemptions which are available every day. may be granted to students who: For information on menu choices, visit our • Live and travel to class from the principal web page at www.shawnee.edu or call our residence of their parent(s) or legal guardian(s) dining hotline at 740.351.3150. which is on the border line of the 50-mile Shawnee State University offers meal plans radius or live (at no cost to the student) to our housing students as well as those students ALUMNI ASSOCIATION — 53 who are commuting. Students interested in a meal plan may purchase one in the Office of Student Activities throughout the year. For more information about food service, please contact the dining services manager at 740.351.3617.

Housing and Residence Life Information Applications and contracts are issued for a three-quarter academic year or the remainder of the academic year in which the student applies. Anonrefundable application fee is required to hold a space for an incoming student. For further information, contact the Office of Student Activities and Auxiliaries at: Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 740.351.3217

The Alumni Association The Shawnee State Alumni Association encourages a relationship between the University and its alumni so that higher education in the southern Ohio region and beyond may benefit. With more than 8,000 members, the Association fosters a sense of continuity between collegiate and employment experiences. Members of the Association benefit from a variety of programs, such as networking and professional development. In addition, the Association is committed to helping the alumni of tomorrow—today’s Shawnee State students. Alumni serve as men- tors for educational, social, career, and personal growth. The Association’s activities, from recruitment to athletics and from retention to philanthropy, promote the spirit of higher education. For more information about the Alumni Association and its programs, please call 740.355.ALUM. Academic Programs DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES — 55

Multiage Intervention Specialist Associate of Individualized (K-12) Studies Programs Environmental Engineering See pages 65 and 128 of the Technology current catalog for description. Mathematical Sciences Mathematical Sciences Associate of Science of Study Integrated Mathematics with Mathematics Adolescent to Young Adult Sciences (Grades 7-12) Licensure Medical Laboratory Science Certificates Bachelor of Arts Natural Science Computer Aided Drafting and English/Humanities Natural Science Design (CADD) General Earth Science, Life Science, Computer Technology Integrated Language Arts with Physical Science or Integrated Deaf Studies Adolescent to Young Adult Science, with Adolescent to Emergency Medical Technology (Grades 7-12) Licensure Young Adult (Grades 7-12) (EMT) History Licensure Environmental Science International Relations Mathematics Plastics Engineering Technology Psychology Mathematics and Science with Social Sciences Middle Childhood ( Grades Other degrees and programs are in various Social Sciences 4-9) Licensure stages of development and may be Adolescent to Young Adult Nursing (RN-BSN) available before the next catalog is (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Occupational Therapy published. If you’d like more information, Integrated Social Studies Plastics Engineering Technology please call: Legal Assisting (2+2) Sports Studies College of Arts and Sciences Sociology Athletic Training • 740.351.3554 Sports Management College of Professional Studies Bachelor of Fine Arts • 740.351.3270 Ceramics, Drawing, Painting Associate of Applied Business Office of Admission Studio Arts Accounting Technology • 1.800.959.2SSU Visualist (Digital Arts and Business Information Systems Imaging) Business Management Technology Multiage Visual Arts Licensure Legal Assisting Technology (PreK-12) Office Administration Technology

Bachelor of Individualized Associate of Applied Science Studies Associate Degree Nursing See pages 62 and 127 of the Computer Aided Design current catalog for description. Dental Hygiene Early Childhood Development Bachelor of Science with Pre-Kindergarten Associate Biology Licensure Business Administration Electromechanical Engineering Accounting Technology General Emergency Medical Technology Health Management Medical Laboratory Technology Legal Assisting (2+2) Occupational Therapy Assistant Management Information Physical Therapist Assistant Systems Plastics Engineering Technology Management Information Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Systems (2+2) Respiratory Therapy Chemistry Computer Engineering Associate of Arts Technology Arts/Humanities Education Art with Licensure in: Communications Early Childhood (Grades PreK-3) English Early Childhood Intervention General Specialist (Grades PreK-3) Music Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Social Science 56 — GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

Our Commitment to Your General Success Shawnee State’s General Education Program is committed to: Education •Providing an undergraduate education that includes competence in writtencommunica- tion, oral communication, scientific and Program quantitative reasoning, critical analysis, and logical thinking. All students studying toward a baccalaureate degree at Shawnee State are required to complete •Providing a breadth of knowledge that goes the University’s General Education Program beyond education for a specific discipline or (GEP). This group of courses gives students the profession. opportunity to acquire the characteristics of an •Providing a breadth of experience that educated person—something quite distinct from includes knowledge and understanding of the goals of other courses associated with the multicultural factors. degree programs offered by Shawnee State. Most • Ensuring that you have the ability to reflect courses required for a specific degree program carefully upon ethical issues and can enter are meant to give students the opportunity to into reasoned dialogue about these issues. study a particular discipline and the ability to •Preparing you to become an independent practice a profession. The goal of Shawnee State and continuing learner. University, however, goes beyond professional As part of our commitment to the success of education to preparing you to function effec- our students, Shawnee State University has tively in the multiple roles demanded by adopted the goal of integrating information contemporary life. In this respect, the General literacy and computer literacy into the courses Education Program supports the University’s included in the General Education Program. mission statement. The GEP is a combination of required and elective courses, grouped in categories, each chosen for the contribution it makes to the skills General Education Program or knowledge characteristic of university Requirements by Content graduates. Category A more complete description of each category follows. Specific course descriptions are found in their own For More Information section of this catalog, beginning on page 185. Robert Mauldin, Ph.D., Director English Composition 12 Hours General Education Program Quantitative Reasoning 4 Hours Shawnee State University Fine and Performing Arts 4 Hours 940 Second Street Social Sciences 4 Hours Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Natural Sciences 8 Hours Office Location: Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, Cultural Perspectives 8 Hours Room 313 Ethics 4 Hours Phone: 740.351.3137 Capstone 4 Hours Fax: 740.351.3501 (Provost’s Office) Total Hours Required 48 Hours E-mail: [email protected] It should be noted that in cases where a single course meets requirements of the General Education Program and the major, the total number of hours required for the GEP will be reduced by the number of related course hours. The minimum credit hours required for the baccalaureate degree shall not, however, be less than 186. GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM — 57

English Composition (12 Hours) Social Sciences (4 Hours) These courses provide an opportunity for This GEP component introduces you to the you to develop as a writer. Their goal is for you breadth and depth of the influence the social to learn to write clearly, concisely, and creatively sciences have on contemporary life. Courses in a variety of formats. reflect an interdisciplinary or cross disciplinary approach with the expectation of increasing Take all three of the following courses in your awareness of the interconnectedness of the English composition: social sciences. ENGL 111S1 Discourse and Composition (4) ENGL 112S1 Composition and Research (4) Choose one course from the following list: 1 ENGL 115S Composition and Literature (4) ANTH 2501 Principles of Cultural Anthropology (4) GEOG 1301 Economic Geography (4) Quantitative Reasoning (4 Hours) GOVT 350 National Policy Issues (4) GOVT 401 State of the World (4) This component of the General Education HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 (4) Program addresses the nature of mathematical HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 (4) thought and its impact on modern life. To fulfill PHIL 230 Social and Political Philosophy (4) 1 the quantitative reasoning component of the SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (4) SOCI 110S1 Found. of Social Science (4) GEP each course contains active communication about mathematics (which includes reading Natural Sciences (8 Hours) and/or writing and/or speaking), exercises designed to stimulate critical thinking, the use The natural science component of the of mathematical-related technology, and an General Education Program addresses scientific emphasis on problem solving. In addition, each reasoning. course stresses data and data analysis, demon- Choose one of the following two options: strates the application of mathematics to a OPTION 1 NTSC 110S, Scientific Reasoning and variety of disciplines, and incorporates activity Methodology (4), and one additional natural based learning. science course from the following list (all include a laboratory component). Choose one course from the following list: BIOL 1511 Principles of Biology (5) MATH 110S1 Mathematics Core Course (4) BIOL 210 Taxon. of Vasc. Plants (4) MATH 1311 Precalculus 1 (4) BIOL 271 Field Ornithology (4) MATH 150 Principles of Statistics (4) BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage (4) MATH 1701 Applied Finite Mathematics (4) BIOL 302 Dendrology (4) MATH 1901 Brief Calculus wiith Applications (4) BIOL 303 Spring Flora (4) MATH 2011 Calculus 1 (4) BIOL 307 General Entomology (4) MATH 2201 Discrete Mathematics (4) CHEM 1211 Intro. to Gen. Chem. 1 (4) MATH 2501 Statistics 1 (4) CHEM 1411 General Chemistry 1 (5) GEOL 1111 Rocks, Mineral, & Fossils (4) GEOL 1121 Environmental Geology (4) Fine and Performing Arts (4 Hours) GEOL 2011 Physical Geology (4) You should leave the GEP with a greater PHYS 2011 Physics 1 (Mechanics) (4) appreciation of how the arts contribute to an PHYS 2101 Astronomy (4) PHYS 2111 Calculus-Based Physics 1 (4) enriched quality of life. Courses in this category PSCI 251 Phys. Sci. by Inquiry 1 (4) include either an art history, art appreciation, PSCI 252 Phys. Sci. by Inquiry 2 (4) music, or theatre component. OPTION 2 A minimum of 12 credit hours in natural Choose one course from the following list: science courses (BIOL, CHEM, GEOL, NTSC, ARTH 1011 Introduction to Art (4) PHYS, PSCI) above 110, which includes at ENGL 2751 American Film History (4) least one course of four credit hours or more MUSI 1201 Introduction to Music Literature (4) with a laboratory component. MUSI 2201 Music Literature (4) PHIL 300 Philosophy of Film (4) Note: Credit not allowed for both CHEM THAR 1001 Introduction to Theatre (4) 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series.

1 Note to potential transfer students: If you plan to transfer from Shawnee State to another state university in Ohio and you plan to complete the general education transfer module (described on page 19), you should select courses marked with an asterisk (*). Contact the GEP director, 740.351.3137, if you have any questions. 58 — GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

Cultural Perspectives (8 Hours) theories affect how we think about public life, The goal of this GEP component is to help you including the relationship of morality to law understand aspects of Western and non-Western and public policy. Third, students engage in a cultures and to appreciate the multicultural thorough and careful analysis of contemporary nature of modern society. Courses may vary as moral issues in order to arrive at a rationally to discipline, content, and approach, but each defensible, well-informed conclusion within a instills some comprehension of the complex context of open and civil dialogue with others. historical, cultural, or sociological contexts Evaluation is based, first and foremost, on how which inform contemporary experience. well students reason about moral issues, not on the particular conclusions. Western Perspective: Choose one of the following two options. Choose one course from the following list: PHIL 320S Ethics in Public and Private Life (4) OPTION 1 PHIL 330 Ethics and Tech. in the 21st Century (4) Select one of the following courses pertaining to a PHIL 331 Business Ethics (4) western cultural perspective. ROCI 485S Reflect. on Community Involvement (4) IDST 225S1 Civilization and Literature 1 (4) IDST 226S1 Civilization and Literature 2 (4) 1 Capstone (4 Hours) PHIL 200 Introduction to Philosophy (4) OPTION 2 Senior Seminar (IDST 490S) comes late Complete a one-year sequence (12 sequenced credit in your university experience and gives you the hours) of a western foreign language. opportunity to write, speak, think, analyze, Non-Western Perspective: Choose one of the synthesize, and integrate. A central part of the following two options. seminar is the research and writing of a major paper and an oral presentation of your findings. OPTION 1 Select one of the following courses pertaining to a non-western cultural perspective. ARTH 366 Non-Western Survey (4) GEOG 2011 Cultural Geography (4) GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East (4) GOVT 320 Third World Politics (4) GOVT 370 Global Politics (4) HIST 330 History of Southern Africa (4) HIST 360 East Asian History (4) HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civil. (4) HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times (4) IDST 227S1 Civilization and Literature 3 (4) PHIL 284 East Asian Philosophy (4) OPTION 2 Complete a one-year sequence (12 sequenced credit hours) of a non-western foreign language.

Ethics (4 Hours) The requirement in Ethics serves several pur- poses within the GEP’s broader goal of enabling students “to function effectively in the multiple roles demanded by contemporary life.” First, students are introduced to the most influential moral theories of Western civilization. These theories attempt to answer what constitutes the good life and what makes an action ethical, as well as introduce ways of reasoning about the moral life. Secondly, students learn how these

1 Note to potential transfer students: If you plan to transfer from Shawnee State to another state university in Ohio and you plan to complete the general education transfer module (described on page 19), you should select courses marked with an asterisk (*). Contact the GEP director, 740.351.3137, if you have any questions. College of Arts and Sciences 60 — ARTS & SCIENCES

For More Information College of Jerry G. Holt, Ph.D., Dean Linda D. Plummer, A.A., Secretary College of Arts and Sciences Arts and Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Sciences Phone: 740.351.3554 Fax: 740.351.3596 The overall mission of the College of Arts E-mail: [email protected] and Sciences is the liberal arts education and [email protected] career preparation of Shawnee State students. Liberal arts education provides graduates with intellectual skills, substantive knowledge, and Programs Offered habits of the mind that promise rewarding careers and the more abundant life. Bachelor of Arts Courses provided by the College of Arts and English/Humanities, General Sciences contribute to your capability for abstract English/Humanities, Integrated Language and systematic analysis and comprehension of Arts with Adolescent to Young Adult the scientific method and encourage appreciation (Grades 7-12) Licensure for and understanding of the varieties of artistic History expression. These courses contribute to your International Relations flexibility, enabling you to see problems in a Psychology new light and to pursue alternative solutions. Social Sciences They also provide the communication and Social Sciences, Legal Assisting (2+2) interpersonal skills essential for sharing these Social Sciences, Adolescent to Young Adult ideas in an increasingly collaborative and global (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Integrated Social workplace. Studies Liberal arts education at Shawnee State Sociology incorporates the teaching of these skills into a Bachelor of Fine Arts program that alerts you to the complexity of Ceramics, Drawing, Painting human history and diversity of cultures while Studio Arts exploring alternative approaches to contempo- Visualist (Digital Arts and Imaging) rary social, economic, and political issues. Multiage Visual Arts Licensure (PreK-12) Acknowledging the moral dimension of many of these questions, the liberal arts program Bachelor of Individualized Studies explores ethical approaches and encourages See page 62 of current catalog for description. you to develop a personal philosophy of life. Bachelor of Science The University’s commitment to liberal Biology education begins with the College of Arts and Chemistry Sciences’ General Education Program, which Mathematical Sciences emphasizes the importance of knowledge, Mathematical Sciences, Integrated values, and cultural enrichment. Building on Mathematics with Adolescent to Young the General Education Program, the College pro- Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure vides a spectrum of liberal arts degree programs Natural Science in the arts and humanities, mathematics, the Natural Science/Earth Science, Life Science, natural sciences, the social sciences, and teacher Physical Science, or Integrated Science with education. These degree programs prepare you Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) for a career or successful matriculation into a Licensure graduate or professional degree program. Natural Science, Mathematics Natural Science, Mathematics and Science with Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure ARTS & SCIENCES — 61

Sports Studies Faculty: A Commitment to Athletic Training Sports Management Teaching, Scholarship/Research Bachelor of Science in Education and Creative Activities, and Early Childhood Licensure (Grades PreK-3) Early Childhood Intervention Specialist Service Licensure (Grades PreK-3) The College of Arts and Sciences’ faculty are Middle Childhood Licensure (Grades 4-9) dedicated and talented individuals. Their Multiage Intervention Specialist Licensure graduate degrees are from the finest universities (Grades K-12) in the world, and they care deeply about your personal growth and academic success. The Minors outstanding talent and achievements of our American or British Literature alumni are due, in large part, to the high quality Biology of teaching of the faculty. Chemistry Quality teaching is the primary emphasis of Economics the College, and its faculty are dedicated to English Language and Linguistics extending the frontiers of knowledge. To enrich Environmental Science their teaching, faculty are contributing to the Geography body of significant research and scholarly work History and creative activities in their disciplines as well Journalism as providing service to the community, region, Mathematical Sciences state, and nation. Music Philosophy Political Science Accelerated Bachelor’s Professional Writing Psychology Degree Programs Sociology Baccalaureate degrees offered by the College Teaching English to Speakers of Other of Arts and Sciences are planned in such a way Languages that you can complete all requirements by Theater taking classes during a twelve-quarter period, spread over four academic years. However, the Associate of Arts requirements of some baccalaureate degrees Arts/Humanities, Arts make it possible for you to earn your degree in Arts/Humanities, Communications a shorter period of time. Arts/Humanities, English To earn a degree in three years, you need to Arts/Humanities, General take classes in the summer and/or take 18 or Arts/Humanities, Music more hours each quarter, with the permission of Social Science your department chairperson or dean and the Associate of Individualized Studies registrar. Careful planning of your course See page 65 of current catalog for description. schedule is necessary. If you are interested in pursuing a three-year degree program, you Associate of Applied Science should talk to your faculty advisor to make sure Early Childhood Development with that this option is possible. Pre-Kindergarten Associate Licensure For more information about an accelerated Associate of Science bachelor’s degree, contact the appropriate Mathematics department chairperson or the dean. Sciences Certificates Selecting and Declaring a Deaf Studies Environmental Science Degree Major You should consider a choice of major and career early in your degree program, if not before. You are encouraged to seek the advice of 62 — ARTS & SCIENCES

College of Arts and Sciences faculty and, also, Aminimum of 186 credit hours, including 48 staff in the Office of Counseling and Career credit hours in the General Education Services. Your own interests, aptitudes, and Program. professional/career goals should play a central A minimum 2.00 cumulative grade point role in selecting a degree major. average for all courses taken at Shawnee State University. Completion of at least 90 credit hours at the Double Major Guidelines 200 level or above. The completion of at least one major is Completion of at least 45 credit hours at required for a baccalaureate degree. The Shawnee State University, of which 35 credit completion of a second major is an option which hours must be the upper division courses any College of Arts and Sciences student may (300-400 level courses). elect. If you wish to pursue more than one Aminimum of 60 credit hours in the major major, you must consult with the appropriate field of study. department chairperson(s) or dean. Petition for graduation in accordance with The two majors must be in different subject the rules prescribed by the University. matters. Each major must meet all the requirements set by the College of Arts and Sciences and the department offering the major. Bachelor of Individualized Each major must contain at least 45 hours not Studies Degree (B.I.S.) found in the other major. The bachelor of individualized studies is administered by the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Professional Studies as Academic Advising appropriate. Students interested in a B.I.S. The College of Arts and Sciences is committed program should contact the dean of the college to quality academic advising, because it is most closely associated with their field of essential to the ultimate success of our students. study/interest. Once you have selected a major, you are advised The B.I.S. is intended for undergraduate by the teaching faculty of your department. students who wish to pursue an area of study Please consult your academic advisor regarding (or combination of areas) which is not available the two-year schedule for the department in in other academic programs at Shawnee State. order to determine when the department plans The proposed course of study must not closely to offer specific courses. The chairperson of parallel programs already offered at the your department will assign you an academic university. The desire to avoid certain specific faculty advisor, ensuring that the department’s requirements of existing majors or degree academic advising system meets your individual programs is not a sufficient justification for needs and requirements as well as those of the choosing a B.I.S. program. department, the College, and the University. This degree may be particularly useful to The dean of the College of Arts and Sciences working students taking evening, weekend, or facilitates answers to interdepartmental off-campus classes. Also, the B.I.S. may be used questions and exceptions and changes to related to combine the coursework from an associate academic requirements. degree program with an area of concentration from another field of study. For example, students completing an associate degree in one Baccalaureate Degree of the health sciences programs may elect to include an area of concentration in health Requirements management or business administration for a The College of Arts and Sciences awards its B.I.S. degree. baccalaureate degrees to students who meet the Students planning to pursue graduate or following minimum requirements. Please see professional school degrees are advised to com- individual degree programs for any additional plete a traditional major at the undergraduate requirements. level rather than complete the B.I.S. degree. ARTS & SCIENCES — 63

Admission to the Bachelor of • Completion of at least 45 credit hours of Individualized Studies upper-division level (300-400 courses), no more than 10 hours of which may be trans- After admission to the University, a student ferred in from another accredited university makes an appointment for a conference with an or college. individualized studies advisor. The student makes this appointment by contacting either •Aminimum of 45 credit hours completed at the dean of the College of Arts and Sciences or Shawnee State. The University’s general the dean of the College of Professional Studies. policies regarding the transferability of In this conference, the advisor will explore courses from other colleges and universities with the student the appropriateness of the will apply equally to this major. bachelor of individualized study given his or •Aminimum of 60 credit hours in the her background and academic goals. individualized/specialized area of study and To obtain formal admission to the bachelor of cognate areas, as approved by a three- individualized studies, the student must member faculty committee. complete an application, which includes the • Completion of the specific program of study following elements: initially approved by the student’s faculty •Astatement explaining that the student advisory committee upon admission to the understands the nature and intent of the major. Any subsequent alterations in the general studies major program, including course substitutions, •Astatement of plans for future education must receive the approval of the student’s and employment with the individualized advisory committee. studies major as a foundation • Petition for graduation in accordance with •Astatement of the goals the proposed course the rule prescribed by the University. of study will meet, an appropriately detailed outline of the proposed course of study, and a projected graduation date Minors The application for admission to the bachelor A minor is a field of study, within the bac- of individualized study will be reviewed by a calaureate degree, that may be taken to widen three-person faculty advisory committee con- your area of interest or increase your career sisting of the student’s faculty advisor and two opportunities. Contact specific departments for faculty appointed by the appropriate college’s information regarding minor offerings and dean. If the application and proposed course of minor field of study course requirements. study is approved by the advisory committee, Taking a minor is optional and not required. these items will be forwarded to the appropri- ate dean for approval and the registration of these degree requirements by the registrar. Associate of Arts and Advising Associate of Science Degrees The student pursuing an individualized The College of Arts and Sciences offers studies major is encouraged to seek academic several programs of study which lead to two- advising each quarter. year associate degrees. The associate degree programs allow you to enter the job market Degree Requirements immediately after you graduate or to transfer into certain baccalaureate degree programs. The individualized studies major must meet In order to ease the transfer process, the and fulfill university requirements for baccalau- following associate of arts and associate of reate programs and those requirements specific science degree requirements will be modified to to this degree. These include: include a revised transfer module. Therefore, if •Aminimum of 186 credit hours, including you wish to pursue either degree, you are the General Education Program. advised to work closely with an advisor during •Aminimum of 2.00 cumulative grade point this transition period. average for all courses taken at Shawnee State University. 64 — ARTS & SCIENCES

Associate of Arts Degree B. Social Sciences Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen Curriculum from the following list of subject areas to complete I. General Education Requirements the associate of arts degree: A. Composition — 12 hours minimum Anthropology Government Psychology ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition (4); ENGL Economics History Sociology 112S Composition and Research (4); ENGL 115S Geography Composition and Literature (4) Students may take additional courses from the following (optional): ENGL 232 (4); ENGL 240 (4); Associate of Science Degree ENGL 245 (4) Curriculum B. Mathematics — 4 hours minimum I. General Education Requirements MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) A. Communications — 12 hours minimum Students may choose additional mathematics ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition (4); ENGL courses from the following (optional): MATH 131 112S Composition and Research (4); ENGL 115S (4); MATH 132 (4); MATH 201 (4); MATH 202 (4); Composition and Literature (4) MATH 250 (4) B. Mathematics — 8 hours minimum C. Arts and Humanities — 16 hours minimum MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) IDST 225S Civilization and Literature (4) and one additional course from the following: and two courses from the following: ARTH 261 (4); MATH 131 (4); MATH 132 (4); MATH 201 (4); ARTH 262 (4); ENGL 200 (4); MUSI 220 (3); PHIL MATH 202 (4); MATH 250 (4) 200 (4) C. Arts and Humanities — 12 hours minimum and one course from the following: ENGL 211 (4); ENGL 212 (4); MUSI 221 (3); MUSI 222 (3); MUSI ENGL/HIST 225S Civilization and Literature (4) 223 (3); PHIL 105 (4); PHIL 200 (4) and two of the following: ARTH 261 (4); ARTH 262 D. Social Science — 16 hours minimum (4); ENGL 200 (4); MUSI 220 (3); PHIL 200 (4) SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) Students may take additional courses from the IDST 226S Civilization and Literature 2 (4) following (optional): ENGL 211 (4); ENGL 212 (4); MUSI 221 (3); MUSI 222 (3); MUSI 223 (3); PHIL 105 and one course from the following: ECON 101 (4); (4); PHIL 200 (4) GEOG 125 (4); GOVT 101 (4); HIST 111 (4); HIST 112 (4); HIST 113 (4); PSYC 101 (4); SOCI 101 (4) D. Social Sciences — 12 hours minimum and one course from the following: ANTH 101 (4); SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) ANTH 250 (4); ECON 102 (4); GOVT 240 (4); GOVT ENGL/HIST 226S Civilization and Literature 2 (4) 250 (4); HIST 201 (4); HIST 202 (4); HIST 203 (4); and one of the following: ECON 101 (4); GEOG 125 PSYC 151 (4); PSYC 273 (4); SOCI 201 (4); SOCI 205 (4); GOVT 101 (4); HIST 111 (4); HIST 112 (4); HIST (4) 113 (4); PSYC 101 (4); SOCI 101 (4) E. Natural Sciences — 12 hours minimum E. Natural Sciences — 16 hours minimum NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology (4) NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology (4) and 8 additional hours from the following: BIOL and 12 additional hours chosen from the 151 (5) (4 lec./2 lab); CHEM 121 (4); CHEM 122 (4); following: BIOL 151 (5) (4 lec./2 lab); CHEM 121 CHEM 141 (5); CHEM 142 (5); CHEM 143 (5) (all (4), CHEM 122 (4); CHEM 141 (5); CHEM 142 (5); CHEM - 3 lec./3 lab); GEOL 111 (4) (3 lec./2 lab); CHEM 143 (5) (all CHEM - 3 lec./3 lab); GEOL 101 PHYS 201 (4); PHYS 202 (4); PHYS 203 (4) (all PHYS (4) (3 lec./2 lab); PHYS 201 (4); PHYS 202 (4); PHYS - 3 lec./3 lab) 203 (4) (all PHYS - 3 lec./3 lab) Students may choose additional courses from the Students may take additional courses from the following (optional): BIOL 162 (5); BIOL 202 (5); following (optional): BIOL 162 (5); BIOL 202 (5); BIOL 203 (5); CHEM 200 (4); GEOL 112 (4); PHYS BIOL 203 (5); CHEM 200 (4); GEOL 112 (4); PHYS 210 (4) 210 (4) Note: Students cannot receive credit for both CHEM Note: Students cannot receive credit for both CHEM 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series. 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series. II. Concentration Area — 30 hours II. Concentration Area — 30 hours A. Arts A. Science Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen from the following list of humanities subject areas from one of the following subject areas: to complete the associate of arts degree: Biology Art Humanities Music Physical Science (includes chemistry, geology, Comparative Arts Journalism Philosophy physics, and physical science) English Language Theatre ARTS & SCIENCES — 65

B. Mathematical Sciences If you wish to become a licensed teacher, you 1. Selected courses from mathematics — 22 hours should consult the Department of Teacher minimum must be numbered above 110. Education section of this catalog and work with 2. Science — 8 hours minimum must be chosen a faculty advisor on licensure matters. In from biology, chemistry, geology, or physics num- addition to completing the related B.A. or B.S. bered above 100. degree requirements, you must complete the professional education requirements and other eligibility criteria for teacher licensure. Students Associate of Individualized enrolled in teacher certification programs prior Studies Degree (A.I.S.) to fall, 1998, should work with a teacher education advisor to make sure the program is The associate of individualized studies degree completed before the Ohio Department of (AIS) at Shawnee State University allows you to Education phases out certification in 2002. formulate your own individualized program of study based upon specific criteria. The goal of this degree is to permit the student, under the Course Scheduling and guidance of faculty advisors, to combine selected courses in academic and/or technical areas that Offerings may not meet the degree requirements for The College of Arts and Sciences is committed Shawnee State’s associate of arts, associate of to scheduling daytime classes, introductory and science, associate of applied science, or associate upper level, in a way that allows you to com- of applied business degrees. plete a degree program in a four-year period of The following conditions must be met for time. All General Education Program courses completion of the degree: 1) a total of 90 credit are also offered during the evening hours on a hours of 100-level or above coursework with a rotating basis, throughout the academic year. As minimum grade point average of 2.00; 2) a staffing permits, occasional upper division minimum of two areas of concentration with at classes from the various arts and sciences least 20 credit hours in each; 3) a set of general disciplines are offered in the evenings. At this education requirements based upon specific time, no arts and sciences degree program can criteria; and 4) completion of a set of required be earned in the evenings over a five-year hours of credit after admission to the program. period. However, it may be possible to earn an For specific details and application forms for associate of individualized studies degree in the the program, contact the dean’s office in the evenings. Also, we are planning to offer a College of Arts and Sciences or the dean’s office baccalaureate degree with a major in individu- in the College of Professional Studies. alized studies that may be available through evening studies in the near future. You are encouraged to discuss specific course scheduling Preparation for Teacher issues with your academic advisor or your Licensure department chairperson. Programs to prepare teachers at several different levels and in a variety of teaching areas Pass/No-Credit Policy are offered cooperatively between the Depart- ment of Teacher Education and the Departments Students in the College of Arts and Sciences of English and Humanities; Fine, Digital, and are not permitted to take courses in their major Performing Arts; Mathematical Sciences; on a pass/no-credit basis. Natural Sciences; and Social Sciences. At the early childhood level (grades preK-3) a degree in education is offered. At the middle childhood level (grades 4-9), a degree in education or natural science is available. Licensure at the adolescent to young adult level (grades 7-12) requires a degree in the area of teaching special- ization. Multiage licenses (grades K-12) in visual arts and intervention specialist are also available. English and Humanities ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES — 67

Professional Writing Teaching English to Speakers of Other English and Languages Associate of Arts Arts/Humanities, Communications Humanities Arts/Humanities, English The faculty of the Department of English and Arts/Humanities, General Humanities develop students who think and See page 63 of current catalog for degree read critically, who write and speak clearly, and requirements. who understand the contributions humanities Associate of Individualized Studies courses can make to their knowledge and See page 65 of current catalog for description. quality of life. The faculty believe that the skills of reading, writing, speaking, and thinking are the foundations upon which a successful college Composition/Foreign career is built. Therefore, all disciplines within the Department accept as part of their charge the Language Labs development of writing and speaking skills. In The Department of English and Humanities addition, the faculty are committed to providing maintains three classrooms/computer labs in opportunities for the integration of the disci- Massie Hall for the teaching of composition and plines and the fostering of international and foreign language. They support faculty’s efforts multicultural perspectives. to use modern technology in their teaching. The Department offers excellent opportunities for students to study introductory and advanced courses in linguistics, foreign language, litera- The English Sequence ture, philosophy, and writing. Students who must take the English sequence (English 111S, 112S, and 115S) are required to take a placement exam. See explanations on For More Information page 27 about placement. Elsie M. Shabazz, Secretary Department of English and Humanities Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Bachelor Degrees Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 The bachelor of arts degree with a major in Phone: 740.351.3300 English/humanities offers you the opportunity Fax: 740.351.3584 to pursue a degree with teaching or without E-mail: [email protected] teaching licensure. The English/humanities degree (generalists) provides an excellent background for several Programs in Humanities career paths, including advertising, government employment, law, and publishing. The degree Bachelor of Arts requires 186 hours, including 70 hours of elec- English/Humanities, General tives. This distributionof required and elective English/Humanities, Integrated Language courses allows you to pursue approved minors Arts with Adolescent to Young Adult or to take a grouping of courses in such fields (Grades 7-12) Licensure as science or business, which adds to your employment possibilities. The Department Bachelor of Individualized Studies strongly recommends that if you plan to attend See page 62 of current catalog for description. graduate school, you should take courses in Minors foreign language as well as additional courses American or British Literature in English, linguistics, and philosophy. English Language and Linguistics The bachelor of arts in English/humanities, Journalism integrated language arts with adolescent to Philosophy young adult licensure (grades 7-12) combines 68 — ENGLISH/HUMANITIES education and English/humanities classes to English/Humanities Courses (68 Hours) prepare teachers for grades 7 through 12. At a Area Cr. Hrs. time when a national teaching shortage has Philosophy (PHIL 105 or 200) 4 become apparent, this degree offers good Introduction to Literature (ENGL 200) 4 opportunities for employment. Linguistics (ENGL 360, 362, 365, 452, or 455 or ENGL 460) 8 With both degrees in English and humanities, Survey of Literature (ENGL 211, 212, 251, or 252) 8 Shakespeare (ENGL 301 or 302) 4 classes are relatively small and students receive Adv. Composition Requirement (ENGL 305 or 315) 4 much individual attention from well-qualified British Literature Before 1800 (ENGL 311, 411, 421, 4 and dedicated teachers. and other suitable courses) British Literature After 1800 (ENGL 312, 321, 322, 441, 4 As with any degree at the University, the 446, and other suitable courses) Department of English and Humanities very American Literature (ENGL 273, 351, 371, 461, 471, 4 and other suitable courses) much encourages students to work closely with Literature as Social Perspective (ENGL 205, 249, 4 their faculty advisor. The department secretary 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, and other suitable courses) (740.351.3300) can easily provide the names of Humanities Electives (Courses must be taken in 20 at least two areas with four hours at the 300 level or higher) advisors for individual students. Art History Music History Foreign Language Important Note About Student Assessment Philosophy Linguistics (one additional course) The English and Humanities Department is Other suitable courses as added very much aware of the national movement that encourages assessment of student learning. Students majoring in English and humanities Bachelor of Arts in English/ should submit papers for their writing assess- ment portfolio, which is kept by the department Humanities, Integrated secretary. The portfolio includes a major paper Language Arts with from ENGL 200 and three other upper-division English courses. The final submission is the Adolescent to Young Adult Senior Seminar paper (required of all four-year degree students). The English and humanities (Grades 7-12) Licensure faculty review these portfolios after students apply for graduation to assess if students have Degree Requirements made sufficient progress as writers and students General Education Program 48 Hours of literature. Additionally, students must PHIL 320S and THAR 100 are required. Further information is listed on page 56 of maintain a “C” average in all ENGL courses. the current catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Language Arts Component 76 Hours Bachelor of Arts with a Major Professional Education Core 20 Hours Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours in English/Humanities Related Studies Component 12 Hours (Generalist) Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Degree Requirements Total Hours Required 196 Hours General Education Program 48 Hours Language Arts Component (76 Hours) Further information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained LANGUAGE EMPHASIS (8 Hours) from the dean’s office. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. English/Humanities Courses 68 Hours (Includes 20-hour elective block, of which ENGL 360 Intro. to Language & Linguistics 4 4 hours must be above the 300 level.) ENGL 362 Patterns of English OR 4 ENGL 452 Language Development OR (Note: At least 24 hours of these Electives 70 Hours ENGL 455 English Language in Society OR electives must be from 300 and 400 level ENGL 365 History of English courses. The Department strongly recommends that you take specialized courses in one or two READING EMPHASIS (24 Hours) areas. Foreign language is an excellent area of specialization for English/humanities majors.) ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 4 ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 4 MINORS — 69

ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 OR 4 EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 Observation & Reflection in Select two (8 hours): Professional Practice ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 EDAE 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 Research - Home, School, ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 Community Relations ENGL 341 Lit. of Initiation & Experience 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 Instruction, & Evaluation Select one (4 hours): EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 ENGL 311 Major Engl. Authors (Before 1800) 4 ENGL 434 Methods of Teaching Lang. Arts 4 ENGL 321 The English Novel 4 in the Secondary Schools ENGL 322 Modern English Drama 4 ENGL 411 16th Cent. Renaissance Lit. 4 Special Note: The middle childhood license ENGL 421 17th Cent. Poetry & Prose 4 to teach language arts and English in grades 4-9 ENGL 441 The Romantics 4 is found on pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. ENGL 446 The Victorians 4

WRITING EMPHASIS (12 Hours) ENGL 305 Advanced Writing OR 4 ENGL 315 Theory & Practice in Composition Minors ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 ENGL 240 Screenwriting OR The Department of English and Humanities ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) currently offers minors in the areas of American JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing 4 or British literature, English language and LISTENING/VISUAL LITERACY EMPHASIS (9 Hours) linguistics, journalism, philosophy, teaching English to speakers of foreign languages ENGL 105 Information Access 1 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 (TESOL), and professional writing. Students PHIL 105 Rhetoric & Reasoning 4 wishing to concentrate their elective possibilities in these areas are advised to follow the sug- ORAL COMMUNICATION EMPHASIS (7 Hours) gested curricula. SPCH 103 Pub. Speaking & Human Comm. 3 SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Lit. 4

CAPSTONE (4 Hours) American or British ENGL 485 Sr. Exp. for Engl./Hum. Majors 4 Literature Professional Education Core (20 Hours) This minor allows students to concentrate EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 their coursework on either American or British EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 literature. The introductory classes are required & Computers to provide students with an introduction to EDUC 240 School & Society: History, Phil., 4 literary developments important to either Legal, & Ethical Found. of American Education American or British literature. Students build EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 on those introductory courses by selecting four Pluralistic Society courses of individual interest. EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the Minor in British Literature (24 Hours): Classroom • ENGL 211 and 212 required • Students select four courses in British Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) literature at the 300 level or above. EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Content Areas Minor in American Literature (24 Hours): ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 • ENGL 251 and 252 required • Students select four courses in American Related Studies Component (12 Hours) literature at the 300 level or above. PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 70 — MINORS

English Language and arguments rationally, and to understand the logical, intellectual, and historical relationships Linguistics among the various academic disciplines. In This minor requires you to complete 24 addition, you gain an understanding of the credit hours of English and linguistics. Courses profound influence of philosophical ideas upon emphasize the English language; however, other society, culture, and politics, which in turn languages and language processes are covered greatly enhance your ability to work in multi- primarily from a linguistics perspective. The 12 cultural settings. credits, which are mandatory, deal with Careers for which the minor in philosophy is introductory aspects of language and cover especially well-suited include law and public different core areas of the English language and service, education, social services, religious language in general. ministry, counseling psychology, the arts, jour- nalism, and international relations. Requirements The minor requires students to complete 24 hours in philosophy with a minimum grade of The following three courses are required (12 credit hours): “C.” Courses taken on a pass/no credit basis ENGL 360 Introduction to Language and Linguistics may not be applied to the minor. ENGL 362 Patterns of English ENGL 365 History of English Select three courses (12 credit hours) from the following list. Requirements Students may choose either GEOG 201 or ANTH 250 but not Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. both since these courses do not exclusively deal with language. PHIL 105 Rhetoric and Reasoning 4 ENGL 452 Language Acquisition PHIL 200 Introduction to Philosophy 4 ENGL 455 English Language in Society Choose 12 hours from the following: ENGL 460 Topics in Linguistics GEOG 201 Cultural Geography OR PHIL 230 Social and Political Philosophy 4 ANTH 250 Principles of Cultural Anthropology PHIL 260 Philosophy of Religion 4 PHIL 284 East Asian Philosophy 4 Other courses will be added as they become available. PHIL 299 Special Topics in Philosophy 4 PHIL 300 Philosophy and Film 4 PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport 4 Journalism PHIL 499 Special Topics in Philosophy 4 The 31-hour minor in journalism offers you Choose 4 hours from the following: PHIL 320S Ethics in Public and Private Life 4 the opportunity to get a basic understanding of PHIL 330 Ethical Tech. in the 21st Century 4 journalistic writing and procedures. You are ROCI 485S Reflections on Comm. Involv. 4 encouraged to make practical application of your coursework. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Professional Writing ARTS 313 Media Photography 4 This minor is an excellent addition to any ARTS 361 Digital Publishing and Layout 4 ENGL 105 Information Access 1 degree program, particularly those in the ENGL 221 English in the Workplace 4 natural and social sciences and in professional ENGL 305 Advanced Expository Writing 4 studies programs. Because it develops and JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communications 4 refines the writing skills needed by professionals JOUR 231 News and Report Writing 4 JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing 4 in all fields, this minor makes a graduate JOUR 295 Practicum (may be taken 3 times for credit) 2 attractive to prospective employers. Courses in JOUR 395 Practicum (may be taken 3 times for credit) 2 technical, business/administrative, expository, Recommended: and journalistic modes of writing develop in SPCH 103 Public Speak. and Human Comm. 3 students a high level of professional writing competency. A total of 28 hours are required.

Philosophy Requirements The minor in philosophy enhances your Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. baccalaureate degree program by providing you ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 4 ENGL 221 English in the Workplace 4 with a fuller understanding of the presupposi- ENGL 222 Business Writing 4 tions of your discipline. It strengthens your ENGL 305 Advanced Writing 4 ability to think critically, to develop and defend ENGL 306 Technical Writing 2 4 MINORS— 71

Choose one from the following: BUOA 221 Word Processing 1 4 BUOA 222 Word Processing 2 4 BUOA 223 Word Processing 3 4 BUOA 230 Desktop Publishing 1 4 BUOA 231 Desktop Publishing 2 4 Choose one from the following: JOUR 231 News Writing 4 JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing 4

Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) This minor is a free-standing program within the Department of Arts and Humanities, although it also provides part of the coursework necessary for licensure within the state of Ohio in the area of TESOL. To complete the minor, 28 credit hours of coursework are required as listed below, with five additional courses recommended. For details regarding TESOL licensure within the state of Ohio, see the Department of Teacher Education.

Required Courses SPAN 111 Elementary Spanish 1 SPAN 112 Elementary Spanish 2 SPAN 113 Elementary Spanish 3 or a minimum of three quarters of coursework in any first year foreign language sequence. ENGL 360 Introduction to Language and Linguistics ENGL 362 Patterns of English ENGL 455 English Language in Society ENGL 460 Topics in Linguistics: Methods of Teaching ESL

Recommended Courses SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 1 SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish 2 SPAN 213 Intermediate Spanish 3 or any second-year sequence of foreign language courses. EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a Pluralistic Society (Preq. EDUC 110) EDUC 450 Directed Teaching and Seminar (Preq. admission to the teacher education program and admission to student teaching) Fine, Digital, & Performing Arts FINE, DIGITAL, & PERFORMING ARTS — 73

Programs in Fine, Digital, Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts Bachelor of Fine Arts & Performing Ceramics, Drawing, Painting Studio Arts Visualist (Digital Arts and Imaging) Arts Multiage Visual Arts Licensure (PreK-12) Bachelor of Individualized Studies The faculty of the Department of Fine, Digital, See page 62 of current catalog for description. and Performing Arts help guide students’ skills, talents, and understanding to expand their Minors artistic/expressive abilities and world views. Music The faculty believe that the process of acquiring Theater a balanced perspective facilitates your under- Associate of Arts standing of who you are as an individual, which Arts/Humanities, Art forms the core of your artistic and academic Arts/Humanities, Music growth. We encourage your artistic growth in See page 63 of current catalog for degree traditional arts and performing skills as well as requirements. cutting-edge technologies, realizing that there are many paths and definitions to artistic and Associate of Individualized Studies performing success. We furthermore encourage See page 65 of current catalog for description. you to develop the necessary skills in writing, speaking, and movement to facilitate additional avenues of expression in a world which is Vern Riffe Center for the Arts rapidly becoming more dependent upon com- Shawnee State University’s BFA programs munications at many levels. It is our guiding are located in the $17 million, 102,000 sq. ft., principle that students in the department come Vern Riffe Center for the Arts. Art studios, to an understanding of, and sensitivity to, how comprising some 29 rooms with dramatic their talents, skills, and acumen progress and natural and artificial lighting, fill most of the serve the artistic, aesthetic, and design needs of east wing of the building. The first floor houses an increasingly complex multicultural, multi- both the Levi Ceramics Suite and the photogra- national world. phy suite. The 14 rooms in these two areas, as The Department offers excellent opportunities in the other studios throughout the Center, are for you to study introductory and advanced equipped with state of the art equipment. The courses in drawing, painting, printmaking, second floor houses the Appleton Gallery, photography, digital design, ceramics, sculpture, Richards Virtual Reality Multimedia Studio, art art history, music, and theater. education, drawing, and two computer studios. The computer studios are high level MacIntosh- based studios for the use of students in all the arts. The multimedia studio has digital projec- For More Information tion in many formats, surround sound, and one Djwana Spradlin, Secretary of only two infinite baffle speaker systems in the world. The third floor has studios for painting, Dpt. of Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts life studies, design and illustration, fabric Shawnee State University design/screen printing, lithography, and 940 Second Street intaglio printmaking. The music wing contains Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 seven practice studios, an electronic keyboard Phone: 740.351.3118 lab, and an ensemble room. The Center also Fax: 740.351.3775 houses the Howland Recital Hall, the Kahl E-mail: [email protected] Black Box Theater, and an acoustically variable [email protected] 1139 seat concert hall/theater. 74 — BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

The art education licensure program adheres Bachelor Degrees to the standards set forth by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educa- tion and Ohio Department of Education Rule Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree 3301-24-02. It also meets the guidelines of the The bachelor of fine arts is recognized as the State Competency-Based Comprehensive Arts professional degree in the field. Shawnee State Education Model in the field of visual arts. University offers this degree with several Traditional studio careers and preparation concentrations: ceramics, drawing, painting, for graduate work Shawnee State’s studio arts, and the new digital based visualist traditional studio concentrations—ceramics, concentration. drawing, and painting—are designed for The learning experience is enhanced by those students who wish to go on to graduate Shawnee State’s Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, a school to prepare for college teaching careers state-of-the-art facility, which houses the BFA or to develop entrepreneurial studio-based classes and features north-facing walls of skills. windows in nearly every studio. These studios offer the latest in lighting, equipment, safety, Special Note: Students in any arts and and ventilation as well as access for physically sciences bachelor’s degree program must challenged students. The academic programs complete 60 credit hours at the 300 level or based in the Center offer creative students a above. A minimum of 12 credit hours in the wide range of possible career opportunities. chosen emphasis must be at the 300 level or The BFA and the professional portfolios above. A maximum of 9 credit hours of general developed through the program may well lead ‘‘special topics“ classes may be counted toward the successful candidate to career opportunities the emphasis. An additional 4 credit hours of in teaching, studio work, digital design, digital topics may count toward the studio elective. imaging, ceramics, corporate curating, museum and gallery curating, or the opportunity to Degree Requirements for the pursue the master’s degree (in order to acquire Bachelor of Fine Arts in Ceramics, college teaching credentials). Drawing, and Painting Computer-based digital design, illustration, General Education Program 48 Hours imaging The visualist concentration presents Further information is listed on page 56 two tracks in the digital arts realm. One is for of the current catalog or can be obtained those primarily interested in imaging, and the from the dean’s office. other track is for those focused on computer- Art Core Requirements 44 Hours based graphic design/illustration skills. This Art Specialization (Choose either 40 Hours concentration is unique in that it places a ceramics, drawing, or painting.) strong emphasis on computer art skills at the Art Studio Electives (Chosen from 38 Hours undergraduate level. Using software pro- courses outside art specialization) General Electives (Students planning 16 Hours grams such as QuarkXPress, Photoshop, an entrepreneurial career in the arts Freehand, Director, and others, students should consider taking BUAC 201, BUMG learn to be as creative on a computer as they 225, BUMG 310, and BUMK 310.) are on traditional paper-based media. Total Hours Required 186 Hours Primary school, middle school, and high school teaching The studio arts concentration is primarily (but not exclusively) for those Degree Requirements for the students pursuing a Visual Arts Multiage Bachelor of Fine Arts in Studio Arts Teaching License (preschool through age 21) General Education Program 48 Hours and those students interested in a more Further information is listed on page 56 general studio education. Those students of the current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. who complete the art education licensure Art Core Requirements 44 Hours program may teach art at any level from Studio Emphasis (Choose either 32 Hours preschool through high school. They are also ceramics, drawing, or painting.) qualified for careers as elementary or middle Art Studio Electives (Chosen from 46 Hours school arts supervisors. courses outside studio emphasis) BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — 75

General Electives (Students planning 16 Hours ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 an entrepreneurial career in the arts ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 4 should consider taking BUAC 201, BUMG ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 4 225, BUMG 310, and BUMK 310.) ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 4 ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 4 Art Core Requirements (44 Hours) ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 4 ARTH 261 Art History Survey 1 4 ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 4 ARTH 262 Art History Survey 2 4 ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 4 ARTH 263 Art History Survey 3 4 ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 4 ARTH 331 Ceramic History Survey 1 OR 4 ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 4 ARTH 332 Ceramic History Survey 2 OR ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 4 ARTH 361 Twentieth-Century Art OR ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 4 ARTH 364 North American Survey OR ARTS 427 Adv. Figure Painting 1 4 ARTH 360 Nineteenth-Century Art ARTS 428 Adv. Figure Painting 2 4 ARTH 366 Non-Western Survey 4 ARTS 429 Adv. Figure Painting 3 4 ARTS 101 Studio Foundations 1 4 ARTS 102 Studio Foundations 2 4 ARTS 103 Studio Foundations 3 4 ARTS 105 The Creative Process 4 Degree Requirements for the ARTS 480 Senior Studio 1 4 Bachelor of Fine Arts, Visualist ARTS 481 Senior Studio 2 4 (Digital Art and Imaging) Art Specialization (40 Hours) General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 56 Choose either a ceramics, drawing, or painting of the current catalog or can be obtained emphasis. from the dean’s office. CERAMICS Art Core Requirements See left hand 44 Hours column this page. ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 Art Specialization Choose Design or 52 Hours ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 Imaging Tracks ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 4 Art Studio Electives (16 hours may be 40 Hours ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 4 chosen from courses outside concentration ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 4 General Electives 16 Hours ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics 4 ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics 4 Total Hours Required 200 Hours ARTS 336 Glaze Theory & Practice 4 ARTS 338 Mold Making 4 Junior Portfolio Review Because of limited facilities and ARTS 434 Advanced Raku 4 faculty, students wishing to choose this concentration must ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain 4 submit a portfolio to be admitted in the Junior Year (100 quarter ARTS 436 Adv. Glaze Theory & Practice 4 hours) of this concentration. This portfolio will be reviewed by a committee comprised of the digital arts instructors. Only those DRAWING AND PRINTMAKING students who pass the portfolio review will be permitted to con- ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 tinue in the program. Students who do not pass this review may ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 apply their credits toward one of the other arts concentrations if ARTS 246 Lithography 4 they so desire. ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 Co-op Internship Students may choose to initiate a co-op ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 internship in a professional graphics/imaging business, which ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 will count for the 12 credit hours of Visualist Studio required in ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 455. The student must register for ARTS 455 and pay the ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 usual tuition and fees for that quarter. The internship must be ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 approved by the arts area coordinator and comply with certain ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 4 conditions set forth by the Department of Arts and Humanities. ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 4 ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 4 Art Specialization (52 Hours) ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 4 ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 4 DESIGN TRACK ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 4 ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 PAINTING ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 251 Typog. for the Graphic Designer 4 ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 ARTS 252 Basic Illustration 4 76 — BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Visual Arts Ed. Component 36 Hours ARTS 253 Illustration 4 Art Studio Electives 24 Hours ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 Total Hours Required 216 Hours ARTS 3551 Visualist Studio 1 12 Must be taken three times. Art Emphasis Area (32 Hours) ARTS 4551 Visualist Studio 2 12 Must be taken three times. Choose 32 hours within either ceramics, drawing and printmaking, or painting. OR IMAGING TRACK CERAMICS ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 ARTS 251 Typography 4 ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 310 Intermediate Photography 1 4 ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 311 Intermediate Photography 2 4 ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 4 ARTS 3551 Visualist Studio 1 12 ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics 4 Must be taken three times. ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics 4 ARTS 4551 Visualist Studio 2 12 ARTS 336 Glaze Theory & Practice 4 Must be taken three times. ARTS 338 Mold Making 4 ARTS 434 Advanced Raku 4 Art Studio Electives (40 Hours) ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain 4 ARTS 436 Adv. Glaze Theory & Practice 4 Choose three from: ARTS 361 Publishing/Layout 4 DRAWING AND PRINTMAKING ARTS 362 Imaging 4 ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 4 ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 ARTS 364 Digital Paint 4 ARTS 246 Lithography 4 Choose three from (check prerequisites): ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 ARTS 361 Publishing/Layout 4 ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 ARTS 362 Imaging 4 ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 4 ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 364 Digital Paint 4 ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 465 Digital 3-D 4 ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 ARTS 466 Interactive Scripting 4 ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 4 ARTS 467 Website Arts 4 ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 4 Choose an additional 16 hours from any ARTS courses. ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 4 ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 4 ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 4 Degree Requirements for the Bachelor ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 4 of Fine Arts, Multiage Visual Arts Licensure (PreK-12) PAINTING ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 This program combines extensive work in a number ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 of visual arts areas with a license to teach art in ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 grades PreK-12. Because the program combines two ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 4 areas, completion of the visual arts license may take ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 4 ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 4 longer than a standard degree or program. ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 General Education Program 48 Hours ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 4 Further information is listed on page 56 ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 4 of the current catalog or can be obtained ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 4 from the Department of Teacher Education. ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 4 Art Core Requirements See page 75 44 Hours ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 4 Art Emphasis Area 32 Hours ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 4 ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 4

1 Twelve credit hours of Visualist Studio (ARTS 455) may be an approved one quarter co-op experience. MINORS — 77

ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 4 PAINTING (4 HOURS) ARTS 427 Adv. Figure Painting 1 4 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 428 Adv. Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 ARTS 429 Adv. Figure Painting 3 4 ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 Professional Education Core (20 Hours) ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 PHOTOGRAPHY (4 HOURS) & Computers ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 EDUC 240 School & Society: History, Phil., 4 ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 Legal, & Ethical Found. of ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 American Education EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 PRINTMAKING (4 HOURS) Pluralistic Society ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the ARTS 246 Lithography 4 Classroom ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 SCULPTURE (4 HOURS) PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 ARTS 241 Sculpture 1 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 ARTS 242 Sculpture 2 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology ARTS 243 Sculpture 3 4

Visual Arts Education Component (36 Hours) Special Note: The middle childhood license ARTP 401 Studio Methods for Early 4 to teach language arts and English in grades 4-9 Childhood Education is found on pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. ARTP 402 Studio Methods for Middle 4 Childhood Education ARTP 403 Studio Methods for Adolescent 4 to Young Adult Education EDVA 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Observation and Reflection in Minors Professional Practice EDVA 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 Research - Home, School, Music Community Relations The music minor requires students to EDVA 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 complete a minimum of 31 credit hours. You Instruction, & Evaluation EDVA 490 Directed & Teaching Seminar 12 may choose to continue applied and ensemble courses beyond the minor requirements. The Art Studio Electives (24 Hours) combination of both required and chosen music courses represents a coherent music program Choose at least one course from each area outside that includes theory, history, training, and studio emphasis. performance. CERAMICS (4 HOURS) ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 Requirements ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MUSI 101 Music Theory 1 3 COMPUTER ART (4 HOURS) MUSI 102 Music Theory 2 3 ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 MUSI 103 Music Theory 3 3 ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 2 4 MUSI 105 Ear Training and Sight Singing 3 ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 2 4 MUSI 220 Music Literature 4 ARTS 364 Digital Paint 2 4 Choose one from the following: MUSI 221 Music History and Literature 1 3 DRAWING (4 HOURS) MUSI 222 Music History and Literature 2 3 ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 MUSI 223 Music History and Literature 3 3 ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 MUSI 225 Country & Appal. Music History 4 ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 Choose one from the following: ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 MUSI 185 Vocal Ensemble (2 cr. hr. x 3 qtrs.) 6 ARTS 277 Drawing 3 4 MUSI 186 Instrumental Ensemble 6 78 — MINORS

Choose one area or a combination of two for six quarters from the following: Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MUSI 370 Applied Voice (1 cr. hr. x 6 qtrs.) 6 MUSI 371 Applied Piano 6 MUSI 372 Applied Organ 6 MUSI 373 Applied Woodwind 6 MUSI 374 Applied Brass 6

Theater Students enrolled in any of the University’s baccalaureate degree programs may elect to complete a minor in theater. The theater minor is an independent program within the Depart- ment of Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts. The student is required to complete six theater courses and a seventh course chosen from the upper level course offerings. Students must pass all courses with a minimum grade of “C.”

Required Courses THAR 100 Introduction to Theater THAR 120 Stagecraft: Scenery and Props THAR 335 Practicum in Production Choose one from the following: THAR 331 Directing 1 THAR 499 Topics in Theater Choose two from the following: THAR 210 Acting 1 THAR 211 Acting 2 THAR 212 Acting 3

Upper Level Courses Choose one from the following: ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 MUSI 230 Musical Theater THAR 205 Theater Planning and Management THAR 310 Scene Development THAR 331 Directing 1 THAR 431 Directing 2 THAR 499 Special Topics in Theater Mathematical Sciences 80 — MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Phone: 740.351.3301 Fax: 740.351.3584 Mathematical E-mail: [email protected] Sciences Programs in Mathematical The Department of Mathematical Sciences Sciences provides Shawnee State’s general education Bachelor of Individualized Studies student with an appreciation of, and experiences See page 62 of current catalog for description. with, the role of mathematics in our society. The Department also develops additional mathe- Bachelor of Science matical skills for those students whose academic Mathematical Sciences programs require it and provides educational Mathematical Sciences, Integrated experiences for students who wish to specialize Mathematics with Adolescent to Young in mathematics. Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure In addition to close faculty-student working Natural Science, Mathematics relations, the Department features an extensive Natural Science, Mathematics and Science tutoring program, use of technology in the with Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) curriculum, and modern student computing Licensure facilities. The degrees offered by the Department of Minor in the Mathematical Sciences Mathematical Sciences provide a broad intellec- tual foundation in undergraduate mathematics, Associate of Science foster your reasoning and problem solving Mathematics skills, and give you the opportunity to combine See page 63 of current catalog for description your interest in mathematics with preparation Associate of Individualized Studies for a variety of career options. See page 65 of current catalog for description. Each of the Department’s baccalaureate programs requires a senior research project which allows you to work closely with a team of faculty to study a mathematical topic in depth. The senior research project is designed to be an integrative and capstone experience and Bachelor Degrees results in the development of a senior paper and presentation. Bachelor of Science in Each of the programs is described here in more detail. If you are interested in a degree in Mathematical Sciences mathematics, you are encouraged to contact the This four-year program develops the Department at 740.351.3301 for additional analytical skills, knowledge base, and attitudes information. Mathematical sciences faculty look you need to use mathematics well and fosters forward to showing you what Shawnee State your ability to learn mathematics and other has to offer. technical material independently. Graduates of this program should be able to communicate technical concepts effectively and should have a solid understanding of the core subjects of For More Information undergraduate mathematics as well as some more specialized work at a more advanced level. Christopher S. O’Connor, Ph.D., Interim People with degrees in mathematical sciences Chairperson enter a wide variety of professions, including Carol Sexton, A.A.B., Secretary careers in business and finance, computer science, Department of Mathematical Sciences law, industry, and education. The mathematical Shawnee State University sciences major prepares you for careers in which 940 Second Street analytic, problem solving, and quantitative Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 skills are of central importance. MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — 81

The study of mathematics is an appropriate MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 foundation for the pursuit of a master’s degree MATH 370 Operations Research 1 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 or doctorate degree in a variety of areas includ- MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 ing business administration, computer science, MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 economics, engineering, and law. Students from our program have entered graduate programs Upper Division Sequence (8 Hours) in biostatistics, computer science, education, All students completing a major in the mathematics, and meteorology. mathematical sciences are required to complete The curriculum emphasizes the interdiscipli- one of the following sequences: nary nature of mathematics and its relationship MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 AND 4 to other disciplines as introduced by the general MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 OR 4 education program. The learning experiences MATH 335 Intermediate Analysis AND gained in the liberal arts and science courses are MATH 460 Real Analysis used as a foundation upon which the mathe- Computer Science Elective (4 Hours) matical sciences build and expand, showing that mathematics is not isolated but is part of an All students completing a major in the math- overall knowledge base. Students who major in ematical sciences are required to complete one the mathematical sciences are required, via the of the following courses: Connections Requirement, to take collateral BUIS 103 BASIC Language 1 4 BUIS 201 C Language 4 coursework in fields that make use of mathe- BUIS 206 Fortran Programming 4 matics, thus furthering the University’s goal of BUIS 207 Pascal Language 4 tying career oriented education to a liberal arts ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 foundation. ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming 4

Degree Requirements Connections Requirement (12 Hours) An important goal of our program is to assure General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 56 that all students gain exposure to how the of the current catalog or can be obtained mathematical sciences are used. Through the from the dean’s office. Connections Requirement, you complete courses Mathematical Sciences Core 45 Hours in a particular area, such as education, econ- If MATH 201, 220, or 250 is used to satisfy omics, business, computer science, engineering the GEP, 41 hours are required in the technology, or advanced specialized topics in Mathematical Sciences Core and 69 hours are required in General Electives. the mathematical sciences. You are strongly Upper Division Sequence 8 Hours encouraged to complete all of the courses in at Mathematical Science Elective 4 Hours least one of the strands. Some of the strands are (Must be numbered 300 or higher.) designed to be comparable to minors. Computer Science Elective 4 Hours All students completing a major in the Connections Requirement 12 Hours mathematical sciences are required to complete General Electives 65 Hours one of the following strands. Total Hours Required 186 Hours Business Strand BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles Mathematical Sciences Core (45 Hours) BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting All students completing a major in the BUMG 235 Personnel Management BULW 270 The Legal Environment of Business mathematical sciences are required to take the BUFI 345 Managerial Finance following courses. BUMG 310 Management Principles Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 Computer Science Strand MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 ETEC 102 Structured Programming with C MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 ETEC 103 Data Structures with C MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 ETEC 211 Assembly Language Programming 1 MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 ETEC 212 Assembly Language Programming 2 MATH 430 Numerical Analysis ETEC 275 Systems Programming MATH 360 Introduction to Probability 4 ETEC 280 Programming Languages 82 — INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS

ETEC 371 Operating Systems 1 professional education coursework, together ETEC 372 Operating Systems 2 with a strong general education component. ETEC 373 Advanced Operating Systems ETEC 408 Algorithms and Problem Solving Students in this program are strongly ETEC 477 Concurrency encouraged to meet, on a regular basis, with an advisor from both the Department of Mathe- Economics Strand matical Sciences and the Department of Teacher ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics Education. ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics Degree Requirements ECON 310 Money and Banking General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours ECON 332 Managerial Economics The Quantitative Reasoning component of the ECON 425 Public Finance GEP is satisfied by the requirements of the ECON 480 Econometrics bachelor of science in mathematical sciences. See page 56 for further information about the GEP. Physics Strand Integrated Math Component 65 Hours PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 Professional Education Core 20 Hours PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 Related Studies Component 16 Hours Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Graduate School Preparatory Strand General Elective 1 Hour MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 AND MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 OR Total Hours Required 186 Hours MATH 335 Intermediate Analysis AND MATH 460 Real Analysis Integrated Math Component (65 Hours) (whichever of the above sequences is not being used to satisfy the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. upper division sequence requirement) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 450 Complex Variables MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 480 General Topology MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 Secondary Mathematics Education Strand MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 MATH 300 History of Mathematics MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Secondary Teacher MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 MATH 470 Secondary Mathematics Methods MATH 430 Numerical Analysis MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 Industrial Management and Statistical MATH 360 Intro. to Probability 4 Process Control Strand MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Sec. Teacher 4 ETPL 400 Statistical Processes/Quality Control 1 MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 4 ETPL 405 Statistical Processes/Quality Control 2 MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 4 ETPL 410 Applied Statistical Experimentation MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 MATH 371 Operations Research 2 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 Professional Education Core (20 Hours) EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 Bachelor of Science in EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 Mathematical Sciences, & Computers EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, & Ethical 4 Integrated Mathematics with Found. of American Education EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 Adolescent to Young Adult Pluralistic Society EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the Classroom This option within the bachelor of science in mathematical sciences program prepares you to Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) be a teacher at the secondary level. Graduates EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 have a broad background in the core of under- Content Areas graduate mathematics and a firm foundation in ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 MIDDLE CHILDHOOD LICENSURE — 83

Related Studies Component (16 Hours) Computer Science Elective Select 4 Hours BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 from BUIS 103, 201, 206, 207, ETCO 115, PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 or 116 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 General Electives 45 Hours PSYC 375 Educational Psychology Total Hours Required 189 Hours PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 Note: A minimum of 35 hours must be at the Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) 300 level or above. EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Observation & Reflection in Professional Practice EDAE 385 Pract. & Seminar 2: Action Research 4 Bachelor of Science in Home, School, & Comm. Relations Natural Science, EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction Mathematics and Science EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curricu., 4 Research, & Evaluation with Middle Childhood EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 MATH 470 Teaching Mathematics in 4 (Grades 4-9) Licensure Grades 7-12 Students pursuing the middle childhood license to teach mathematics and science may select from one of two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science Bachelor of Science in in natural science, a bachelor of science in education is available. See pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. Natural Science, Mathematics Consult with advisors from science, mathematics, or Shawnee State’s bachelor of science in natural education to discuss which option best meets your science degree program introduces you to a wide needs. range of basic science disciplines and allows you This option is designed to prepare middle to concentrate on one specific area. By selecting school professionals specializing in the teaching mathematics as the primary area of concentra- of mathematics and science. tion, you may complete the requirements for Students in this program are strongly the bachelor of science in natural science. encouraged to meet, on a regular basis, with an A number of career alternatives are available advisor from the Department of Mathematical to students who complete this degree, including Sciences, the Department of Natural Sciences, positions in government or industry that and the Department of Teacher Education. require quantitative competency and continued specialization in graduate school. Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours Degree Requirements The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural General Education Program 48 Hours Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, Further information is listed on page 56 respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of the current catalog or can be obtained of the bachelor of science in natural science. from the dean’s office. See page 56 for further information about the GEP. Concentration Area 1 Mathematics 44 Hours courses numbered higher than MATH 130 Content Component 85-89 Hours to include MATH 201, 202, 496, 497, 498, Professional Education Core 20 Hours and a least 12 hours at the 300-400 level. See page 82 of current catalog. MATH 201 may not be used to satisfy Reading/Literature Requirement 13 Hours both the GEP and the Concentration Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours Area 1 requirements. Related Studies Component 16 Hours Concentration Area 2 Biology, 16 Hours chemistry, geology, or physics courses Minimum Hours Required 206-210 Hours (select one area) numbered higher than 110 Concentration Area 3 Biology, 8 Hours Content Component (85-89 Hours) chemistry, geology, or physics courses MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) (selected from area other than Concentration Area 2) numbered higher than 110 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Humanities/Social Science Electives 24 Hours MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 From at least two areas MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 84 — MINOR

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 Instruction, & Evaluation MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Select one pair of the following courses: PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning or MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Select one of the following: MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Minor MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 Select one of the following: Mathematical Sciences MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 If you decide not to major in mathematics, the mathematical sciences minor can accom- NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) pany any baccalaureate degree offered by the BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 University. The minor will strengthen your CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 4 mathematical skills and improve your ability to CHEM 122 Intro. to General Chemistry 2 4 solve problems in subject areas that use GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, and Fossils 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Meth. 4 mathematics as a tool. PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 Requirements Select three of the following: A minor in the mathematical sciences con- BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 sists of at least 29 credit hours in mathematics BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 courses numbered 200 or above. Seventeen of BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 these hours are required; you should consult BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 with the chair of the Department of Mathemati- BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 cal Sciences regarding a study plan for the BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 remaining hours. BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Mathematical Sciences Minor Core (17 Hours) GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 The following courses are required of all stu- GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 dents completing a minor in the mathematical GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 sciences: Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Reading/Literature Requirement (13 Hours) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Writing, & Spelling MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 Content Areas ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Sample Course Sequence for Mathematical Sciences Minor Middle Childhood (Mathematics & Science) (36 Hours) This is what a mathematics sequence might look like for a student whose major is in business. EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Observation and Reflection in MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 Professional Practice MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 EDMC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 Research - Home, School, MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 Community Relations MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 MATH 350 Statistics 2 4 EDMC 473 Teach. Math. in the Middle Grades 4 MATH 440 Mathematical Models 4 EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS — 85

This is what a mathematics sequence might look like for a However, some academic programs may student whose major is in engineering technologies. require a specific MATH course to satisfy the MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 General Education Program requirements. You MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 should check with your faculty advisor before MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 registering for a MATH course to see if it is one MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 appropriate to your program and that you have MATH 301 Differential Equations 4 fulfilled the course prerequisite. MATH 440 Mathematical Models 4 Entrance into Mathematics Courses If you are a degree-seeking student, you are required to take a mathematics placement test which, along with other factors, determines General Education the mathematics class in which you will be placed. Other factors include your background, Mathematics program of interest, and ACT mathematics score. Many of the mathematics courses are Requirements sequential, so it is important for you to master the material in one course before moving on to In general, you may satisfy the mathematics the next. component (Quantitative Reasoning - 4 hours, You may be exempted from taking the see page 57) of the General Education Program mathematics placement test if you have received by completing one of the following courses: transfer credit for an appropriate mathematics • MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) course or if you have an ACT Mathematics • MATH 131 Precalculus 1 (4) subject score of 22 or higher. • MATH 150 Principles of Statistics (4) You can obtain information about placement • MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics (4) into mathematics courses by contacting the • MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Department of Mathematical Sciences Applications (4) (740.351.3301), the Student Success Center • MATH 201 Calculus 1 (4) (740.351.3594), or by accessing the University’s • MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics (4) Web page. • MATH 250 Statistics 1 (4) The diagram below shows entry points into various mathematics courses.

Entry Points for Mathematics Courses

MATH 099 ▼ MATH 101 ▼ MATH 105

▼ ▼ MATH 110S MATH 130▼ MATH 150

▼ ▼ MATH 170 MATH 131▼ MATH190 ▼ MATH 132 ▼ MATH 201 Natural Sciences NATURAL SCIENCES — 87

E-mail: [email protected] or Natural [email protected] Sciences Programs in Natural Science Bachelor of Individualized Studies The Department of Natural Sciences prepares See page 62 of current catalog for description. students for the challenges of the 21st century. This mission is accomplished: Bachelor of Science • For science majors, through degree programs Biology that provide depth and breadth in scientific Chemistry learning, experience with modern technolo- Natural Science gies, and opportunities in undergraduate Natural Science research and field studies. Earth Science with Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure • For students majoring in science-related Integrated Science with Adolescent to disciplines, through service courses that Young Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure provide science content and develop techni- Life Science with Adolescent to Young cal competence. Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure • For science majors and general education Mathematics and Science with Middle students, through courses that promote an Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure understanding of scientific reasoning and Physical Science with Adolescent to Young methodology. Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure The Department of Natural Sciences offers Minors modern instrumentation, including GC-MS, Biology HPLC, AA, UV-Vis, FTIR, compound and dis- Chemistry secting microscopes for the life sciences, and Environmental Science polarizing microscopes for geological studies. For the premedical studies student, the Associate of Science Department offers several advanced human See page 63 of current catalog for description. anatomy electives rarely available at the undergraduate level. Instructional physics labs Associate of Individualized Studies are equipped with Macintosh computers for See page 65 of current catalog for description. collecting and processing data. The Department Certificate in Environmental Science maintains, for the use of all natural sciences students, a lab containing ten computers and a Premedical Studies laser printer. Suggested course of study. In 1998, Shawnee State University was selected as a seismic station for the Division of Geological Survey of the Ohio Department of Waller Conservatory Natural Resources. The seismic station is housed The Waller Conservatory is a 1500 square in the Department of Natural Sciences. foot, solarium-type greenhouse that is attached to the southeast corner of Massie Hall. It is part of the overall plant biology complex that also For More Information includes a support room for the Conservatory, Gary Gemmer, M.A.T., Chairperson large classroom/laboratory, conference room, Marilyn Mangus, B.S.J., Secretary and faculty office. The Conservatory was built Department of Natural Sciences almost entirely with donated funds; two large Shawnee State University donations, one from the Kettering Foundation 940 Second Street and the other from the local Waller family, were Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 instrumental in making the facility possible. Phone: 740.351.3456 Fax: 740.351.3596 88 — BIOLOGY

CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Bachelor Degrees CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Special Note: Students must complete—at CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry OR 4 Shawnee State—at least 16 credit hours in their CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 majors. PHYS - - - Physics Elective (PHYS 210 cannot 4 be used for physics elective) Computer Science Elective 4 Bachelor of Science in Biology General Electives (50 Hours) Elective hours are not limited to any particu- The bachelor of science in biology provides lar area of study and can be earned in science to a broad intellectual foundation in the funda- enhance the major or to complete requirements mentals of life science and is based on a for a minor. Courses from all departments of the philosophical commitment to relate modern life University can be used to satisfy the electives science to economic, environmental, and societal requirements. Electives should include courses concerns. The curriculum insures a solid foun- in the arts and humanities. Coherent groups of dation in the biological sciences while offering courses are encouraged and should be chosen the latitude to explore specific areas such as with the student’s career objectives and personal botany, zoology, ecology, systematics, and the interests in mind. Consultation with your faculty biomedical sciences. BS biology recipients are advisor is highly recommended so that electives prepared for careers in business, industry, and can be an important component of your government or for advanced degree programs educational experience. in biological or biomedical fields.

Degree Requirements Bachelor of Science in General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours Chemistry The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, The bachelor of science in chemistry is respectively) are satisfied by the requirements designed for students who wish to pursue a of the bachelor of science in biology. See page 56 professional career in industry or government, a for further information about the GEP. medical degree, or graduate studies in chemistry Biology Curriculum 60 Hours (contains 30 hours of required courses) and allied disciplines. Frequent consultation with Mathematics and Support Sciences 43 Hours your faculty advisor is strongly encouraged. General Electives 50 Hours Minimum Hours Required 189 Hours Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours Biology Curriculum (60 Hours) The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural (Required courses listed, 30 hours) Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. respectively) are satisfied by the requirements BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 of the bachelor of science in chemistry. See page BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 56 for further information about the GEP. BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Chemistry Curriculum 61 Hours BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Mathematics and Support Sciences 36 Hours BIOL 340 Genetics 5 General Electives 53 Hours BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 Minimum Hours Required 186 Hours BIOLOGY ELECTIVES (30 HOURS) Aminimum of 20 hours numbered 300 or above and 4 Chemistry Curriculum (61 Hours) hours numbered 400 or above. A maximum of six credit Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. hours of BIOL 495 may be used for biology electives. Consult your faculty advisor when choosing biology electives. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Mathematics and Support Sciences (43 Hours) CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 MATH 250 Statistics 1 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 NATURAL SCIENCE — 89

CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 industry, and government. Students pursuing CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 the BSNS should meet with a faculty advisor to CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4 CHEM 441 Inorganic Chemistry 4 design their program. CHEM 495 Undergraduate Research 4 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours Mathematics and Support Sciences (36 Hours) The Natural Science component of the GEP MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 (8 hours) is satisfied by the requirements MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 of the bachelor of science in natural science. MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 See page 56 for further information about MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 the GEP. MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 Concentration: Biology (BIOL) 40 Hours NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 or Chemistry (CHEM) either: A minimum of 40 hours of courses in biology PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 or chemistry. Courses must be numbered higher PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 than 110. The 40 hours must include a PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 minimum of 16 hours at the 300 or 400 level, with at least 4 of those hours at the 400 level. or: Required courses for biology concentration are PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 BIOL 151, 202, 203. A maximum of 6 hours of PHYS 202 Physics 2 (Electricity & Magnetism) 4 BIOL 495 may be applied to the biology PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 concentration. Suggested courses for the chemistry concentration are CHEM 141, 142, General Electives (53 Hours) 143, 305, 306, 307, 323, 325, 411, 421, and 431. Additional Science/Math. Require. 36 Hours Elective hours are not limited to any particu- In addition to the 40 hours of courses in the lar area of study and can be earned in science to concentration area, students are required to take enhance the major or to complete requirements at least 36 additional hours of science and mathematics courses. These courses may be any for a minor. Courses from all departments of the combination of biology, chemistry, geology, University can be used to satisfy the electives physics, and mathematics courses, as long as the requirements. Electives should include courses combination includes at least 12 hours from each in the arts and humanities. Coherent groups of of two math/science areas other than the concen- tration. Physics 201, 202, 203 (or 211, 212, 213) courses are encouraged and should be chosen are recommended for students pursuing a with the student’s career objectives and personal chemistry concentration. Mathematics courses used interests in mind. Consultation with your faculty for this requirement must be numbered 132 or above. advisor is highly recommended so that electives NTSC 110S Sci. Reason. & Meth. 4 Hours can be an important component of your Mathematics Proficiency Requirement educational experience. Each student must show proficiency in MATH 131 or MATH 170 or MATH 190 through course completion or placement. Electives 66 Hours Bachelor of Science in Elective hours are not limited to any particular area of study and can be earned in science to Natural Science enhance the major or to complete requirements The bachelor of science in natural science is for a minor. Courses from all departments of the University can be used to satisfy the electives offered with or without education licensure. requirements. Electives should include courses in the arts and humanities. Coherent groups of courses are encouraged and should be chosen Bachelor of Science in Natural with the student’s career objectives and personal interests in mind. Consultation with your Science (without licensure) faculty advisor is highly recommended so that The BSNS (without licensure) serves students electives can be an important component of your who seek education and a career in science or a educational experience. science-related field. BSNS students must complete coursework in an area of concentration Bachelor of Science in Natural (chemistry or biology) and at least two other areas of math or science. Recent recipients of the Science (with licensure) BSNS are employed as health professionals, lab- For the natural sciences major interested in a oratory technicians, environmental consultants, career in education, the Department of Natural naturalists, and in other positions in business, Sciences, in conjunction with the Department of 90 — NATURAL SCIENCE

Teacher Education, offers five baccalaureates in MATH 250 Statistics 1 natural science accompanied by licensure. MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 Students seeking a BSNS with licensure are GEOG 311 Air Pollution OR 4 assigned a faculty advisor in both departments. GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology Students pursuing the middle childhood license to PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 teach mathematics and science may select from one PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 of two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science LIFE SCIENCES (83-84 HOURS) in natural science, a bachelor of science in education BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 is available. See pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 Consult an advisor in science, mathematics, or BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR education to discuss which option best meets your BIOL 470 Plant Physiology needs. BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Degree Requirements for Bachelor of BIOL 340 Genetics 5 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 Science in Natural Science; Earth, BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 Life, or Physical Science with BIOL 485 Senior Project 4 BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4-5 Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 7-12) Licensure CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 Science components of the GEP are satisfied MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 by the requirements of the bachelor of science MATH 250 Statistics 1 in natural science. IDST 225S or 226S is NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 required. Further information is listed on page PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. PHYSICAL SCIENCE (93 HOURS) Science Component 83-93 Hours BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Professional Education Core 20 Hours CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Related Studies Component 16 Hours CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 Total Hours Required: CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 Earth Science 197 Hours CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 CHEM 485 Senior Project OR 4 Life Science 195-196 Hours PHYS 485 Senior Project Physical Science 205 Hours GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Science Component (83-93 Hours) MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 Choose one science component from among the NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 following: PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 EARTH SCIENCE (85 HOURS) PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Professional Education Core (20 Hours) GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 & Computers GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology OR 4 EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, & Ethical 4 GEOL 303 Sedimentary Rocks Found. of American Education GEOL 302 Mineralogy 4 EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 GEOL 401 Field Methods 4 Pluralistic Society GEOL 485 Senior Project 4 EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 MATH 131 Precalculus 1 or higher 4 Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 Classroom INTEGRATED SCIENCE — 91

Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) Select one principal area of study from the following: EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 BIOLOGY (39 HOURS) Content Areas BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR Related Studies Component (16 Hours) BIOL 470 Plant Physiology BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology OR 5 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology BIOL 340 Genetics 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 CHEMISTRY (40 HOURS) Observation & Reflection in CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Professional Practice CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 EDAE 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Research - Home, School, CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 Community Relations CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 Instruction, & Evaluation NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 NTSC 433 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 4 EARTH AND SPACE (37 HOURS) BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Degree Requirements for Bachelor of GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 Science in Natural Science, Integrated GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 Science with Adolescent to Young GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 This program combines extensive work in a number PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 of science areas with a license to teach all science areas in grades 7-12. Because of this, completion PHYSICS (36 HOURS) may take longer than a standard degree or program. NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 Degree Requirements PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 Science components of the GEP are satisfied PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 by the requirements of the bachelor of science PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 in natural science. IDST 225S or 226S, PHIL 320S, and SOCI 110S are required. Integrated science students must complete the three areas Further information is listed on page 56 of below not chosen as their principal area of study. Students the current catalog or can be obtained from may not duplicate their principal and subordinate areas of the Department of Teacher Education. study. (Example: Students who choose biology as their Integrated Science Component 122-126 Hours principal area of study must take chemistry, earth and Professional Education Core 20 Hours space, and physics as their subordinate areas of study.) See page 90 of the current catalog. BIOLOGY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 See above. BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 Related Studies Component 12 Hours BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours BIOL 470 Plant Physiology Total Hours Required 230-234 Hours BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 Integrated Science Component (122-126 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. CHEMISTRY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 92 — MIDDLE CHILDHOOD LICENSURE

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Content Component (85-89 Hours) CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 4 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 EARTH AND SPACE AS SUBORDINATE AREA MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 (25 HOURS) MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 Select one pair of the following courses: PHYSICS AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 or PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Select one of the following: MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Select one of the following: PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 4 Observation & Reflection in CHEM 122 Intro. to General Chemistry 2 4 Professional Practice GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, and Fossils 4 EDAE 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Meth. 4 Research - Home, School, PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Community Relations PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 Select three of the following: Develop., Mgt., & Instruction BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Instruction, & Evaluation BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 NTSC 433 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 4 BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 Degree Requirements for Bachelor of BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 Science in Natural Science, BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Mathematics and Science with Middle GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, respectively) are satisfied by the requirements Reading/Literature Requirement (13 Hours) of the bachelor of science in natural science. EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 See page 56 for further information about Writing, and Spelling the GEP. EDRE 305 Teach. Read. in the Content Areas 4 Content Component 85-89 Hours ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours See page 90 of the current catalog. Middle Childhood Component (36 Hours) Reading/Literature Requirement 13 Hours EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours Observation & Reflection in Related Studies Component 16 Hours Professional Practice EDMC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 Minimum Hours Required 206-210 Hours Research - Home, School, Community Relations ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE — 93

EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 EDMC 473 Teach. Math. in the Middle Grades 4 EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 Minors EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 Instruction, & Evaluation EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Biology The biology minor may accompany any bac- Related Studies Component (16 Hours) calaureate offered by the University. Program BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 requirements are as follows: PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Select one of the following: BIOL 330 Ecology 5 BIOL 340 Genetics 5 Certificate in BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 BIOL - - - Biology Electives (At least one 10 Environmental course numbered 300 or above.) Science Chemistry A certificate in environmental science may The chemistry minor may accompany any accompany a baccalaureate in chemistry, biology, baccalaureate offered by the University. Program or natural science. Advisors in the environmental requirements are as follows: science certificate program should be consulted concerning internships as well as employment Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. opportunities within the environmental area. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 (or CHEM 121 and 122) CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Required Courses (71 Hours) CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM XXX Chemistry Electives (At or 16 Any deviations from the curriculum must be approved in advance above the 300 level) by the chairperson of the Department of Natural Sciences. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Environmental Science BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 The environmental science minor is designed CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 to accompany baccalaureates other than biology, CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 chemistry, and natural science. Students seeking CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 a B.S. biology, B.S. chemistry, or B.S. natural CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 GEOG 311 Geography of Air Pollution 4 science and interested in an environmental focus GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 should acquire the certificate in environmental GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 science. MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 NTSC 240 Intro. to Environmental Science 4 Required Courses PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4 Choose one of the senior project or research courses below. CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 OR 4/5 Note: Project or research must be environmentally related. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 BIOL 485, BIOL 495, CHEM 485, CHEM 495, 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 GEOL 485, GEOL 495 NTSC 240 Intro. to Environmental Science 4 Select one of the following: BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 94 — PREMEDICAL STUDIES

Electives For Biology Majors: Two additional courses from the following list: FIRST YEAR BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology, BIOL 203 Principles Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. of Animal Biology, BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants, BIOL 271 Field Ornithology, BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Heritage, BIOL 302 Dendrology, BIOL 303 Spring Flora, BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 307 General Entomology, BIOL 330 Ecology, BIOL 331 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Advanced Field Biology, BIOL 350 Microbiology, BIOL 365 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Phycology, BIOL 370 Marine Biology, CHEM 122 Introduc- CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 tion to General Chemistry 2, CHEM 142 General Chemistry CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 2, CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry, GEOG 311 MATH Proficiency at Math 132 level Geography of Air Pollution, GEOL 201 Physical Geology, GEOL 202 Historical Geology, GOVT 401 State of the World SECOND YEAR BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 PHYS 201 Physics 1 4 PHYS 202 Physics 2 4 Premedical Studies PHYS 203 Physics 3 4 Admission requirements for every accredited MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 medical school in the United States can be found in Medical School Admission Requirements, THIRD YEAR published by the Association of American BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy OR 5 BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy Medical Colleges and available in the Shawnee BIOL 315 Histology OR 5 State library. While there is general commonality BIOL 450 Immunology in minimum requirements, the premedical BIOL 330 Ecology 5 studies student should consult the profes- CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 sional school of interest for exact admission CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 requirements. The following are the minimal requirements FOURTH YEAR recommended by graduate programs in clinical BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy OR 5 medical science (including optometry, dentistry, BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy veterinary medicine, MD and DO programs) in BIOL 315 Histology OR 5 BIOL 450 Immunology the state of Ohio: BIOL 340 Genetics 5 •1 year general biology BIOL 407 Pathogenic Bacteriology 5 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 •1 year anatomy and physiology BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 •1 year general chemistry •1 year organic chemistry For Chemistry Majors: •1 year physics FIRST YEAR •Proficiency at MATH 132 level (some schools Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. require Calculus 1) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Suggested Sequence of CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Courses for Premedical MATH Proficiency at Math 132 level

Studies SECOND YEAR The following are premedical course BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 sequences for biology and chemistry majors. In BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 addition to the courses listed below, students BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 must complete minimum requirements for the CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 BS in biology or the BS in chemistry given on CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 previous pages. PHYS 201 Physics 1 4 PHYS 202 Physics 2 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 4 PREMEDICAL STUDIES — 95

THIRD YEAR BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 Choose either sequence below: CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 or CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4

FOURTH YEAR CHEM 441 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHEM 495 Undergraduate Research 1-4 Choose either sequence below: CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 or CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4

In addition to the courses listed above, students will benefit from completing Sectional Anatomy, Undergraduate Research, Pathogenic Microbiology, Virology, and Neuroanatomy. Grade point average, performance on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT), an interview and undergraduate academic recom- mendations are some of the more important factors considered by medical school admission committees. Social Sciences SOCIAL SCIENCES — 97

Psychology Social Sociology Associate of Arts Social Science Sciences See page 63 of current catalog for description. The Department of Social Sciences provides Associate of Individualized Studies general education students a sense of the See page 65 of current catalog for description. importance of cultural influences, a sense of Certificate history within the scope of changing cultural Deaf Studies themes, and a sense of their own worth as human beings. These understandings are refined through a sound curriculum in the behavioral sciences, which explains variations in human behavior based on theoretical models, instruc- tion in research methods used by contemporary Bachelor Degrees social scientists, and a special focus on interdis- ciplinary connections among topical social issues. Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History For More Information The Department of Social Sciences’ history James M. Miller, Ph.D., Chairperson program provides students with a general Sandra S. Delabar, A.A.B., Secretary understanding of the development of American, Department of Social Sciences western, and select non-western civilizations. Shawnee State University Special attention is given to 20th century 940 Second Street history, the problems of modernization, and the Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 increasing connections between societies. In developing these understandings, you learn to Phone: 740.351.3234 draw upon the insights and techniques of Fax: 740.351.3153 cognate social science disciplines. E-mail: [email protected] The program encourages you to develop [email protected] your analytical capacities, research skills, and writing talents, which, in turn, stand you in good stead as you pursue a career in law, Programs in Social Science education, journalism, government service, or the private sector. Bachelor of Arts Some of the courses you choose to meet the History requirement for the history major may also International Relations count as General Education courses. See your Psychology advisor for further information. Social Sciences Social Sciences, Legal Assisting (2+2) Social Sciences, Adolescent to Young Adult Degree Requirements (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Integrated Social General Education Program 48 Hours Studies Further information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained Sociology from the dean’s office. Bachelor of Individualized Studies History Survey Courses 24 Hours See page 62 of current catalog for description. History Upper-Division Courses 24 Hours (300-400 Level) Minors Social Science Upper-Division 12 Hours Economics Cognate Courses (from following list) Geography Elective Courses 78 Hours History Total Hours Required 186 hours Political Science 98 — INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

History Survey Courses (24 Hours) Faculty advisors are happy to offer suggestions The following courses must be completed with a minimum grade on what areas of study might be particularly of ‘‘C.’’ beneficial to you. HIST 111, 112, and 113 12 Hrs. (American Survey) HIST 201, 202, and 203 12 Hrs. Bachelor of Arts with a Major (European Survey) in International Relations History Upper-Division Courses (24 Hours) The international relations degree examines A minimum grade of ‘‘C’’ must be achieved in any course used to the nature of the global economy, communica- fulfill this degree requirement. tions, politics, and cultures; the consequences of the increasing environmental interdependence TWO U.S. HISTORY COURSES FROM: among regions of the world; and the unfolding Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. of a variety of other crossborder issues. The ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 program aims to provide its graduates with the HIST 301 Form. of the Nation, 1750-1815 4 HIST 303 American Civil War 4 conceptual and substantive tools necessary to HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 function more advantageously and effectively HIST 320 Hist. of Amer. Foreign Relations 4 in a “shrinking” world; the global village concept. The degree consists of courses from TWO UPPER-DIVISION EUROPEAN COURSES FROM: many academic disciplines such as government, HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 economics, business, history, and sociology, and HIST 325 History of Russia 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 contains a foreign language requirement. HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 Some of the courses you choose to meet the HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 requirement for the international relations major may also count as General Education courses. TWO UPPER-DIVISION NON-WESTERN COURSES FROM: See your advisor for further information. ANTH 340 Meso-Amer. Before Columbus 4 HIST 330 History of South Africa 4 Careers HIST 360 East Asian History 4 HIST 371 Islamic Culture and Civilization 4 Graduates can opt for careers in local, state, HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 national, and international government institu- tions or in trade and commerce chambers or in Social Science Upper-Division Cognate professional associations or other nongovern- Courses (12 Hours) mental agencies such as contracting and A minimum grade of ‘‘C’’ must be achieved in any course used to consulting firms, nonprofit organizations, fulfill this degree requirement. foundations and research establishments, and ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 political support and interest groups. Careers ECON 405 Economic Development 4 are also possible in the growing national and ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 international tourist industry or in international GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 GEOG 350 Geography of North America 4 business and finance, print and broadcast media, GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Mid. East 4 public relations, and advertising firms. Graduates GOVT 310 American Foreign Policy 4 can also pursue a variety of related graduate GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 studies (i.e., international relations, political GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 GOVT 340 European Politics 4 science, law). GOVT 350 National Public Policy 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 Degree Requirements SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 General Education Program 48 Hours SOCI 330 Social Theory 4 Further information is listed on page SOCI 340 Sociology of Appalachia 4 56 of the current catalog or can be SOCI 370 Alternative Religions & Cults 4 obtained from the dean’s office. SOCI 380 Sociological Methods 4 International Relations Courses 24 Hours Cognate Concentrations 36 Hours Elective Courses (78 Hours) Foreign Language 12 Hours You are free to select courses from any of the University Electives 70 Hours University’s offerings that you find useful. Total Hours Required 190 hours PSYCHOLOGY — 99

International Relations Courses (24 Hours) SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish 2 4 SPAN 213 Intermediate Spanish 3 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. FREN 111 Elementary French 1 4 ECON 405 Economic Development 4 FREN 112 Elementary French 2 4 GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy OR 4 FREN 113 Elementary French 3 4 HIST 320 History of Am. Foreign Relations Or a sequence in other languages as offered. GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 Elective Courses (70 Hours) GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 You may select from the broad spectrum of Cognate Concentrations (36 Hours) university courses or choose courses in the social sciences, business, and the humanities, POLITICAL SCIENCE especially foreign language. It is recommended GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science 4 that students consider minoring in economics, And a choice of one of the following: history, or business. GOVT 101 National Government 4 GOVT 240 Contemp. Political Ideologies 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 Special Notes GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 GOVT 340 European Politics 4 Students must achieve a minimum grade of GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 “C” in any courses required and elected in GOVT 399 Special Topics in Government OR 4 international relations or in the cognate GOVT 499 Special Topics in Government concentration. ECONOMICS Students concentrate on a single foreign language. The student may elect to take ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Option 2 of the general education non-Western And a choice of two of the following: perspective. Option 2 will substitute the foreign language requirement of the major, in BUMG 340 International Business 4 BUMK 315 International Marketing 4 the case of French, until a 200-level sequence ECON 405 Economic Development 4 in French becomes available. Option 2 will ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 not substitute for the foreign language ECON 450 International Trade 4 requirement of the major in the case of HISTORY Spanish; students will have to also take the 200-level sequence. Choose one from the following: Students are subject to all applicable degree HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 HIST 325 History of Russia 4 and curricula rules and restrictions issued by HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 the General Education Program and the HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 Department of Social Science. Students should consult with their advisor. GEOGRAPHY Choose one from the following: GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Bachelor of Arts with a GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography, N. America 4 Major in Psychology GEOG 351 Regional Geography, Middle East 4 The Department of Social Sciences’ psychol- ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY ogy program provides students a general Choose one from the following: overview of the field of psychology. Students ANTH 250 Prin. of Cultural Anthropology 4 are introduced to research techniques, theories HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civil. 4 of learning, psychometrics, and a variety of SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 other subfields of psychology. SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 Students are required to complete 32 hours SOCI 410 Social Stratification 4 from upper-division content courses, however, Foreign Language Requirement (12 Hours) they are free to choose from any 300 or 400 level psychology courses offered. Faculty advisors Any sequence of three courses in one language. will encourage students to take courses that SPAN 111 Elementary Spanish 1 4 best suit their career interests. SPAN 112 Elementary Spanish 2 4 SPAN 113 Elementary Spanish 3 4 This flexibility permits the student to concen- SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 1 4 trate in various career/graduate school interests 100 — SOCIAL SCIENCE such as clinical/counseling psychology, devel- Psychology courses taken on a pass/no pass opmental psychology, social psychology, and basis will not count toward the major. experimental psychology. Transfer students who have taken psychology courses at another institution must take at Degree Requirements least 24 hours of upper division psychology courses at Shawnee State University. General Education Program 48 Hours The chairperson must approve any variation Psychology majors must take MATH 150 (Statistics) to satisfy the GEP Quantitative from the required program. Reasoning Requirement. See page 56 for further information about the GEP. Psychology Core Courses 24 Hours Upper Division Psychology 32 Hours Bachelor of Arts with a Courses Major in Social Science Social Science Upper-Division 12 Hours The general social science major requires 36 Cognate Courses hours of social science core courses. You must Elective Courses 70 Hours achieve a minimum grade of ‘‘C’’ in each required Total Hours Required 186 Hours social science course in order to graduate. Some of the courses you choose to meet the Psychology Core Courses (24 Hours) requirement for the social science major may Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. also count as General Education courses. See PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 your advisor for further information. PSYC 290 Psych. Tests and Measurement 4 PSYC 295 Quantitative Methods 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 4 Degree Requirements PSYC 317 Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 475 Psych. Study of Contemp. Prob. 4 General Education Program 48 Hours Social science majors must take SOCI 110S to fulfill the GEP social science requirement. Upper Division Psychology Courses Further information is listed on page 56 Students, with the help of psychology advi- of the current catalog or can be obtained sors, must select a minimum of 32 hours from from the dean’s office. 300-400 level psychology courses to meet their Social Science Core Courses 36 Hours interests and occupational needs. PSYC 430, Upper Division Social Science 36 Hours Experimental Psychology, is strongly recom- Electives (300-400 level) mended for students who are considering Elective Courses 66 Hours graduate work in psychology. Total Hours Required 186 Hours

Social Science Upper-Division Cognate Social Science Core Courses (36 Hours) Courses (12 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Students must choose courses from three different areas in order PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 to fulfill the requirement. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 ECON 101 Prin. of Macro. (or ECON 102) 4 GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 ANTH 250 Prin. of Cult. Anth. (or GEOG 125 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 or GEOG 130 or GEOG 201) GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 HIST 111 American History (or HIST 112 4 HIST 320 Hist. of American Foreign Relations 4 or HIST 113) 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 HIST 201 Ancient or Eur. Hist. (or HIST 4 SOCI 305 Social Work Practice 4 202 or HIST 203) SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 PSYC 273 Psych. of Human Adjustment 4 SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture 4 SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 Upper Division Social Science Electives (36 Hours) Special Notes You may elect to choose courses at the 300 to Students must earn a “C” or higher grade in 400 level from any social science (including every course in the psychology major. psychology) category as follows: LEGAL ASSISTING (2+2) — 101

• Anthropology (ANTH) • History (HIST) Legal Assisting Curriculum (100 Hours) • Economics (ECON) • Psychology (PSYC) Includes certain courses that are part of • Geography (GEOG) • Sociology (SOCI) either the General Education Program or the • Government (GOVT) • Social Science (SOSC) Social Science Core. (Refer to page 139 of the current catalog or contact the dean of the College Elective Courses (66 Hours) of Professional Studies for more information). Although electives may be chosen from the broad spectrum of university courses, you may Additional General Education Program choose to take your electives within the social (36 Hours) science department (anthropology, geography, This is the maximum number of hours. With history, political science, psychology, and doublecounting, the hours required may actually sociology) and pursue a broad emphasis in be less. Some General Education Program social science. With this approach, you acquire a courses have already been taken within the comprehensive background in the social legal assisting associate degree program. Please sciences. It is suggested that you take 8 to 12 see your advisor to determine specifically what hours from each of the following areas: is required. • History • Government • Economics • Psychology Additional Social Science Core (28 Hours) • Geography • Sociology/Anthropology Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 ECON 201 Prin. of Micro. (or ECON 202) 4 Bachelor of Arts in Social HIST 111 Amer. Hist. (or HIST 112 or 113) 4 HIST 201 Ancient or Eur. Hist. (or HIST 202 4 Sciences or 203) 2+2 for Students Who Complete the Legal PSYC 273 Psych. of Human Adjustment 4 GEOG 125 World Geography (or GEOG 130 4 Assisting Program or 201 or ANTH 250) This program is designed for students who GOVT 401 State of the World 4 have completed the associate degree in legal assisting at Shawnee State and who wish to Upper Division Social Science Electives (32 pursue a baccalaureate degree as preparation Hours) for law school. All required courses in the legal Select 32 credit hours of upper division social assisting program (99 credit hours) count science electives (courses in anthropology, eco- toward the baccalaureate requirements. To be nomics, geography, government, history, psy- awarded the bachelor degree, you must chology, and/or sociology) in consultation with complete an additional 32 hours of General your faculty advisor. Education Program requirements, 28 hours of Social Science Core requirements, and 32 hours in social science at the 300-400 level. The entire Bachelor of Arts, Integrated program requires completion of 191 credit hours. You must achieve a minimum grade of Social Studies with ‘‘C’’ in each required social science course in Adolescent to Young Adult order to graduate. Some of the courses you choose to meet the (Grades 7-12) Licensure requirement for the social science (2+2) major may also count as General Education courses. Degree Requirements See your advisor for further information. General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours The Social Science component and four hours of the Cultural Perspectives Degree Requirements component of the GEP are satisfied by the Completion of Legal Assist. Prog. 100 Hours requirements of this degree. SOCI 110S and PHIL 320S are required. Further Additional General Ed. Program 36 Hours information is listed on page 56 of the Additional Soc. Sc. Core Courses 28 Hours current catalog or can be obtained from Upper Division Soc. Sc. Electives 32 Hours the Department of Teacher Education. (300-400 level) Social Studies Component 80-92 Hours Total Hours Required 196 Hours Professional Education Core 20 Hours 102 — INTEGRATED SOCIAL STUDIES

Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours Met in social studies component: Related Studies Component 12 Hours GEOG 125 World Geography Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours GEOG 201 Cultural Geography GEOG 350 Regional Geography Total Hours Required: Select one: Economics Concentration 201 Hours GEOG 130 Economic Geography 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 Geography Concentration 201 Hours GEOG 230 Urban Geography 4 Political Science Concent. 201 Hours GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio 4 History Concentration 201-209 Hours Select two: GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 Psychology Concentration 197-205 Hours GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 Sociology Concentration 201 Hours GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Mid. East 4 GEOG 404 Transportation Geog. & Mgt. 4

Social Studies Component (80-92 Hours) POLITICAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Met in social studies component: ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Select four: GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography 4 GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy 4 GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 340 European Politics 4 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 HIST 201 Ancient History 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 HIST 350 Ohio History 4 PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component HISTORY CONCENTRATION (16-24 HOURS) PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 SOCI 101 Intro. to Sociology 4 Select two: SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 HIST 1111 American History to 1828 0-4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 HIST 1121 American History, 1828-1900 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 Select two: Select either: HIST 201 Ancient History Met in social studies component HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 HIST 202 Medieval & Early Modern Europe 4 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 HIST 203 Modern Europe 4 Select one: Choose one of the following areas of concentration. Courses taken in the GEP and social studies components HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 4 may fulfill selected requirements. HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 HIST 320 Hist. of Am. Foreign Relations 4 ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 Met in social studies component: Select one: ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics HIST 325 History of Russia 4 Select four: HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 4 HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 4 HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 ECON 310 Money and Banking 4 Select one: ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus 4 ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 ECON 332 Managerial Economics 4 HIST 371 Islamic Relig., Culture, & Civ. 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 ECON 405 Economic Development 4 ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION (12-20 HOURS) ECON 425 Public Finance 4 ECON 480 Econometrics 4 PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component ECON 499 Special Topics in Economics 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development Met in social studies component PSYC 290 Psych. Tests & Measurements 4 GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4

1 One of these courses must be selected in the social studies component. SOCIOLOGY — 103

Select two: EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 PSYC 300 Theories of Personality 4 SOCI 435 Teaching Social Studies in 4 PSYC 303 Intro. to Social Psychology 4 Grades 7-12 PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 PSYC 311 Human Sexuality 4 Special Note: The middle childhood license PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 to teach social studies in grades 4-9 is found on PSYC 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse 4 PSYC 361 Industrial Psychology 4 pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. PSYC400 Abnormal Psychology 4 PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 Select two (may be satisfied by related studies component): Bachelor of Arts with a PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 0-4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 0-4 Major in Sociology PSYC 375 Educational Psychology PSYC 380 Psyc. of Excep. Children & Youth The Department of Social Sciences’ sociology program provides students with a general SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) overview of the field of sociology. All majors SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 are introduced to the basic theories of sociology, SOCI 303 Intro. to Social Psychology 4 SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion OR 4 research techniques, and data analysis, the SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR interrelationship of society and culture, issues SOCI 330 Social Theory concerning modernity, and inequality. Sociology SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 gives the student a grasp of the “global” nature Met in social studies component: of social relationships and allows one to SOCI 101 Intro. to Sociology understand the complex interplay between SOCI 206 Social Institutions individuals, communities, organizations, SOCI 310 Gender Socialization nations, classes, racial groups, ethnic groups, and gender. Professional Education Core (20 Hours) The degree offers students the ability to con- EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 centrate in the various subfields of sociology, EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 & Computers which allows flexibility in the choice of careers EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, & Ethical 4 and graduate school. Foundations of American Ed.

EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 Degree Requirements Pluralistic Society General Education Program 48 Hours EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 Sociology majors must take MATH 150 Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the (Statistics) to satisfy the GEP Quantitative Classroom Reasoning Requirement and must take SOCI 110S to satisfy the general education Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) social science requirement. See page 56 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 for further information about the GEP. Content Areas Sociology Core Courses 24 Hours ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Upper Division Sociology 32 Hours Courses Related Studies Component (12 Hours) Social Science Upper-Division 20 Hours PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Cognate Courses PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 Elective Courses 62 Hours PSYC 375 Educational Psychology PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours

Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) Sociology Core Courses (24 Hours) EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Observation & Reflection in SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 Professional Practice SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 EDAE 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 Research - Home, School, SOCI 330 Social Theory 4 Community Relations SOCI 380 Sociological Methods 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 SOCI 410 Social Stratification 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 Instruction, & Evaluation 104 — MINORS

Upper Division Sociology Courses Please contact the Department of Social Students, with the help of sociology advisors, Sciences at 740.351.3234 for further information. must select a minimum of 32 hours from any sociology/anthropology upper level (300-400) courses. Minors Social Science Upper-Division Cognate Students must be enrolled in a baccalaureate Courses (20 Hours) degree program in order to be eligible for a Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. minor. All courses in each minor require a ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 minimum grade of “C.” No more than 12 of ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 these hours may count toward your major(s). ECON 405 Economic Development 4 ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 GEOG 350 Geography of North America 4 Economics GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Mid. East 4 A minor in economics offers students enrolled GOVT 310 American Foreign Policy 4 in any of Shawnee State University’s baccalau- GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 reate programs an opportunity to broaden their GOVT 340 European Politics 4 course of study with an auxiliary focus in GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 economics. This is especially appealing to GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 students interested in careers in banking, law, GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 finance, or government service. HIST 305 FDR to Reagan 4 The minor requires you to complete 24 credit HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 hours of economics, with a minimum grade of HIST 325 Russian History 4 ‘‘C.’’ No more than 12 of these hours may count HIST 330 History of South Africa 4 toward your major(s), and since ECON 101 and HIST 371 Islamic Culture 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 102 are prerequisites for all upper-level econ- HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 omics courses, these are required for the minor. SOSC 370 Alternative Religions and Cults 4 Any four additional upper-level economics courses will satisfy the hours requirement. Special Notes Students must earn a “C” or higher grade in Geography every course in the sociology major. Students enrolled in a baccalaureate degree Sociology courses taken on a pass/no pass program in most arts and science and business basis will not count toward the major. majors may elect to complete a minor in geog- Transfer students who have taken a major in raphy. This may be an appropriate minor if you sociology at another institution must take at are interested in a career in marketing, tourism, least 24 hours of upper-division sociology environment, city planning, teaching, or the courses at Shawnee State University in order military. to declare a major. The minor in geography requires the Sociology majors must take MATH 150 to completion of 28 hours in geography. No grade satisfy the General Education mathematics below a C- will be permitted to count toward requirement and must take SOCI 110S to completion. Courses taken on a pass/no-credit satisfy the General Education social science basis may not be applied to the minor. No more requirement. than 12 of these hours may count toward your major(s). Students who have graduated from Shawnee State University in a major other than sociol- ogy and return to complete the major must Requirements meet all degree requirements. Students who The following three courses are required (12 hours): have met minimum degree requirements GEOG 125 World Geography must complete at least 24 hours of upper- GEOG 201 Cultural Geography division sociology at SSU in order to receive GEOG 225 Physical Geography an additional degree. MINORS — 105

Select one of the following (4 hours): Field Three (Non-Western History) GEOG 130 Economic Geography ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus GEOG 230 Urban Geography HIST 330 History of South Africa GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio HIST 360 East Asian History Select three of the following (12 hours): HIST 371 Islamic Culture and Civilization HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times GEOG 310 Medical Geography GEOG 311 Air Pollution GEOG 350 Regional Geography: North America GEOG 351 Regional Geography: Middle East Political Science GEOG 404 Transportation Geography and Mgt. Other upper division geography courses as available. A minor in political science may be an appropriate choice for students pursuing a baccalaureate degree in most arts and science History and business majors or for students interested in a career in the public sector, in journalism, Students enrolled in any of the University’s public relations, trade, professional and research baccalaureate degree programs may elect to organizations, foundations, consulting and complete a minor in history. This may be a contracting firms, or political support groups. particularly attractive program for those The minor requires you to complete 24 hours majoring in English/humanities, social sciences, in political science, with a minimum grade of or business and for those planning to attend ‘‘C’’ in any of the courses selected from the list law school. below. You are subject to all applicable The minor requires you to complete 28 hours baccalaureate degree and curricula rules and of history, with a minimum grade of ‘‘C.’’ restrictions issued by the academic departments Courses taken on a pass/no-credit basis may and the General Education Program. No more not be applied to the minor. No more than 12 of than 12 of these hours may count toward your these hours may count toward your major(s). major(s).

Requirements Requirements American History Survey Courses (8 Hours) Choose any six courses from the list below. (Each is Select two 4 credit hours.) HIST 111 American History to 1828 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 GOVT 101 National Government HIST 113 American History Since 1900 GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy GOVT 320 Third World Politics European History Survey Courses (8 Hours) GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics Select two GOVT 340 European Politics HIST 201 Ancient History GOVT 350 National Policy Issues HIST 202 Medieval and Early Modern Europe GOVT 370 Global Politics HIST 203 Modern Europe GOVT 420 International Political Economy

Upper-Level History Courses (12 Hours) Select three courses, with no more than two courses Psychology from the same field. Note: both the number of fields Graduates with a minor in psychology make and available courses within them may increase as attractive employment prospects because of the program develops. their familiarity with the human condition. The Field One (U.S. History) American Psychological Association and the Occupational Outlook Handbook indicate that HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan future employment opportunities for individuals HIST 320 Hist. of American Foreign Relations with a psychology background may be found in HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. business, industry, social services, marketing, public relations, criminology, and the health Field Two (European History) service field. HIST 310 Nazi Germany A “C” or better must be earned in the minor. HIST 325 History of Russia Courses taken on a pass/no-credit basis do not HIST 401 History of Medicine HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 count toward the minor. Any variation from the HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 program must have the chairperson’s approval. 106 — DEAF STUDIES

Students are encouraged to take Principles of GROUP 2 Statistics (MATH 150), Experimental Psychology SOCI 310 Gender Socialization (PSYC 430), and Psychological Study of SOCI 311 Human Sexuality SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family Contemporary Problems (PSYC 475). SOCI 405 Death and Dying You may not count more than 12 credit hours GROUP 3 of psychology taken in your major toward the ANTH 250 Principles of Cultural Anthropology minor in psychology. SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture Requirements (28 Hours) SOCI 340 Sociology of Appalachia SOCI 429 Contemporary Minority Relations PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology PSYC 151 Human Growth and Development PSYC 290 Psychological Tests and Measurements PSYC XXX Electives (16 credit hours with a minimum of 8 hours at the 300-400 level which relate to the student’s area of interest.) Certificates Sociology Deaf Studies Students majoring in any discipline may Students enrolled in the one-year deaf studies choose to minor in sociology, which allows program acquire a certificate that enhances them to build a concentration in a behavioral opportunities for any career that interacts with science that dovetails well with their career the public and persons with deafness or hearing ambitions, thus enhancing the marketability of loss. Through their studies, students acquire their degree. knowledge of deafness, an overview of the deaf Sociology provides an excellent background community and its culture, and American Sign for the development of careers in law, journal- Language (ASL) vocabulary. Career opportuni- ism, social services, recreation, counseling, and ties within the field of deafness include: business. No more than 12 of these hours may audiologist, counselor, dormitory/residence count toward your major(s). program counselor, interpreter, linguist, social worker, speech-language pathologist, teacher, Requirements parent/infant specialist, health care providers, Students must complete 28 hours of sociology and combined specialties. courses. No more than 12 credit hours of sociology, from any BA degree, may be double Requirements (45 Hours) counted toward the minor in sociology. Courses with grades below a “C” will not be counted Prerequisite: SIGN 101 Introduction to Sign Language (Students may test out of this course.) toward the completion of the minor in sociology. QUARTER 1 (FALL) Courses taken on a pass/no-credit basis are not BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Information Systems applicable. Any variation from the program ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition described requires advisor and chair approval. SIGN 102 American Sign Language 1 Students are encouraged to take MATH 150, QUARTER 2 (WINTER) Principles of Statistics. ENGL 112S Composition and Research PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology Required Courses SIGN 103 American Sign Language 2 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology SIGN 108 Fingerspelling SOCI 205 Current Social Problems SIGN 201 Orientation to Deafness SOCI 206 Social Institutions QUARTER 3 (SPRING) SOCI 310 Gender Socialization OR SOCI 410 Social Stratification SIGN 104 American Sign Language 3 SIGN 202 Psychology of Hearing Impaired And select one from each of the following groupings. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology GROUP 1 SPCH 103 Public Speaking and Human Comm. SOCI 224 Urban Sociology SOCI 303 Introduction to Social Psychology SOCI 307 Sociology of Work Teacher Education 108 — TEACHER EDUCATION

Bachelor of Science in Athletic Training Teacher Bachelor of Science in Sports Studies Athletic Training Sports Management Education Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) The Department of Teacher Education Licensure prepares students for careers in teaching, athletic in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s training, or in the field of sports management. Bachelor of Arts in English/Humanities Degree and professional licensure programs are Integrated Language Arts available in teaching as well as nonteaching areas Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences for undergraduate students as well as persons Integrated Social Studies wishing to enhance their employment options. Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences Majors in athletic training and sports manage- Integrated Mathematics ment, within the sports studies degree program, Bachelor of Science in Natural Science are designed to prepare students to enter Earth Science careers in amateur and professional athletics. Integrated Science The Department of Teacher Education at Life Science Shawnee State University is dedicated to Physical Science preparing highly skilled educators and sports Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure professionals at the undergraduate level and in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s supporting professional development of Bachelor of Science in Natural Science practicing professionals. Whether you are just Mathematics and Science beginning your professional preparation or you are interested in enhancing your skills, the Multiage Visual Arts Licensure (PreK-12) Department of Teacher Education is here to in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s help you meet your goals. Bachelor of Fine Arts Associate of Applied Science in Early For More Information Childhood Development with Pre-Kindergarten Associate Licensure David E. Todt, Ph.D., Chairperson Marcia Tackett, A.A., Secretary Reading Endorsement Department of Teacher Education Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3451 Teacher Licensure Fax: 740.351.3603 E-mail: [email protected] Programs Shawnee State University education students are prepared to become learner-centered, Programs and Licensure inquiring professionals. The teacher prepara- Offered by the Department tion programs require a strong foundation in an academic content or teaching area with the rigor of Teacher Education of a professional development program, which prepares entry level teachers for the dynamic Bachelor of Science in Education responsibilities of contemporary schools. with Licensure in: Today’s teachers are required to continue Early Childhood (Grades PreK-3) their professional development throughout their Early Childhood Intervention Specialist careers. The vision of teaching which guides the (Grades PreK-3) teacher education program at Shawnee State is Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) that of a reflective and inquiring professional. Multiage Intervention Specialist (Grades K-12) Our program emphasizes lifelong learning in ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS — 109 addition to the acquisition of specific skills and For More Information knowledge that are essential for an entry level Paul M. Madden, M.Ed., Director teacher. Debra Weber, B.A., Clinical and Field The knowledge base for all of the SSU teacher Experience Coordinator education programs is defined as five constituent Marcia Tackett, A.A., Secretary domains of teacher capacity, including: 1) Preprofessional Services domain of general studies and discipline area; Shawnee State University 2) domain of the diverse learner and learning 940 Second Street process; 3) domain of learning contexts and Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 environments; 4) domain of effective teaching strategies; and 5) domain of professional Phone: 740.351.3547 development. Fax: 740.351.3603 The education program provides a well- E-mail: [email protected] articulated arrangement of field and lab exercises designed to screen students for desired teacher Children’s Learning Center qualities, provide a wide range of classroom experiences, and result in documentation of The Children’s Learning Center (CLC) is a individual skills and experience in a professional preschool which serves children that are three, portfolio. The teacher education program four, or five years old. It is operated in conjunc- culminates in a student teaching experience that tion with the Department of Teacher Education evaluates your professional competence and and is located on the campus of Shawnee State potential. University. In addition to providing preschool All of the licensure programs seek to lead you and extended day child care services, the CLC to a greater mastery of a teaching or professional functions as a laboratory school for the Univer- specialization, an increased understanding of sity’s early childhood licensure programs. the liberal arts perspective, a research-based professional education core, and a greater sense For More Information of the need to contribute your abilities to the Darlene David, M.Ed., Director present community through your service and to Becky Herpy, Secretary future communities through your students’ lives. Children’s Learning Center Shawnee State University Preprofessional Services 940 Second Street Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 The Office of Preprofessional Services provides assistance in the following areas to Phone: 740.351.3252 current and potential education students of Fax: 740.351.3184 Shawnee State University: E-mail: [email protected] Student Recruitment Program Advising Eligibility Criteria for Admission to Field Experiences Placement Teacher Education Student Teaching Placement Admission to the University does not guar- Graduate Follow-up antee admission to teacher education. Note: No Transfer Credit Review education courses beyond 115 may be taken Program Admissions without admission to teacher education. To be Examination Registration (PRAXIS Tests) considered for admission, a student must Certification and Licensure complete the following criteria: While appointments are recommended, Satisfactory completion of at least 36 credit students may drop in on an as-needed basis for hours of university/college coursework information and assistance in any of the above areas. The office is located in the Department of 2.75 overall GPA Teacher Education suite on the second floor of Appropriate grade point average as required: Massie Hall. Completed GEP courses – a grade of “C” or higher (ENGL 111S, 112S, 115S, and quantitative reasoning course required) 110 — ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

Completed Related Studies courses – a • Is well grounded in general studies and grade of “C” or higher (PSYC 101 required) specific discipline area(s) Completed Professional Education courses – • Understands the nature of human develop- 3.0 average and a grade of “C” or higher ment and learning in working with diverse (EDUC 115 is required) learners Completed Content courses – 3.0 average • Demonstrates sensitivities to learning contexts Satisfactory evaluations for field and lab and environments experiences in EDUC 115 • Employs effective teaching strategies to Satisfactory scores on all portions of the ensure the learning outcome PRAXIS I Examinations •Practices professionalism Reading/Writing/Mathematics – 172 each Asignifcant amount of the evidence of teacher Satisfactory progress toward professional candidate performance is maintained through a portfolio development with approval signa- required professional portfolio. With each course ture from EDUC 115 faculty and at every level, students are required to Evidence of good moral character collect items for their portfolio, provide reasons for including the item in the portfolio, and Complete first background clearance organize the portfolio to demonstrate their investigation (early childhood and early professional preparation for teaching. childhood intervention specialist students complete additional background/health packet) PRAXIS Series Tests Shawnee State University utilizes the PRAXIS Students will be granted full admission or series as one element of our student assessment will not be admitted. program. Students complete the PRAXIS I prior Students receiving full admission may to admission to teacher education; PRAXIS II continue to take coursework toward their Content/Specialty Area test prior to student licensure programs and are eligible to register teaching; PRAXIS II Principles of Learning and for upper division courses as they meet Teaching prior to earning a provisional license; necessary prerequisites. and PRAXIS III prior to professional licensure. PRAXIS I and II are standardized tests completed at testing centers. PRAXIS III is a performance assessment instrument completed during the Special Note: entry year teaching experience. A trained Admission to teacher education does assessor conducts PRAXIS III in the entry year not guarantee admission to a licensure teacher’s classroom. program, to student teaching, or recom- Test information and registration booklets are mendation for teacher licensure. Please available through the Department of Teacher consult the Teacher Education Hand- Education. Test dates are limited and should be book and a faculty advisor for licensure planned well in advance. Score reports are program admission, eligibility for stu- received within four to six weeks after test dent teaching, and for teacher licensure. completion. Students should have their registra- The Teacher Education Handbook has tion forms reviewed by department staff prior detailed requirements for admission to mailing. The tests are expensive and any inac- and retention. curate information on the registration form could result in a delay or a nonreport of test scores.

Portfolio Requirement Transfer, Postbaccalaureate, SSU Teacher preparation at Shawnee State Graduates Policy University is a performance-based program. Transfer students should review this catalog All students are required to demonstrate the for transfer credit information. A grade of “C” knowledge, skills, and dispositions associated or higher is required for all transfer credit. No with the five domains of teacher capacity. The exceptions will be made for any student entering SSU teacher candidate: a teacher preparation program. Grades earned EARLY CHILDHOOD — 111 at the student’s previous institution will be used Professional Education Core (20 Hours) in determining program GPA requirements. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Postbaccalaureate students who graduated EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 from an accredited institution with an overall EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 GPA of 2.75 or higher in an appropriate content & Computers EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal & Ethical 4 area may register for licensure only. The Foundations of American Ed. programs leading to adolescent to young adult EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 licensure are best suited for postbaccalaureate Pluralistic Society students. Because our program is primarily an EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, 4 undergraduate, initial licensure program, a Diagnosis, & Evaluation in the Classroom postbaccalaureate option for licensure does not currently exist. PRAXIS II content test must be Reading/Literature Requirement (13 Hours) passed prior to admission to the adolescent to EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 young adult licensure program. Writing, & Spelling Any deficient areas must be met prior to EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 recommendation for licensure. All applicable Content Areas GPA and minimum grade requirements apply. ENGL 300 Children’s Literature 4 Students registering for the licensure only Related Studies Component (16 Hours) option do not earn a degree from Shawnee State PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 University; all cousework applies only to PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dvlpmnt. OR 4 licensure requirements regardless of credit PSYC 310 Child Psychology hours earned. A postbaccalaureate student who SOCI 303 Intro. to Social Psychology OR 4 feels s/he may be eligible to earn the bachelor’s SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR degree may have his/her program reviewed SOCI 325 Sociology of Family PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 and credit transferred into a degree program. PSYC 375 Educational Psychology SSU graduates who have not begun the teacher preparation program are considered Early Childhood Courses (62 Hours) postbaccalaureate students and are required to EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 meet the same guidelines listed previously. EDEC 280 Administration of Early 4 Students who began their professional prepara- Childhood Programs tion at Shawnee State as undergraduates must EDEC 283 Interprofessional and Parental 4 Team Models meet the applicable undergraduate program EDEC 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 requirements. EDEC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Observation & Reflection in Professional Practice EDEC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 Bachelor of Science in Research - Home, School, & Community Relations Education with Licensure in EDEC 400 Teaching Creative Expressions 4 Early Childhood (Grades for Early Childhood EDEC 415 Teaching Dev. Math & Science 4 PreK-3) for Early Learners EDEC 420 Teaching Dev. Language Arts 4 Degree Requirements & Soc. Studies for Early Learners EDEC 425 Integrating the Early Childhood 4 General Education Program 48 Hours Curriculum GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, EDEC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 MATH 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, Instruction, & Evaluation PSCI 251, and SOCI 110S are required. EDEC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Further information is listed on page 56 EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Curriculum Content (38 Hours) Professional Education Core 20 Hours ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 1 3 Reading/Literature Require. 13 Hours GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 Related Studies Component 16 Hours GOVT 101 National Government 4 Early Childhood Courses 62 Hours HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 Curriculum Content 38 Hours HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR HIST 113 American History Since 1900 Total Hours Required 197 Hours MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 112 — EARLY CHILDHOOD INTERVENTION

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDIS 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 EDIS 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 MATH 305 Math Enrichment for the Teacher 4 Observation & Reflection in MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 Professional Practice SSPE 202 Personal & Community Health 4 EDIS 311 Adv. Diagnosis & Assess. 4 SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 of Exceptional Learners EDIS 340 Theories, Issues, & Legalities in 4 Special Note: Students must complete first Special Education aid/CPR certification prior to recommendation EDIS 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 for early childhood licensure. This may be met Research - Home, School, & Community Relations with SSPE 227 or through an independent EDIS 390 Behavior & Classroom Mgt. 4 agency (evidence required). EDIS 423 The Intervention Specialist at 4 the Early Childhood Level EDIS 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 Instruction, & Evaluation Bachelor of Science in EDIS 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Education with Licensure in Curriculum Content (30 Hours) Early Childhood ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 1 3 Intervention Specialist GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 GOVT 101 National Government 4 (Grades PreK-3) HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR Degree Requirements HIST 113 American History Since 1900 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 General Education Program 48 Hours MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, MATH MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, PSCI 251, SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 and SOCI 110S are required. Further information is listed on page 56 of the Special Note: Students must complete first current catalog or can be obtained from the aid/CPR certification prior to recommendation Department of Teacher Education. for early childhood intervention specialist Professional Education Core 20 Hours licensure. This may be met with SSPE 227 or See page 111 of current catalog. through an independent agency (evidence Reading/Literature Require. 13 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. required). Related Studies Component 20 Hours Intervention Specialist Courses 72 Hours Curriculum Content 30 Hours Bachelor of Science in Total Hours Required 203 Hours Education with Licensure in Related Studies Component (20 Hours) Middle Childhood Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 (Grades 4-9) PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dvlpmnt. 4 Students pursuing the middle childhood license to PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology teach mathematics and science may select from one PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 of two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 in education, a bachelor of science in natural science is available. See page 92 of this catalog. Consult an Intervention Specialist Courses (72 Hours) advisor in science, mathematics, or education to EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 discuss which option best meets your needs. EDEC 400 Teaching Creative Expressions 4 for Early Childhood EDEC 415 Teaching Dev. Math & Science 4 Degree Requirements for Early Learners EDEC 420 Teaching Dev. Language Arts 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 32-36 Hours & Soc. Studies for Early Learners Certain components of the GEP are satisfied EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 by the requirements of the bachelor of EDIS 252 Health Issues in Special Education 4 science in education. Further information & Adaptive Technology is listed on page 56 of the current catalog EDIS 283 Interprofessional and Parental 4 or can be obtained from the Department Team Models in Special Ed. of Teacher Education. MIDDLE CHILDHOOD — 113

Professional Education Core 20 Hours Select one See page 111 of current catalog. ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 Reading/Literature Require. 13 Hours ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 ENGL 341 Lit. of Initiation and Experience 4 Middle Childhood Courses 36 Hours ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 Content Component 81-88 Hours ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 Total Hours Required 198-201 Hours ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 SOCIAL STUDIES (44 HOURS) Reading/Literature Requirement (13 Hours) ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. GEOG 350 Regional Geography: North Am. 4 EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 GOVT 101 National Government 4 Writing, & Spelling GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 Content Areas HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 4 ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 HIST 350 Ohio History 4 SOCI 110S Intro. to Social Science 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 MATHEMATICS (40-41 HOURS) PSYC 375 Educational Psychology MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry AND 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Appl. OR 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 AND Middle Childhood Courses (36 Hours) MATH 202 Calculus 2 EDEC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 Observation & Reflection in MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 Professional Practice MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 EDMC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 Research - Home, School, & MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics OR 4-5 Community Relations MATH 230 Linear Algebra EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 for Integrated Curriculum MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 MATH 320 Foundation of Geometry 4 Instruction, & Evaluation EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) Select the two appropriate courses for content component: BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 EDMC 472 Teaching Language Arts in 4 CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 4 Middle Grades CHEM 122 Intro. to General Chemistry 2 4 EDMC 473 Teaching Mathematics in 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Middle Grades NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 EDMC 475 Teaching Social Studies in 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Middle Grades PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 EDMC 476 Teaching Science in Middle Grades 4 Select three: BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 Content Component (81-88 Hours) BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Select two areas of concentration BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 LANGUAGE ARTS AND READING (44 HOURS) BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) OR BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 ENGL 305 Advanced Expository Writing OR 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 ENGL 315 Theory & Prac. in Composition GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 ENGL 365 History of English 4 IDST 225S Civilization & Literature 1 4 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 4 THAR 100 Introduction to Theater 4 114 — MULTIAGE INTERVENTION

Bachelor of Science in Curriculum Content (34 Hours) ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 1 3 Education with Licensure in GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 GOVT 101 National Government 4 Multiage Intervention HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR Specialist (Grades K-12) HIST 113 American History Since 1900 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 Degree Requirements MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 MATH 305 Math Enrichment for the Teacher 4 General Education Program 48 Hours MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, MATH SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, PSCI 251, and SOCI 110S are required. Further Special Note: Students must complete first information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the aid/CPR certification prior to recommendation Department of Teacher Education. for multiage intervention specialist licensure. Professional Education Core 20 Hours This may be met with SSPE 227 or through an See page 111 of current catalog. independent agency (evidence required). Reading/Literature Require. 13 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. Related Studies Component 16 Hours Intervention Specialist Courses 68 Hours Adolescent to Young Adult Curriculum Content 34 Hours (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Total Hours Required 199 Hours Integrated Language Arts in Related Studies Component (16 Hours) Conjunction with the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Bachelor of Arts in PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dvlpmnt. 4 English/Humanities PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 Degree Requirements General Education Program 48 Hours Intervention Specialist Courses (68 Hours) PHIL 320S and THAR 100 are required. Further information is listed on page 56 of EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 the current catalog or can be obtained from EDIS 252 Health Issues in Special Education 4 the Department of Teacher Education. & Adaptive Technology EDIS 283 Interprofessional and Parental 4 Language Arts Component 76 Hours Team Models in Special Ed. Professional Education Core 20 Hours EDIS 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 See page 111 of current catalog. EDIS 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours Observation & Reflection in Professional Practice Related Studies Component 12 Hours EDIS 311 Adv. Diagnosis & Assess. 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours of Exceptional Learners Total Hours Required 196 Hours EDIS 340 Theories, Issues, & Legalities in 4 Special Education EDIS 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 Language Arts Component (76 Hours) Research - Home, School, & Community Relations LANGUAGE EMPHASIS EDIS 390 Behavior Management 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDIS 392 Adv. Behavior & Classroom Mgt. 4 EDIS 410 Instr. Strategies & Curriculum 4 ENGL 360 Intro. to Language & Linguistics 4 Design in Special Education ENGL 362 Patterns of English OR 4 EDIS 423 The Intervention Specialist at 4 ENGL 452 Language Development OR the Early Childhood Level ENGL 455 English Language in Society EDIS 425 The Intervention Specialist at the 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Level READING EMPHASIS EDIS 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 Instruction, & Evaluation ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 4 EDIS 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 4 ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 4 ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT — 115

ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 4 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 OR 4 Instruction, & Evaluation ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 1 Select two ENGL 434 Methods of Teaching Lang. Arts 4 in the Secondary Schools OR ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 MATH 4701 Teaching Mathematics in ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 Grades 7-12 OR ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 SOCI 4351 Teaching Social Studies in ENGL 341 Lit. of Initiation and Experience 4 Grades 7-12 OR ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 NTSC 4331 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 Select one ENGL 311 Major Engl. Authors (Before 1800) 4 Adolescent to Young Adult ENGL 321 The English Novel 4 ENGL 322 Modern English Drama 4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure, ENGL 411 16th Cent. Renaissance Lit. 4 ENGL 421 17th Cent. Poetry & Prose 4 Integrated Mathematics in ENGL 441 The Romantics 4 ENGL 446 The Victorians 4 Conjunction with the

WRITING EMPHASIS Bachelor of Science in ENGL 305 Adv. Expository Writing OR 4 Mathematical Sciences ENGL 315 Theory & Practice in Composition ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 ENGL 240 Screenwriting OR Degree Requirements ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing 4 The Quantitative Reasoning component of the GEP is satisfied by the requirements of the LISTENING/VISUAL LITERACY EMPHASIS bachelor of science in mathematical sciences. See ENGL 105 Information Access 1 page 56 for further information about the GEP. JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 Integrated Math Component 65 Hours PHIL 105 Rhetoric & Reasoning 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. ORAL COMMUNICATION EMPHASIS Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours SPCH 103 Pub. Speaking & Human Comm. 3 Related Studies Component 16 Hours SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Lit. 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours CAPSTONE See left hand column, this page. ENGL 485 Sr. Exp. for Engl./Hum. Majors 4 General Elective 1 Hour Total Hours Required 186 Hours Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Integrated Math Component (65 Hours) Content Areas Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 MATH 430 Numerical Analysis EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 Observation & Reflection in MATH 360 Intro. to Probability 4 Professional Practice MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Sec. Teacher 4 EDAE 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 4 Research - Home, School, & MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 4 Community Relations MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction

1 Methods course appropriate to specific licensure. 116 — ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Social Studies Component (80-92 Hours) MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 ECON 202 Principles of Miacroeconomics 4 GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science 4 Content Areas GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) HIST 201 Ancient History 4 HIST 350 Ohio History 4 BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 SOCI 101 Intro. to Sociology 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 Select either: HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 Adolescent to Young Adult HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900

(Grades 7-12) Licensure, Choose one of the following areas of concentration. Integrated Social Studies in Courses taken in the GEP and social studies components may fulfill selected requirements.

Conjunction with the ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) Bachelor of Arts in Social Met in social studies component: ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics Sciences ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics Select four: Degree Requirements ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 4 The Social Science component and four ECON 310 Money and Banking 4 hours of the Cultural Perspectives ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 component of the GEP are satisfied by the ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 requirements of this degree. SOCI 110S ECON 332 Managerial Economics 4 and PHIL 320S are required. Further ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 information is listed on page 56 of the ECON 405 Economic Development 4 current catalog or can be obtained from ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 the Department of Teacher Education. ECON 425 Public Finance 4 ECON 480 Econometrics 4 Social Studies Component 80-92 Hours ECON 499 Special Topics in Economics 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 See page 115. Related Studies Component 12 Hours Met in social studies component: See page 115. GEOG 125 World Geography GEOG 201 Cultural Geography Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours GEOG 350 Regional Geography See page 115. Select one: Total Hours Required: GEOG 130 Economic Geography 4 Economics Concentration 196 Hours GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 GEOG 230 Urban Geography 4 Geography Concentration 196 Hours GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio 4 Political Science Concent. 196 Hours Select two: History Concentration 196-204 Hours GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 Psychology Concentration 192-200 Hours GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Mid. East 4 Sociology Concentration 196 Hours GEOG 404 Transportation Geog. & Mgt. 4 ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT — 117

POLITICAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) Met in social studies component: SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science SOCI 303 Intro. to Social Psychology 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion OR 4 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR Select four: SOCI 330 Social Theory GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies 4 SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy 4 Met in social studies component: GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 SOCI 101 Intro. to Sociology GOVT 340 European Politics 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 HISTORY CONCENTRATION (16-24 HOURS) Adolescent to Young Adult Select two: HIST 1111 American History to 1828 0-4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure, HIST 1121 American History, 1828-1900 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 Earth, Life, or Physical Met in social studies component Select two: Science in Conjunction with HIST 201 Ancient History Met in social studies component the Bachelor of Science in HIST 202 Medieval & Early Modern Europe 4 HIST 203 Modern Europe 4 Natural Science Select one: HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 4 Degree Requirements HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours HIST 320 Hist. of Am. Foreign Relations 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 Science components of the GEP are satisfied Select one: by the requirements of the bachelor of science in natural science. Further information is HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 listed on page 56 of the current catalog or HIST 325 History of Russia 4 can be obtained from the Department of HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 Teacher Education. HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 Science Component 83-93 Hours Select one: Professional Education Core 20 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus 4 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 See page 115.. HIST 371 Islamic Relig., Culture, & Civ. 4 HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 Related Studies Component 16 Hours See page 115. PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION (12-20 HOURS) Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours See page 115. PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development Total Hours Required: Met in social studies component PSYC 290 Psych. Tests & Measurements 4 Earth Science 197 Hours Select two: Life Science 195-196 Hours PSYC 300 Theories of Personality 4 Physical Science 205 Hours PSYC 303 Intro. to Social Psychology 4 PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 PSYC 311 Human Sexuality 4 Science Component (83-93 Hours) PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 Choose one science component from among the PSYC 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse 4 following: PSYC 361 Industrial Psychology 4 PSYC400 Abnormal Psychology 4 EARTH SCIENCE (85 HOURS) PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Select two (may be satisfied by related studies component): BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 0-4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 0-4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 PSYC 380 Psyc. of Excep. Children & Youth CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5

1 One of these courses must be selected in the social studies component. 118 — ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Adolescent to Young Adult GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure, GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 Integrated Science in GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology OR 4 GEOL 303 Sedimentary Rocks Conjunction with the GEOL 302 Mineralogy 4 GEOL 401 Field Methods 4 Bachelor of Science in GEOL 485 Senior Project 4 MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 Natural Science MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 This program combines extensive work in a number MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 of science areas with a license to teach all science NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 areas in grades 7-12. Because of this, completion NTSC 311 Air Pollution OR 4 may take longer than a standard degree or program. GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours LIFE SCIENCES (83-84 HOURS) The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Science components of the GEP are satisfied BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 by the requirements of the bachelor of science BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR in natural science. Further information is BIOL 470 Plant Physiology listed on page 56 of the current catalog or BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 can be obtained from the Department of BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Teacher Education. BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Integrated Science Component 122-126 Hours BIOL 340 Genetics 5 Professional Education Core 20 Hours BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 See page 111 of current catalog. BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 BIOL 485 Senior Project 4 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4-5 See page 115. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Related Studies Component 12 Hours CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 See page 115. CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 See page 115. MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 Total Hours Required 230-234 Hours MATH 250 Statistics 1 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 Integrated Science Component (122-126 Hours) PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs.

PHYSICAL SCIENCE (93 HOURS) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Select one principal area of study from the following: CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 BIOLOGY (39 HOURS) CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR CHEM 485 Senior Project OR 4 BIOL 470 Plant Physiology PHYS 485 Senior Project BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology OR 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 BIOL 340 Genetics 5 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 CHEMISTRY (40 HOURS) PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 MIDDLE CHILDHOOD — 119

CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 Middle Childhood CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 (Grades 4-9) Licensure, Mathematics and Science in EARTH AND SPACE (37 HOURS) BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Conjunction with the GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 Bachelor of Science in GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 Natural Science GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 Degree Requirements NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural PHYSICS (36 HOURS) Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Method. 4 respectively) are satisfied by the requirements PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 of the bachelor of science in natural science. PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 See page 56 for further information about PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 the GEP. PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 Content Component 85-89 Hours PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 See page 111. PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Reading/Literature Requirement 13 Hours PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 See page 111. Integrated science students must complete the three areas Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours below not chosen as their principal area of study. Students Related Studies Component 16 Hours may not duplicate their principal and subordinate areas of study. (Example: Students who choose biology as their Minimum Hours Required 206-210 Hours principal area of study must take chemistry, earth and space, and physics as their subordinate areas of study.) Content Component (85-89 Hours)

BIOLOGY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 BIOL 470 Plant Physiology MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 CHEMISTRY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Select one pair of the following courses: CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 4 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 or EARTH AND SPACE AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Select one of the following: GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 Select one of the following: PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 PHYSICS AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 4 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 CHEM 122 Intro. to General Chemistry 2 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, and Fossils 4 120 — MULTIAGE VISUAL ARTS

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Art Emphasis Area 32 Hours NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Meth. 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 See page 111 of the current catalog. PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours Select three of the following: Visual Arts Ed. Component 36 Hours BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 Art Studio Electives 24 Hours BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Total Hours Required 216 Hours BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 Art Core Requirements (44 Hours) BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 ARTH 261 Art History Survey 1 4 ARTH 262 Art History Survey 2 4 BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 ARTH 263 Art History Survey 3 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 ARTH 331 Ceramic History Survey 1 OR 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 ARTH 332 Ceramic History Survey 2 OR GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 ARTH 361 Twentieth-Century Art OR GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 ARTH 364 North American Survey OR GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 ARTH 360 Nineteenth-Century Art ARTH 366 Non-Western Survey 4 Middle Childhood (Mathematics and Science) ARTS 101 Studio Foundations 1 4 (36 Hours) ARTS 102 Studio Foundations 2 4 ARTS 103 Studio Foundations 3 4 EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar: Observation 4 ARTS 105 The Creative Process 4 EDMC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 ARTS 480 Senior Studio 1 4 Research - Home, School, & ARTS 481 Senior Studio 2 4 Community Relations EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 EDMC 473 Teach. Math. in the Middle Grades 4 Art Emphasis Area (32 Hours) EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 Choose 32 hours within either ceramics, drawing, or EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 painting. Instruction, & Evaluation EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 CERAMICS ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics 4 ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics 4 ARTS 336 Glaze Theory & Practice 4 ARTS 338 Mold Making 4 ARTS 434 Advanced Raku 4 Multiage Visual Arts ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain 4 Licensure (PreK-12) in ARTS 436 Adv. Glaze Theory & Practice 4 conjunction with the DRAWING ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 Bachelor of Fine Arts ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 This program combines extensive work in a number ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 of visual arts areas with a license to teach art in ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 4 grades PreK-12. Because the program combines two ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 4 areas, completion of the Visual Arts license may take ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 4 longer than a standard degree or program. ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 4 ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 4 ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 4 Degree Requirements ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 4 General Education Program 48 Hours PAINTING Further information is listed on page 56 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 of the current catalog or can be obtained ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 from the Department of Teacher Education. ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 Art Core Requirements 44 Hours ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 4 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE — 121

ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dvlpmnt. 4 ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 4 ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 4 Visual Arts Education Component (36 Hours) ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 4 ARTP 401 Studio Methods for Early 4 ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 4 Childhood ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 4 ARTP 402 Studio Methods for Middle 4 ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 4 Childhood ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 4 ARTP 403 Studio Methods for Adolescents 4 ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 4 EDVA 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 ARTS 427 Adv. Figure Painting 1 4 Observation and Reflection in ARTS 428 Adv. Figure Painting 2 4 Professional Practice ARTS 429 Adv. Figure Painting 3 4 EDVA 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 Research - Home, School, & Art Studio Electives (24 Hours) Community Relations EDVA 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 Choose at least one course from each area outside Instruction, & Evaluation studio emphasis. EDVA 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 CERAMICS (4 HOURS) ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 Associate of Applied ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 Science in Early Childhood COMPUTER ART (4 HOURS) ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 Development with ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 2 4 ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 2 4 Pre-Kindergarten Associate ARTS 364 Digital Paint 2 4 Licensure DRAWING (4 HOURS) ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 Degree Requirements ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 General Education Program 24 Hours ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S, MATH 110S, ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 NTSC 110S, and SOCI 101 are required. ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 Professional Education Core 12 Hours ARTS 277 Drawing 3 4 Related Studies Component 8 Hours PAINTING (4 HOURS) Early Childhood Courses 20 Hours ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 Curriculum Content 10 Hours ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 Pre-K Associate Licensure Content 20 Hours ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 Total Hours Required 94 Hours ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 Professional Education Core (12 Hours) PHOTOGRAPHY (4 HOURS) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 & Computers PRINTMAKING (4 HOURS) EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 Pluralistic Society ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 ARTS 246 Lithography 4 Related Studies Component (8 Hours) ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 SCULPTURE (4 HOURS) ARTS 241 Sculpture 1 4 Early Childhood Courses (20 Hours) ARTS 242 Sculpture 2 4 EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 ARTS 243 Sculpture 3 4 EDEC 280 Administration of Early 4 Childhood Programs 122 — READING ENDORSEMENT

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Note: Students must take and pass the Praxis EDEC 283 Interprofessional and Parental 4 II Introduction to the Teaching of Reading Exam Team Models and successfully complete a Reading Portfolio EDEC 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 EDEC 285 Practicum/Seminar 1: 4 based on IRA/NCATE standards and the five Observation & Reflection in DTE competency domains. Professional Practice

Curriculum Content (10 Hours) ARTP 201 Art in the Elementary Curriculum 3 MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 Bachelor of Science SSPE 227 First Aid 4 Students who already have first aid/CPR training in Sports Studies (evidence required) must take 4 additional hours, EDIS 250 and/or EDUC 240 are strongly The bachelor of science in sports studies suggested. offered by the Department of Teacher Education prepares you for a career in an employment Pre-K Associate Licensure Content (20 Hours) area that addresses the health and physical EDPA 286 Aesthetics: Movement, Art, Music 3 fitness needs of people in our society. Our cur- Dramatic Play riculum ranges from in-depth study of the levels EDPA 287 Symbolics: Language, Literacy, 3 of sports participation to injury prevention and Reading, Mathematics EDPA 288 Empirics: Health, Nutrition, 3 treatment to sports management in general. The Science, & Social Studies program also provides the real work situations, EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 1 1 hands-on training, and strong theoretical base EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 2 1 from which you can make a career decision. EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 3 1 EDPA 290 Directed Teaching & Seminar 8 Graduates of the athletic training program will find employment opportunities in such areas as colleges and universities, professional sports organizations, hospitals, sports medicine clinics, and the fitness industry. Graduates may Reading Education also elect to pursue graduate study in athletic training, exercise physiology, or other allied Program health areas. Employment opportunities for The reading education program provides a sports management graduates may include series of specially designed courses and field college and professional teams, health clubs, experiences leading to a reading endorsement recreation departments, sport facilities, sporting in the specific licensure/certificated area. This goods manufacturers and dealers, and a variety program is designed for both preservice students of sports marketing-related firms. Internships and in-service teachers. In-service teachers and graduate study are strongly encouraged as applying for reading endorsement need to be they can provide contacts which may prove assigned a reading advisor prior to admission essential to securing a position in the highly into the program. EDRE 406, 407, and 485 must competitive sports industry. be taken at Shawnee State in order for the Department of Teacher Education to recommend Application for Admission to the a student to ODE for reading endorsement. Sports Studies Degree Programs (Athletic Training/Sports Management) Reading Endorsement Requirements You must apply for and receive acceptance Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. into the sports studies degree programs before EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 you are eligible to take 300 and 400 level courses. Writing, & Spelling EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Applications are available from the Depart- Content Areas ment of Teacher Education, located in Massie EDRE 406 Reading Diagnosis & Assessment 5 Hall, room 227. Once completed, applications EDRE 407 Strategies in Reading Instruction 4 should be returned to the Department of EDRE 485 Practicum in Reading 3-6 Teacher Education for review by the admissions ENGL 300 Children’s Literature OR 4 ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature committee, which meets to review applications on an as-needed basis. SPORTS STUDIES — 123

Students are evaluated according to the Sports Management Concentration (77 Hours) following minimum admission requirements. BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 •You must have an overall GPA of 2.0 or BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 higher. BUAI 150 Internet & Web Publishing OR 4 • All of the following courses must be ETCO 150 HTML Programming/Web completed with a grade of “C” or higher: Page Design BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Syst. 4 ENGL 111S MATH 110S BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 ENGL 112S SPCH 103 BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 ENGL 115S SSPE 202 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 BUMG 330 Organizational Communication 4 •You must have satisfactorily completed five BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 observation hours prior to application. ECON 101 Macroeconomics 4 ECON 102 Microeconomics 4 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 SSSM 201 Intro. to Sports Management 3 Bachelor of Science in Sports SSSM 368 Introduction to Sport Law 4 SSSM 390 Sport Facility & Event Mgt. 4 Studies with a Concentration SSSM 392 Sport Marketing 4 in Sports Management SSSM 407 Practicum 1 4 SSSM 499 Practicum 2 6 This degree prepares you for employment in a corporate fitness center, health club, nautilus center, or sports organization/federation. Students enrolled in the sports management concentration focus on business skills such as Bachelor of Science in Sports financial management, marketing, and the legal Studies with a Concentration questions associated with sports and exercise. They also examine the relationship of play, in Athletic Training game sports, athletics, and fitness to our culture. Graduates of our athletic training program This concentration’s curriculum provides a are able to implement prevention-of-injury foundation of sports management philosophy, programs and provide immediate treatment principles, and objectives. Field experiences are and rehabilitation procedures for injured also a part of the program and provide practical athletes. They have a thorough knowledge of experience in various sports settings. anatomy, physiology, hygiene, kinesiology, nutrition, taping, conditioning, prevention of Degree Requirements injury methodology, protective equipment, first aid, and emergency care. General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 56 Our graduates also possess the human of the current catalog or can be obtained relations and communication skills necessary from the Department of Teacher Education. to work well with team physicians, coaches, Sports Studies Core 39 Hours administrators, and athletes. Sports Management Concentration 77 Hours The athletic training program uses practical University Electives 28 Hours education and a work experience approach to Total Hours Required 192 Hours gaining the knowledge and skills needed to fulfill certification requirements through the Sports Studies Core (39 Hours) National Athletic Trainer Association (NATA). Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Special Note: Students are not automatically PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport 4 certified after the completion of the athletic SSAT 198 Orientation to Athletic Training 2 training program. You must take and pass the SSAT 227 First Aid 4 National Athletic Trainers Association SSAT 261 Found. of Physical Exercise 2 Certification Examination. Before applying to SSPE 202 Pers. & Comm. Health 4 SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 take the examination, you must meet all criteria SSPE 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse 4 established by NATABOC, Inc. Contact the SSSM 228 Law & Liability in Sports 4 coordinator of the program for more information. SSSM 385 Psychology of Sport 4 SSSM 386 Sociology of Sport 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Com. 3 124 — SPORTS STUDIES

Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours Option 2 of the Natural Science component is suggested for the degree in athletic training. Further information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Sports Studies Core 39 Hours See previous page. Athletic Training Concentration 92 Hours University Electives 16 Hours Total Hours Required 191 Hours

Athletic Training Concentration (92 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 AHNR 103 Principles of Medical Science 3 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 BIOL 311 Kinesiology 4 BIOL 320 Human Physiology 5 BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy 5 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 SSAT 220 Foundations of Athletic Training 3 SSAT 222 Athletic Training Laboratory 2 SSAT 320 Upper Body Prevent/Assess 4 SSAT 322 Lower Body Prevent/Assess 4 SSAT 325 Rehabilitation of Athletic Injury 3 SSAT 326 Therapeutic Modalities 3 SSAT 396 Practicum 1 in Athletic Training 2 SSAT 397 Practicum 2 in Athletic Training 2 SSAT 398 Practicum 3 in Athletic Training 2 SSAT 420 Physiology of Exercise 4 SSAT 422 Prevention and Assessment of 4 Non-Orthopedic Injuries SSAT 428 Athletic Training Administration 4 SSAT 496 Internship in Sportsmedicine 1 6 SSAT 497 Internship in Sportsmedicine 2 6 SSAT 498 Internship in Sportsmedicine 3 6 SSPE 495 Special Topics 4 College of Professional Studies 126 — PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

Business Administration, Health Management Business Administration, Legal Assisting (2+2) College of Business Administration, Management Information Systems Business Administration, Management Professional Information Systems (2+2) Computer Engineering Technology Environmental Engineering Technology Medical Laboratory Science Studies Nursing (RN-BSN) The mission of the College of Professional Occupational Therapy Studies is to prepare you for a meaningful career Plastics Engineering Technology in business, engineering technologies, or health sciences. We are also committed to providing the Minor practical and theoretical background that enables Computer Aided Design your success in advanced educational programs. Computer Technology Courses taught in professional studies Health Management combine hands-on learning experiences, based Plastics Engineering Technology on guided professional practice. Many courses Associate of Applied Business are conducted in on-campus laboratories that Accounting Technology simulate the career or industrial settings in Business Information Systems which you will work after graduation. Others, Business Management Technology especially in the health sciences, are taught in Legal Assisting Technology off-campus, clinical settings, where you Office Administration Technology experience interactions with clients first hand. Students in professional studies also take Associate of Applied Science courses offered by the College of Arts and Associate Degree Nursing Sciences. Many of these are career oriented, Computer Aided Design while some—especially in the General Educa- Dental Hygiene tion Program—are required of all university Electromechanical Engineering Technology graduates. Emergency Medical Technology Medical Laboratory Technology Occupational Therapy Assistant For More Information Physical Therapist Assistant Cheryl A. Boyd, Ph.D., CNP, CNS, RN, SANE, Plastics Engineering Technology Interim Dean Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Ann C. McCarthy, Secretary Respiratory Therapy College of Professional Studies Associate of Individualized Studies Shawnee State University See page 128 of the current catalog for 940 Second Street description. Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3270 Certificates Fax: 740.351.3354 Computer Aided Drafting and Design E-mail: [email protected] Computer Technology Plastics Engineering Technology Programs Offered Reputation for Excellence Bachelor of Individualized Studies See page 127 of the current catalog for Employers of our graduates consistently give description. high marks and excellent reviews to Shawnee State’s professional studies programs, and many Bachelor of Science of our students are now successfully pursuing Business Administration, Accounting graduate level work or have entered professional Business Administration, General schools. Our students’ performances on national PROFESSIONAL STUDIES — 127 and licensure exams are excellent; well above parallel programs already offered at the national averages. The College of Professional University. The desire to avoid certain specific Studies jealously protects and continues to requirements of existing majors or degree enhance this reputation for excellence. programs is not a sufficient justification for choosing a B.I.S. program. This degree may be particularly useful to Faculty working students taking evening, weekend, or off-campus classes. Also, the B.I.S. may be used Faculty in professional studies are experienced to combine the coursework from an associate’s and academically credentialed or certified by degree program with an area of concentration appropriate professional associations in their from another field of study. For example, career fields. Moreover, our faculty are com- students completing an associate’s degree in mitted to your success in the college classroom one of the health sciences programs may elect and in your career beyond Shawnee State to include an area of concentration in health University. management or business administration for a B.I.S. degree. Students planning to pursue graduate or Commitment to the Future professional school degrees are advised to com- In addition to the degree programs listed on plete a traditional major at the undergraduate the previous page, the College of Professional level rather than complete the B.I.S. degree. Studies is currently seeking approval for other academic programs that address the educational needs of students and the employment needs of Admission to the Bachelor of business, industry, and health care. Just as we Individualized Studies survey employers to determine employment After admission to the University, a student needs for the future, we also ask you to inform makes an appointment for a conference with an us of your educational and occupational goals individualized studies advisor. The student so that we can become an active partner in the makes this appointment by contacting either pursuit of those goals. the dean of the College of Arts and Sciences or If the College of Professional Studies does the dean of the College of Professional Studies. not currently offer a degree that meets your In this conference, the advisor will explore needs, you may design, with the help of your with the student the appropriateness of the academic advisor, an associate’s or bachelor’s of bachelor of individualized study given his or individualized studies degree which includes her background and academic goals. two or more subject areas of interest to you. To obtain formal admission to the bachelor of We are proud of our graduates’ success. Your individualized studies, the student must participation and ideas contribute to our tradi- complete an application, which includes the tion of excellence. following elements: •Astatement explaining that the student understands the nature and intent of the Bachelor of Individualized general studies major Studies Degree •Astatement of plans for future education and employment with the individualized The bachelor of individualized studies is studies major as a foundation administered by the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Professional Studies as •Astatement of the goals the proposed course appropriate. Students interested in a B.I.S. of study will meet, an appropriately detailed program should contact the dean of the college outline of the proposed course of study, and most closely associated with their field of a projected graduation date study/interest. The application for admission to the bachelor The B.I.S. is intended for undergraduate of individualized study will be reviewed by a students who wish to pursue an area of study three-person faculty advisory committee con- (or combination of areas) which is not available sisting of the student’s faculty advisor and two in other academic programs at Shawnee State. faculty appointed by the appropriate college’s The proposed course of study must not closely dean. If the application and proposed course of 128 — PROFESSIONAL STUDIES study is approved by the advisory committee, The goal of this degree is to permit the student, these items will be forwarded to the appropriate under the guidance of faculty advisors, to dean for approval and the registration of these combine selected courses in academic and/or degree requirements by the registrar. technical areas that may not meet the degree requirements for Shawnee State’s associate of Advising arts, associate of science, associate of applied science, or associate of applied business degrees. The student pursuing an individualized The following conditions must be met for studies major is encouraged to seek academic completion of the degree: 1) a total of 90 credit advising each quarter. hours of 100-level or above coursework with a minimum grade point average of 2.00; 2) a Degree Requirements minimum of two areas of concentration with at The individualized studies major must meet least 20 credit hours in each; 3) a set of general and fulfill university requirements for baccalau- education requirements based upon specific reate programs and those requirements specific criteria; and 4) completion of a set of required to this degree. These include: hours of credit after admission to the program. For specific details and application forms for •Aminimum of 186 credit hours, including the program, contact the dean’s office in the the General Education Program. College of Arts and Sciences or the dean’s office •Aminimum of 2.00 cumulative grade point in the College of Professional Studies. average for all courses taken at Shawnee State University. • Completion of at least 45 credit hours of upper-division level (300-400 courses), no more than 10 hours of which may be trans- ferred in from another accredited university or college. •Aminimum of 45 credit hours completed at Shawnee State. The University’s general policies regarding the transferability of courses from other colleges and universities will apply equally to this major. •Aminimum of 60 credit hours in the individualized/specialized area of study and cognate areas, as approved by a three- member faculty committee. • Completion of the specific program of study initially approved by the student’s faculty advisory committee upon admission to the major. Any subsequent alterations in the program, including course substitutions, must receive the approval of the student’s advisory committee. • Petition for graduation in accordance with the rule prescribed by the University.

Associate of Individualized Studies Degree The associate of individualized studies degree (AIS) at Shawnee State University allows you to formulate your own individualized program of study based upon specific criteria. Business Administration 130 — BUSINESS

Minor Business Health Management Associate of Applied Business The Department of Business Administration Accounting Technology provides the opportunity, resources, and experi- Business Information Systems ences necessary for students to acquire the busi- Business Management Technology ness knowledge and skills to be personally and Legal Assisting Technology professionally successful. Office Administration Technology The Department seeks to develop in students a continuing intellectual curiosity, an awareness Associate of Individualized Studies of individual and cultural diversity, and a high See page 128 of current catalog for description. degree of professional competence. The Department encourages an integrated general education in the arts and sciences, provides a body of knowledge common to all areas of Bachelor Degrees business, and provides a systematic body of specialized knowledge and skills applicable to Special Notes for all Bachelor specific business disciplines. Degrees in Business Administration To meet the diverse needs of students and Please read carefully. Consult your advisor if you do businesses, the Department offers programs at not fully understand. the associate level, stressing applied entry-level skills, and at the baccalaureate level, stressing Quantitative Reasoning Requirement, the broader theoretical concepts and leadership General Education Program If you select skills applicable to more complex organiza- MATH 150 or MATH 170 to fulfill your tional problems. quantitative reasoning requirement in the General Education Program, you must meet the minimum degree requirement of 188 total For More Information credit hours. Houston H. Polson, J.D., Chairperson Nonbusiness Electives Two hours of Judy Nolfi, Secretary nonbusiness courses may be in physical education (HPER). Department of Business Administration Mathematics/English Sequence Placement Shawnee State University 940 Second Street in beginning English and mathematics courses Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 is determined by the mathematics and English placement tests. The minimum mathematics Phone: 740.351.3215 course in the business core is MATH 170. Any Fax: 740.351.3663 nondevelopmental mathematics courses (101 E-mail: [email protected] or higher) taken to meet the prerequisite for [email protected] MATH 170 may be credited as nonbusiness electives toward the BSBA degree. Transfer Credits Amaximum of 52 hours Programs in Business may be accepted as transfer credit to fulfill the credit hours required in the business core. Bachelor of Individualized Studies Sixteen hours of upper division elective See page 127 of current catalog for description. courses required for the general business Bachelor of Science concentration must be completed at Shawnee Business Administration, Accounting State University. Business Administration, General Special Topics in Business Courses (299, 399, Business Administration, Health Management and 499) Aformal review and a subsequent Business Administration, Legal Assisting (2+2) written approval by the business department Business Administration, Management review committee is mandatory before credit Information Systems is given for any special topics course. This Business Administration, Management review committee is made up of one member Information Systems (2+2) from each of the instructional areas, and this B.S.B.A., ACCOUNTING — 131

approval applies to all students. You can involve billings and collections, cash control, accumulate a total of 12 credit hours in the data inputting to computerized accounting business department using special topics systems, payables management, and payroll and courses. These courses apply for credit toward personnel records administration. The minimum electives only and not toward required courses requirement for entry into one of these positions or the 16 hours of upper division business is usually an associate degree in accounting or electives. Faculty members are not required to related experience. You may wish to seek an teach a special topics course; classes and sub- associate degree in accounting to begin your ject matter are at the faculty member’s option. career and later pursue an advanced degree to Upper-Level/Lower-Level Course Credit further your career objectives (see page 136). Any student having earned credit for an upper-level course cannot subsequently earn The Internal Accountant credit for a lower sequence course and apply All complex organizations need the expertise it toward graduation. Example: If you earned of accountants, who are responsible for provid- credit for BUMG 310, you could not later ing information to management for decision take the lower-level courses and apply their making purposes; ensuring compliance with credits toward graduation. This notice federal, state, and local laws (including tax applies, but is not limited to, BUFI 245 and reporting); and evaluating the financial effects 250, BUMG 101, 210, and 235. of management’s decisions. These functions become highly specialized in the large complex corporate environment. Many accountants also Bachelor of Science in work for federal government agencies such as Business Administration the Internal Revenue Service or the General Accounting Office. Others work in state and with a Concentration in local government agencies. Accountants are Accounting employed in highly responsible positions in schools, hospitals, and medium-sized businesses. The four-year program in general business Many individuals have advanced to positions with a concentration in accounting is designed of chief financial officer (CFO) or chief executive to provide students with a broad understanding officer (CEO) of large organizations. The mini- of the field. A broad-based general education mum requirement to obtain employment as an precedes an extensive education in accounting, internal accountant is generally a bachelor’s providing the successful graduate with the degree with a concentration in accounting. necessary tools for a career in accounting or graduate studies. The accounting program has a core of Professional Certification accounting and nonaccounting courses. Students Professional certification has generally been choose—in consultation with their advisors—at recognized as the ultimate achievement in the least 16 hours of electives. This allows some accounting profession. Certification is achieved flexibility to design a program which meets by passing a comprehensive national examina- career goals. tion. The Certified Public Accountant (CPA) is the most widely known professional certification, Careers in Accounting but certification is also available in management accounting (CMA) and internal auditing (CIA). Careers in accounting span the entire spectrum The CPA is licensed by a state authority to of human activity. Accountants are employed in practice public accounting, which means to private industry, small businesses, hospitals, provide accounting services to businesses or government agencies and subdivisions, social private citizens according to established, set organizations, and many other areas. Some standards. To qualify for the designation of accountants provide service to the public on a certified public accountant, an individual must fee basis as professionals. complete a program of study in accounting at a college or university, must pass the comprehen- The Accounting Technician sive two-day Uniform CPA Examination, and Many clerical accounting positions exist within meet experience requirements established by various types of organizations. The positions may the state. Candidates sitting for the CPA 132 — B.S.B.A., ACCOUNTING

Examination in Ohio must complete 150 semester ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 (225 quarter) hours of college education or must MATH 1501 Principles of Statistics 4 MATH 1701 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 successfully complete preliminary “qualifying” MATH 1902 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 examinations. (See an accounting advisor for additional details.) Other Electives (16 Hours) The certified management accountant and certified internal auditor designations indicate It is recommended that you consult your expertise in areas of internal accounting. advisor regularly in choosing electives.

The Program at Shawnee State Accounting Concentration Requirements (28 Hours) The curriculum at Shawnee State University BUAC 215 Tax Accounting 4 is designed to provide the maximum flexibility BUAC 221 Cost Accounting 4 in achieving your educational and career BUAC 231 Intermediate Accounting 1 4 objectives, recognizing that they may change BUAC 322 Advanced Cost Concepts 4 during your period of study. You may obtain an BUAC 332 Intermediate Accounting 2 4 BUAC 333 Intermediate Accounting 3 4 associate’s degree and employment as an BUAC 431 Advanced Accounting 1 OR 4 “accounting technician” while you continue BUAC 339 Special Problems in Finan. Acct. study toward a baccalaureate degree with a concentration in accounting. Those students who Upper Level Accounting Electives3 (12 Hours) wish to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination need to work closely with an accounting Select three: BUAC 305 Governmental Accounting 4 advisor in order to achieve the 150 semester BUAC 330 Industrial Accounting 4 (225 quarter) hour requirement. Some students BUAC 360 Systems Accounting 4 may wish to achieve this objective by complet- BUAC 410 Health Care Accounting 4 ing the concentration in accounting at Shawnee BUAC 431 Advanced Accounting 1 4 State and pursuing postbaccalaureate study at BUAC 433 Advanced Accounting 2 4 BUAC 435 Auditing/Ethics 4 another institution. The curriculum at SSU is designed so that all hours are fully compatible Business Administration Requirements to all educational objectives. (An articulation (72-76 Hours) worksheet is available.) BUAC 1013 Accounting 1 4 BUAC 1023 Accounting 2 4 Degree Requirements BUAC 1033 Accounting 3 4 General Education Program 48 Hours BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems 4 BUAI 103 Computer Applications 4 Students pursuing a concentration in 4 2 accounting must complete PHIL 320 which BUAI/BUIS Elective (or BUOA 215) 4 BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 also fulfills the Ethics requirement in the 4 GEP. Further information about the GEP is BUFI XXX Elective 4 listed on page 56 of the current catalog or BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 can be obtained from the dean’s office. BUMG 210 Management Concepts OR 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles Other Gen. Ed. Requirements 16-20 Hours BUMG 235 Personnel Management OR 4 Other Electives 16 Hours BUMG 335 Human Resource Management Business Admin. Requirements 72-76 Hours BUMG 242 Business Communications OR 4 Accounting Concentration Req. 28 Hours BUMG 330 Organizational Communication Upper Level Accounting Elect. 12 Hours BUMG 340 International Business 4 BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Bus. 4 Total Hours Required 196 Hours BUMG 385 Production/Operations Mgt. 4 BUMG 4102 Business Simulation 4 Other General Education Requirements BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 (16-20 Hours) BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 PHIL 331 Business Ethics 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4

1 If you select MATH 150 or 170 to fulfill your Quantitative Reasoning requirement in the GEP, you must meet the minimum degree requirement of 196 credit hours. 2 Students MUST complete either MATH 190 or BUMG 410. Those who plan to pursue postgraduate studies are generally required to complete MATH 190. 3 Accounting principles and computer application courses are recognized as a component of the GEP. 4 It is necessary to consult your advisor when selecting electives. GENERAL BUSINESS — 133

BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 Bachelor of Science in BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Business Administration ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 MATH 1501 Principles of Statistics 4 with a Concentration in MATH 1701 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 General Business Upper Division Electives (16 Hours) The four-year program in general business is designed to provide a broad understanding of Choose one 300-400 upper level course from business by focusing on all aspects of its any four of the five areas listed below for a total dynamics. A broad-based general education of 16 credit hours. These hours must be taken at precedes an extensive education in general Shawnee State. business. Successfully completing this degree BUAC Accounting program gives you the necessary tools to enter BUAI Automated Information Systems a career in business or to pursue graduate study. BUFI Finance The general business program has both a BUMG Management core of business courses and nonbusiness BUMK Marketing courses. You choose, after consulting with your advisor, at least one upper division course in four of the prescribed elective areas: accounting, automated information systems, finance, man- Bachelor of Science in agement, and marketing. This gives you some Business Administration flexibility in designing a program which meets your career goals. with a Concentration in Health Management Degree Requirements The bachelor of science in business General Education Program 48 Hours administration with a concentration in health Further information is listed on page 56 of management helps prepare you for a career in the current catalog or can be obtained from the health care industry. Graduates of the the business administration department program find employment as health service chairperson’s office. managers with various organizations, including Business Core Courses 76 Hours hospitals, clinics, health maintenance organiza- Upper Division Electives 16 Hours tions, and nursing homes. In addition, the Other Business Electives 20 Hours program provides excellent preparation for Nonbusiness Electives 24 Hours graduate study in business or health adminis- Business or Nonbusiness Electives 4 Hours tration. Total Hours Required 188 Hours Students electing to follow the extended care track are eligible to take the State and Federal Business Core Courses (76 Hours) Nursing Home Administrators’ Licensing Exam Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. upon graduation. BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 Students are required to complete a total of BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 800 on-site hours in a health care facility by BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 using a combination of BUHE 385, 451, and/or BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems 4 BUAI 103 Computer Applications 4 452. BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 Accreditation BUMG 330 Organizational Communication 4 The health management program’s curricu- BUMG 340 International Business 4 lum meets the Board of Nursing Home BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Bus. 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Mgt. 4 Administration’s (BENHA) standards, and the BUMG 410 Business Simulation OR 4 program has been accredited by the board. This MATH 190 Brief Calculus (if grad. study is planned) accreditation allows students, who complete the

1 If you select MATH 150 or 170 to fulfill your Quantitative Reasoning requirement in the GEP, you must meet the minimum degree requirement of 196 credit hours. 134 — HEALTH MANAGEMENT bachelor of science in business administration Executives and The American College of Health degree with a concentration in health manage- Care Administrators. ment, to sit for the state and national nursing Both acute care and long term care students home administration exams. BENHA approves are invited to join these chapters. Membership programs whose curriculum provides the in either of the national chapters allows the content and practical experience necessary for a student to apply for health management student to gain the competencies to be a suc- scholarships. cessful licensed nursing home administrator. The program at Shawnee State University is the only business degree program in Ohio with this Degree Requirements accreditation. General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained Career Opportunities from the department chairperson’s office. Students choosing the long-term care track in Business Core Courses 76 Hours the health management program at Shawnee See concentration in general business State are entering a challenging and growing Health Management Concentration 58 Hours career field. As the population grows older, the Electives 8 Hours needs of the elderly are becoming greater. Total Hours Required 190 Hours Graduates with this degree are competent to manage and work in home health, assisted Health Management Concentration living, and other health facilities designed to (58 Hours) care for the elderly. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. For students interested in primary care, the BUAC 410 Health Care Acct./Admin. 4 health management program offers an acute BUHE 300 Medical Term. for Health Mgrs. 4 care track which focuses on management and BUHE 310 Orien. to Health Care Mgt. 4 administrative careers in hospitals, clinics, and BUHE 312 Health Care Personnel Mgt. 4 managed care. There is also a growing need for BUHE 3851 Practicum 5 individuals to work in these types of facilities. This 1-4 cr. hr. course must be repeated for a total of 5 cr. hrs., The health management program offers a not to exceed 4 hrs. in one quarter solid business base with courses specific in BUHE 410 Patient Care Issues in 4 health management and provides the graduate Long-Term Health Care a variety of employment opportunities in the Facilities OR rapidly changing health care environment. This BUHE 415 Admin. in Acute Care Facilities BUHE 411 Admin. in Extended Health 4 program also provides the necessary courses in Care Facilities OR preparation for graduate school. BUHE 416 Mgt. Issues in Acute Care Fac. BUHE 420 Problems and Policies in 4 Health Care Management Class Scheduling BUHE 430 Health Care Finance and 4 Health management courses are offered late Reimbursement BUHE 4512 Internship in Extended Health 6 in the afternoon and in the evening to accom- Care Facilities OR modate the working professional. BUHE 4522 Internship in Acute Health Care Facilities ETCO 210 Occup. Safety & Health Mgt. 3 HEALS (Health Executives and GEOG 310 Medical Geography: Geog. of 4 Administrators Learning Society) Life or Death PSYC 340 Psychology of the Adult 4 HEALS is a Shawnee State University PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 recognized student association whose members are health care management students. The local student organization (HEALS) is also a student chapter of the American College of Health Care

1 One hour of credit earns 40 hours of on-site volunteer experience. 2 All coursework complete and permission. B.S.B.A, LEGAL ASSISTING (2+2) — 135

BUMG 410 Business Simulation OR 4 Bachelor of Science in MATH 190 Brief Calculus (if grad. study planned) BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 Business Administration BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 with a Concentration in ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 Legal Assisting MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 2+2 for students who complete the Legal Assisting Technology Program Legal Assisting Curriculum (68 Hours) This program is designed for students who BULA 101 Introduction to Legal Assisting T have completed the associate degree in legal BULA 212 Real Estate Law for Legal Asst. T BULA 251 Legal Research and Writing 1 T assisting at Shawnee State and who wish to BULA 252 Legal Research and Writing 2 T attend law school or to pursue any career— BULA 261 Tort Law T either traditional or nontraditional—which BULA 262 Introduction to Civil Litigation T requires paralegal skills or a paralegal back- BULA 263 Intro. to Contracts and Restitu. T ground. Some examples of career opportunities BULA 265 Family Law T BULA 266 Wills, Trusts, and Estates T for graduates of our program are internal BULA 267 Legal Assisting Practicum T revenue officer, clerk of courts, veterans claims BULA 269 Criminal Law/Criminal Proced. T examiner, and computer litigation support. BULA 270 Evidence T All required courses in the legal assisting BULW 260 Business Law 2 T ENGL 121 Technical Writing T program (100 hours) count toward the bacca- GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science T laureate requirements. After transferring the MATH Mathematics Placement (101 or above) T legal assisting credits, the bachelor of science PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology T student needs to complete 32 hours of the General Education Program requirements and 60 hours of the Business Core. Bachelor of Science in Degree Requirements Business Administration General Education Program 48 Hours with a Concentration in (32 hours needed after transfer of credits from associate degree program.) Further Management Information information is listed on page 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the Systems business department chairperson’s office. Business Core Courses 76 Hours This program is designed for students enter- (60 hours needed after transfer of credits ing Shawnee State for the first time, as well as from associate degree program.) for students who have completed the associate Legal Assisting Curriculum 68 Hours degree in business information systems. Most Total Hours Required 192 Hours courses in the BIS program count toward the (92 hours needed after transfer of credits from baccalaureate degree (see the MIS 2+2 program associate degree program) below). Business Core Courses (76 Hours) ‘‘T’’ indicates that course is transferable from associate degree Degree Requirements program. General Education Program 48 Hours Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Further information is listed on page 56 of BUAC 101 Accounting 1 T the current catalog or can be obtained from BUAC 102 Accounting 2 T the business department chairperson’s office. BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 Business Core Courses 76 Hours BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems T See concentration in general business. (BULA 264 = T) MIS Concentration 48 Hours BUAI 103 Computer Applications 4 BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 Business/Nonbusiness Electives 16 Hours BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business T Total Hours Required 188 Hours (BULW 250 = T) BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 MIS Concentration (48 Hours) BUMG 330 Organizational Communication 4 BUMG 340 International Business 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Bus. 4 BUAI 201 Info. Sys. Theory & Practice 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Mgt. 4 BUAI 301 Info. Tech. Hrdwr. & Sftwr. 4 136 — MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems BUAI 310 Database Management 4 BULW 250 Business Law 1 OR T BUAI 320 Systems Analysis & Design 4 BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business BUAI 330 Data & Object Struc. in Prog. 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 BUAI 421 Design & Implem. w/DBMS 4 BUMG 330 Organizational Communication 4 BUAI 422 IS Application w/Prog. Envirn. 4 BUMG 340 International Business 4 BUAI 430 Info. Sys. Deployment & Mgt. 4 BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Bus. 4 BUIS 105 COBOL Programming 1 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Mgt. 4 BUIS 106 COBOL Programming 2 4 BUMG 410 Business Simulation OR 4 BUIS 201 C Language 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus (if grad. study planned) BUIS 205 Business Data Sys. & Comm. 4 BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Bachelor of Science in MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 Business Administration MIS Concentration (48 Hours) with a Concentration in BUAI 201 Info. Sys. Theory & Practice 4 BUAI 301 Info. Tech. Hrdwr. & Sftwr. 4 Management Information BUAI 3101 Database Management T BUAI 3201 Systems Analysis & Design T Systems BUAI 330 Data & Object Struc. in Prog. 4 2+2 for students who complete the Business BUAI 421 Design & Implem. w/DBMS 4 Information Systems Program BUAI 422 IS Application w/Prog. Envirn. 4 BUAI 430 Info. Sys. Deployment & Mgt. 4 This program is designed for students who BUIS 105 COBOL Programming 1 T have completed the associate degree in business BUIS 106 COBOL Programming 2 T BUIS 201 C Language T information systems. Most courses in the BIS BUIS 2051 Business Data Sys. & Comm. T program count toward the baccalaureate degree.

Degree Requirements General Education Program 48 Hours Associate Degrees (32 hours needed after transfer of credits from associate degree program.) Further information is listed on page 56 of the Associate Degree in Applied current catalog or can be obtained from the business department chairperson’s office. Business Business Core Courses 76 Hours (40 hours needed after transfer of credits Our associate degrees in applied business from associate degree program.) have two goals: to prepare you for the job MIS Concentration 48 Hours market and to give you the necessary founda- (24 hours needed after transfer of credits tion to advance, if you choose, to the bachelor from associate degree program.) of science degree program. Business/Nonbusiness Electives 16 Hours There are five areas of study from which you Total Hours Required 188 Hours may choose. Accounting Technology Business Core Courses (76 Hours) Business Information Systems ‘‘T’’ indicates that course is transferable from associate degree Business Management Technology program. Legal Assisting Technology Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Office Administration Technology BUAC 101 Accounting 1 T BUAC 102 Accounting 2 T BUAC 103 Accounting 3 T BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 Accounting Technology BUIS 204 Microcomputer Applications OR T The field of accounting offers many career BUAI 103 Computer Applications BUIS 101 Intro. to Comp. Info. Systems OR T opportunities in both the private and public sector.

1 Taken as elective in associate degree program. BUSINESS INFORMATION — 137

Management (Industrial) Accounting Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. The management accountant is trained to FIRST QUARTER determine the financial consequences of BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 management decisions. The reports and analyses BUIS 101 Intro. to Comp. Info. Syst. OR 4 of the management accountant are essential BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems BUMG 1011 Introduction to Business 4 ingredients of most management decisions ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 about finance, investments, and pricing policies. Total 16 More than anyone else on the management SECOND QUARTER team, the management accountant participates BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 in virtually every phase of the business problem ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 solving and decision making process. Because ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 of the accountant’s role in this process, he or MATH XXX MATH 101 or higher 4 she has many times advanced to a top manage- Total 16 ment position within the company. THIRD QUARTER BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 Governmental Accounting All organi- BUAC 110 Payroll Accounting 4 zations need accounting information, and ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 government and other nonprofit organizations MATH XXX MATH 125 or higher 4 are no exception. The federal government hires Total 16 accountants in most of its agencies. Three SUMMER QUARTER prominent agencies are the Internal Revenue BUOA 2152 Spreadsheet Applications 4 Service, the General Accounting Office, and the Total 4 Defense Contract Audit Agency. State and local FOURTH QUARTER government units hire accountants in their tax BUAC 221 Cost Accounting 1 4 divisions and in general accounting functions. BUAC 231 Intermediate Accounting 1 4 Schools and hospitals are major users of BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 accounting services. Many opportunities exist BUMG 210 Management Concepts OR 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles for those interested in governmental accounting. Total 16 Public Accounting and the CPA For the FIFTH QUARTER protection of the public, the CPA is expected to BUAC XXX3 Elective 4 possess certain professional qualifications. The BUAI/BUIS3 Elective 4 Uniform CPA Examination measures the BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 technical competency, the exercise of good ECON 102 Microeconomics 4 judgement, and the understanding of profes- Total 16 sional responsibility of each man or woman who SIXTH QUARTER chooses this career in accounting. The public BUAC 215 Tax Accounting 4 accountant is a true independent professional BUAC XXX3 Elective 4 BUMG 242 Business Communications OR 4 person with the stature of a doctor or lawyer. In BUMG 330 Organizational Communications public accounting many opportunities exist for PSYC/SOCI PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 or SOCI 110S 4 professional growth, whether you practice as a Total 16 sole practitioner or as part of a larger firm. The A.A.B. in accounting technology requires a minimum of 100 credit hours. Class Scheduling Shawnee State offers its accounting courses in both day and evening sections. Business Information Systems The business information systems associate Sample Schedule degree program at Shawnee State University is Students planning to pursue a baccalaureate degree designed to meet the manpower demand of should contact an accounting advisor for course industries, government, and educational substitutions. institutions.

1 Students with previous business experience may substitute an upper level BUMG course. 2 Students may elect to take BUOA in another quarter. 3 Advisor must approve elective. 138 — BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

In addition to theoretical fundamentals, FIFTH QUARTER practical aspects of computer systems in business BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 are emphasized. Hands-on opportunity is BUIS 106 COBOL Programming 2 4 BUIS 203 Business Computer Projects 4 provided and encouraged. ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Graduates of this program are fully prepared Totals 16 to enter employment as computer programmers, SIXTH QUARTER operators, or microcomputer specialists in BUIS XXX Computer Language Elective 4 computer installations or application depart- BUIS2 Electives (2) 8 ments. Graduates of this program receive an MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 associate degree in applied business and are Totals 16 eligible to enroll in the 2+2 program described The A.A.B. in business information systems on page 136 of this catalog. This program allows requires a minimum of 104 credit hours. you to apply your associate degree courses towards a bachelors degree in business admin- istration. For more details on the 2+2 option, or Previous Keyboard Training any business information systems degree, please (Business Information Systems) schedule a meeting with an advisor in that field. If you have previously received credit in a typing/keyboarding course, you may Class Scheduling receive “K” credit for BUOA 108 Begin- Most computer classes are offered in both the ning Document Processing. day and evening sections. See your advisor.

Sample Schedule Business Management Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. FIRST QUARTER Technology BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 Management is the ability and skill to develop BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Syst. 4 a plan, to organize people and other resources, BUOA 108 Beg. Document Processing 4 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 and to guide and motivate others to achieve MATH1 Math. Requirement 4 some desired result. All organizations are trying Totals 20 to achieve some goal; therefore, all organiza- SECOND QUARTER tions need people with managerial knowledge BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 and skills to help them accomplish their goals. BUAI 103 Computer Applications OR 4 For this reason, there are many diverse job BUIS 204 Microcomputer Applications opportunities available to people who possess BUIS 103 Visual BASIC Language 1 4 management knowledge and skills. ENGL 112S Comp. and Research 4 Totals 16 Whether you’re just entering the job market or returning to college to improve your job THIRD QUARTER opportunities, the business management BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 program includes courses that will help you gain BUIS 201 ‘‘C’’ Language 4 ENGL 115S Comp. and Literature 4 the knowledge and skills you need to analyze MATH1 Mathematics Requirement 4 an organization’s problems and to develop, Totals 16 organize, communicate, and implement solutions FOURTH QUARTER to those problems. Much of this knowledge and BUIS 105 COBOL Programming 1 4 many of these skills are universal—they apply BUIS2 Elective 4 to all kinds of organizations at many levels. BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 When you complete the program you are ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 equipped to begin your career in various entry- SOCI XXX Social Science Elective 4 level supervisory, administrative, management Totals 20 trainee, or sales positions.

1 Student placement in mathematics courses depends on placement test results. All BUIS majors must take at least eight credit hours of mathematics at or above MATH 101. 2 BUIS Electives: BUAI 150 Internet and Web Publishing, BUAI 310 Data Base Management, BUAI 320 Systems Analysis and Design, BUIS 104 Basic Language 2, BUIS 202 Computer Operations Management, BUIS 205 Business Data Systems and Communication, BUIS 206 FORTRAN 77, BUIS 207 Pascal Language, BUIS 299 Special Topics in Data Processing, BUOA 230 Desktop Publishing 1. LEGAL ASSISTING — 139

Degree Requirements THIRD QUARTER BUFI 240 Personal Finance 4 Nonbusiness Courses 23 Hours BUIS 204 Microcomputer Applications OR 4 Business Courses 76 Hours BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications Total Hours Required 99 Hours BUXX XXX Business Elective (BUAC 1031 or 4 any 200 level or higher in BUMG, BUFI, or BUMK) Nonbusiness Courses (24 Hours) ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. SPCH 103 Pub. Speak. and Hum. Com. 3 ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 Total 19 ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 FOURTH QUARTER ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 MATH XXX MATH 125 Business Mathematics 4 BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 (or higher) BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 SOCI XXX SOCI 101 or SOCI 110S 4 BUMG 242 Business Communications 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Speak. and Hum. Com. 3 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Total 16 Business Courses (76 Hours) FIFTH QUARTER BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 BUFI 250 Introduction to Investments 4 BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 BUFI 240 Personal Finance 4 BUMK 220 Salesmanship 4 BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 BUFI 250 Introduction to Investments 4 Total 16 BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 SIXTH QUARTER BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 BUMG 285 Enterprise Mgt. and Strategy 4 BUMG 242 Business Communications 4 BUMK 235 Advertising 4 BUMG 285 Enterprise Mgt. and Strategy 4 SOCI XXX SOCI 101 or SOCI 110S 4 BUMK 210 Marketing Concepts 4 Total 16 BUMK 220 Salesmanship 4 BUMK 235 Advertising 4 BUXX XXX Business Elective 4 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Legal Assisting Technology ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 Choose one: Legal assistants perform many tasks under BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Sys. 4 the supervision of attorneys. Their responsibili- BUIS 101 Intro. to Comp. Info. Systems 4 ties may include: Choose one: • Legal and factual research BUAI 1031 Computer Applications 4 BUIS 204 Microcomputer Applications 4 • Interviewing clients and witnesses BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 • Reviewing and organizing material for cases • Drafting legal documents and forms Sample Schedule • Functioning as a member of a legal team Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Jobs for the legal assistant vary in scope and FIRST QUARTER nature from small to large law firms, financial BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 institutions, corporations, law courts, insurance ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 agencies, banks, department stores, credit MATH XXX MATH 125 or higher 4 departments, and health care facilities. It is one Total 16 of the fastest growing areas of employment in SECOND QUARTER the United States today. BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 BUMK 210 Marketing Concepts 4 BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Syst. OR 4 Career Opportunities 1 BUAI 103 Computer Applications OR A paralegal’s job title may reflect the type of BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Syst. ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 law practiced by their employer, for example, Total 16 administrative law, banking, bankruptcy, or

1 For those transferring into the BSBA program. 140 — LEGAL ASSISTING corporate paralegal. Paralegals are also employed ‘‘how to’’ courses taught by attorneys and in the areas of criminal, domestic relations, judges who have specialized in the area in employee benefits, environmental, family, which they teach. health care, insurance, oil and gas, and worker’s compensation law as well as in estate planning Class Scheduling and litigation. Because most of the legal assisting (BULA) Positions in the federal government which courses are taught by attorneys and judges, may require a paralegal background include: these courses are most often offered in the clerk of courts, civil service retirement claims evening sections. examiner, compliance inspector, contract representative, criminal investigator, customs inspector, customs patrol officer, dependents Sample Schedule and estates claims examiner, equal opportunity Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. assistant, general claims examiner, insurance FIRST QUARTER examiner, internal revenue officer, legal clerk, BULA 101 Introduction to Legal Assisting 4 mediator, railroad retirement claims examiner, BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 securities compliance examiner, social insurance ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 claims examiner, unemployment compensation MATH XXX MATH 101 or higher 4 claims examiner, veterans claims examiner, and Total 16 worker’s compensation claims examiner. SECOND QUARTER Nontraditional career positions which require BULA 251 Legal Research and Writing 1 4 either paralegal skills or a paralegal background, BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 but may or may not utilize the terms ‘‘paralegal’’ SOCI 110S Found. of Social Science OR 4 or ‘‘legal assistant,’’ include: administrative SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology assistant, case manager coordinator, case man- Total 16 ager, computer litigation support, executive THIRD QUARTER assistant, human resources staff analyst, legal BULA 252 Legal Research and Writing 2 4 research aide, litigation manager, project coordi- BULA 262 Introduction to Civil Litigation 4 nator, resource coordinator, and title clerk. GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Total 16 Goals of the Program FOURTH QUARTER The legal assisting program has clearly BULA 261 Tort Law: Personal Injury Lit. 4 established goals designed to meet the unique BULA 263 Intro. to Contracts & Restitution 4 needs of our students, potential employers of BULA 264 Computer Appli. & the Law 4 our graduates, and the mission of Shawnee BULA 269 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure 4 Total 16 State University. Our goals are as follows: (1) to graduate ethically responsible legal assistants FIFTH QUARTER who work under the direction and supervision BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 of attorneys and who are conscious of the BULA 212 Real Estate Law for Legal Assist. 4 BULA 265 Family Law 4 prohibitions against the unauthorized practice BULA 270 Evidence 4 of law; (2) to create and maintain a program Totals 16 responsive to the needs of its constituency; (3) to SIXTH QUARTER strive to qualify graduates who will contribute BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 to the advancement of the profession, rather than BULA 266 Wills, Trusts, and Estate Admin. 4 to serve only the purposes of one institution or BULA 267 Legal Assisting Practicum 4 locality; and (4) to develop the student’s sensi- ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 1 tivity to emerging concepts regarding the role PHIL 320S Ethics in Public & Private Life OR 4 PHIL 3311 Business Ethics OR of the legal assistant in the effective delivery of BULA 2721 Ethics for Legal Assistants legal services in both the private and public Total 20 sectors of our society. The legal assisting courses at Shawnee State The A.A.B. in legal assisting technology are not theory courses, but rather practical requires a minimum of 100 credit hours.

1 Students must take either PHIL 320S or 331 if they wish to earn transfer credit which will apply to the B.S.B.A./Legal Assisting 2+2. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION — 141

Office Administration SIXTH QUARTER BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 Technology BUOA 214 Microcomputer Office Practice 4 BUOA 242 Office Administration 2 4 Various positions are available after comple- SPCH 103 Public Spk. and Human Com. 3 tion of the office administration program. The Total 15 graduate is qualified to fill a broad range of The A.A.B. in office administration requires a office positions which require technical skills. minimum of 99 credit hours. The program includes training in the preparation of medical and legal documents, the creation of publications using desktop publishing, the use Previous Keyboard Training of transcription equipment, and an extensive (Business Information Systems) study of office communications skills. If you have previously received credit Graduates are trained in the functions of in a typing/keyboarding course, you may Word, Access, PowerPoint, Excel, and Outlook receive “K” credit for BUOA 108 Begin- software. ning Document Processing. Class Scheduling Certain office administration courses are normally offered only in the day sections. See your advisor. Minor Sample Schedule Health Management Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. The health management minor is designed FIRST QUARTER for students enrolled in clinical health care BUMG 101 Introduction to Business 4 programs who wish to develop their managerial BUOA 108 Beg. Document Processing 4 skills. (It should be noted that the minor does BUOA 130 Records Management 4 not qualify a person to sit for the national and ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 state nursing home license exam.) The minor PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Total 20 requires 28 hours of health management courses. Please check the course description section of SECOND QUARTER this catalog to see whether prerequisites need to BUOA 109 Intermed. Doc. Process. 4 BUOA 221 Word Processing 1 4 be met. ENGL 112S Comp. and Research 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 Total 16 Required Courses Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. THIRD QUARTER BUHE 310 Orient. to Health Care Systems 4 BUFI 240 Personal Finance OR 4 BUHE 312 Health Care Personnel Mgt. 4 MATH 125 Business Mathematics BUHE 410 Pat. Care in Ext. Care Facil. OR 4 BUOA 110 Advanced Doc. Process. 4 BUHE 415 Admin. in Acute Care Facilities BUOA 222 Word Processing 2 4 BUHE 411 Admin. in Extended Care Facil. OR 4 ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 BUHE 416 Mgt. Issues in Acute Care Facil. Total 16 BUHE 420 Prob. in Hlth. Care Mgt. & Policy 4 FOURTH QUARTER BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 Optional Courses BUOA 111 Office Communications 1 4 Complete at least 8 hours from the following. BUOA 217 Office Computer Applications 4 BUOA 223 Word Processing 3 4 BUAC 410 Health Care Acctg./Admin. 4 Total 16 BUHE 314 Community Health Programs 4 BUHE 430 Health Care Reimb. & Payments 4 FIFTH QUARTER BULW 270 The Legal Environment of Bus. 4 BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 BUOA 112 Office Communications 2 4 BUHE 410, 411, 415, or 416 are also optional if not taken as BUOA 241 Office Administration 1 4 one of the required courses. BUOA 244 Medical/Legal Office Admin. 4 Total 16 Health Sciences HEALTH SCIENCES — 143

Associate of Applied Science Associate Degree Nursing Health Dental Hygiene Emergency Medical Technology Medical Laboratory Technology Sciences Occupational Therapy Assistant Physical Therapist Assistant The Department of Health Sciences serves the Radiologic (X-ray) Technology tri-state area by educating and preparing com- Respiratory Therapy petent and responsible health-care professionals so that they can deliver the best quality health Associate of Individualized Studies care possible. The Department of Health Sciences See page 128 of current catalog for also fosters professionalism, personal growth description. and development, and self-actualization and is committed to continuing professional develop- ment for the health care practitioners in the Selective Admission Criteria tri-state area. Fulfilling the criteria for admission into a health sciences program does not automatically guarantee entrance into the program. Since the For General Information number of candidates who meet the minimal Cheryl A. Boyd, Ph.D., CNP, CNS, RN, SANE, criteria for admission generally far exceeds the Interim Dean number of vacancies, each program ranks the Ann McCarthy, Secretary candidates using selected criteria in addition to the minimal admission requirements. For College of Professional Studies example, additional criteria may include, but is Health Sciences Building not limited to, high school and/or college grade Phone: 740.351.3270 point average; completion of additional course- Fax: 740.351.3354 work in college level biology, mathematics, and E-mail: [email protected] chemistry; work experience; and autobiogra- phies. You may obtain information about the criteria used for the ranking of applicants by For Health Sciences contacting the department’s chairperson. Admission Information Cindy Haney, Health Sciences Representative Hospital Clinical Sites Office of Admission Some health science programs utilize hospital Shawnee State University clinical sites for the completion of their require- 940 Second Street ments for graduation. These affiliating hospitals Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 have the right to accept or reject a student, Phone: 740.351.3209 which could result in your being delayed in a Fax: 740.351.3111 program or unable to complete the requirements E-mail: [email protected] for graduation. If you have a conviction record for certain classes of misdemeanors or any felony, you may be ineligible for licensure in Programs in the Health specific health occupations. Also, the affiliating Sciences hospitals have the right to reject students due to a criminal record. Bachelor of Individualized Studies See page 127 of current catalog for description. Health Science Class Bachelor of Science Scheduling Medical Laboratory Science The majority of all health science classes are Nursing (RN-BSN) scheduled between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Occupational Therapy However, you need to know that it may be 144 — MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE necessary to schedule your required classes in Criteria to be used in ruling on your dismissal English, natural sciences, and humanities during appeal include your past academic achievement, the evening hours as the required clinical and your rationale for current grade status, and the laboratory times in the health science courses prediction of future performance in the program. involve many hours during the 8:00 to 5:00 day Dismissal from a health science program is schedules. not the same as dismissal from the University. University dismissal policies are outlined in this catalog under the section titled ‘‘Academic Pass/No-Credit Policy Policies.’’ Students in health science programs are not permitted to take courses on a pass/no-credit basis. This applies to courses taken in prepara- tion for admission to the health science programs as well as courses taken after admission to a Bachelor Degrees program. Classes may be taken for non-credit, but only with the prior permission of the health Bachelor of Science in science department’s chairperson. Medical Laboratory Science To become a medical technologist/clinical Guidelines for Appealing a laboratory scientist, students can complete an NAACLS-accredited bachelor of science degree Dismissal From a Health program in medical laboratory science (MLS). Science Program The MLS program at Shawnee State University is a 2+2 program in which the first seven quarters Each of the programs within the Department follow the associate degree curriculum to enable of Health Sciences has set minimum academic the student to become a certified medical and clinical performance standards which permit laboratory technician (MLT). Certified MLTs a student to continue in that program. Failure to from NAACLS-accredited programs are then meet these minimum performance standards eligible to apply for admission to the MLS/MT will result in dismissal from the program. bachelor of science program to complete the final Information concerning these performance seven quarters to meet national certification standards is available in this catalog, the student requirements as a medical technologist (MT) or handbook for the individual program, or from the office of the program’s chairperson. clinical laboratory scientist (CLS). If you wish to appeal your dismissal from a health science program, the following sequence Accreditation and Certification of events shall be followed: The medical laboratory programs at Shawnee Within three working days following your State are nationally accredited by the National notification of dismissal from the health Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory science program, you must request in writing Science (NAACLS), 8410 West Bryn Ave., Suite a meeting with the program’s chairperson to 670, Chicago, IL 60631-3415, phone 773.714.8880. appeal the dismissal. You will be notified of Graduates of the bachelor degree program in the results of this appeal within two working medical laboratory science are qualified to be days following this meeting. If you are nationally certified by the American Society of unsatisfied with the decision, you may Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) as medical tech- request, within three working days, a second nologists, MT (ASCP), and by the National appeal hearing. Credentialing Agency for Medical Laboratory Personnel (NCA) as clinical laboratory scientists, Upon your written request for the next level CLS (NCA). of appeal, the program’s chairperson will arrange a joint meeting with you, the chair- person (or designee), the dean of the College Admission Requirements of Professional Studies (or designee), and the Due to limited enrollment for this program, provost (or designee). You will be notified of a selective admission process is followed. the results of this appeal hearing within two Certified MLTs are selected from those who working days following the meeting. have met the following minimum criteria: MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE — 145

Application to Shawnee State University Degree Requirements with current, nonrefundable application fee General Education Program 36 Hours (for new students to SSU only). The General Education Program is composed “Change of Major” form, indicating applica- of 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be satisfied by CHEM 141, CHEM 142, tion to medical laboratory science BS degree CHEM 143, and MATH 131. Further program (for SSU MLT graduates). information about the GEP is listed on page Successful completion of an NAACLS- 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. accredited medical laboratory technician Medical Laboratory and 108 Hours program at the associate degree level with a Biomedical Science Require. cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.00 Other Required Courses 49 Hours scale, based on courses listed below. Minimum Hours Required 193 Hours Completion of the following courses or their equivalents at the time of application to the BS degree program. Medical Laboratory and Biomedical Science BIOL 151, 162, 350 Requirements (113 Hours) CHEM 141, 142, 143, 305 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ENGL 111S, 112S BMSC 411 Medical Biochemistry 4 BMSC 432 Molecular Biology 4 MATH 130, 131 BMSC 450 Medical Immunology 4 SOCI 101 MLSC 310 Clinical Microbiology 2 3 SPCH 103 MLSC 315 Blood Banking 2 4 MLTC 111, 112, 201, 202, 203, 204, 207, 209, MLSC 340 Procedure Evaluation and QC 4 MLSC 350 Clinical Instrumentation 3 210, 211, 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, 225 MLSC 410 Clinical Correlations 1 4 Individuals with nontraditional academic MLSC 415 Clinical Correlations 2 4 histories who are certified MLTs and have MLSC 420 Laboratory Management 3 clinical laboratory experience in ASCP/NCA- MLSC 425 Clinical Education Methodology 3 MLSC 430 Clinical Practicum 3 3 defined clinical areas may apply for credit by MLSC 440 Clinical Practicum 4 6 examination toward completion of MLTC MLSC 499 Special Topics in MLS 3 requirements. MLTC 111 Medical Laboratory Orientation 2 MLTC 112 Basic Laboratory Skills 3 ASCP or NCA certification as a medical MLTC 201 Urinalysis 3 laboratory technician (MLT). MLTC 202 Immunoserology 3 MLTC 203 Blood Banking 1 4 Documentation of a minimum of 80 hours of MLTC 204 Parasitology 1 verified work or volunteer experience in a MLTC 207 Clinical Microbiology 1 5 hospital-based clinical laboratory with MLTC 209 Hematology 1 4 acceptable clinical experience in the areas of MLTC 210 Hemostasis 2 MLTC 211 Hematology 2 3 blood banking, clinical chemistry, hematology, MLTC 212 Clinical Chemistry 1 4 microbiology, immunology, microscopy, and MLTC 213 Clinical Chemistry 2 3 body fluids under the supervision of a MLTC 215 Lab Simulation 3 pathologist or certified medical technologist/ MLTC 216 Medical Technology Seminar 1 MLTC 217 Case Studies 1 clinical laboratory scientist. MLTC 220 Clinical Practicum 1 4 MLTC 221 Clinical Practicum 2 8 Deadline for Receipt of ALL MLTC 225 Special Problems in Med Lab 2 Application Materials Other Required Courses (49 Hours) All application materials must be received by BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 August 15. After the August 15 deadline, BIOL 162 Anatomy & Physiology 5 students who have completed application mate- BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 rials may be considered for acceptance on the BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Sys. OR 4 BUAI 101 Intro. to Automated Info. Systems basis of space available in the program and the CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 academic qualifications of the student. CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Com. 3 146 — NURSING

Bachelor of Science in Criteria for admission: Graduation and transcript from an associate’s degree or diploma Nursing (RN-BSN) nursing program; a college GPA of 2.5 or better The Department of Nursing promotes the on a 4.0 scale; a nonrestricted, valid RN license; mission of Shawnee State University and the current immunizations, CPR Healthcare profession of nursing. The Department supports Provider certification, and health and liability this mission by adhering to the philosophy and insurance. its curriculum, which implies responsibility for development, implementation, and revision. Application Materials Faculty endeavor to help students develop self, Application materials are available from the critical thinking, and skills to enhance their Office of Admission or the Department of Nurs- function as bachelor prepared graduates who ing. Students who have completed application contribute to both the profession and society. materials are considered for acceptance on the The bachelor of science in nursing (RN-BSN) basis of space available in the program and the program builds on the foundation of associate academic qualifications of the student. degree or diploma education and prepares the registered nurse for professional nursing practice in a variety of settings. Graduates of the RN-BSN Program Requirements program are prepared for leadership positions The Department of Nursing considers a and for graduate study. Clinical experiences are grade of “C” (2.0) as the minimum passing provided in a variety of health care settings, grade for all required nursing and non-nursing such as hospitals, health departments, clinics, courses. Courses graded with less than a “C” nursing homes, mental health centers, and other will result in academic dismissal from the health-related community agencies. The pro- program. Readmission to the nursing program gram is available to qualified registered nurses. is determined by the Department of Nursing In addition to achieving the professional goals policies as printed in the current Department of of the RN-BSN program, students also complete Nursing Student Handbook. a liberal arts education described elsewhere in Students must have a preceptor arrangement this catalog as the General Education Program prior to beginning RN-BSN clinical courses. (GEP). Guidelines for preceptors are available in the The RN-BSN program offers flexible schedul- nursing office. ing, with the majority of the nursing coursework Students are responsible for verifying they available through distance learning methods have met degree requirements for graduation. including online education. Students negotiate individual schedules to complete clinical requirements through preceptors. The program Degree Requirements1 is designed for the working RN. General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours The Natural Science component (Option 2) of the GEP is satisfied by Accreditation the requirements of the bachelor of The program is scheduled for its initial science in nursing. See page 56 of the National League for Nursing Accrediting current catalog for further information about the GEP. Commission visit in the fall of 2001. Other Non-Nursing Courses 34 Hours Required Lower Division 59 Hours Admission Requirements Nursing Courses Admission is determined on a competitive from ADN or diploma program basis. The total number of students admitted to Required Upper Division Nursing/ 56 Hours 2 the program is based upon available facilities Health Science Courses and faculty. Students are admitted into the Minimum Hours Required 189 Hours program quarterly through a rolling admission process.

1 Certain courses are currently under review. See the department chairperson before registration or for advising and details. 2 Lab/clinical hours: 1 credit hour = 3 lab/clinical hours OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY — 147

Other Non-Nursing Courses (34 Hours) therapy. Studies include basic academic courses These courses should include those in in the sciences and liberal arts as well as biology, anatomy/physiology, microbiology, occupational therapy theoretical constructs and chemistry, psychology, and human growth and practices. The occupational therapy program development. requires six to nine months of full-time (usually 40 hours per week) internships in a variety of Required Upper Division Nursing/Health health care settings. You are responsible for Science Courses (56 Hours) your own transportation to and from clinical Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. facilities as well as any other costs associated with clinical placements. AHNR 354 Teaching/Learning in the Hlth. Sci. 4 BSNR 341 Transcultural Nursing 4 To ensure continuity of application of BSNR 342 Nursing Informatics 4 academic concepts, all fieldwork must be BSNR 343 Research & Decision Making 4 completed within 24 months following academic in Nursing preparation and 2 months prior to the NBCOT BSNR 345 History, Theory, & Trends 4 in Nursing Certification Examination date. BSNR 363 Health Appraisal & Physical 4 Assessment (Lab) BSNR 401 Community & Public Health 10 Accreditation Nursing (Clinical) The occupational therapy program is BSNR 492 Innovations & Adaptations (Clinical) 9 accredited by the Accreditation Council for BSNR 493 Leadership & Management 9 in Nursing (Clinical) Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of BSNR 495 Special Topics in Nursing 4 the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. Bachelor of Science in AOTA’s phone number is (301) 652-AOTA. Graduates of the program are able to sit for the Occupational Therapy national certification examination for the Occupational therapy is a vital health care occupational therapist administered by the service that uses “occupation,” meaning National Board for Certification in Occupational purposeful activity, as the basis for treatment of Therapy, Inc. (NBCOT); however, the NBCOT people with a wide variety of physical, develop- sets its own criteria for taking the exam, which mental, and emotional disabilities. may include questions on the applicant’s Occupational therapists help disabled people criminal history. For more information on these of all ages acquire or regain the skills they need limitations, you can contact NBCOT at (301) to live independent, productive, and satisfying 990-7979. After successful completion of this lives. They work in hospitals, rehabilitation exam, you are an occupational therapist, centers, nursing homes, public and private registered (OTR). Most states require licensure schools, and home health agencies. in order to practice; however, state licenses are Occupational therapists are responsible for usually based on the results of the NBCOT evaluating clients and developing treatment Certification Examination. plans to assist clients in achieving their goals. They provide functional treatment activities for Admission Requirements clients individually and in groups, and they choose or fabricate equipment that helps people Due to limited enrollment for this program, a function more independently. Occupational selective admission process is followed. therapists supervise certified occupational Students with a standing of second quarter therapy assistants in carrying out treatment freshmen or more are considered for admission plans and possess skills to work with a variety to the occupational therapy bachelor’s program. of allied health professionals. Students will be admitted to the professional To become an occupational therapist, a courses during winter quarter. student must complete an educational program Candidates are selected from applicants who in occupational therapy at either the baccalau- have met the following minimum criteria: reate or graduate level. The program at Shawnee Application to Shawnee State University State University leads to a bachelor of science with current, nonrefundable application fee degree with a concentration in occupational (new students). 148 — OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

“Change of Major’’ form, indicating Deadline for Receipt of ALL application to occupational therapy B.S. Application Materials: program (current students). After the April 1 deadline, students who Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 have completed application materials may be scale based on courses listed under ‘A’ below. considered for acceptance on the basis of space Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 available in the program and the academic scale at time of enrollment in the professional qualifications of the student. program. A minimum grade of “C” in all prerequisite Degree Requirements courses at time of application. General Education Program (48 Hours) 32 Hours Completion of high school level chemistry The GEP is composed of 48 credit hours of courses with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or higher. which 16 are satisfied by the following “other Students lacking high school chemistry can required courses” requirements: NTSC 110S, take CHEM 101 in preparation for college BIOL 311, MATH 150, and SOCI 101. Further information about the GEP is listed level chemistry elective requirement. on page 56 of the current catalog or can be Completion of 40 hours verified volunteer obtained from the dean’s office. experience in an occupational therapy setting Required OT Courses 91-103 Hours OR certification as an occupational therapy Other Required Courses 77 Hours assistant (proof of certification is required). Minimum Hours Required 204-212 Hours Completion of the following courses at the time of application: (Check course prerequisites Required Occupational Therapy in the ‘‘Course Description’’ section of the current university catalog. More coursework may be Courses (91-103 Hours) necessary than is indicated here.) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. OTST 101 Intro. to Occupational Therapy 4 • AHNR 102 (Medical Terminology) OTST 103 Disease Pathology 1 4 • BIOL 151 or NTSC 110S OTST 110 Group Dynamics 2 • ENGL 111S, 112S OTST 205 Therapeutic Media 3 • Fine arts GEP course OTST 206 Contemporary Media in OT 2 • Mathematics (MATH 110S, 130, or 150) OTST 305 Disease Pathology 2 4 OTST 310 Practicum 1 for OTS 2 • PSYC 101 OTST 330 Orthotics 3 • SOCI 101 OTST 410 OT in Physical Disabilities 1 4 Successful completion of the following OTST 411 OT in Physical Disabilities 2 4 OTST 412 OT in Mental Health 1 4 courses prior to admission to the program: OTST 413 OT in Mental Health 2 4 (Check course prerequisites in the ‘‘Course OTST 416 OT in Gerontology 4 Description’’ section of the current university OTST 420 Practicum 2 for OTS 2 catalog. More coursework may be necessary than OTST 421 Practicum 3 for OTS 2 OTST 430 OT in Devel. Disabilities 1 5 is indicated here.) OTST 431 OT in Devel. Disabilities 2 4 • BIOL 151 OTST 450 Rsrch. Dsgns. & Methods in OT 4 • BIOL 310 OTST 451 OT Mgt. & Program Planning 4 • BUAI 101 or BUIS 101 OTST 495 Clinical Application 1 12 OTST 496 Clinical Application 2 12 • CHEM elective OTST 497 Clinical Application 3 (Optional) 4, 8, or 12 • Cultural perspectives, 4 of 8 hours OTST 499 Topics in Occupational Therapy 2 • ENGL 115S • MATH 150 Other Required Courses (77 Hours) • NTSC 110S ADNR 135 Wellness & Health Promotion 3 • PHYS 201 AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 • PSYC 151 AHNR 199 Special Topics 2 Completion of all required forms and AHNR 299 Special Topics 2 requested materials by the application BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 deadline. BIOL 311 Kinesiology 4 Requirements for graduation and to remain BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 in the program are listed in the OT Student BUAI 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Systems OR 4 Handbook. BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Systems ASSOCIATE DEGREES — 149

BUHE 310 Orientation to Healthcare Syst. 4 If the ACT test was taken before October CHEM Elective 4 1989, students must have a score of ‘‘16’’ in the MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 published requirement areas. On tests taken PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 October 1989 or later, students must have a PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 score of ‘‘18’’ in the published requirements. PSYC 290 Psych. Tests & Measurements 4 PSYC 400 Abnormal Psychology 4 Students may be required to complete an SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 ‘‘Autobiography Form,’’ which is provided SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture 4 to students after the application to the University is received. Applicants to the physical therapist assistant or occupational therapy assistant programs Associate Degrees are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours volunteer or work experience in a Minimum Admission Requirements facility serving the disabled or handicapped. for Associate Degree Programs OTA applicants must work under the direct The following requirements apply to all supervision of either a licensed occupational associate degree health science programs: therapy assistant or occupational therapist. New students must submit an application to Applicants to the PTA program must work Shawnee State University, along with the under the direct supervision of either a current nonrefundable application fee. licensed physical therapist or physical therapist assistant. Appropriate forms are Current Shawnee State students wishing to provided to students after the application to apply for admission to a health science the University is received. associate degree program should complete a ‘‘Change of Major’’ form, indicating the When all minimum admission criteria have program(s) for which they are applying. been met, files are forwarded to the appro- priate department’s chairperson. Students Official high school transcript or GED test are not considered for admission to a health score transcript (along with partial high science program until all minimum admission school transcript) and official college requirements are completed. transcripts must be submitted. Applicants to the medical laboratory and Please note: Transcripts may be sent directly respiratory therapy programs must schedule from the high school or applicants may a meeting with the department’s chairperson hand-carry the transcript in an envelope when their file is complete. Applicants to sealed with a guidance counselor’s signature. other programs are contacted if further Guidance counselors or high school officials information is needed. may send transcripts via FAX to 740.351.3111 if accompanied by a signed transmittal form Physical examinations are required for or by electronic transfer. The University students who have been officially accepted into a health science program. Forms are reserves the right to verify the final, official provided by the individual departments. authenticity of any student’s transcript. Any transcript document found to be fraudulent Questions regarding admission procedures becomes the student’s responsibility and the or application status should be directed to the University reserves the right to withdraw health sciences representative in the Office of admission acknowledgement and/or Admission at 740.351.3209. approval of acceptance. College transcripts must be sent directly Deadline for Receipt of ALL from the school to Shawnee State to “be official.’’ Photocopies, fax, and hand-carried Application Materials: transcripts are not accepted. After the application deadlines listed below, Students must have a ‘‘C’’ or above in students who have completed application mate- algebra, biology, and chemistry requirements. rials may be considered for acceptance on the A‘‘C-’’ is not accepted. Students with a ‘‘C-’’ basis of space available in the program and the average in one of these courses are not academic qualifications of the student. considered for admission. 150 — ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Associate Degree Admission Requirements

20 Hours High School Volunteer SSU MATH/ or College or Work ENGL Algebra, Experience ACT Score Placement Biology, with of 18 in Comprehensive Score and Disabled Science ACT Score OR Chemistry or Reasoning of 18 Transfer Credit (C or above) Handicapped Section or Above Equivalent to:

Associate1, 2 3 7 Degree ✓ ✓ ✓ ENGL 111S Nursing MATH 130

Dental Hygiene ✓ ✓

Emergency Medical ✓ Technology

3 Medical ✓ ENGL 111S 2 ✓ Laboratory MATH 130

Occupational 4 Therapy ✓ ✓ Assistant

Physical 5 Therapist ✓ ✓ ENGL 111S Assistant MATH 101

Radiologic ✓ ENGL 111S 6 ✓ Technology MATH 130

Respiratory ENGL 111S Therapy6 ✓ ✓ MATH 130

The chart above indicates requirements of individual associate degree health science programs.

1 Applicants with 30 hours of college credit are required to have a GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 scale. 2 Lower placement scores will be accepted on the condition that the student has successfully completed prerequisite coursework for ENGL 111S and/or MATH 130 prior to entry into the MLT or nursing programs. 3 Exceptions may be made if the student has demonstrated successful completion of required chemistry and/or biology courses. 4 Applicants to the occupational therapy assistant program must work/volunteer under the direct supervision of either a licensed occupa- tional therapy assistant or occupational therapist. 5 Applicants to the physical therapist assistant program must work/volunteer under the direct supervision of either a licensed physical therapist or physical therapist assistant. 6 Radiologic technology and respiratory therapy applicants must be eligible to enter MATH 130 and ENGL 111S as the program curriculum describes. 7 Nursing applicants must have a score of 18 in all ACT sections or successfully complete selected college courses in mathematics and science. ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING — 151

February 1 and faculty. Qualified applicants are admitted Associate Degree Nursing to the associate degree in nursing program Physical Therapist Assistant annually for the fall quarter; however, students April 1 may be required to complete designated courses Medical Laboratory the summer prior to the fall of official admission. Respiratory Therapy Qualified applicants are selected after the February 1 deadline, and selection continues April 15 until all spaces in the class are filled. LPNs may Dental Hygiene receive advanced placement in the program. Radiologic Technology Contact the Department of Nursing for details. May 15 Criteria for admission: Occupational Therapy Assistant If less than 30 hours of college credit — Rolling Admission •Official high school transcript or GED test Emergency Medical Technology score transcript (along with partial high RN-BSN Nursing school transcript) showing a “C” or above in algebra, biology, and chemistry. •AGPA of 2.0 or higher in high school and Associate Degree Nursing college credit. •Ascore of 18 or above in all sections of the Shawnee State’s associate degree nursing ACT. program began in 1969. For over 30 years, the • An autobiography form. ADN program has graduated quality nurses • Shawnee State ENGL placement score or who have assumed multiple roles in health care transfer credit equivalent to ENGL 111S. facilities in the community, region, and across • Shawnee State MATH placement score or the nation. transfer credit equivalent to MATH 130. The awarding of the ADN does not license one as a registered nurse. The board of nursing If 30 hours of college credit — in the state in which the applicant wishes to be Preference given to students who have successfully registered administers a separate examination completed selected science courses. (NCLEX-RN). The Department of Nursing •Official high school transcript and official certifies completion of degree requirements, but transcripts from all colleges attended. meeting other requirements for licensure is the • College or high school algebra, biology, responsibility of each candidate.1 After success- and chemistry with a “C” or better. fully passing this examination, graduates are •Agrade point average (GPA) of 2.5 or licensed as registered nurses and are capable of above on a 4.0 scale. providing nursing care at a beginning level in • An autobiography form. hospitals, nursing homes, doctors’ offices, clinics, and selected community agencies. Program Requirements The Department of Nursing considers a grade Accreditation of “C” (2.0) as the minimum passing grade for The program has had full Ohio Board of all required nursing and non-nursing courses. Nursing approval since 1969. An initial accredi- Courses graded with less than a “C” will result tation visit from the National League for in academic dismissal from the program. Read- Nursing Accrediting Commission is scheduled mission to the program is determined by the in the fall of 2001. Department of Nursing policies as printed in the current Department of Nursing Student Handbook. Admission Requirements Current CPR Healthcare Provider certifica- Admission is determined on a competitive tion; a TB skin test; current immunizations, basis. The total number of students admitted to including Hepatitis B; student liability insurance; the program is based upon available facilities and health insurance are required and verified

1 Conviction of certain classes of misdemeanors or any felony conviction requires permission from the board of nursing of the state in which the applicant wishes to be registered. 152 — DENTAL HYGIENE prior to enrollment in clinical nursing courses. SPRING QUARTER Verification of these requirements is necessary ADNR 283 Coordination of Care 4 12 8 2 Approved Elective 4 0 4 each year. Totals 8 12 12 A standardized examination is required Totals 80 75 105 in ADNR 283. A student must satisfactorily Total Non-Nursing 43 9 46 pass this examination in order to graduate. A Total Nursing 37 66 59 special fee may be charged for this examination. ADN program graduation requirements include completion of 105 credit hours as Dental Hygiene specified in the following program of study Dental hygiene is a vital health service (excluding credits and grades from develop- component of dentistry and emphasizes oral mental courses). Students are responsible for health and the prevention of oral disease. verifying they have met degree requirements Most dental hygienists are employed in for graduation. private dental offices and work under the supervision of a dentist. The hygienist’s main Program of Study function is to provide dental health education, home care instruction, and diet/nutritional All courses must be completed in this sequence during or before the quarter shown. The curriculum is currently under review. counseling. Dental hygiene services include Check with the Department of Nursing for details. performing oral prophylaxis, scaling and Class Lab1 Credit polishing of the patient’s teeth to remove soft Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. and hard deposits; dental charting and oral SUMMER QUARTER examinations; exposing and processing radio- ADNR 135 Health and Wellness (Su or F) 303graphs; applying fluoride treatments and BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology OR 303sealants; and making preliminary impressions BIOL 151 Principles of Biology for study models. Totals 6-8 0 6-8 FALL QUARTER ADNR 114 Persp. of Hlth. Care 1 0 1 Accreditation ADNR 181 Fundamentals 1 5 9 8 The dental hygiene program is accredited by BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 4 3 5 ENGL 111S Discourse & Comp. 4 0 4 the American Dental Association—Commission Totals 14 12 18 on Dental Accreditation. WINTER QUARTER ADNR 182 Fundamentals 2 5 9 8 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 0 5 Dental Hygiene Program Goals PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology 4 0 4 Totals 14 9 17 Graduates of the dental hygiene program will be knowledgeable in the basic sciences SPRING QUARTER which support dental hygiene. ADNR 193 Adult and Child Health 1 5 12 9 CHEM 121 Intro. to Chemistry 3 3 4 Graduates will be able to assume responsibil- PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dev. 4 0 4 ity for providing current and complete dental Totals 12 15 17 hygiene services, including assessment of the SUMMER QUARTER patient’s physical and oral conditions, and BIOL 350 Microbiology (Su or F) 435 demonstrate preparation for medical/dental Totals 4 3 5 emergencies. FALL QUARTER Graduates will participate in dental hygiene ADNR 251 Childbearing Families (F or W) 365 ADNR 252 Mental Health (F or W) 365 continuing education and community service ENGL 112S Comp. & Rsrch. (Su or F) 404 and become knowledgeable in scientific ad- Totals 10 12 14 vancements and innovations in the profession. WINTER QUARTER ADNR 204 Adult & Child Hlth. 2 (F or W) 61210 ADNR 224 Transitions & Trends (F or W) 202Job Opportunities SOCI 101 Intro. to Soc. (F or W) 404 Totals 12 12 16 Hygienists are employed with dentists in pri- vate practice as well as in the following areas:

1 Lab/clinical hours: 1 credit hour = 3 lab/clinical hours 2 Elective must be approved by nursing faculty advisor. DENTAL HYGIENE — 153

School systems Primarily concerned with Sample Schedule the proper care of children’s teeth. Inspect Class Lab Credit students’ teeth and report findings to a Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. supervising dentist. May also instruct FIRST QUARTER students in proper care of teeth, give demon- AHNR 103 Prin. of Medical Science 3 0 3 BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 strations on the proper use of a toothbrush, DTHY 111 Oral Anatomy 1 3 0 3 and present talks on nutrition and its effects DTHY 121 Clinical Dental Hygiene 1 2 6 4 on dental health. Totals 11 6 13 Hospitals and clinics Concerned primarily SECOND QUARTER BIOL 162 Human Anat./Phys. 4 3 5 with the special oral health problems of the DTHY 101 Radiology 1 2 0 2 bedridden and chronically ill. DTHY 102 Oral Histology/Embryo 2 0 2 DTHY 112 Oral Anatomy 2 2 0 2 Teaching and research Hygienists with DTHY 122 Clinical Dental Hygiene 2 2 6 4 advanced degrees may be employed in Totals 12 9 15 research or may teach in dental hygiene THIRD QUARTER educational programs that help students to DTHY 113 Radiology 2 1 3 2 DTHY 123 Clinical Dental Hygiene 3 2 8 5 prepare for the profession. DTHY 202 Periodontics 3 0 3 DTHY 220 Oral Microbiol./Immun. 3 0 3 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 Academic Requirements Totals 13 11 17 In order to remain in good academic standing FOURTH QUARTER (Summer) in the dental hygiene program, you must: DTHY 203 Dental Materials 2 3 3 DTHY 205 Dental Health Education 3 0 3 Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all DTHY 224 Clin. D. H. 4/Off. Emerg. 2 9 5 DTHY 290 Sem./Adv. Periodontics 1-3 0 1-3 coursework needed to meet the requirements Totals 8-10 12 12-14 for an associate of applied science degree in FIFTH QUARTER dental hygiene. This applies to all required DTHY 103 Human Nutrition 3 0 3 courses taken before as well as after admis- DTHY 201 Gen. and Oral Pathology 3 0 3 sion into the dental hygiene program. DTHY 225 Clin. D. H. 5/Spec. Needs 1 12 5 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all Totals 11 12 15 dental hygiene courses. SIXTH QUARTER Not receive a failing grade in any of the DTHY 204 Pharmacology 3 0 3 DTHY 206 Public Health 3 0 3 required courses for the dental hygiene DTHY 226 Cln. D.H. 6/Prv. Dnt. & Jrs. 1 12 5 program. 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 Totals 11 12 15 Students who fail to achieve any one of the SEVENTH QUARTER three requirements for good academic standing DTHY 227 Clin. D.H. 7/Career Mgt. 1 9 4 will be dismissed from the dental hygiene 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 7 0 7 2 Elective 3 0 3 program with the option of reapplying for Totals 11 9 14 admission the following academic year. The decision to readmit a student will be made by the dental hygiene faculty after reviewing the Please Note student’s progress in completing any conditions After the first quarter, all subsequent for readmittance as stated in the letter of basic and technical courses are dismissal and an interview with the student. closely related and, therefore, must Students who are academically dismissed from be taken in sequential order. the dental hygiene program for a second time Only those students who have been are not eligible for readmittance. officially accepted into the program Students may appeal a dismissal from the or who have received the approval dental hygiene program by following the of the department’s chairperson guidelines for appeal as detailed in this catalog. may take the courses beginning with the DTHY prefix.

1 English/Humanities/Social Science Requirements: ENGL 111S, ENGL 112S, PSYC 101, SPCH 103, SOCI 101. 2 3-Credit Hour Elective: Any English, psychology, speech, or sociology course with a catalog number higher than the required courses listed above. Any business management, personnel management, or computer course. 154 — EMERGENCY MEDICAL

Emergency Medical Certification Technology Upon successful completion of: EMTP 110: Students are eligible to sit for the Emergency medical technicians are health Basic National Registry Exam. Upon success- care professionals who provide emergency ful completion of the exam, the student treatment to patients in the prehospital receives Ohio and National Registry environment. They are familiar and comforting certification as an EMT-Basic. figures at the scene of an accident or medical emergency, where their special skills often mean EMTP 210-212: Students are eligible to sit for the difference between life and death. the Intermediate National Registry Exam. Careers in prehospital care are challenging Upon successful completion of the exam, the and exciting. They require students who possess student receives Ohio and National Registry leadership skills, are good decision makers, can certification as an Intermediate EMT. remain calm in emergency situations, and who EMTP 210-242: Students are eligible to sit for are compassionate and caring. the Paramedic National Registry Exam. Upon Emergency medical technicians work directly successful completion of the exam, the student with physicians in correlating and providing receives Ohio and National Registry certifica- care to patients experiencing illness or injury. tion as a Paramedic (EMT-P). Upon completion Several levels of training are available at of the two-year program, the student receives Shawnee State for emergency medical techni- the associate of applied science degree. cians. The entry level for the profession is the Emergency Medical Technician - Basic (EMT-B). Accreditation Education for this level of emergency care is the 140-hour Emergency Victim Care Course The EMT-B and paramedic training programs (EMTP 110). have received accreditation from the Ohio The Intermediate Emergency Medical Department of Public Safety, Division of Technician - (EMT-I) provides emergency care at Emergency Medical Services. a high level, utilizing advanced skills in airway and shock management. Educational prepara- Employment Opportunities tion for the intermediate EMT is included in Positions for emergency medical technicians EMTP 210 through 212. are available in private ambulance companies, The Emergency Medical Technician - hospitals, industry, fire departments, 911 Paramedic (EMT-P) is the highest level of dispatch offices, and the armed forces. Law certified emergency care provider. The paramedic enforcement agencies, park services, ski patrols, receives education in a program of study and other groups train their personnel to become encompassing seven courses in addition to the EMT-Bs or paramedics as part of their duties. EMT-A and advanced EMT-A courses (EMTP 210 through 241). This education includes classroom and laboratory instruction, as well as Academic Requirements hospital and field clinical experiences. In order to remain in good academic standing An exciting opportunity exists for EMT-P in the emergency medical technology program, students at Shawnee State. Students can pursue you must: the associate of applied science degree in 1. Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 in all emergency medical technology. This two-year coursework needed to meet the requirements program is intended to expand the knowledge for an associate of applied science degree in and experience base of the EMT-Paramedic in emergency medical technology. This applies both general academics and prehospital emer- to all required courses taken before, as well gency medicine. Completion of this program as after, admission in the emergency medical prepares the paramedic student for supervisory program. positions, advanced clinical procedures, as well as teaching opportunities in EMS. This degree 2. Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 in all may be pursued as part of the initial educational emergency medical technology courses. experience or for career advancement. 3. Not receive a failing grade in any of the required courses for the emergency medical technology program. EMERGENCY MEDICAL — 155

Students who fail to achieve any one of the Advanced EMT-A Course (EMTP 210, EMTP three requirements for good academic standing 211, EMTP 212) will be dismissed from the emergency medical All EMT-B requirements, and: technology program with the option of reapply- ing for admission the following year. You may • Completed University application appeal a dismissal from the emergency medical • Current Ohio EMT-A certification technology program by following the guide- • Evidence of not less than six months’ lines for appeal as detailed in this catalog. experience providing prehospital care in the prehospital setting •Letter of recommendation from a supervisor of the emergency medical service with which Please Note the above requirement was met After the first quarter, all subsequent • Conference with the director of the depart- basic and technical courses are ment, showing evidence of maturity, good closely related and, therefore, must judgement, and good moral character be taken in sequential order. • Completion of an examination which Only those students who have been addresses aptitude in reading, writing, and officially accepted into the program mathematics skills. Remedial education in or who have received the approval deficient areas may be required.Paramedic of the department’s director may take Program (EMTP 210 through 242) All EMT-A the courses beginning with the EMTP requirements, and: prefix, except EMTP 101 and 102. • Successful completion of the national registry of EMT’s basic or intermediate level examination Entrance Requirements •Must have BIOL 162 or higher anatomy and physiology course as a pre- or corequisite (example: EMTP 295 Anatomy & Physiology EMT-B Course (EMTP 110) for EMS). •Minimum of 18 years of age •High school diploma or equivalent Associate of Applied Science • Current, unconditional driver’s license Emergency Medical Technology • Completed Pre-Entrance Medical Record Curriculum with recent TB and Tetanus Class Lab Credit Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. • Evidence that you have not been convicted of, FIRST QUARTER pled guilty to, or had a judicial finding of guilt AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 for any of the following: fraud or material BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 deception in applying for or obtaining a EMTP 102 Cardiopulm. Resuscitation 1 0 1 EMTP 110 Emergency Victim Care 9 3 10 certificate to practice; any of the following Totals 15 3 16 felonies: murder, aggravated murder, voluntary manslaughter, felonious assault, SECOND QUARTER EMTP 120 EMS Systems 3 0 3 kidnapping, rape, sexual battery, gross sexual ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 imposition, aggravated arson, aggravated PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology 4 0 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 robbery, aggravated burglary; a misdemeanor, Totals 14 0 14 other than a traffic violation committed in the course of practice; a misdemeanor THIRD QUARTER BUIS 101 Intro. to Auto. Info. Sys. 4 0 4 involving moral turpitude; a violation of any EMTP 130 Major Incident Response 2 0 2 federal, state, county, or municipal narcotics ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 law; any act committed in another state, that, SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 if committed in Ohio, would constitute a Totals 14 0 14 violation set forth in 4765-8-01 (A) (3) (b) of FOURTH QUARTER (optional) the Ohio Administrative Code. XXX General Elective 156 — MEDICAL LABORATORY

Class Lab Credit for detecting such diseases as diabetes, anemia, Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. and cancer. Medical laboratory technology is FIFTH QUARTER concerned with the accurate performance of EMTP 210 Paramedic Skills 1 5 0 5 these tests to determine the absence, presence, EMTP 211 Paramedic Skills 1 Lab 0 2 1 EMTP 212 Paramedic Skills 1 Clinical 0 4 1 extent, and causes of disease. EMTP 220 Paramedic Skills 2 3 2 3 Graduates of this nationally accredited, two- XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 Totals 12-13 8 14-15 year associate degree program are eligible to be certified by nationally-recognized certification SIXTH QUARTER agencies. They work under the supervision of a EMTP 230 Paramedic Skills 3 8 0 8 EMTP 231 Paramedic Skills 3 Lab 0 3 1 pathologist or technologist/laboratory scientist EMTP 232 Paramedic Skills 3 Clinical 0 4 1 and are qualified to perform a wide array of XXX EMS Elective 1-4 0 1-4 analytical tests in the areas of hematology, micro- XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 Totals 13-17 7 15-19 biology, chemistry, blood banking, coagulation, serology, and urinalysis. MLTs may work in SEVENTH QUARTER community hospital laboratories, as well as EMTP 240 Paramedic Skills 4 8 0 8 EMTP 241 Paramedic Skills 4 Lab 0 3 1 private, industrial, and reference laboratories. EMTP 242 Paramedic Skills 4 Clinical 0 4 1 Physician’s office laboratories, state and federal EMTP 250 Adv. Emerg. Procedures 2 2 3 XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 agencies, and the military are also sources of Totals 14-15 9 17-18 employment for certified medical laboratory technicians. Approved Electives (To total 23 to 37 credits) The curriculum consists of seven continuous quarters of general education, basic science, and Choose at least two of the following: clinical laboratory science coursework, including AHNR 312 Health Care Personnel Mgt. 4 an 18-week internship in an affiliated hospital. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy and Physiology 5 The number of individuals accepted into the BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 program will not exceed the number of BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 3 approved clinical affiliation sites. BIOL 321 Human Physiology Lab 2 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 Certification MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 Upon successful completion of this program, graduates are awarded the associate of applied Choose at least two of the following: science degree and are eligible to become BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 nationally certified by the American Society of ECON 101 Principles of Economics 4 Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and/or the PSYC 151 Human Growth and Develop. 4 National Credentialing Agency for Medical PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 Laboratory Personnel (NCA) as a medical laboratory technician. Technical Electives EMTP 212 Advanced EMT Defibrillation 4 EMTP 260 EMS Field Studies 3 Accreditation EMTP 270 EMS Management 3 The MLT program is nationally accredited EMTP 295 Special Topics in EMS 1-4 and recognized by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 West Bryn Ave., Suite 670, Medical Laboratory Chicago, IL 60631-3415, phone: 773.714.8880. Technology Employment Opportunities Medical laboratory technology is a profession which combines the challenges and rewards of Health care continues to be one of the fastest medicine and science. Billions of laboratory growing service industries in the United States. procedures are ordered by physicians and Employment opportunities are generally performed by certified laboratory technicians available within our geographical area as well and technologists. They range from simple as throughout the United States. pregnancy testing to more complex procedures MEDICAL LABORATORY — 157

Scholarships Health and Physical Ability The Skitarelic-Swanson Family Medical Requirements Laboratory Science Scholarship was established There are specific health and physical ability in 1997 to recognize a medical laboratory science requirements for the medical laboratory tech- student for outstanding aptitude, performance, nology program. This information is provided and enthusiasm as well as need. The applicant at the time of application to the program. must be entering the second year of the MLT program or the fourth year of the MT program. Applications should be made on the tradi- Please Note tional Shawnee State scholarship form. The Registration for courses with the student selected will be judged based on their MLTC prefix requires admission to the didactic and skill-based performances as well as MLT program and/or the approval/ their affective professional behaviors as signature of the MLT chairperson. Only determined by a committee of MLS faculty, the those students who have been officially College of Professional Studies’ dean, and an accepted or named as an alternate in appointed Southern Ohio Medical Center-based the program may register for courses laboratory professional. beginning with the MLTC prefix. The recipient of the award must be a full-time student at Shawnee State University in good Sample Schedule academic standing. They will receive the award Class Lab Credit in increments of 1/3 to cover three academic Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. quarters. FIRST QUARTER BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 4 2 5 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 4 3 5 Academic Requirements MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 Eligibility for clinical practicum, as well as MLTC 111 Medical Tech. Orientation 2 0 2 continuation in the MLT program, requires that Totals 14 5 16 students: SECOND QUARTER BIOL 162 Human Anat. and Phys. 4 2 5 Achieve a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better in the lab CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 4 3 5 and lecture portions of all MLTC courses. MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 MLTC 112 Basic Laboratory Skills 2 3 3 Achieve a passing grade in all non-MLTC Totals 14 8 17 courses. THIRD QUARTER Maintain a grade point average of 2.5 or CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 4 3 5 above in all MLT required courses. ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 0 4 MLTC 209 Hematology 1 2 6 4 MLTC 210 Hemostasis 2 2 2 Application to the Program MLTC 212 Clinical Chemistry 1 2 6 4 Totals 14 17 19 See the Associate Degree Admission Requirements on page 149. Students applying FOURTH QUARTER BIOL 350 Microbiology 4 3 5 to the MLT program with math and English MLTC 202 Immunoserology 2 3 3 ACT scores less than 22 must take the Shawnee MLTC 211 Hematology 2 2 3 3 MLTC 213 Clinical Chemistry 2 2 3 3 State placement examination if they have not Totals 10 12 14 completed mathematics and English courses at the college level. Students are also required to FIFTH QUARTER CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 3 3 4 make an appointment with the MLT chairperson MLTC 201 Urinalysis 2 3 3 (740.351.3388) for a conference once they are MLTC 203 Blood Banking 1 2 6 4 notified that application to the MLT program is MLTC 204 Parasitology 1 2 1 MLTC 207 Clinical Microbiology 3 6 5 complete. All application materials must reach Totals 11 20 17 the admission office by April 1 to be considered SIXTH QUARTER for the first round of admissions to the MLT ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 program. Others will be considered on a space MLTC 215 Lab. Simulation 0 6 3 available basis after April 1. MLTC 216 Med. Lab. Sem. 1 0 1 MLTC 217 Case Studies 1 0 1 MLTC 220 Clinical Practicum 0 20 4 Totals 6 26 13 158 — OT ASSISTANT

Class Lab Credit the American Occupational Therapy Association Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, SEVENTH QUARTER P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. MLTC 221 Clinical Practicum 2 0 40 8 AOTA’s phone number is (301) 652-AOTA. MLTC 225 Spec. Prob. in Med. Lab. 2 0 2 SOCI 101 Intro. to Sociology 4 0 4 Graduates of the program are able to sit for the SPCH 103 Public Speaking 3 0 3 national certification examination for the occu- Totals 9 40 17 pational therapy assistant administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy, Inc. (NBCOT); however, the NBCOT Occupational Therapy sets its own criteria for taking the exam, which Assistant may include questions on the applicant’s criminal history. For more information on these Occupational therapy is a vital health care limitations, you can contact NBCOT at (301) service that uses ‘‘occupation,’’ meaning 990-7979. After successful completion of this purposeful activity, as the basis for treatment of exam, you are a certified occupational therapy people with a wide variety of physical, assistant (COTA). Most states require licensure developmental, and emotional disabilities. in order to practice; however, state licenses are Occupational therapists and occupational usually based on the results of the NBCOT therapy assistants help disabled people of all Certification Examination. ages acquire or regain the skills they need to live independent, productive, and satisfying Academic Requirements lives. They work in hospitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing homes, public and private To remain enrolled in the occupational schools, and home health agencies. therapy assistant program, you must: Occupational therapy assistants work under Not receive below a ‘‘C’’ in any course with the guidance of occupational therapists. They the OTAT prefix. may choose or construct equipment that helps Maintain a 2.00 GPA in all courses with the people to function more independently; they OTAT prefix. may carry out treatment activities for individuals Obtain an overall GPA of no less than 2.00 or groups of patients; and they work closely prior to the third quarter (spring) of the first with families of patients who are preparing to year. return home. Maintain at least a 2.00 GPA during each To become an occupational therapy assistant, remaining quarter. you must complete an educational program. The majority of these are two-year associate Successfully complete (with a grade of ‘‘D-’’ degree programs like the one at Shawnee State or higher) BIOL 151 and 162 by the end of University. Studies include basic academic the third quarter (spring) of the first year. subjects, human growth and development, the If any of these criteria are not met, you are functioning of the human body, and occupa- dismissed from the OTA program. Conditions tional therapy principles and techniques. The for readmission to the OTA program are OTA program requires two, eight-week rotations specified by the chairperson of the department of supervised practical experience in a variety at the time of dismissal. of health care settings. After successfully completing the educational Clinical Requirements program, you are eligible to take the national certification examination for the occupational Clinical placements for the OTA program in the Portsmouth area are limited. OTAT 108, 204, therapy assistant. Many states, including Ohio, and 208 (Fieldwork 1) are clinical courses Kentucky, and West Virginia, also require requiring six to seven hours, one day per week licensing by their respective states to practice at the assigned facility. These placements may occupational therapy. be up to, and sometimes at distances greater than, 70 miles away from Shawnee State Accreditation University. You are responsible for your own The occupational therapy assistant program transportation to and from these facilities. is accredited by the Accreditation Council for OTAT 220 and 221 (Fieldwork 2) consist of Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of two rotations of eight weeks each. You are PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT — 159 required to be at that facility during normal OTAT 209 OTA in Geriat. Prog. Plan. 3 3 4 OTAT 211 OTA Seminar 2 0 2 working hours (usually 40 hours per week). SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 The OTA program assigns each student two Totals 14 6 16 placements. You are responsible for all expenses SEVENTH QUARTER (Spring) incurred to complete the Fieldwork 2 require- OTAT 220 Clinical Application (FW2) 0 40 8 ments of the OTA program. Requirements for OTAT 221 Clinical Application (FW2) 0 40 8 graduation and to remain in the program are Totals 0 80 16 listed in the OTA Student Handbook. You are required to have successfully completed all OTAT and other courses in the Physical Therapist Assistant curriculum (as indicated by a minimum 2.00 GPA) prior to participating in OTAT 220 and Within the discipline of physical therapy, the 221. OTAT 220 and 221 must be completed 18 profession of physical therapist assistant has months following completion of other OTA emerged as an integral part. The physical courses and 2 months prior to the NCBOT therapist assistant plays a key role in the certification examination date. patient’s recovery from an injury or disease of the neurological or musculoskeletal systems of the body. Sample Schedule Physical therapist assistants work under the Class Lab Credit- supervision of a licensed physical therapist to use Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. electrical, mechanical, and thermal modalities; FIRST QUARTER (Fall) assist in gait training; instruct in strengthening AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 and coordination exercises; and improve work, ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 0 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 4 2 5 sports, or activities of daily living skills. BUIS 1011 Intro. to Comp. Info. Syst. 4 0 4 Physical therapist assistants work in hospitals, PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 outpatient care clinics, rehabilitation facilities, Totals 18 2 19 home health agencies, nursing homes, and SECOND QUARTER (Winter) school systems. BIOL 162 Human Anat. and Phys. 4 3 5 The curriculum is designed in a seven-quarter OTAT 101 Intro. to Occup. Ther. 3 3 4 OTAT 102 Therapeutic Media 1 1 6 3 sequence, incorporating both academic and OTAT 108 Practicum 1 (FW1) 1 6 2 clinical coursework. Upon successful completion PSYC 151 Hum. Growth and Devel. 4 0 4 Totals 13 18 18 of the program, the graduate is awarded an associate in applied science degree as a physical THIRD QUARTER (Spring) therapist assistant and is eligible to apply for ENGL 111S Discourse and Comp. 4 0 4 OTAT 103 Disease Pathology 4 0 4 the National Physical Therapist Assistant OTAT 109 Applied Anat. and Kines. 1 3 2 Examination. OTAT 110 Group Dynamics 1 3 2 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 Totals 14 6 16 Academic Requirements FOURTH QUARTER (Summer) In order to remain in good academic stand- ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 ing in the physical therapist assistant program, OTAT 204 Practicum 2 (FW1) 2 6 3 OTAT 205 Therapeutic Media 2 1 6 3 you must receive a ‘‘C’’ (2.0) or better in each OTAT 210 OTA in Phys. Dysfunction 4 4 5 course included in the curriculum. Totals 11 16 15 FIFTH QUARTER (Fall) OTAT 206 Contemp. Media in OT 1 3 2 Accreditation OTAT 208 Practicum 3 (FW1) 2 6 3 The physical therapist assistant program at OTAT 212 OTA in Mental Health 3 3 4 OTAT 299 Special Topics 2 0 2 Shawnee State University is accredited by the PSYC/SOCI Elective 4 0 4 Commission on Accreditation in Physical Totals 12 12 15 Therapy Education. SIXTH QUARTER (Winter) EMTP 1012 First Aid & CPR 2 0 2 OTAT 203 OTA in Devel. Disabilities 4 3 5

1 Due to the high demand for BUIS 101, you are strongly encouraged to take this course early in the program.. 2 Students must have current first aid and CPR certificates prior to starting clinical application (OTAT 220 and 221) spring quarter. This may be obtained either through EMTP 101, 102, SSAT 227 (for CPR only), or at another agency. 160 — RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

PTAT 232 Rehab. Procedures 2 3 3 4 Elective 4 0 4 Please Note Totals 13 15 16 Clinical practicum are contracted SEVENTH QUARTER (Spring) training sites located throughout PTAT 214 Clinical Practicum 3 0 38 6 the United States. Most clinicals PTAT 255 PTA Seminar 2 0 2 require traveling less than 30-60 Totals 2 38 8 minutes. It is recommended that one practicum be two or more hours away from the campus. Radiologic Technology Only those students who have been The radiologic technology curriculum officially accepted into the program prepares students for careers as radiographers, or who have received approval by who work under the supervision of medical the department chairperson may radiologists or physicians in hospital radiology take the courses beginning with the departments, clinics, commercial x-ray labora- PTAT prefix. tories, or doctors’ offices. The responsibility of the radiographer is to produce a radiographic (x-ray) image of the highest diagnostic quality Sample Schedule of any designated area of the human body. It is Class Lab Credit from this image that the radiologist makes his Course No. Course Hours Hours Hours or her interpretations. FIRST QUARTER (Fall) Curriculum for this program covers eight AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 academic quarters. The first four academic AHNR 103 Prin. of Medical Science 3 0 3 BIOL 101 Intro. to Biology OR 3-5 0 3-5 quarters are designed to provide you with BIOL 151 Principles of Biology mathematics, basic science, general education ENGL 111S Discourse and Comp. 4 0 4 courses, supporting technical courses, clinical PTAT 111 Prin. of Phys. Ther. Asst. 3 0 3 Totals 15-17 0 15-17 education, and specialized courses in radio- graphy. The second year of the program consists SECOND QUARTER of additional clinical education scheduled in BIOL 162 Anatomy and Physiology 4 2 5 PTAT 112 PTA Procedures 1 3 6 5 affiliated hospitals along with advanced radio- PTAT 115 PT in Physical Dysfunction 3 0 3 logic technology courses. Totals 10 8 13 Experience in the radiology departments of THIRD QUARTER the affiliated hospitals provides opportunity for BIOL 311 Prin. of Kinesiology 4 0 4 the practical application of knowledge learned ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 in the classroom. This experience in the hospital PTAT 113 PTA Procedures 2 3 6 5 is a vital part of the program, since it enables PTAT 116 Neurology for PT 1 0 1 you to assist in the handling of sick and injured Totals 16 6 18 patients as they undergo a wide variety of FOURTH QUARTER radiographic examinations. PTAT 114 Anatomy and Kinesiology 3 6 5 Upon satisfactory completion of the course PTAT 212 Clinical Practicum 1 2 12 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 requirements, you are awarded the associate in SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 applied science degree and are eligible to apply Totals 12 18 16 for examination by the American Registry of FIFTH QUARTER Radiologic Technologists. EMTP 1011 First Aid & CPR 2 0 2 PTAT 202 PTA Procedures 3 3 6 5 PTAT 216 Clinical Practicum Seminar 1 4 2 Accreditation PTAT 231 Rehab. Procedures 1 2 6 4 The radiologic technology program at Shawnee PTAT 235 PT Trends and Admin. 2 0 2 Totals 10 16 15 State University is fully accredited by: The Joint SIXTH QUARTER Review Committee on Education in Radiologic PSYC 151 Human Growth and Devel. 4 0 4 Technology, 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 900, PTAT 213 Clinical Practicum 2 2 12 4 Chicago, IL 60606-2901, phone 312.704.5300.

1 Students must have a current first aid card prior to their first clinical experience. EMTP 101 is not required if the student has a current first aid card. This can be obtained either through EMTP 101, SSAT 227, or another agency. RESPIRATORY THERAPY — 161

Academic Requirements SECOND QUARTER BIOL 310 Human Anatomy 4 3 5 To remain in good standing in the radiologic CHEM 1211 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 technology program, the following three condi- RDLT 102 Radiologic Technology 2 2 10 4 RDLT 200 Basic Patient Care 3 2 3 tions must be met: Totals 12 18 16

You must not receive a grade of ‘‘F’’ in any of THIRD QUARTER the required courses listed in the eight-quarter RDLT 103 Radiologic Technology 3 3 2 3 sequence. RDLT 111 Radiologic Physics 3 2 4 RDLT 211 Clinical Experience 1 0 16 2 You must not receive a grade below a ‘‘C-’’ in RDLT 312 Sectional Anatomy 2 2 3 any of the courses with the RDLT prefix. 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 You must earn an overall grade point average Totals 12 22 16 of 2.0 by the end of the third quarter and FOURTH QUARTER maintain it throughout the remainder of the RDLT 104 Radiologic Technology 4 3 2 3 RDLT 212 Clinical Experience 2 0 24 3 program. Totals 3 26 6

If any one of these three conditions is not FIFTH QUARTER met, you are academically dismissed from the RDLT 105 Radiologic Technology 5 3 0 3 radiologic technology program. You may apply RDLT 201 Radiographic Exposure 3 2 4 RDLT 213 Clinical Experience 3 0 24 3 for readmission to the radiologic technology 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 program the following year. 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 Totals 14 26 18

SIXTH QUARTER RDLT 106 Radiologic Technology 6 3 0 3 Please Note RDLT 112 Radiobiol. & Radia. Protect. 3 0 3 Only those students who have been RDLT 214 Clinical Experience 4 0 24 3 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 officially accepted into the program Totals 10 24 13 or who have received the approval SEVENTH QUARTER of the department’s chairperson RDLT 107 Radiologic Technology 7 3 0 3 may take the courses beginning RDLT 113 Radiographic Processing 2 0 2 with the RDLT prefix. RDLT 215 Clinical Experience 5 0 24 3 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 After the first quarter, all subsequent 3 Commun./Leader. Elective 3-4 0 3-4 technical and science courses are Totals 12-13 24 15-16 closely related and, therefore, must EIGHTH QUARTER be taken in sequential order. The RDLT 108 Radiologic Technology 8 2 0 2 basic courses (psychology, speech, RDLT 216 Clinical Experience 6 0 32 4 etc.) may be taken at your conve- Totals 2 32 6 nience assuming all prerequisites are satisfied. You must have a current CPR certi- Respiratory Therapy fication or enroll in EMTP 102. Respiratory therapy is an allied health specialty, whose practitioners are employed, under medical direction, to provide treatment, Sample Schedule management, diagnostic evaluation, and care to Class Lab Credit patients with deficiencies or abnormalities Course No. Course Hours Hours Hours associated with the process of breathing. FIRST QUARTER Respiratory therapists work side-by-side BIOL 1011 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 with physicians, nurses, and other health care MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 team members to treat patients ranging in age RDLT 101 Radiologic Technology 1 2 6 4 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 from premature infants to the elderly. Their Totals 13 6 15 duties vary from the administration of oxygen,

1 Students who are planning to pursue a baccalaureate degree may wish to substitute BIOL 151 for BIOL 101 and CHEM 141 for CHEM 121. 2 English/Humanities/Social Science Requirements: BUIS 101, ENGL 111S and 112S, PSYC 101, SOCI 101, and SPCH 103 3 3-4 Credit Hour Communication/Leadership Elective in: Any English, psychology, or sociology course with a catlaog number higher than required courses listed above, BUMG 101, 210, 235, 240, or 242. 162 — RESPIRATORY THERAPY humidity, and aerosols and the drainage of lung for trained respiratory therapy practitioners has secretions, to the use of technologically exceeded supply. In addition, many clinics, sophisticated monitoring devices and treatment nursing homes, and home care programs are techniques in order to assure the survival of realizing the potential benefits of having a patients with life threatening conditions such as trained respiratory care practitioner on staff. head or chest trauma. These needs, coupled with the ever-increasing Some practitioners choose to spend the number of cardiovascular disorders being majority of their time working in diagnostic diagnosed, should continue to assure that laboratories, where they assist in the evaluation individuals who enter this profession will enjoy of the type and extent of a patient’s pulmonary good career opportunities. dysfunction and evaluate the effectiveness of the patient’s current therapy. Other practitioners Academic Requirements may choose to work in specialized areas of respiratory care, including education, manage- To remain in good standing in the respira- ment, home care, sales, research, and specialized tory therapy program, the following three areas of diagnostic testing or patient care such conditions must be met: as cardiovascular diagnostics or care of infants You must not receive a grade of ‘‘F’’ in any of and children. the required courses listed in the curriculum. You must not receive a grade below a ‘‘C-’’ in Certification any course with the RPTT prefix. The graduate of the respiratory therapy You must earn an overall grade point program is awarded the associate of applied average of 2.00 by the end of the third science degree and is eligible to sit for the exam- quarter and maintain it throughout the inations of the National Board for Respiratory remainder of the program. Care. Successful completion of the ‘‘entry-level’’ Failure to meet any one of the three stated examination of the NBRC results in the student conditions may result in dismissal from the being awarded the CRT (Certified Respiratory respiratory therapy program. You may apply for Therapist) credential. Successful completion readmission to the respiratory therapy program also results in graduates being eligible for a the following year, after you have successfully license to practice in any state currently having completed the required remedial work as a licensure law. Finally, graduates who success- detailed by the chairperson of the department fully complete the ‘‘entry-level’’ examination are at the time of dismissal. also eligible to take the ‘‘advanced practitioner’’ examination of the NBRC. Successful completion Application to the Program of that examination results in the student being awarded the RRT (Registered Respiratory See the Associate Degree Admission Require- Therapist) credential by the NBRC. ments on page 149. Students applying to the respiratory therapy program with math and English ACT scores less than 22 must take the Accreditation Shawnee State placement examination if they In 1980 the Ohio Board of Regents approved have not completed mathematics and English the creation of this program of study, leading to courses at the college level. Students are also the associate of applied science degree at required, after their application folder is Shawnee State University. The respiratory completed, to make an appointment with the therapy program at Shawnee State is fully chairperson of the respiratory therapy program, accredited by the Committee on Accreditation by calling 740.351.3235 or 740.351.3225. This for Respiratory Care and the Commission on meeting is purely informational and has no Accreditation of Allied Health Education bearing on admission decisions. All application Programs. materials must reach the admission office by April 1 in order for the applicant to be consid- ered for the respiratory therapy program. Later Employment Opportunities applications may be considered based on Because of the rapid growth of the profession qualifications and space available within the since its inception in the late 1940’s, many class. medical institutions have found that their need RESPIRATORY THERAPY — 163

Sample Schedule Class Lab Credit Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Please Note

FIRST QUARTER Only those students who have been AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 officially accepted into the respira- BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 4 2 5 tory therapy program or have RPTT 101 Basic Patient Care 2 3 3 received the approval of the depart- RPTT 102 Card./Renal Anat. & Phys. 5 0 5 Totals 13 5 15 ment’s chairperson may take courses beginning with the RPTT SECOND QUARTER prefix. BIOL 162 Human Anat. & Phys. 4 3 5 CHEM 121 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 After the first quarter, all subsequent RPTT 110 Medical Gas Therapy 3 3 4 RPTT 115 Clinical Application 1 0 8 1 technical courses are closely related RPTT 200 Pharmacology 3 0 3 and, therefore, must be taken in Totals 13 17 17 sequential order. THIRD QUARTER ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 RPTT 120 Perioperative Care 3 3 4 RPTT 121 Airway Management 1 3 2 RPTT 125 Clinical Application 2 0 8 1 RPTT 131 Pulmonary Function Test. 2 3 3 Totals 14 17 18 FOURTH QUARTER BIOL 350 Microbiology 4 3 5 RPTT 130 Ped. and Neon. Res. Care 4 0 4 RPTT 132 Art. Blood Gas/Acid-Base 1 0 1 RPTT 133 Laboratory Procedures 0 3 1 RPTT 135 Clinical Application 3 0 16 2 RPTT 202 Pathophysiology 3 0 3 Totals 12 22 16 FIFTH QUARTER ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 RPTT 201 Continuous Mech. Vent. 5 3 6 RPTT 205 Clinical Application 4 0 16 2 1 General Studies Elective 4 0 4 Totals 13 19 16 SIXTH QUARTER RPTT 210 Critical Care 4 0 4 RPTT 211 Adv. Cardio. Assess. 1 0 1 RPTT 212 Pul. Rehab. & Home Care 1 0 1 RPTT 215 Clinical Application 5 0 24 3 1 General Studies Elective 4 0 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 Totals 13 24 16 SEVENTH QUARTER RPTT 220 Seminar 4 0 4 RPTT 225 Clinical Application 6 0 40 8 Totals 4 40 12

1 General Studies Electives should be selected from the following approved list: ANTH 201 Introduction to Anthropology (4), any English course not currently required greater than ENGL 115S, PHIL 102 Introduction to Logic (4), PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (4), SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (4). Other communication or social science courses may be accepted, with the approval of the chairperson. Industrial and Engineering Technologies IND./ENG. TECHNOLOGIES — 165

interested in this option, you should see your Industrial and faculty advisor for details. For More Information Engineering Carl O. Hilgarth, M.S., Chairperson Cindy Hopkins, Secretary Dept. of Industrial and Engineering Technologies Technologies Shawnee State University You are to be commended if your decision is 940 Second Street to attend Shawnee State and to major in an Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 industrial or engineering technology. You will Phone: 740.351.3224 find few things more satisfying than learning Fax: 740.351.3546 about modern technologies. The field of E-mail: [email protected] industrial and engineering technology can lead to exciting and professionally fulfilling careers in the 21st Century. The Department: Programs in Industrial and • Develops curricula that create an under- standing of the practical and scientific bases Engineering Technologies of selected engineering technologies and modifies curricula and teaching methods in Bachelor of Individualized Studies response to technological advancement and See page 127 of current catalog for change. description. • Encourages the development of sound work Bachelor of Science ethics and a spirit of cooperation and Computer Engineering Technology excellence. Environmental Engineering Technology •Provides cooperative educational services. Plastics Engineering Technology • Seeks and encourages participation from the Minors business and industrial community. Computer Aided Design •Promotes occupational and educational Computer Technology opportunities for all graduates. Plastics Engineering Technology Your professional education is our primary Associate of Applied Science goal, and the quality of your success provides Optional concentration in robotics available with each degree the ultimate evaluation of how well we are Computer Aided Design meeting our goal. Electromechanical Engineering Technology All of our programs offer career-oriented, Plastics Engineering Technology technical instruction grounded in a strong base of science and mathematics. If you are interested Associate of Individualized Studies in these programs, you should prepare yourself See page 128 of current catalog for by taking mathematics and science courses in description. high school. If you did not take mathematics and science courses in high school, you are Certificate advised to take advantage of the developmental Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) courses available at Shawnee State, preferably Computer Technology during the summer before starting fall quarter. Plastics Engineering Technology The University administers mathematics and English assessment tests in order to place each student in appropriate courses. Articulation from Shawnee State’s associate degree programs or other colleges’ associate degree programs in technology into the junior year of our B.S. programs is possible. If you are 166 — COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Industrial and Engineering computer aided design, computer integrated manufacturing, manufacturing, construction, Technology Programs at energy, polymers, printing, safety, or trans- Shawnee State portation. The term ‘‘engineering technology’’ is Students in the B.S. degree programs in described by the Accreditation Board for engineering technology are required to complete Engineering and Technology as follows: all courses in the University’s general education program. In addition, the Department requires ‘‘Engineering technology is that part of the that all B.S. degree candidates take a core technological field which requires the application of curriculum of courses in mathematics, physics, scientific and engineering knowledge and methods computer programming, and engineering combined with technical skills in support of technology sciences. engineering activities: it lies in the occupational spectrum between the craftsman and the engineer at the end of the spectrum closest to the engineer.’’ Pass/No-Credit Policy This description reflects the common Students in the Department of Industrial and understanding among people in engineering Engineering Technologies are not permitted to and related professions that the engineering take any course in their major course of study technologist is a distinct type of professional on a pass/no-credit basis. This includes any whose main concern and interest is with existing course that is specifically identified by course operation, maintenance, and management of number and/or course title as a requirement for products and processes. Technologists are your graduation. finding increasing acceptance in positions formerly filled by engineers in such fields as sales, manufacturing, field service, and process engineering. The term “industrial technology” is described Bachelor Degrees by the National Association of Industrial Technology as: Bachelor of Science in “The field of study designed to prepare technical Computer Engineering and/or technical management-oriented profes- sionals for employment in business, industry, and Technology government.” The computer engineering technology Industrial technology degree programs and program is designed for the student who wishes professionals in industrial technology careers to pursue a career as a computing professional typically are involved with the following: and who desires a challenging curriculum which • The application of theories, concepts, and offers an wholistic approach to computing. principles found in the humanities and the Shawnee State’s program maintains a balance social and behavioral sciences, including a between computer software and hardware by thorough grounding in communication skills. blending the most critical courses from computer science with those from electrical engineering • The understanding of the theories and the technology. ability to apply the principles and concepts The program also balances computing theory of mathematics and science and the applica- with application by offering rigorous courses, tion of computer fundamentals. based on the most recent ACM/IEEE computer • The application of concepts derived from, engineering technology curricula guidelines, and current skills developed in, a variety of and adding to each of these courses an applied technical and related disciplines which may lab component. These labs encourage the appli- include, but is not limited to, materials and cation of theoretical knowledge to real-world production processes, industrial management projects which involve software applications, and human relations, marketing, communi- microprocessor-based systems, and computer cations, electronics, and graphics. networks. • The completion of a field of specialization, The overall breadth and depth of the program for example, electronic data processing, prepares graduates to apply computing-based ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING — 167 solutions to problems in industry, business, and Electricity and Electronics Courses (30 Hours) medicine. In addition, their skills help them ETEC 361 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 3 expand the frontiers of society by enabling ETEC 362 Advanced Circuit Analysis 2 3 those in the arts and sciences to attain greater ETEM 111 Electrical Fundamentals 1 (DC) 4 ETEM 112 Electrical Fundamentals 2 (AC) 4 levels of achievement in science, literature, art, ETEM 121 Electronics 1 4 music, and philosophy through appropriately ETEM 122 Electronics 2 4 applied computing technologies. ETEM 211 Electronic Logic Circuits 1 4 Careers available to graduates of the computer ETEM 212 Electronic Logic Circuits 2 4 engineering technology program include: Computer Technology Courses (81 Hours) • Software application developer ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Program. OR 4 •Hardware engineer ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming • Software engineer ETEC 102 Structured Programming w/C 3 •Local area network specialist ETEC 103 Data Structures with C 3 • Data communications specialist ETEC 211 Assembly Lang. Program. 1 3 •Digital system designer ETEC 212 Assembly Lang. Program. 2 3 ETEC 241 Microprocessor Circuits 1 3 •Applied research and development engineer ETEC 242 Microprocessor Circuits 2 3 ETEC 250 Comp. Sys. Integ. w/Novell 3 Degree Requirements ETEC 275 Systems Programming 3 ETEC 280 Applications Programming w/C 3 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours ETEC 315 Computer Architecture 1 3 The General Education Program is composed ETEC 320 Embedded Systems 3 of 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be ETEC 351 Networking and Comm. 1 3 satisfied by the following mathematics and ETEC 352 Networking and Comm. 2 3 science requirements in the computer ETEC 371 Realtime Operating Systems 1 3 engineering technology curriculum. Courses ETEC 372 Realtime Operating Systems 2 3 that apply are MATH 131 and Natural Science ETEC 373 Adv. Operating Sys. w/UNIX 3 Option 2: PHYS 211, 212, and 213. Further ETEC 421 Digital Control Systems 1 3 information about the GEP is listed on page 56 ETEC 422 Digital Control Systems 2 3 of the current catalog or can be obtained from ETEC 430 Database Systems 3 the department chairperson’s office. ETEC 477 Concurrency 3 Mathematics/Science Courses 36 Hours ETEC 480 Compiler Design and Implemen. 3 Drafting/CADD Courses 8 Hours ETEC 483 Software Engineering 3 ETEC 491 Design Laboratory 1 4 Electricity and Electronics Courses 30 Hours ETEC 492 Design Laboratory 2 4 Computer Technology Courses 81 Hours ETEC 495 Topics in Computing 3 Engineering Tech. Mgt. Courses 10 Hours Total Hours Required 201 Hours Engineering Technology Management Courses (10 Hours) Mathematics/Science Courses (36 Hours) ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Electives Select two of the following: 6 ETCO 210, ETCO 225, ETPL 320 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 Bachelor of Science in MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH Elective1 Select one of the following: 4 Environmental Engineering MATH 203, MATH 220, MATH 230, MATH 301, MATH 440. Technology PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 The environmental engineering technology PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 program prepares graduates for responsible operations, maintenance, and management Drafting/CADD Courses (8 Hours) positions in a wide variety of industrial, munic- ipal, recreational, and regulatory corporations ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 or agencies. Those graduates who also earn ETEM 130 Electromechanical Drawing 2 licensure in a specific division of environmental

1 Completion of these mathematics courses qualifies you for a minor in mathematical sciences. Consult your advisor and the chair of the Department of Mathematical Sciences for further information. 168 — ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING engineering technologies are better prepared for Natural Sciences Courses (45 Hours) management/supervisory positions in their TRACKS A, B, & C environmental specialties. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Graduates of our program have the advan- BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 tage of understanding the biological, chemical, CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 and physical aspects of environmental engi- CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 neering, along with the mechanical, electrical, CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 4 and computer equipment required for waste GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 processing. GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 The bachelor of science in environmental PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 engineering technology helps the student develop a concern for the environment, the very Engineering Technology Courses (22 Hours) life-stream of our existence. This concern, cou- pled with excellent communication skills, gives TRACKS A, B, & C the graduate the edge needed to meet the envi- ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Program. 4 (OR ETCO 116, or 117, or 150) ronmental challenges of the 90s and into the ETCO 210 Occup. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 21st century. ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 According to the U.S. Department of Labor, ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 Bureau of Labor Statistics, environmental ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 ETEM 110 Intro. to Electricity/Electronics 4 engineering technologists are employed in ETEM 115 Electromechanical Devices 3 almost every industry. Employment is expected to grow by 32%, continuing to grow faster than Synthesis (6 Hours) average and significantly increasing its share of TRACKS A, B, & C total employment by 2005. ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4

Degree Requirements Environmental Eng. Tech. Courses General Education Program - 36 Hours (33 or 61 Hours) Tracks A, B, and C (48 Hours) TRACKS A & B (61 HOURS) The General Education Program is composed ETEV 110 Intro. to Environ. Eng. & Reg. 3 of 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be ETEV 120 Laboratory Techniques 4 satisfied by requirements in the environmental ETEV 130 Water Treatment Techniques 3 engineering technology curriculum. Further ETEV 210 Wastewater Treat. Techniques 3 information about the GEP is listed on page ETEV 220 Hazardous Waste 3 56 of the current catalog or can be obtained ETEV 230 Intro. to Solid Waste Technology 3 from the department chairperson’s office. ETEV 240 Industrial Waste Treatment 3 Mathematics Component 16 Hours ETEV 250 Fluid Mechanics 3 Natural Sciences Courses 45 Hours ETEV 260 Automation for Environ. Tech. 3 ETEV 270 Industrial Toxicology 3 Engineering Technology Courses 22 Hours ETEV 280 Hazardous Waste Operations 4 Synthesis 4 Hours ETEV 290 Summer Cooperative Ed. 1 4 Environ. Eng. Tech. Courses 33 or 61 Hours ETEV 310 Thermodynamics 3 Track Requirement 12, 15, or 43 Hours ETEV 390 Summer Cooperative Ed. 2 4 ETEV 410 Eng. Hydrology for Technologists 3 Total Hours Required: ETEV 420 Intro. to Geog. Info. Systems 3 Track A 199 Hours ETEV 422 ISO 14,000 Standards & Guidelines 3 ETEV 430 Stat. Proc. for Analysis of Env. Data 3 Track B 196 Hours ETEV 440 Environmental Law & Policy 3

Track C 199 Hours TRACK C (33 HOURS) ETEV 110 Intro. to Environ. Eng. & Reg. 3 Mathematics Component (16 Hours) ETEV 120 Laboratory Techniques 4 TRACKS A, B, & C ETEV 220 Hazardous Waste 3 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ETEV 230 Intro. to Solid Waste Technology 3 ETEV 240 Industrial Waste Treatment 3 MATH 131 Algebra 2 4 ETEV 270 Industrial Toxicology 3 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 ETEV 290 Summer Cooperative Ed. 1 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 ETEV 310 Thermodynamics 3 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 ETEV 390 Summer Cooperative Ed. 2 4 ETEV 430 Stat. Proc. for Analysis of Env. Data 3 PLASTICS ENGINEERING — 169

Track Requirement (15, 12, or 43 Hours) technology curriculum. Courses that apply are MATH 131 and Natural Science Option 2: TRACK A: HAZARDOUS MANAGEMENT (15 HOURS) CHEM 121, 122, and 200. Further information ETEV 345 Mgt. of Hazardous Material 3 about the GEP is listed on page 56 of the ETEV 355 Hzrd. Waste Treat. & Control Tech. 3 current catalog or can be obtained from the ETEV 365 Environmental Risk Analysis 3 department chairperson’s office. ETEV 435 Env. Monitoring & Sampling Syst. 3 Engineering Technology Courses 35 Hours ETEV 445 Hazardous Site Remediation 3 Mathematics/Science Courses 40 Hours OR Support Courses 14 Hours TRACK B: WASTE TREATMENT TECHNICIAN (12 HOURS) Plastics Engineering Tech. Courses 83 Hours ETEV 315 Water Treatment 2 3 Total Hours Required 208 Hours ETEV 325 Wastewater Treatment 2 3 ETEV 335 Air Pollution 2 3 Engineering Technology Courses (35 Hours) ETEV 425 Solid Waste Disposal 2 3 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. OR ETCO 110 Computer Appl. for Eng. Tech 2 TRACK C: HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNOLOGIST ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 (43 HOURS) ETCO 202 Statics & Strength of Materials 4 AHNR 285 Topics in Health Physics 1 14 ETCO 210 Occup. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 AHNR 286 Topics in Health Physics 2 14 ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 ETEV 345 Mgt. of Hazardous Material 3 ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 ETEV 355 Hzrd. Waste Treat. & Control Tech. 3 ETCO 230 Introduction to Robotics 3 ETEV 425 Solid Waste Disposal 2 3 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 ETEV 435 Env. Monitoring & Sampling Syst. 3 ETEM 110 Intro. to Electricity/Electronics 4 ETEV 445 Hazardous Site Remediation 3 ETCA 120 Introduction to CADKEY 3 ETXX - - - Elective (See Advisor) 3

Mathematics/Science Courses (40 Hours) Bachelor of Science in CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 122 Intro. to General Chemistry 2 4 Plastics Engineering CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 1 4 Technology MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 Products made by the plastics industry range MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 from simple articles like bottles and cups to MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 highly intricate molded parts for the automotive, MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 electronics, and medical products industries. PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 Their production requires knowledgeable tech- nologists who can design a product, select the Support Courses (14 Hours) best plastic for that product, design a mold, and ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 4 establish the optimum operating conditions for ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 the machines that are used to mold the product. SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Comm. 3 The plastics engineering technology program Technical Electives (See Advisor) 3 prepares you to become a member of the team that accomplishes these objectives. Plastics Engineering Tech. Courses (83 Hours) The program emphasizes plastics processing Processing operations and includes significant components ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 3 in the areas of materials, mold design, and pro- ETPL 200 Injection Molding 4 duction methods. Graduates of the program are ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding 4 ETPL 210 Thermoforming/Finishing 4 prepared to assume an entry-level management ETPL 215 Thermosetting Processes 4 position in a plastics production environment. ETPL 450 Advanced Processing 1 4 Typical job titles are process engineer, project ETPL 455 Advanced Processing 2 4 engineer, and production manager. Management/Supervision ETPL 300 Plastics in Society 3 Degree Requirements ETPL 310 Plant Layout and Mat. Hand. 3 ETPL 320 Production Cost Analysis 3 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours ETPL 440 Advanced Manufac. Tech. 4 The General Education Program is composed of 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be Materials satisfied by the following mathematics and ETPL 230 Properties of Poly. Materials 4 science requirements in the plastics engineering ETPL 240 Testing of Plastics 3 170 — ELECTROMECHANICAL

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. CADD Electives May be used as technical electives. ETPL 330 Material Science 3 ETCA 120 Intro. to CADKEY® 2 3 3 ETPL 460 Composites 3 ETCA 150 Comp. Aid. Machining 2 3 3 ETCA 202 Piping Draw. w/ CADD 2 3 3 Statistics ETCA 203 Wld. Prt. Des. w/CADD 2 3 3 ETPL 400 Statis. Proc./Quality Control 1 4 ETCA 204 Cst.&Mld. Des.w/CADD 2 3 3 ETPL 405 Statis. Proc./Quality Control 2 4 ETCA 230 Render. and Animation 2 3 3 ETPL 410 Applied Statistical Experimen. 4 ETCA 285 Spec. Top. in CADD ? ? ? ETEG 285 Spec. Top. in Eng. Drw. ? ? ? Design/Fabrication ETMA 140 Machine Tools 3 ETPL 420 Plastics Part Design 3 CADD Sequence ETPL 425 Mold Design and Analysis 1 4 ETPL 430 Mold Design and Analysis 2 4 Introduction Blueprint Engineering ETPL 470 Senior Project 4 to CADD Reading Drawing 1 ETCA 101 ETEG 105 ETEG 110

Mechanical CADD Menu Engineering Drafting Customization Drawing 2 w/CADD ETCA 103 ETEG 120 Associate Degrees ETCA 102 Engineering Associate of Applied Science Advanced LISP Drawing 3 Drafting Programming ETEG 130 w/CADD ETCA 205 in Computer Aided Design ETCA 104 The advent of computer aided design is one of 3-D Modeling CADD the most significant developments in the draft- w/CADD Electives ing area. Not only has CADD revolutionized ETCA 105 the way in which drawings are produced, but when coupled with computer aided machining Solid Modeling (CAM), the entire manufacturing process is ETCA 250 bound together and integrated. Shawnee State’s CADD department uses industry standard hardware and software in all Sample Schedule classes. Unless otherwise stated, all classes Class Lab Credit utilize the latest release of AutoCAD,® which Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. holds over 74% of the PC/CADD market. FIRST QUARTER (Fall) Positions for CADD operators exist in: ENGL111S Discourse and Comp. 4 0 4 Aerospace Med. equip. mfg. ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 Architecture Packaging ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Prog. 4 0 4 Automotive industries Petroleum ETEG 110 Engineering Draw. 1 2 3 3 Building/construction Piping ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 0 2 Totals 16 6 18 Civil engineering Plastics Defense Tool design SECOND QUARTER (Winter) ENGL 112S Comp. and Research 4 0 4 Electronics Transportation ETCA 102 Mechan. Draft. w/CADD 2 3 3 Foundry Utilities ETCA 103 CADD Menu Custom. 2 3 3 Machining Welding ETEG 120 Engineering Draw. 2 2 3 3 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 Students graduating from the program expect Totals 14 9 17 occupations as, for example, CADD operators, THIRD QUARTER (Spring) draftspersons, engineering designers, detailers, ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 0 4 and technical illustrators. ETCA 104 Advanced Draft. w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCA 105 3-D Model. w/CADD 2 3 3 ETEG 130 Engineering Drawing 3 2 3 3 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 Suggested Technical Electives Totals 14 9 17 Class Lab Credit FOURTH QUARTER (Fall) Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. ETCA 205 LISP Programming 2 3 3 BUIS 201 C Language 2 3 3 ETCA CADD Elective 2 3 3 ETCO 202 Stat. and Strength of Mat. 3 3 4 ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 0 3 ETEM 111 Electrical Fund. 1 (DC) 2 3 3 ETMA 140 Machine Tools 2 3 3 ETIN 120 Processing Instrumen. 3 3 4 SOCI - - - Elective (advisor approved) 4 0 4 ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 2 3 3 Totals 13 9 16 PLASTICS ENGINEERING — 171

FIFTH QUARTER (Winter) THIRD QUARTER ETCA 220 Microstation® 2 3 3 ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 0 4 ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 2 3 3 ETEM 121 Electronics 1 3 3 4 MATH 132 Trig. and Analytic Geom. 4 0 4 ETEM 130 Electromechanical Drawing 1 3 2 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 ETCO 115 VBASIC Comp. Prog. 4 0 4 ETXX - - - Technical Elective 2 3 3 MATH 132 Trig. and Analytic Geom. 4 0 4 Totals 13 12 17 Totals 16 6 18 SIXTH QUARTER (Spring) FOURTH QUARTER ETCA 201 Sm. Bldg. Design w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 0 3 ETCA 250 Solid Modeling 2 3 3 ETEM 122 Electronics 2 3 3 4 ETCA CADD Elective 2 3 3 ETEM 201 Electromechanical Systems 2 3 3 PHYS PHYS Elective (choose either 3 3 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 0 4 202 or 203 or NTSC 110S) PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 Totals 15 9 18 Totals 12 12 16 FIFTH QUARTER ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 2 3 3 ETEM 208 Automation Fundamentals 3 3 4 ETEM 209 Robotics 2 3 3 Associate of Applied ETEM 211 Electronic Logic Circuits 1 3 3 4 SOCI 110S Found. of Social Science 4 0 4 Science in Electromechanical Totals 14 12 18 Engineering Technology SIXTH QUARTER ETCO 202 Statics/Strength Materials 3 3 4 Modern life is very dependent on electro- ETEM 212 Electronic Logic Circuits 2 3 3 4 ETEM 215 Electromechanical Design 1 6 3 mechanical technology; nearly every aspect of ETEM 220 Technical Presentations 1 3 2 living is dependent on electricity. This program PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 3 3 4 prepares you to become a competent Totals 11 18 17 electromechanical technician capable of working and communicating with engineers, scientists, and production personnel. Associate of Applied The job market is almost unlimited for grad- Science in Plastics uates of our program. Examples of positions in which our graduates are employed include: Engineering Technology • Computer development technician Plastics is one of the fastest growing indus- • Automation service technician tries in the United States, with an economic • Design technician impact exceeding $100 billion annually and • Draftsman providing approximately 1.5 million jobs. As it • Electrician continues its rapid growth in both sales and • Electronic assembler consumption, the plastics industry will continue • Electronic assembly foreman to lead others in both expansion and stability. • Instrumentation technician Our associate degree program prepares you • Maintenance foreman to become a valuable and integral part of the • Robotics technician plastics field. Graduates enter positions dealing with injection molding, extrusion, blow molding, Sample Schedule thermoforming, structural and nonstructural Class Lab Credit foams, rotomolding, supervision, industrial Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. statistics, mold preparation, setup, quality FIRST QUARTER control, production control, fabrication, and ENGL 111S Discourse and Comp. 4 0 4 semiprofessional research and development. ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 Positions available to the plastics technology ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 ETEM 111 Electrical Fund. 1 (DC) 3 3 4 graduate include: MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 Totals 15 6 17 • Process engineer • Production technician SECOND QUARTER • Senior technician ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 • Application research technician ETEM 112 Electrical Fund. 2 (AC) 3 3 4 • Technician service representative ETEM 115 Electromechanical Devices 2 3 3 • Quality control technician MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 Totals 15 9 18 • Chemical sales or technical service representative 172 — CADD

Graduates of this associate degree program have the option of applying their two years Certificates directly into the bachelor’s program in a 2+2 fashion. This gives you the flexibility to leave at the end of two years or finish the bachelor’s Computer Aided Drafting and degree in four years. Design Technician Program The one-year CADD certificate program Sample Schedule allows you to quickly develop skills in drafting Class Lab Credit and CADD operation. It prepares you for an Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. occupation as a drafter or CADD operator FIRST QUARTER using the latest version of AutoCAD. In this CHEM 121 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 three-quarter program, you take three drafting ENGL 111S Discourse and Comp. 4 0 4 courses and at least five courses in CADD. The ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 2 3 3 remaining three electives allow you to explore MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 other areas of technology and to specialize in an Totals 15 6 17 individual field of study. If you wish to further SECOND QUARTER your studies after completing the certificate, CHEM 122 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 2 3 3 4 you may choose to continue in the associate ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 0 4 degree program in CADD. ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 ETMA 140 Machine Tools 2 3 3 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 Sample Schedule Totals 15 9 18 Class Lab Credit THIRD QUARTER Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chem. 3 3 4 FIRST QUARTER ENGL 115S Comp. and Literature 4 0 4 ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 ETCA 120 Intro. to CADKEY® 2 3 3 ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 ETPL 200 Injection Molding 3 3 4 ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD fclty. approv. 2 3 3 MATH 132 Trig. & Analytical Geom. 4 0 4 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 Totals 16 9 19 ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 0 2 MATH 105 Plane Geometry 4 0 4 FOURTH QUARTER Totals 14 9 17 ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Prog. 4 0 4 ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding 3 3 4 SECOND QUARTER ETPL 230 Prop. of Polymeric Mat. 3 3 4 ETCA 102 Mech. Draft. with CADD 2 3 3 ETPL 240 Testing of Plastics 2 3 3 ETCA 130 CADD Menu Custom. 2 3 3 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 0 4 ETEG 120 Engineering Drawing 2 2 3 3 Totals 16 9 19 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD faclty. approv. 2 3 3 FIFTH QUARTER Totals 12 12 16

ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 0 4 THIRD QUARTER ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 0 3 ETEM 110 Intro. to Elctrcty./Elctrncs. 3 3 4 ETCA 104 Advanced Draft. w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCA 105 3-D Modeling with CADD 2 3 3 ETPL 210 Thermoform. and Finish. 3 3 4 ETCA - - - CADD Elective 2 3 3 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 ETEG 130 Engineering Drawing 3 2 3 3 Totals 16 9 19 ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD fclty. approv. 2 3 3 SIXTH Q Totals 10 15 15

UARTER ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 0 3 Plastics Engineering ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 2 3 3 ETPL 215 Thermosetting Processes 3 3 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 3 3 4 Technology SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. & Hum. Com. 3 0 3 The one-year plastics engineering technology Totals 14 9 17 certificate program combines various course- work in plastic processes, production, processing, and the basic plastic science necessary for a realistic grasp of the industry. Graduates of the program are prepared for entry into one of the largest production envi- ronments in the country. Entry-level positions include machine operator, material handler, and MINORS — 173 mold set-up assistant. Students should see their SECOND QUARTER plastics faculty advisor before beginning this ETWB 102 Object Oriented Prog. 2 4 0 4 ETWB 112 XML 2 (DOM, SAX) 4 0 4 program. Totals 8 0 8

THIRD QUARTER Sample Schedule ETWB 103 Object Oriented Prog. 3 4 0 4 Class Lab Credit ETWB 113 XML 3 (XSLT, DTDs) 4 0 4 Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Totals 8 0 8

FIRST QUARTER FOURTH QUARTER ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 ETWB 221 Web Databases 4 0 4 ETCO 115 VBASIC Comp. Prog. 4 0 4 ETWB 232 Application Servers 4 0 4 ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 2 3 3 Totals 8 0 8 ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding 3 3 4 ETPL 300 Plastics in Society 2 0 3 FIFTH QUARTER Totals 13 6 16 ETWB 243 Internet Devices 4 0 4 SECOND QUARTER ETWB 251 Software Components 4 0 4 Totals 8 0 8 ETCA 120 Introduction to CADKEY® 2 3 3 ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 0 3 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 ETEM 110 Intro. to Elctrcty./Elctrncs. 3 3 4 ETPL 210 Thermoforming/Finishing 3 3 4 Totals 13 12 17 Minors THIRD QUARTER ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Hlth. Mgt. 3 0 3 Plastics Engineering ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 2 3 3 ETPL 200 Injection Molding 3 3 4 Technology ETPL 215 Thermosetting Processes 3 3 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. and Hum. Com. 3 0 3 Aminor in plastics engineering technology Totals 14 9 17 offers students in any of Shawnee State’s other baccalaureate programs an opportunity to broaden their major course of study with an Web Engineering Technology auxiliary focus in plastics engineering technol- This certificate program focuses on using the ogy. The minor requires eight classes (24-25 latest object oriented software engineering credit hours) from the plastics engineering principles to develop web applications for the technology program and is designed for next generation of open web services that are students in degree programs other than plastics now becoming available. Technologies like engineering technology. Please schedule an XML, application servers, software components, advising appointment through the department web databases, open services gateways, and office before declaring this minor. wireless device applications are covered in depth along with techniques for integrating these Required Courses (18 Hours) technologies in order to develop web services. ETCA 120 Introduction to CADKEY® The certificate is a 10-course/6-quarter program ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing and is especially designed to enhance the ETPL 240 Testing of Plastics abilities of individuals who have earned an A+, ETPL 300 Plastics in Society Cisco, Microsoft MSCE, jCert Java, or a similar ETPL 320 Production Cost Analysis ETPL 330 Material Science certification and for individuals who would like to develop the skills necessary to meet the challenges of the web services model that the Elective Courses (7-8 Hours) Two additional courses from the following list, one of which must internet is currently moving towards. For more be 300 or 400 level. information on this certificate, visit ETMA 140 Machine Tools http://cyber.shawnee.edu/etwb ETPL 200 Injection Molding ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding ETPL 210 Thermoforming/Finishing Sample Schedule ETPL 215 Thermosetting Processes Class Lab Credit ETPL 230 Properties of Polymeric Materials Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. ETPL 400 Statistical Process/Quality Control 1 FIRST QUARTER ETPL 405 Statistical Process/Quality Control 2 ETWB 101 Object Oriented Prog. 1 4 0 4 ETPL 440 Advanced Manufacturing Techniques ETWB 111 XML 1 (XHTML) 4 0 4 ETPL 450 Advanced Processing 1 Totals 8 0 8 ETPL 460 Composites 174 — ROBOTICS OPTION

Computer Aided Design Pre-Engineering Curriculum (26-28 Hours) The College of Professional Studies and the Students enrolled in any of Shawnee State’s College of Arts and Sciences offer a two-year baccalaureate programs may elect to pursue a pre-engineering program to students who minor in computer aided design. A CAD minor intend to pursue a career in engineering. provides the computer, technical, and design Designed for students who wish to transfer to a skills necessary to stay competitive in today’s traditional engineering school, this two-year job market. Students use the latest version of curriculum includes technical, humanities, and AutoCAD®. The popularity of this software liberal arts courses. Pre-engineering students ensures a growing demand for proficient are enrolled in the Department of Engineering AutoCAD operators. Technologies or College of Arts and Sciences and are advised by appropriate faculty. These Required Courses (17 Credits) faculty are also available to help you decide which particular branch of engineering you Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. might wish to pursue. ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 ETCA 102 Mech. Draft. with CADD 3 While this curriculum is designed to meet ETCA 103 CADD Menu Customization 3 the general needs of many traditional engineer- ETCA 105 3D Modeling with CADD 3 ing institutions, you should verify any specific ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 needs of the school and discipline of your ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 choice. In addition, most of this coursework will satisfy scholastic requirements if you wish Elective Courses (9-11 Credits) to pursue a degree in engineering technology or The number of credits is dependent on sequence selected. Choose natural sciences, concentrating in physics, from one of the following. through Shawnee State University. Another Sequence A option is an associate of science degree in BUAI 101 Intro. to Automated Info. Sys. 4 individualized studies with concentrations in a BUAI 103 Computer Applications 4 number of technical disciplines. Sequence B This curriculum is undergoing course BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Sys. 4 BUIS 103 BASIC Language 4 revisions. Contact the Department of Sequence C Industrial and Engineering Technologies for ETCO 110 Computer Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 the latest program course requirements. ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 AND, select one of the following courses (regardless of which sequence is chosen): Pre-Engineering General Course ETCA 104 Adv. Drafting with CADD 3 Sequence ETCA 150 Computer Aided Machining 3 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ETCA 201 Small Building Design 3 ETCA 230 Rendering and Animation 3 FIRST YEAR FALL QUARTER CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Robotics Option ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition 4 (Offered upon sufficient demand) ETCO 110 Computer Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 Students enrolled in the associate degree ETCO 115 VBASIC Comp. Program. 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 programs in computer aided drafting and design Total 19 and electromechanical and plastics engineering technology may also pursue a concentration in WINTER QUARTER robotics. You must have electromechanical CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 ENGL 112S Composition and Research 4 faculty approval and complete 15 credit hours ETEC 102 Structured Programming w/C 3 of the following courses in numerical sequence. MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 ETCO 230 Introduction to Robotics OR PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ETEM 209 Robotics Total 20 ETRO 211 Robotic Interfacing SPRING QUARTER ETRO 212 Robotic Applications CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 ETRO 213 Robotic Maintenance/Servicing ECON 101 Principles of Economics 3 ENGL 115S Composition and Literature 4 PRE-ENGINEERING— 175

ETEC 103 Data Structures with C 3 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 Total 19 SECOND YEAR FALL QUARTER ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 3 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 Total 18 WINTER QUARTER ENGL 225S Civilization and Literature 1 4 MATH 301 Ordinary Differ. Equations 4 PHIL 320S Ethics in Pub. and Priv. Life 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 Total 16 SPRING QUARTER ENGL 226S Civilization and Literature 2 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science 3 SOCI 150 Principles of Statistics 4 SPCH 103 Pub. Speak. and Hum. Com. 3 Total 18

Special Notes •Students starting in an even numbered year should schedule physics in the first year and chemistry in the second. Students starting in an odd numbered year, should follow the schedule shown above. • Some prerequisites are presumed, and remediation will be required if not met: a) CHEM 141 requires high school chemistry or CHEM 121 and corequisite of MATH 130. b) MATH 201 requires placement or the following sequence: MATH 099, 101, 105, 130, 131, 132. (This sequence may be entered at any point.) Pre-College Programs PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAMS — 177

career options available to them as well as the value of adequate planning regarding careers Pre-College that require a college education. For more information about the BEAR CUBS program, contact Lois Rase, the coordinator, at Programs 740.351.3543. The following programs—with the exception of BASICS and BEAR CUBS—are part of the Talent Search federal TRIO program, are funded by the U.S. Department of Education, and are housed on Shawnee State University’s Educational the Shawnee State campus. If you would like Talent Search program is funded through a grant more information about any of the programs, from the U.S. Department of Education and please call Barb Bradbury, 740.351.3439, or the serves residents of Lawrence, Pike, and Scioto numbers below. counties. The program provides services to students in grades 6-12 who want to pursue a college education. Participants must meet BASICS certain guidelines, as established by the U.S. Department of Education. Shawnee BASICS, Basic Adult Skills in a College Setting, is designed to allow students to Participants receive: get a GED, learn to read, prepare for college, or Educational Counseling: ACT test prepara- enhance job skills. BASICS is free and is designed tion workshops; information about specific as a self-paced course of study. colleges, universities, and other schools; Housed in the Advanced Technology Center, assistance selecting, applying to, and enrolling BASICS focuses on reading, writing, and arith- in educational programs after high school; metic; however, it includes instruction in other college life workshops; contacts with school areas as well. Classes in problem-solving, listen- representatives; and assistance selecting high ing, self-esteem, team work, time and personal school classes in preparation for college. management, and basic keyboarding skills Career Counseling Services: Career enhance the marketability of the unemployed in exploration and planning, career interest Scioto County and the surrounding area. testing and follow-up, goal setting. For more information about BASICS, contact Financial Aid Information and Assistance: Carolyn Gross, coordinator, at 740.351.3325. Financial aid workshops for parents and students, information about grants, scholarships, college work programs, and The BEAR CUBS Program student loans. Shawnee State’s BEAR CUBS program, whose Assistance with Special Needs: Identification title is an acronym for Building Enthusiasm for of support services for disabled students who Access and Retention in College by Under- may need additional help for college or voca- standing the Basics for Success, is funded by a tional success (i.e., tutoring and counseling). grant from the Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education and is also supported by the The Talent Search program is located on the Shawnee State University Development Foun- ground floor of the Office Annex and is open dation. The program serves all districts in Scioto Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. County and selected schools in the Pike County Please call 740.351.3558 for further information. area. Each year, BEAR CUBS staff reach out to approximately 4,200 fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth grade students and point out the values of Upward Bound academic achievement and the importance of Shawnee State University’s Upward Bound attending college. The program provides a program is funded through a grant from the classroom presentation and a campus visit, U.S. Department of Education and serves which allows students to participate in a variety students from several Scioto County high of college campus activities. The emphasis of schools. The program focuses on students who BEAR CUBS is on helping students to explore are interested in attending college but who may 178 — PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAMS need an extra ‘‘push’’ to turn that interest into Appalachian Ohio, Kentucky, and West Virginia reality. Upward Bound provides academic, with an exciting learning experience in the math social, recreational, cultural, and counseling and science fields. The UBMSC at Shawnee services in order to generate the skills, motiva- State University provides academic, social, tion, and self-confidence necessary for success recreational, cultural, and counseling services in in college. order to generate the skills, motivation, and The primary goal of the program is to prepare self-confidence necessary for students to succeed students for college or technical education after in a university math or science program. The high school. This is completed in two phases. program is designed to expand the students’ The first phase is the academic year component. During this time, Upward Bound math and science abilities and help prepare develops college study skills and provides them for a math or science program at the tutoring and counseling. Also, the program university level. meets once a month for planned educational During the summer, students are part of a and exciting social activities that reward the six-week, residential program at Shawnee State students for their efforts. University. While living on campus, students The second phase is the summer component. complete inquiry-based projects to make the During the summer, the students take part in a connection between math and science and real six-week, residential program on the campus of world applications. They also take enrichment Shawnee State University. While living in classes, are involved in social and recreational campus housing, the students take interesting activities, and have the opportunity to travel to academic courses and enjoy fun social activities interesting places. Students get to know what and educational travel experiences. The students college life is like through these different have the opportunity to work, too. In other experiences. words, the student gets a taste of what college During the academic year, professors and life is all about. UBMSC staff mentor students via phone, High school students are selected for the newsletter, and Internet. Students are invited to Shawnee State Upward Bound program if: submit project reports, creative writing pieces, They show potential for academic success in and personal news, which may be included in a college, but lack adequate skills, motivation, monthly newsletter or posted on the UBMSC or self-confidence. web page. There are also opportunities for some They are first generation college students, students to participate in weekend activities meaning that neither of their parents earned throughout the year. a bachelor’s (four-year) degree. Other We recruit students from Appalachian Ohio, students will be considered for the program, Kentucky, and West Virginia, who are not served but the majority must be first-generation college students. currently by a UBMSC. Eligible students must meet the following criteria: Their family income does not exceed the guidelines determined by the U.S. Department Currently enrolled in grades 10 (sophomores) of Education. Other students will be consid- or 11 (juniors) ered for the program, but the majority must Meet Federal Income Guidelines and/or be come from families whose income does not potential first generation college students exceed the established guidelines. (neither parent has earned a 4-year degree) For more information about the Upward Interest in a math or science career Bound program, please contact our office, which Minimum 2.3 GPA is located in the Trio Center in the Commons Building. Our phone number is 740.351.3439. Note: Students with parents who have a two- year degree may apply to the program. Upward Bound Math For more information, contact the UBMSC office at 351.3439 or toll free 1.877.SSU.UBMS Science Center (778.8267). The Upward Bound Math Science Center (UBMSC) is designed to provide students in University Outreach Services 180 — UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES

begin quarterly, offering training on many University Outreach popular software packages. Training sessions designed specifically for a group or organization Services are also scheduled as needed. Outreach Services provides a mobile computer lab of state-of-the- Recognizing the ever-changing face of art equipment, enabling Shawnee State to offer education, educators, and students, University on-site computer education and skills training Outreach Services serves as the gateway to the to area businesses and organizations. community, reaching out to learners in an ever-expanding service area. It provides the District Science Day Shawnee District stable foundation upon which experimental 14 Science Day is one of 16 district science educational ideas are offered, partnerships are competitions sponsored by the Ohio Academy formed, and quality programming and services of Science (OAS) and hosted by colleges and are delivered. universities across the state of Ohio. It annually Developed through a reorganization and attracts nearly 300 students, grades 5-12, from redirection of university academic and commu- Adams, Lawrence, Pike, and Scioto counties. It nity outreach services, the office is designed to is an avenue for students to develop indepen- provide a wide array of specialized educational dent or team scientific research projects which opportunities. These include the educational may lead to an opportunity to compete at the and cultural enrichment opportunities critical to State Science Day, Buckeye Science and Engi- young students in the surrounding communities, neering Fair, or the INTEL International Science technical training customized to meet the needs and Engineering Fair. of workers in nearby businesses striving to Elderhostel Elderhostel provides enrich- compete in the high-tech work place, and the ment experiences for learners over 55. Senior showcasing of the educational talent and exper- citizens from all parts of the country spend a tise of Shawnee State’s faculty and staff through week at Shawnee State, becoming acquainted distance education, integration of academic with the local culture and taking part in services, and research and development of specially designed classes. cutting-edge programming. Grants Management University Out- The purpose of University Outreach Services reach Services provides resources and technical is to provide leadership in program innovation, assistance to university-wide grant-seeking research, and development; sustain partnerships efforts. As the campus liaison for the Office of with regional educational, business and indus- Federal Programs, Outreach Services provides try, and community organizations; and offer access to federal funding sources. diversified quality programming and services. Ohio Academic Competitions Bureau of Worker’s Compensation The Ohio Academic Competition (OAC) provides Health and Safety Training The Ohio Ohio high school students the opportunity to Bureau of Workers’ Compensation Division of exercise their reasoning, critical thinking, and Safety and Hygiene offers a series of training recall skills in a healthy, competitive environ- courses covering critical health and safety issues ment. Top students from all parts of Ohio are for eligible segments of the Ohio business introduced to Shawnee State through the OAC. community. Shawnee State University, through As the statewide point of coordination, Outreach its University Outreach Services, is one of six Services registers nearly 90 teams for participa- satellite training locations and serves the tion in regional competitions at four sites in Southern Ohio area. Ohio. Shawnee State hosts the southeast regional Community Education Program The statewide competition. Community Education Program encompasses a Summer Honors Institute The Ohio broad range of noncredit personal development Department of Education funds the Summer courses, programs, and activities which are Honors Institute for 16 selected state and private offered to the general public. colleges and universities in Ohio. Approximately Computer Enrichment Training Com- 150 students participate in the Summer Institute munity members interested in honing their at Shawnee State University each year. The computer skills in a noncredit setting may enroll Institutes are designed to offer Ohio’s talented in a variety of proficiency classes. New classes and gifted high school sophomores and juniors UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES — 181 intensive learning experiences and exposure to Professional development is offered to area the hosting college’s campus. Since Shawnee educators to enhance their knowledge of the State became a part of the Summer Institute School-to-Work initiative through workshops, network, the University has consistently hosted conferences, and training. one of the largest Institutes in Ohio each year. Mentorships and internships for area high school and college students are currently being coordinated. School-toWork, Urban/Rural Groundhog Job Shadow Day provides area students with an opportunity to shadow local Opportunities Grant professionals. In 2001, over 40 eighth grade Through an award from the U.S. Department students from Northwest Middle School and of Labor, this initiative provides School-to-Work Portsmouth West Middle School shadowed opportunities to students in the Northwest and employees at SSU in observance of the national Washington-Nile School Districts, Scioto County job shadowing event. Joint Vocational School, and Shawnee State University. The purpose of School-to-Work is to encourage all students to explore their educa- Targeted Industries Training tional and occupational options. Following are some of the opportunities provided by the Program initiative at Shawnee State. The Targeted Industries Training Program is Career Technology Laboratories have been an initiative of the Ohio Board of Regents and is developed using state-of-the-art computer coordinated through the Enterprise Ohio modules in each school district. The laboratories Network. provide hands-on learning in such technological The goal of the program is to improve quality, careers as construction, computer-aided design, productivity, and competitive ability of Ohio’s robotics and automation, electronics, biomedi- businesses through employee training. Grants cine, alternative energy, space, and aerodynamics. provide funding for customized training to area Explore Your Future (winter and summer) is manufacturers with an emphasis on enhancing a week-long program offered to area K-12 competitiveness, retention, and expansion. students on the campuses of Shawnee State Nonmanufacturing businesses may also access University and Scioto County Joint Vocational funds for training employees in the area of School. Explore Your Future helps students information technology. make connections between current interests and Targeted Industries Training grant funds education and future career options. Students provide 75 percent of the total cost of training, explore various careers through educational leaving only the remaining 25 percent to be skill-building exercises, hands-on activities, paid by the company. This makes the much field trips, and guest speakers. needed training affordable for Ohio’s small Career Exploration for Women is offered businesses. annually to area middle school female students The Enterprise Ohio Network—of which as an opportunity to explore nontraditional Shawnee State is a member—is an association careers and occupations. This half-day program of two-year campuses in Ohio that partner with offers sessions representing over 35 nontradi- companies and public sector organizations as a tional professions, and area women serve as part of the state’s economic development infra- instructors and role models in each workshop structure. session. Summer Fellowships for Teachers provides all educators in Northwest Local Schools, Tech Prep Ohio South Washington-Nile Local Schools, Scioto County Joint Vocational School, and Shawnee State Consortium University with an opportunity for 160 hours of By the end of this century, our state and intense, hands-on job training in area businesses national economies will need many more highly of their choice. Fellowships are paid experiences skilled technical workers. These important, and are held during the summer months. good-paying jobs will require more than a high Applications are distributed in the spring to all school education, but less than a four-year participating schools. college degree. This means that many more 182 — UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES young Americans will need to prepare to go to community learning centers. college—and particularly into the technical Each center, or “After School Mall,” offers a programs offered at their local university. variety of opportunities, including tutoring and Tech Prep is a new way of doing business in instruction for students at risk of failing the our high schools and colleges. It aims at prepar- Ohio proficiency test or experiencing difficulties ing more young people to enter the training in the classroom. Expanded library hours and pipeline for technical jobs of the future. Tech services, access to computer labs and Internet Prep high school students (1) learn college and computer training are featured at each preparatory academics in applied, real-world center. Thematic and family reading programs, contexts that make the content more meaningful expanded drug and violence prevention educa- and accessible to them; (2) develop technological tion and counseling, and after school field trips literacy, including the ‘‘new basics’’ of computer to enrichment work sites and college campuses usage; (3) in 11th and 12th grade, immerse are provided. An emphasis is placed on social themselves in occupational skills needed to enter development through organized recreational and succeed in an associate degree program. activities, food service, and supervised relaxation Tech Prep is also designed to be flexible, enabling areas for students to rest and listen to music with students to opt in or out of Tech Prep at various friends. In an effort to remove transportation points in their high school experience. barriers for rural participants, the grant provides At the end of high school, Tech Prep graduates ample funds for transportation home from each are ready to choose a technical major and enter center. an advanced skills technical associate degree program at a university or community college. For more information about University Alternatively, they can enter the world of work Outreach Services contact: with an array of stronger basic and occupational skills than graduates of general education Virginia Moore, Director programs. 740.351.3281 • [email protected] In our area, the Tech Prep Ohio South Cathy Mullins, Academic Grants Officer/ Consortium partners Shawnee State University, Assistant to the Provost Ohio University Southern Campus, and local 740.351.3412 • [email protected] school districts with a wide array of regional Jerry Blanchard, Assistant Director business and industry partners. The Consortium, 21st Century Community Learning Centers which originated in 1992 with a federal Tech 740.351.3316 • [email protected] Prep grant, is a dynamic initiative that continues to evolve and grow in its partnerships and its Cristy Boggs, Coordinator scope of programming. Computer Enrichment As Tech Prep high school graduates enter 740.351.3178 • [email protected] Shawnee State University, the associate degree Dan Brown programs in engineering technologies and Business & Industry Training Manager business technologies are ready to receive them. 740.351.3322 • [email protected] Tech Prep students have the opportunity to Megan Horne, Coordinator, School-to-Work enhance their associate degree by completing 740.351.3535 • [email protected] additional courses in a related technology area, making them better prepared for tomorrow’s Tom Reiser, Associate Director, Tech Prep job market. 740.351.3122 • [email protected] Judy Meeker, Coordinator, Tech Prep Twenty-first Century 740.351.3411 • [email protected] Community Learning Centers Two three-year federal grants, totalling $7.1 million per year, were awarded to Scioto County Joint Vocational School, Shawnee State University, and the Ohio South Tech Prep Consortium partner school districts to provide out-of-school activities for rural students at 36 Affiliated Organizations 184 — AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS

vocational, career, and financial aid information Ohio Appalachian to eligible adults. EOC outreach coordinators are located on the Center for Higher campuses of Belmont Technical College, Hocking Technical College, Jefferson Community College, Muskingum Area Technical College, Rio Grande Education Community College, Southern State Community Located on the Shawnee State campus, the College, Washington State Community College, Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education and Kent State University - East Liverpool. (OACHE) is a consortium of the ten public colleges and universities within the 29-county Ohio Appalachian region. The mission of OACHE is to increase the level of educational attainment of residents by sponsoring access ROAD:MAP 2005 projects in member institutions and in public Realizing Our Academic Dreams: A Model school districts. Access Project, or ROAD:MAP 2005, is a OACHE operates with funds provided by program funded by the U. S. Department of the Ohio General Assembly through the Ohio Education's GEAR UP program (Gaining Early Board of Regents. It combines the efforts of state Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate government, higher education institutions, Programs). public school districts, and businesses to increase ROAD:MAP 2005 is a regional initiative the college-going rate throughout this high aimed at increasing the college-going rate of a poverty region. chosen group of Ohio Appalachian students in In addition to Shawnee State University, the class of 2005. Over the next five years, the consortium members include Belmont Technical program will involve the students in activities College, Hocking Technical College, Jefferson which increase student academic performance, Community College, Kent State University at career awareness, self-esteem, aspirations to Salem and East Liverpool, Muskingum Area attend college, knowledge of postsecondary Technical College, Ohio University, Rio Grande options and financial aid, and preparation for Community College, Southern State Commu- postsecondary education. nity College, and Washington State Community If you have questions about the program or College. The Board of Directors consists of a would like further information, please call representative from the Ohio Board of Regents 740.355.2114 or 866.466.2243. and the presidents of member institutions. For more information, contact Wayne F. White, the executive director, at 740.351.3299.

Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity Center The Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportu- nity Center (EOC) is a federal TRIO program, funded by the U. S. Department of Education. The EOC is housed on Shawnee State’s campus, is sponsored by the Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education, and operates throughout the 29-county Ohio Appalachian region. The EOC is a comprehensive counseling and referral program, providing FREE academic, Course Descriptions 186 — EXPLANATIONS

Please Note Laboratory Fee Structure The listing of a course in this catalog does not imply that the course is offered in a particular Astandard laboratory fee will be assessed quarter, or even if the course is offered on a to all courses with laboratory components regular basis. Please check the Shawnee State within an academic department. They are University Course Schedule each quarter for as follows1: up-to-date information on what courses are Fee Per being offered. Credit Hour In addition, it should be noted that some Business $ 6.50 upper level courses are not included on these Education 5.50 pages. Please contact your faculty advisor for further information. Engineering Technology 9.00 Fine Arts 4.50 Health Sciences 10.25 Explanation of Prerequisites Humanities 1.00 Most learning beyond basic skills is depen- Mathematics 2.50 dent upon mastery of some prior skill or subject Natural Sciences 4.50 content. As a result, many courses at the Uni- Social Sciences 0.00 versity require the satisfaction of prerequisites prior to course enrollment. Prerequisites may be met by successful completion of the prior 1 courses listed or by placement, via testing, into Some courses are approved for nonstandard fees. the course. The academic division/college may withdraw a student from a course for which prerequisites have not been satisfied.

Explanation of Abbreviations These abbreviations are found throughout the course descriptions on the following pages.

Preq. — Prerequisite Coreq. — Corequisite

$ — Indicates lab fee may apply to this course, using the formula in the box on the right.

B — Business Ed — Education ET — Engineering Technology FA — Fine Arts HS — Health Sciences H — Humanities M — Mathematics NS — Natural Sciences SS — Social Science COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 187

Associate Degree Nursing

SPECIAL NOTE—ADNR (Associate Degree Nursing): Only students officially accepted into the nursing program or those with approval of the program chair may take the courses with the ADNR prefix—with the exception of ADNR 135, which is open to all university students. All AÏDNR courses must be taken in sequence.

ADNR 114 Perspectives in Nursing (1) The history and evolution of nursing with an introduction to the health care system and the roles of nurses and other health care pro- fessionals/disciplines. Legal and ethical aspects of practice are presented with an emphasis on individual values clarification and philosophy. An overview of the associate degree nursing program at Shawnee State is offered as orientation. Preq. admission to ADN program; coreq. ADNR 181; $ HS ADNR 181 Fundamentals of Nursing 1 (8) Introduction to the use of the nursing process to enable the individual to maintain or regain the ability to meet human needs across the life span. Emphasis is placed on the assessment components of the nursing process. Fundamental skills and related scientific principles of nursing are presented. Laboratory practice provides the opportunity to develop beginning skills in both technical and commu- nication concepts of nursing. Preq./coreq. admission to the nursing program, AHNR 135, and BIOL 310; 5 lec. 9 lab; $ HS ADNR 182 Fundamentals of Nursing 2 (8) A beginning study of alteration in human needs through the process of holistic caring across the life span. Learning experiences take place in an acute care setting relating to the individual’s internal and external environ- ments. The student is introduced to the teaching/learning process and the role of the nurse as teacher. The student continues to develop fundamental skills with emphasis on surgical asepsis. Preq. ADNR 181, AHNR 135, and BIOL 310 (with a 2.0 in each); coreq. BIOL 320; preq./coreq. ADNR 114; 5 lec. 9 lab; $ HS ADNR 193 Nursing of Adults and Children 1 (9) Focuses on alterations in the concepts of human needs (nutrition-metabolic, activity-exercise, and cognitive-perception) for individuals across the life span in a variety of health care and community settings. Clinical practice opportunities include holistic caring, critical thinking/decision-making with application of technological innovations. Preq. ADNR 182 and BIOL 320 (with a 2.0 in each); 5 lec. 12 lab; $ HS ADNR 204 Nursing of Adults and Children 2 (10) Applies the nursing process to culturally diverse individuals across the life span experiencing human needs alterations in activity-exercise, cognitive perception, elimination, coping-stress tolerance, and value-belief human needs. Human responses to life threatening critical conditions are explored to inte- grate previously identified alterations, as well as alterations in self-preception, self-concept, role relationship, and health perception-health management patterns. Critical thinking and clinical decision making are emphasized within a variety of health care delivery systems. Preq. completion of first year nursing course; 6 lec. 12 lab; $ HS ADNR 224 Transitions and Trends in Nursing (2) Focuses on health care and practice issues significant for associate degree nurse graduates practicing nursing in today’s world. Ethical, legal, and political concerns as well as continuing education are explored in this internet assisted course. Preq. completion of first year nursing courses; $ HS ADNR 251 Nursing the Childbearing Family (5) Applies the nursing process to the study of the childbearing cycle and the newborn. The concepts of human needs, commu- nication, and the role of the nurse providing care to culturally diverse families in acute care and home health care settings are discussed. Nursing interventions and technology needed to provide family-centered nursing in low and high risk situations are introduced. Preq. completion of first year nursing courses; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS ADNR 252 Mental Health and Behavioral Aberrations (5) Applies the nursing process to culturally diverse clients/families at risk for mental health and behavioral aberra- tions. Communication and group processes are utilized for teaching/learning experiences in a multidisciplinary milieu. Critical thinking, holistic caring, and clinical decision making are 188 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

employed in addressing alterations of functional health patterns with emphases on health preception-health management, cognitive-perception, self perception-self concept, coping- stress tolerance, role-relationship, and value-belief. Preq. completion of first year nursing courses; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS ADNR 283 The Nurse as Coordinator of Care (8) Introduces the student to the role of the ADN nurse as coordinator of care. It is a culmination of concepts and processes taught in the ADN curriculum. Specifically, it is the application of the concepts of provider of care and coordinator of care along with application of legal and ethical decision making issues for groups of individuals in the delivery of nursing care. Preq./coreq. completion of all other non-nursing and nursing courses; 4 lec. 12 lab; $ HS ADNR 299 Nursing Special Topics (1-3) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. $ HS

Allied Health AHNR 100 Pre-Anatomy (4) Students are prepared for anatomy by learning medical roots, muscles, bones, body planes, and medical abbreviations. This is a special course developed primarily for all health science programs. $ HS AHNR 101 Introduction to Health Technologies (2) Introduction to the health professions, including history, responsibilities, and ethics. Includes introduction to the health science programs at Shawnee State University. $ HS AHNR 102 Medical Terminology (2) Introduction to medical terminology commonly used in health occupations. Emphasis is placed on prefixes, suffixes, and building and analyzing medical terms. $ HS AHNR 103 Principles of Medical Science (3) Basic inorganic, organic, and bio- chemistry principles as applied to human physiology. Includes principles of physics and the metric system. Specifically designed for students in allied health or nursing programs. Preq. acceptance into one of the health science programs or permission of health science department chair; $ HS AHNR 135 Wellness and Health Promotion (3) Focuses on self-care strategies that encourage good health in individuals across the life span. The content encompasses a holistic approach that allows the individual to adopt and maintain positive life style behaviors. Societal, environmental, cultural, and communication issues are also explored. $ HS AHNR 199 Topics in Health Sciences (1-14) Individual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. $ HS AHNR 285 Topics in Health Physics 1 (1-14) Ten course modules of classroom instruction focus on biological effects of radiation, radiation protection standards, regulations/ ALARA, respiratory protection, radiological control and monitoring, radiation protection and measurement, atomic and nuclear properties, interaction of radiation with matter, and dosimetry. $ HS AHNR 286 Topics in Health Physics 2 (1-14) A continuation of AHNR 285. Ten course modules of classroom instruction focus on biological effects of radiation, radiation protection standards, regulations/ALARA, respiratory protection, radiological control and monitoring, radiation protection and measurement, atomic and nuclear properties, inter- action of radiation with matter, and dosimetry. $ HS AHNR 299 Topics in Health Sciences (1-14) Individual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. $ HS AHNR 325 Instructing Adults (3) Study of adult learning needs and participation patterns. Teaching styles and techniques best suited to adults are analyzed and demonstrated. $ HS AHNR 327 Methods of Teaching in Health and Occupations (3) The subject matter and teaching methodologies of health instruction in classrooms, laboratories, and community settings are analyzed and demonstrated. $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 189

AHNR 354 Teaching/Learning in the Health Sciences (4) Integral aspects of the teaching and learning process related to the health science professional’s role as an educator. Learning theories, teaching methods, and domains of learning are emphasized. The relation- ship between the nursing process and the teaching process, as related to the client’s learning needs, is examined. Students also identify various approaches to meet the diverse needs and learning styles of the client. Preq. baccalaureate health science major or related area or consent of the instructor; $ HS AHNR 402 Community Health Education (3) Philosophy of community health education with emphasis on historical, conceptual, and legal precepts. $ HS AHNR 461 Research Problems in Health and Recreational Education (4) Explor- ation of research methodologies, issues, and problems peculiar to health professions. $ HS

Anthropology ANTH 101 Introduction to Anthropology (4) An introduction to the biological nature of humans. The roots of primate and hominid evolution, speciation, cultural beginnings, and the processes of evolution in modern humans are examined. ANTH 199 Topics in Anthropology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. ANTH 250 Principles of Cultural Anthropology (4) How humans have adapted as foragers, hunters, farmers, and industrialists. The diversities of preliterate and living human societies, social structure, kinship, religion, and ecology are examined in cross-cultural settings. ANTH 299 Special Topics in Anthropology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses repeatable for credit. ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus (4) Survey of MesoAmerican settlement prior to the arrival of the Europeans, including origins of the first hunters and gatherers, development of agriculture, Olmec and Zapotec civilizations, rise and fall of Teotihuacan, and settlement and influence of Mayans, Toltecs, and Aztecs up to the arrival of the Spanish. ANTH 360 Indians of North America (4) Description and analysis of traditional native American cultural areas and impact of modern society on native Americans. Preq. ANTH 250 ANTH 399 Topics in Anthropology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students.

Art History ARTH 101 Introduction to Art (4) Beginning study of the nature and purposes of art as seen both in historical and contemporary works (primarily for non-art majors). ARTH 261 Art History Survey 1 (Prehistoric through Roman) (4) Covering Paleolithic, Egyptian, Near Eastern, Aegean, Greek, Etruscan, and Roman art. ARTH 262 Art History Survey 2 (Medieval through Renaissance) (4) Study of Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance art. ARTH 263 Art History Survey 3 (Baroque through Modern) (4) Study of Baroque, Neoclassical, Romantic, Realist, Impressionist, Post Impressionist, and Twentieth Century art. ARTH 310 History of Photography (4) Survey of major figures and ideas involved in the evolution of photography as a creative art form. ARTH 331 Ceramic History Survey 1 (4) Prehistoric to modern non-Asian, including Egypt, Pre-Columbian American, Middle East, Africa, Europe, U.S.A. 190 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ARTH 332 Ceramic History Survey 2 (4) Asia, China, Korea, Japan, Vietnam, and India. ARTH 360 Nineteenth-Century Art (4) Study of the visual arts in Europe and America, from Neoclassicism through Postimpressionism, in relation to social and cultural developments of that time. ARTH 361 Twentieth-Century Art (4) Comparative study of developments in all fields of visual art as expressions of our time. ARTH 364 North American Survey (4) A survey of American art (colonial through the present). Discerning the reciprocal influences of the arts and their cultural, social, and historical contexts. Distinguishing the individual and common characteristics of artistic expression in their histories, styles, and traditions. Perceive the relationships among the arts disciplines and other forms of cultural expression. ARTH 366 Non-Western Survey (4) A survey of non-Western art: Asia, China, Korea, Japan, Vietnam, and India. Discerning the reciprocal influences of the arts and their cultural, social, and historical contexts. Distinguishing the individual and common charac- teristics of artistic expression in their histories, styles, and traditions. Perceive the relation- ships among the arts disciplines and other forms of cultural expression.

Art Pedagogy ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 1 (3) Required of those who wish to become licensed teachers in Ohio in early childhood, early childhood intervention specialist, and intervention specialist—mild to moderate: K-12. The emphasis of the course is to teach the teacher to become a creative coach or a catalyst in the child’s artistic growth. Emphasis is on understanding, facilitating, and integrating art into the curriculum. Preq. EDUC 115; $ FA ARTP 401 Studio Methods for Early Childhood (4) First of three arts pedagogy courses required for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues related to art as a subject matter, student learning, the diversity of learners in the visual arts, planning instruction, instructional strategies, learning environments, communication, assess- ment, professional development, and student support for students from pre-K through grade 3. Coreq. EDVA402, 403, 485, and admission to teacher licensure program ARTP 402 Studio Methods for Middle Childhood (4) Second of three arts peda- gogy courses required for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues related to art as a subject matter, student learning, the diversity of learners in the visual arts, planning instruction, instructional strategies, learning environments, communication, assess- ment, professional development, and student support for students from grades 4-9. Preq. ARTS 101, 102, 103, ARTP 401, and permission; coreq. EDVA401, 403, 485, and admission to teacher licensure program ARTP 403 Studio Methods for Adolescents and Young Adults (4) Third of three arts pedagogy courses required for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues related to art as a subject matter, student learning, the diversity of learners in the visual arts, planning instruction, instructional strategies, learning environments, commu- nication, assessment, professional development, and student support for students from grades 7-12. Preq. ARTP 402; coreq. EDVA401, 402, 485, and admission to teacher licensure program

Arts ARTS 101 Studio Foundations 1 (4) An entry-level class focusing on the dynamics of black and white, two-dimensional media. It provides students with methods of seeing, visualizing, and expressing themselves on paper. Required of all students with BFA major. $ FA ARTS 102 Studio Foundations 2 (4) An entry-level class which focuses on the use and perception of color. Discussion of various color systems. Color exercises based on theory and historic contexts. Required of all students with BFA major. $ FA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 191

ARTS 103 Studio Foundations 3 (4) An entry-level course devoted to the concepts and use of three-dimensional materials used in sculptural terms. Required of all students with BFA major. $ FA ARTS 105 The Creative Process (4) Interdisciplinary studies of the nature of cre- ativity and the techniques used to promote creative thinking. Class discussions, exercises and experiments, along with video resources, guest speakers, and ongoing studio projects are employed to enhance students’ personal and professional resourcefulness. Required for all BFA students. ARTS 106 Digital Foundations (4) An introduction to the Macintosh operating system, peripherals, and storage of graphic-based work. Discussion of bit-mapped vs. vector graphics and their strengths and weaknesses. A broad overview of some of the software and the parameters it defines for the artist. Production of original artworks. Preq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA ARTS 205 Graphic Design Reproduction Techniques (4) A course designed to familiarize the graphic design student with the various methods of reproducing the finished art work. Discussion of various methods of printing, color separation, and electronic media. Lectures, demonstrations, field trips, and studio work are included. $ FA ARTS 210 Photography 1 (4) An introduction to the art and techniques of photography. Student must provide 35mm camera. $ FA ARTS 211 Photography 2 (4) Continued exploration of photographic techniques. Student must provide 35mm camera. Preq. ARTS 210; $ FA ARTS 212 Photography 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 211. Student must provide 35mm camera. Preq. ARTS 211; $ FA ARTS 215 Photography for the Graphic Designer (4) An introduction to the basic knowledge of photography for the graphic designer, covering the basics of setting up, lighting, and designing photo compositions. $ FA ARTS 221 Painting 1 (4) A focus on individual expression through the use of oil and acrylic painting mediums. Preq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA ARTS 222 Painting 2 (4) Continuation and expansion of ideas developed in ARTS 221. Preq. ARTS 221; $ FA ARTS 223 Painting 3 (4) Extension of the concepts developed in ARTS 222. Preq. ARTS 222; $ FA ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 (4) Entry-level course focusing on the use of clay in creating hand built pottery and forms. Basics of glazing work are covered. $ FA ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 (4) Entry-level course focusing on the use of the potter’s wheel to create basic thrown forms. $ FA ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 (4) Concentration on the combination of hand built and wheel thrown forms and further study of glaze techniques. Preq. ARTS 231 and 232; $ FA ARTS 238 Wood Design 1 (4) This course explores the basis for using wood as a design/sculpture medium. Initial understanding of tool use and safety practices is the focal point of this first class. $ FA ARTS 239 Wood Design 2 (4) Extension of ARTS 238. Students having a solid back- ground in the use of woodworking tools concentrate on achieving aesthetic/artistic results in their individual design projects. $ FA ARTS 240 Wood Design 3 (4) Extension of ARTS 239. Promotes further exploration of the medium. $ FA ARTS 241 Sculpture 1 (4) Course designed to develop the student’s ability to conceive and build three-dimensional forms in various media (plaster, clay, wood, and metal). Under- standing of shapes and mass, acquaintance with tools, techniques, and materials for expression. $ FA 192 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ARTS 242 Sculpture 2 (4) Intermediate sculpture course designed to further a student’s skill in three-dimensional work. Technical procedures include advanced wood- carving, clay molding, stone carving, and various direct over armature methods. Preq. ARTS 241; $ FA ARTS 243 Sculpture 3 (4) Studio problems based on concepts applied to various three-dimensional materials. Advanced sculpture places special emphasis on the develop- ment of individual expression in the student’s chosen medium. Preq. ARTS 242; $ FA ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking (4) A studio course utilizing basic techniques in relief printing and screen printing. $ FA ARTS 245 Intaglio (4) Introduction to basic intaglio techniques. Emphasis on mastering techniques used to develop personal imagery. Preq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA ARTS 246 Lithography (4) An introduction to basic lithographic technique and printing. Emphasis is placed on mastering techniques used to further personal aesthetic goals. Preq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA ARTS 247 Screen Printing (4) An introduction to basic silk screen techniques. Emphasis is on mastering techniques used to develop personal imagery. Preq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA ARTS 248 Relief Printing (4) An introductory course employing the range of graphic possibilities in the relief printing process. Preq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA ARTS 251 Typography for the Graphic Designer (4) Studio course beginning with some basic background in type design and theory and working through its use in modern graphic design. Use of transfer lettering, type sizing, and specifications in graphic design. $ FA ARTS 252 Basic Illustration (4) Studio course beginning with design basics and integrating these basics into illustration techniques for the graphic designer. Black and white graphics and color techniques. $ FA ARTS 253 Illustration (4) Extension of ARTS 252. The instructor helps the student develop a portfolio. Preq. ARTS 252; $ FA ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 (4) Drawing from a model in black and white media. Repeatable for credit—maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 101 or permission; $ FA ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 271. Repeatable for credit— maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 271; $ FA ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 272. Repeatable for credit— maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 272; $ FA ARTS 275 Drawing 1 (4) Extension of ARTS 101 and 102. Focus is on developing drawing skills (perspective, composition, etc.) through the use of colored pencils and advanced black and white media. Preq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA ARTS 276 Drawing 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 275. Students are expected to demonstrate increased facility and conceptualization. Preq. ARTS 275; $ FA ARTS 277 Drawing 3 (4) A continuation of concepts developed in ARTS 275 and ARTS 276. Preq. ARTS 276; $ FA ARTS 292 Fabric Design 1 (4) Printing and dyeing fabric as well as applying design to cloth. $ FA ARTS 293 Fabric Design 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 292. Preq. ARTS 292; $ FA ARTS 294 Fabric Design 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 293. Preq. ARTS 293; $ FA ARTS 299 Topics in Art (1-4) Opportunity for the student to plan and complete a project which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising this arranged course. Repeatable for credit. Preq. permission of staff COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 193

ARTS 310 Intermediate Photography 1 (4) Continuation of ARTS 212 utilizing more advanced dark room and camera techniques. Preq. ARTS 212; $ FA ARTS 311 Intermediate Photography 2 (4) Utilizes techniques taught in ARTS 310 with emphasis on artistic growth in the medium. Preq. ARTS 310; $ FA ARTS 312 Intermediate Photography 3 (4) Utilizes techniques taught in ARTS 311. Individualizes instruction promoting continued artistic growth in the medium. Preq. ARTS 311; $ FA ARTS 313 Media Photography (4) Includes study, practice, and discussion of the function and production of photography in newspapers, video, magazines, ads, and publica- tions. Emphasis on photographing public figures (portraits), sports and live action, and night shooting. An effort is made to show the coordination of words and pictures. Students must bring a 35 mm camera, film, and enlarging paper. Digital cameras are shared in class. Preq. ARTS 210 and 211; $ FA ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 (4) Oil and acrylic painting used to extend concepts developed in earlier painting courses. Individual concepts highly stressed. Preq. ARTS 223; $ FA ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 (4) Preq. ARTS 321; $ FA ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 (4) Preq. ARTS 322; $ FA ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 (4) Series of courses which focuses on the use of transparent watercolors to extend personal imagery. Preq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 324. Preq. ARTS 324; $ FA ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 325. Preq. ARTS 325; $ FA ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 (4) Painting the human figure from a model in oil or acrylic. Preq. ARTS 223; $ FA ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 327. Preq. ARTS 327; $ FA ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 328. Emphasis on individual style and technique as opposed to strictly objective rendering. Preq. ARTS 328; $ FA ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 (4) Intermediate hand built techniques, including use of clay and glazes. A continuation of ARTS 231. Preq. ARTS 231; $ FA ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 (4) Intermediate throwing techniques, including decorative techniques. Preq. ARTS 232; $ FA ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 (4) A continuation of concepts developed in ARTS 233. Preq. ARTS 233; $ FA ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics (4) Introduction to the philosophy and techniques of the traditional Japanese ceramic ware called ‘‘Raku.’’ Preq. ARTS 231 or 232; $ FA ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics (4) For advanced students of the potter’s wheel. History, use, and glazing of porcelain. Preq. permission of staff; $ FA ARTS 336 Glaze Theory and Practice (4) Understanding of the many standard types of ceramic glazes. $ FA ARTS 337 Tile Making (4) Enhances the student’s knowledge of historical and contemporary tile while enriching their ability to work with a variety of forms and mounting techniques. Students will use the elements and principles of design to create original tile work and foster critical thinking within group and individual forums. $ FA ARTS 338 Mold Making (4) History and development of ceramic mold making. Techniques to be addressed: bisque molds, press molds, sprigging, jigger and jolley processes, casting, ram pressing, and plaster technology. 194 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ARTS 339 Low-Fire Ceramics (4) History, development, and techniques of low-fire ceramics. Topics to be addressed: majolica glazed ware, terra sigillatas, and primitive smoking techniques. Preq. ARTS 231 or 232; $ FA ARTS 341 Intermediate Sculpture 1 (4) Techniques of sculptural expression in the ‘‘additive’’ mode: clay, wax, found elements. Preq. ARTS 243; $ FA ARTS 342 Intermediate Sculpture 2 (4) Experience with low and high relief sculpture in ‘‘subtractive’’ processes: carving and sandblasting in glass, clay, wood, stone, plastics. Preq. ARTS 341; $ FA ARTS 343 Intermediate Sculpture 3 (4) Relief and small full-round sculpture by casting processes: soft metals, plaster, plastics. Preq. ARTS 342; $ FA ARTS 345 Intermediate Intaglio (4) Continuation of ARTS 245. Intermediate level techniques in etching and plate production combined with use of printing papers in producing an individualized image. Preq. ARTS 245; $ FA ARTS 346 Intermediate Lithography (4) Continuation of ARTS 246. Individual styles and techniques in lithography and advances by understanding more advanced methods of register paper ink use. Preq. ARTS 246; $ FA ARTS 347 Intermediate Screen Printing (4) Continuation of ARTS 247. Introduction of new techniques in manual and photo screen print production. Preq. ARTS 247; $ FA ARTS 355 Visualist Studio 1 (4) Must be taken three times for credit. Students in this course work on an individual basis by “contracting” with their instructor to complete a given number of design/imaging projects using hand drawn and software (from the 360/ 460 series) generated methods. Studio experience should lead to portfolio pieces. Preq. must have completed first Visualist elective group or permission; $ FA ARTS 361 Digital Publishing and Layout (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course is designed to develop a student’s ability to use software such as QuarkXPress to bring together graphic elements (photos, images, illustrations) and text into a finished design product. Students learn how to manipulate type elements in a design as well as produce documents which are ready for the printer or publication. Preq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA ARTS 362 Digital Imaging (4) May be taken three times for credit. Students learn to create and manipulate graphics and images using bit-mapped digital programs such as Adobe Photoshop to accommodate their effective use in design and imaging processes. Preq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course uses vector based software such as Macromedia Freehand (an ideal source for work on the internet) to create original works of art, illustration, and work in type. Preq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA ARTS 364 Digital Paint (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course presents the use of paint software, such as Painter, to create original digital artwork that mimics traditional art media, such as oils, charcoal, pencil, watercolor, and airbrush. It also mimics art surfaces, such as watercolor paper, canvas, and glass. Preq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 (4) Working from a model developing a unique personal approach to drawing. Repeatable for credit—maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 101; $ FA ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 371. Repeatable for credit—maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 101; $ FA ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 372. Repeatable for credit—maximum of two quarters. Preq. ARTS 101; $ FA ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 (4) Development of a personal style of expression in two-dimensional drawing mediums. Preq. ARTS 277; $ FA ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 375. Preq. ARTS 375; $ FA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 195

ARTS 399 Topics in Art (1-4) Opportunity for the student to plan and complete a project which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising this arranged course. Repeatable for credit. Preq. permission of staff ARTS 410 Advanced Photography 1 (4) Advanced techniques in individualized areas such as lighting, color, and photographing the figure. Preq. ARTS 312; $ FA ARTS 411 Advanced Photography 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 410. Preq. ARTS 410; $ FA ARTS 412 Advanced Photography 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 411 and presentation of senior portfolio. Preq. ARTS 411; $ FA ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 (4) Preq. ARTS 326; $ FA ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 (4) Preq. ARTS 421; $ FA ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 (4) Focus on helping the artist develop a coherent/ cohesive body of work (developing an individual style). Preq. ARTS 422; $ FA ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 (4) Continuation of ARTS 326 with more emphasis on individual style and use of more advanced materials such as special papers, etc. Preq. ARTS 326; $ FA ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 424 with a widening dialog of expression based on individual style. Combined with experiments in the medium. Preq. ARTS 424; $ FA ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 425 combined with a presentation of senior portfolio. Preq. ARTS 425; $ FA ARTS 427 Advanced Figure Painting 1 (4) Painting from a model in oil or acrylic. Preq. ARTS 329; $ FA ARTS 428 Advanced Figure Painting 2 (4) Painting from a model in oil or acrylic. Preq. ARTS 427; $ FA ARTS 429 Advanced Figure Painting 3 (4) Continuation of ARTS 428. Considerable progress in a personal style is encouraged with emphasis on using the human form as a basis for advanced work. Preq. ARTS 428; $ FA ARTS 434 Advanced Raku (4) Continuation of ARTS 334. The Raku philosophy as applied to modern and western forms. Preq. permission of staff; $ FA ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain (4) Continuation of ARTS 335. Commercial and self-formulated glazes. Both larger thrown works and hand-built forms. ARTS 436 Advanced Glaze Theory and Practice (4) Continuation of ARTS 336. Compounding and testing of self-designed glazes. Preq. ARTS 336; $ FA ARTS 441 Advanced Sculpture 1 (4) Techniques of casting in full-round, high- temperature, ‘‘harder’’ metals (bronze, aluminum) using the cire perdue process. Preq. ARTS 343; $ FA ARTS 442 Advanced Sculpture 2 (4) Emphasizes personal expression and the development of style in combinations of the foregoing technical processes. Preq. ARTS 441; $ FA ARTS 443 Advanced Sculpture 3 (4) Continuation of personal development. Introduction to land art, monument art, environment art, happenings, performance art. Preq. ARTS 442; $ FA ARTS 455 Visualist Studio 2 (4) Must be taken three times for credit. This course allows students to work on projects using many different software programs as well as board produced art. It is meant to closely replicate the work environment where individuals or teams of artists work to solve creative problems. Work in this sequence should be portfolio presentation level. An approved co-op experience may be substituted for up to 12 credit hours of class work in this sequence. Preq. ARTS 355 or permission; $ FA 196 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ARTS 459 Arts Internship (6-12) Approved employment of 40 hours per week for a minimum of 10 weeks for 12 credits. Must produce portfolio-presentation-level work in professional work environment using a variety of software programs. This approved co-op experience may be substituted for 12 credit hours of ARTS 455. Twenty to thirty-nine hours per week of work may be granted six credit hours over a ten-week period. Preq. ARTS 355 or 455; 20 or 40 lab ARTS 465 Digital 3-D (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course concen- trates on the use of 3-D programs, such as Studio Pro 3-D, to create original art, illustrations, images for animation, and interactive CDs. Preq. ARTS 362 or permission; $ FA ARTS 466 Interactive Scripting (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course focuses on creating finished art using software which facilitates digital scripting (combining music, voice, video, animation, graphics, and photography) into a finished video or inter- active CD. Preq. ARTS 362, 363, or permission; $ FA ARTS 467 Website Arts (4) May be taken three times for credit. This course focuses on creating finished art using software, such as Adobe Sitemill or Macromedia Dreamweaver, to create website designs (combining music, voice, video, animation, graphics, and photog- raphy). Preq. ARTS 362, 363, or permission; $ FA ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 (4) Continuation of ARTS 376. Preq. ARTS 376; $ FA ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 (4) Continuation of ARTS 475. Preq. ARTS 475; $ FA ARTS 480 Senior Studio 1 (4) This course (and ARTS 481) must be taken the senior year in the area of the student’s concentration. Arranged time. $ FA ARTS 481 Senior Studio 2 (4) This course must be in the area of the student’s concentration. Arranged time. Preq. ARTS 480; $ FA ARTS 499 Topics in Art (1-4) Opportunity for the student to plan and complete a project which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising this arranged course. Repeatable for credit. Preq. permission of staff; $ FA

Biology BIOL 099 Fundamental Biology (4) Designed for students with an inadequate background in biological science or those students with no high school biology who plan to enter one of the allied health programs. Material presented is intended to increase familiarity with terms and chemical processes. BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology (3) An introduction to basic concepts of biology for health sciences students. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 101 or 151, which are introductory courses. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology (5) Introduction to principles and concepts of life; emphasis on interrelationships of structural, functional, reproductive, evolutionary, and ecological principles related to cells and organisms. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 101 or 151, which are introductory courses. 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 162 Human Anatomy and Physiology (5) A general survey of the structure and function of the human body. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 162 or 310, which are introductory courses. Not applicable for students requiring BIOL 310 and BIOL 320. Preq. BIOL 101 or 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology (5) Anatomy and morphology of seed plants are related to the functional aspects of photosynthesis, growth, transport, and reproduction. Practical emphasis on plant/man interactions. Brief survey of plant kingdom with focus on life histories and evolutionary relationships. Preq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology (5) Principles of animal taxonomy, structure, function, development, and behavior. Laboratory survey of major phyla. Preq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 197

BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants (4) Principles of classification of extinct and extant seed plants with emphasis on family recognition. Collection, identification, and preservation of seed plants. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 212 Forestry Management and Practices (4) Investigation of the develop- ment and the existing practices of modern forestry in the U. S. Basic management practices are discussed with laboratory exercises designed to improve forest management skills. Preq. BIOL 202; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 220 Wildlife Management (4) A study of ecological principles of the management of wild animals, both game and non-game species. The economic importance of wildlife and the role of various wildlife agencies are also considered. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 271 Field Ornithology (4) A study of the classification, adaptation, and habitat requirements of birds with particular emphasis on Ohio species. Field identification is emphasized in lab. 3 lec. 3 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage (4) An exploration of the natural history of Ohio. Arranged field trips visit all five of Ohio’s physiographic regions. 3 lec. 3 lab arranged; Saturday field trip; $ NS BIOL 290 Seminar in Life Sciences (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in the life sciences. BIOL 302 Dendrology (4) Collection, identification, nomenclature, classification, and ecological relationship of native, introduced, and cultivated woody plants. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 303 Spring Flora (4) Identification, nomenclature, and classification of spring flowering plants. Origin and evolution of flora in Ohio. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 307 General Entomology (5) An introduction to the morphology and classification of insects. The major orders, families, and species of economic importance, both beneficial and pest, are emphasized. Students collect and identify local species. 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy (5) An introduction to morphology of tissues and systems of the human body. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 162 or 310, which are introductory courses. Preq. BIOL 101 or 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 311 Kinesiology (4) Concentration on skeletal and muscle systems and their functional interplay in the analysis of motion. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 312 Sectional Anatomy (3) An introduction to sectional human anatomy. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy (5) A detailed anatomy of the human nervous system with attention to functional and clinical considerations. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 315 Histology (5) Study of the microscopic structure of cells, tissues, and organ systems and their physiological properties. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology (5) An introduction to human systems physiology. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310 BIOL 321 Physiology Lab (2) Laboratory designed to complement BIOL 320. Exercises illustrate basic principles and techniques of animal physiology. By instructor permission only. Preq./coreq. BIOL 320; 1 discussion 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 330 Ecology (5) A study of the interrelationships among the many elements in an environment. A historical approach to the concept of evolution, man’s impact upon the environment, and common ecological problems faced by society. Labs introduce common and basic ecological techniques. Preq. BIOL 202; 4 lec. 2 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS BIOL 331 Advanced Field Biology (4) Examination of the principles and techniques of biological field investigation. Preq. BIOL 330; 3 lec. 3 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS 198 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BIOL 340 Genetics (5) Principles and concepts of genetics as revealed by classical and modern investigation. Transmission, molecular, and population genetics are examined. Preq. BIOL 151 and CHEM 122 or 142 BIOL 341 Genetics Lab (2) Experiments and experiences designed to illustrate principles of genetics. Preq./coreq. BIOL 340; 4 lab; $ NS BIOL 350 Microbiology (5) A survey of representative types of microorganisms. Emphasis is placed on cellular structure and physiology, nutritional, and environmental requirements, and methods of reproduction. Introduction to the role of pathogenic organisms in diseases, principles of immunity, and resistance to disease. Laboratory includes methods of sterilization, culturing, staining, and identification of bacteria. Preq. BIOL 101 or 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 360 Plant Anatomy and Morphology (5) Detailed study of vascular plant anatomy and morphology considered from an evolutionary viewpoint. Labs involve study of anatomy and morphology of all major vascular plant groups, extinct and extant. Preq. BIOL 202; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 365 Phycology (5) An introduction to the taxonomy, morphology, evolution, and ecology of terrestrial, freshwater, and marine algae. Practice in identifying local species. Preq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 370 Marine Biology (5) An introduction to marine biology, including the areas of oceanography and ecology. All biological principles are infused into discussions with marine themes. Preq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 395 Special Topics in Biology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. $ NS BIOL 405 Animal Behavior (5) Study of patterns of animal behavior including ecological, physiological, and developmental mechanisms which regulate their formation and occurrence. Preq. BIOL 203 or permission; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 407 Pathogenic Bacteriology (5) A study of the morphological, cultural, biochemical, and serological characteristics of various pathogenic bacteria. Emphasis on virulence factors and host-pathogen interaction. Preq. BIOL 350; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy (5) Aregional approach to the anatomy of the human body utilizing cadaver dissection. Preq. BIOL 162 or 310; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 411 Biochemistry (4) General principles of the structural and functional properties of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins. This course counts in a B.S.N.S. concentration area in either biology or chemistry. Preq./coreq. CHEM 307; 4 lec. BIOL 420 Mammalogy (5) A study of the structural features, evolution, and classification of mammals, especially of Ohio. Other topics include ecology, zoogeography, behavior, reproductive strategies, physiological adaptations to extreme environments, and economic aspects. Preq. BIOL 151 or equivalent; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS BIOL 432 Cell Biology (5) Current survey of the structure and function of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, including recent advances in molecular biology and tissue culture technique. Preq. BIOL 340 BIOL 450 Immunology (4) Study of antigen and antibodies with emphasis on in vivo and in vitro reactions, including recent information in immunogenetics and monoclonal strategies. Preq. BIOL 350 BIOL 470 Plant Physiology (5) A general introduction, including plant/soil, plant/ water relationships, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth integrated with related aspects of biophysics. Preq. BIOL 202 and 360; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 485 Senior Project (1-4) In-depth study of a selected topic in the life sciences, culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. By instructor permission only. Preq. junior or senior standing; $ NS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 199

BIOL 490 Seminar in the Life Sciences (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in the life sciences. Preq. junior or senior standing BIOL 495 Undergraduate Research (1-4) Independent life science investigation under the direction of a faculty member. A maximum of six credit hours of BIOL 495 may be counted as biology electives or concentration. By instructor permission only. Preq. junior or senior standing; $ NS BIOL 499 Special Topics in Life Science (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. $ NS

Biomedical Sciences BMSC 340 Medical Genetics (4) The study of genetics as it relates to medically significant variation and heredity in man. Preq. BIOL 350; $ HS BMSC 411 Medical Biochemistry (4) A study of medically significant biochemical structure and reactions as they occur in living systems. Preq. BIOL 350 and CHEM 305; $ HS BMSC 432 Molecular Biology (4) Basic molecular concepts and procedures used in the diagnosis and characterization of genetic disease and malignancy. Preq. BIOL 350; $ HS BMSC 450 Medical Immunology (4) Study of the immune system, with special emphasis on immunologic methods used in medicine and immune-mediated diseases that are frequently diagnosed and evaluated by immunological methods. Preq. BIOL 350; $ HS

Bachelor of Science Nursing

SPECIAL NOTE: Only those students officially accepted into the RN-BSN program or those with permission of the program chair may take courses with the BSNR prefix.

BSNR 341 Transcultural Nursing (4) Focuses on the comparative study and analysis of different cultures and subcultures with respect to nursing and health/illness practices, beliefs, and values with the goal of using this knowledge to provide culture-specific and culture-universal nursing care. Preq. admission to BSN program or 2.5 GPA and learning goals of learner are compatible with goals of the course; $ HS BSNR 342 Nursing Informatics (4) Provides the health professional with knowledge of how to use computer systems and their comprehensive communication technology in client care. Also helps the nurse manage information through computers. Legal and ethical issues related to information technology are considered. Preq. consent of the instructor; $ HS BSNR 343 Research and Decision Making in Nursing (4) The RN student is introduced to the essential knowledge and skills needed to critically review, evaluate, and utilize findings from research studies applicable to health care delivery and the care of clients. Preq. MATH 150 and junior level standing; $ HS BSNR 345 History, Theory, and Trends in Professional Nursing (4) Conceptual models and theories of nursing that guide professional nursing are described and applied to health care delivery as it exists in a variety of settings. Nursing history is presented as a frame of reference to changing trends in nursing and health care and from which registered nurse students are able to develop as professional nurses. Preq. admission to program and junior level standing; $ HS BSNR 363 Health Appraisal and Physical Assessment (4) Client health appraisal and physical assessment for the registered nurse. Focuses on developing nursing skills of obtaining a health assessment appraisal and completing a physical examination with clients across the life span. Integrative clinical laboratory experiences correlate didactic information and clinical skills. Preq. registered nurse; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 200 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BSNR 401 Community and Public Health Nursing (10) Basic concepts and principles of community nursing practice are presented. Strategies dealing with promoting health and providing health care at the community level are identified and analyzed. Public health principles, epidemiology, family theory, and cultural influences are incorporated with nursing knowledge and skills as a basis of support for clinical decision making. Community/ population based nursing approaches are emphasized. Student clinical experience with individuals, families, aggregates, and communities in community and public settings provide health opportunity to incorporate theory in practice. Preq. senior standing, BSNR 341, 343, and 354; 5 lec. 15 lab; $ HS BSNR 492 Innovations and Adaptations (9) Provides core knowledge regarding the unique characteristics and health care needs of individuals coping with chronic illnesses. Focuses on providing competent holistic care in a variety of settings. Includes exploration of complimentary/alternative therapies that could be useful in health promotion, disease/ illness management, and healing efforts. Preq. BSNR 341, 354, 363, and admission to the BSN program; 5 lec. 12 lab; $ HS BSNR 493 Leadership and Management in Nursing (9) Theories of leadership/ management, organization, change, power, and the collaborative role of the professional nurse is explored based on trends in the health care system, practice in diverse health care environments, and with multidisciplinary teams. Relationships among quality improvement, financing, performance appraisal, and change are integrated into critical thinking and decision making processes. Research utilization as it relates to leadership and management is incor- porated throughout the course. Preq. senior level standing and BSNR 345; 5 lec. 12 lab; $ HS BSNR 495 Special Topics in Nursing (1-4) Individually designed and implemented study topic explored in depth by the RN student. Topics, learning methods, evaluation strategies, and credit hours are negotiated between the student and the faculty. Preq. permis- sion of the instructor; $ HS

Accounting BUAC 101 Accounting 1 (4) Introduction to accounting concepts and procedures. The accounting cycle: nature of accounts and techniques of recording, classifying, summarizing, and analyzing basic financial data. Accounting for the formation and operation of business enterprises. $ B BUAC 102 Accounting 2 (4) Application of fundamental accounting techniques for cash, long term investments, notes and accounts, inventory methods, plant and equipment, and liabilities. Introduction to manufacturing operations, cost methods, and management’s need of cost data. Preq. BUAC 101; $ B BUAC 103 Accounting 3 (4) Reporting and analyzing financial data. Financial state- ment introduction, analysis, and interpretation to meet the needs of modern management. Introduction to accounting techniques applicable to parent and subsidiary companies and departmental and branch operations. Budgeting as an aid to management and the importance of income tax considerations in financial decisions. Preq. BUAC 102; $ B BUAC 110 Payroll Records/Accounting (4) A basic course in the maintenance of personnel and payroll records as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act and the various federal and state laws covering the withholding and payment of payroll related taxes. Preq. BUAC 101; $ B BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles (4) An introduction to the concepts and principles underlying financial accounting theory. The study includes the accounting equation and its application to the business entity. Procedures and concepts in accumulating and reporting financial information are developed. (Not open to students who have completed BUAC 101 and 102.) Preq. sophomore standing; $ B BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting (4) A study of the financial information needs of management for decision making. Includes the development of financial statements for manufacturing entities, the study of the components of unit cost, variable costing, and cost- volume-profit analysis. Preq. BUAC 201; $ B COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 201

BUAC 215 Tax Accounting (4) Current income tax law and regulations related to business and individual income tax reporting. Practice in preparation of tax returns of businesses and individuals. Preq. BUAC 103; $ B BUAC 221 Cost Accounting 1 (4) Introduction to cost accounting systems and methods. Cost concepts, classifications, and measurement techniques in relation to their importance in determination, planning, and control. Job order and process cost accounting methods. Preq. BUAC 103 or 203; $ B BUAC 231 Intermediate Accounting 1 (4) A more advanced treatment of accounting theory; determination of income realization and cost expiration. Primary emphasis is on asset accounts in order listed on the balance sheet. Preq. BUAC 103; $ B BUAC 250 Accounting Projects 1 (1-4) A special course designed to permit the accounting student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. The special projects course enables the accounting student to apply the accounting theory as covered in other courses. Preq. departmental permission (see accounting advisor). BUAC 261 Accounting with D. P. Applications 1 (4) Application of basic accounting procedures to the microcomputer. Emphasizes applications to the IBM microcomputer system. Preq. BUAC 103 and BUIS 101 BUAC 299 Special Topics 1 (1-4) Opportunity for accounting students to continue their study of accounting in specialized areas under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in those areas. Preq. departmental permission (see accounting advisor); see special note on page 130; $ B BUAC 305 Governmental Accounting (4) A basic introduction to the accumulation and use of accounting information in non-profit organizations. General principles applying to budgets and funds are examined rather than specific application. An especially useful course for nonaccounting (and accounting) students who will be employed in governmental units where budgeting and accounting are required. Preq. BUAC 103 and permission or BUAC 231; $ B BUAC 311 Accounting Projects—Advanced (1-4) A special course designed to permit the advanced accounting student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. The special projects course enables the accounting student to apply the accounting theory as covered in other courses. Preq. BUAC 333 and departmental permission; $ B BUAC 322 Advanced Cost Concepts (4) Estimating, planning, and controlling the costs of processes and projects. Standard cost accounting procedures and the analysis of variances. Cost and profit responsibility reporting to management. Uses of cost and profit data in project selection, product pricing, and other functions of management. Preq. BUAC 221; $ B BUAC 330 Industrial Accounting (4) Study of the use of data by management in planning and controlling business operations. Emphasis on the solution of problems confronting management by the use of accounting information in analytical form. Preq. BUAC 103 or permission; $ B BUAC 332 Intermediate Accounting 2 (4) Continuation of BUAC 231 with emphasis on the balance sheet sections dealing with investments, fixed assets, and liabilities. Preq. BUAC 231; $ B BUAC 333 Intermediate Accounting 3 (4) Continuation of BUAC 332 with detailed study of the owner’s equity section of the balance sheet and the financial statements presentation and analysis. Preq. BUAC 332; $ B BUAC 339 Special Problems in Financial Accounting (4) Continuation of financial accounting theory with application to special problems frequently encountered in business. Topics of study include business combinations, accounting for leases and casualty losses, accounting from incomplete records, and an introduction to partnership accounting. Preq. BUAC 333 202 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUAC 360 Systems Accounting (4)Acourse in accounting information systems principles and applications. The application of accounting principles to computerized envi- ronment, including transaction processing and internal controls, revenue and expenditure cycle applications, software systems, and computer security. Preq. BUIS 101 and BUAC 103; $ B BUAC 410 Health Care Accounting/Administration (4) The use of accounting information in planning and controlling the operations of health care organizations. udgeting and the specialized cost accounting applications of health care organizations are included. Preq. BUAC 103; $ B BUAC 431 Advanced Accounting 1 (4) A study of the modern complex corporate environment. Emphasis on accounting for corporate combinations and the special problems arising from mergers and acquisitions. Preq. BUAC 221 and 333 BUAC 433 Advanced Accounting 2 (4) A study of special applications of accounting systems and procedures such as foreign currency translation, home office and branch accounting, accounting for distressed entities, and partnership accounting. Preq. BUAC 221 and 333 BUAC 435 Auditing (4) Independent audits, professional ethics, legal liability, internal control, auditing standards, work sheet applications and procedures. Concern is given to audit evidence, the auditor’s approach and techniques, summary reports, statistical sampling, and role of advisory services to management. Preq. BUAC 322 and 333 BUAC 499 Special Topics—Advanced (1-4) Opportunity for the advanced accounting student to continue the study of accounting in a specialized area of accounting under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area. Preq. instructor permission (see accounting advisor); see special note on page 130; $ B

Automated Information Systems BUAI 101 Introduction to Automated Information Systems (4) A study of computer systems, concepts, and applications. Hands-on laboratory operation and introduc- tion to popular software packages such as word processing and spreadsheets. $ B BUAI 103 Computer Applications (4) Hands-on study in the use of advanced microcomputer concepts in the areas of database management, presentation graphics, and the Internet. Preq. BUAI 101 or BUIS 101; $ B BUAI 150 Internet and Web Publishing (4) A study of the Internet and its history, technology, applications, and uses. Includes lectures, discussion, and hands-on use of the Internet. $ B BUAI 201 IS Fundamentals, Theory, and Practice (4) Provides the basis for understanding major components of the discipline: information systems, planning and management, information technology, and organization systems, including ethical and legal issues related to IS. Preq. BUAI 103 BUAI 299 Special Topics in Automated Information Systems 1 (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130; $ B BUAI 301 Information Technology Hardware and Software (4) Provides breadth and depth in the technical aspects of the discipline, including discussions and practice in information technology hardware, architectures, and peripheral devices. Theory of systems software, operating systems environment, and resources. Operating systems functions also explored. Preq. BUAI 201; $ B BUAI 310 Data Base Management (4) Data base system design, implementation, and access using a relational data base and fourth generation programming language. Laboratory project required. Preq. BUAI 103 or BUIS 204 or advisor permission for BUOA majors; $ B COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 203

BUAI 320 Systems Analysis and Design (4) The study and methodology of how computer information systems are developed and implemented successfully. Discussion of the role of the systems analyst in contrast to the programmer analyst. CASE tools and structured analysis and design techniques are studied. Preq. BUAI 103 or BUIS 204 BUAI 330 Data and Object Structures in Programming (4) Data structures as used in C and C++ are defined and studied. Control structures, C++ classes, and object oriented programming (OOP), their impact on systems development, and their use in developing computer information systems are also included. Preq. BUIS 201; $ B BUAI 421 Physical Design and Implementation with Database Management Systems (4) Conceptual and logical models for database design, data modeling applica- tions, testing, and implementation. Database application development project. Preq. BUAI 310; $ B BUAI 422 IS Applications Within a Programming Environment (4) Detailed systems design and development using a programming language. Term project developing and implementing a subsystem. Preq. BUIS 105 and 201; $ B BUAI 430 Information Systems Deployment and Management (4) Students engage in significant project with minimal supervision for a real or simulated client. Project includes determination of physical flows based on reengineering of functions, database, logical and physical design, functional analysis, development, conversion, and implementa- tion design. Readings and discussion related to management of the IS function, systems integration, and project management to ensure project quality. Preq. BUAI 421 and 422; $ B BUAI 499 Special Topics in Automated Information Systems 2 (1-4) Opportunity for the advanced student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130; $ B

Finance BUFI 240 Personal Finance (4) Takes the student through the topics of financial planning, budgeting, housing, transportation, insurance, investments, retirement, and estate planning. BUFI 245 Principles of Finance (4) A study of the forms of business organization, cash flow projections, budgeting and financial planning, and analysis of financial statements. Preq. BUAC 102, ECON 101, and 102 BUFI 250 Introduction to Investments (4) A study of the various types of invest- ments, including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, commercial paper, options, and commodities. Particular emphasis is given to return and risk in developing investment strategies. Preq. BUFI 245 BUFI 299 Special Topics in Banking/Finance (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130. BUFI 301 Principles of Insurance (4) Basic insurance course includes the nature of risk; the legal environment; life, health, income, property liability, business risk, government, and international insurance. BUFI 311 Financial Statement Analysis (4) A detailed study involving the analysis and interpretation of financial information contained in financial reports of various entities, inµcluding measurements of the firm’s profitability, solvency, and degree of safety. Preq. BUAC 103 BUFI 315 Financial Institutions (4) An integrated and comprehensive analysis of financial markets and institutions emphasizing financial intermediaries and their operation in the markets. Preq. ECON 102 and BUAC 102 204 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUFI 345 Managerial Finance (4) An analysis of financial information for the purpose of facilitating the planning, organizing, and controlling functions of management. Includes financial statement analysis, budgeting, concepts of present and future value, cash flow analysis, and capital budgeting decisions. Preq. BUAC 103, ECON 101, 102, and MATH 150 BUFI 350 Investments (4) A study of various investment alternatives and the general and specific information that must be considered before thought is directed toward specific industries and businesses. Included is the study of the tools and sources needed for analysis in making wise investment decisions. Preq. BUAC 102, BUFI 345, and ECON 102 BUFI 481 International Finance (4) A survey of the institutions, methods, instru- ments, and procedures involved in international finance, including the nature of the foreign money market, foreign legal and tax environment, and foreign subsidiary operations. Preq. BUFI 345 BUFI 499 Special Topics in Finance 2 (1-4) Opportunity for the junior or senior student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130.

Health Management BUHE 210 Introduction to Activity Therapy (4) Prepares students to function ethically and with knowledge in a setting with older adults. Reviews credentialing for activity directors and assistants, the history of activity programs, the physical, and psychosocial changes in aging, professional code of ethics and documentation required in an activity program. BUHE 211 Activity Therapy Introductory Practicum (2) This field experience focuses on the role of an activity therapy assistant in a variety of settings. The student must complete a minimum of 80 hours of volunteer time in an approved activity department. Preq. BUHE 210 and permission BUHE 220 Activity Therapy Program Planning (4) Focus is on planning an activities program including special consideration of certain residents, therapeutic techniques, treat- ment modalities, management, supervision, and with development of volunteer programs. Preq. BUHE 210 BUHE 221 Activity Therapy Program Planning Practicum (2) This field experience focuses on program planning in an activity therapy department. The student must complete a minimum of 80 hours of volunteer time in an approved department. Preq. BUHE 220 and permission BUHE 230 Practical Applications in Activity Therapy (4) Reviews theory related to activities, programming, activity analysis, and meeting the needs of participants with different functional abilities. Students participate in a variety of activities used by activity professionals. Preq. BUHE 220 BUHE 231 Activity Therapy Application Practicum (2) Designed to allow students to be involved in all aspects of an activity therapy department. The student must complete a minimum of 80 hours of volunteer time in an approved activity department. Preq. BUHE 230 and permission BUHE 299 Special Topics in Health Management (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. See special note on page 130. BUHE 300 Medical Terminology for Health Managers (4) Provides the vocabulary found in the health care arena, including terms related to anatomy, physiology, medical and laboratory reports as well as disease processes. Emphasis is placed on the concerns health care managers should have, based on this material. BUHE 310 Orientation to Health Care Systems (4) Abroad orientation to the health services industry. Segments of the health services industry are identified and described with historical background, functions, interrelationships, and future roles of each. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 205

BUHE 311 Health Record Principles (4) Study of the health record, including definition, standards for content, and format. Also studied are the interactions of the health care professionals contributing to, utilizing, and analyzing health record data. BUHE 312 Health Care Personnel Management (4) Principles of health care personnel recruitment, selection, and management. Characteristics of the professional health care worker are discussed. Legal responsibilities, collective bargaining, continuing education, and training are covered. BUHE 314 Community Health Programs (4) Provides an understanding of the various agencies in place to promote and maintain health at the community, state, and national levels. Preq. BUHE 310 BUHE 385 Health Management Practicum (1-4) Field experience focuses on skill building in general management. Observation and experience in a variety of settings. Includes exploration of the relationship between departments and the critical need for communication within an organization. Also develops empathy for the various health care workers and support staff and their roles. Preq. junior standing BUHE 410 Patient Care Issues in Long-Term Health Care Facilities (4) An overview of the total medical and social care required for residents of long-term health care facilities. Orientation to the various aspects required of the administrator and institution to provide for the total care of the individual. Topics include pharmaceutical services, disease process and recognition, biological aging, psychology of patient care, patient assessment, care planning, and nutrition. BUHE 411 Administration in Extended Care Facilities (4) The role and responsi- bility of management as applied to a long-term health care facility. Includes discussion of ethical practices, licensure, state and federal agency requirements, and financial management. BUHE 415 Administration in Acute Care Facilities (4) Focuses on issues important to the management, organization, planning, and evaluation of health care facilities and the services rendered to patients. Emphasis on the manager’s role in a health care organization, caring for individuals in non-extended care circumstances. Identification of the various departments and services available and the interaction of each. Preq. BUMG 310 and BUHE 310 BUHE 416 Management Issues in Acute Care Facilities (4) Provides understanding of organizational behavior and management practices in non-extended health care facilities. Hands-on application of management skills and concepts. Preq. BUHE 310 and BUMG 310 BUHE 420 Problems in Health Care Management and Policies (4) A seminar course. Health care management problems are studied and recommendations offered for the resolution of those problems. It is recommended that this problems and policy course be taken as the last course in the health management concentration. BUHE 430 Health Care Finance and Reimbursement (4) Analysis of reimburse- ment and payment systems for health care related organizations such as acute care, extended care, managed care, and other alternative care groups. Preq. BUAC 101 and 102 BUHE 451 Internship in Extended Health Care Management (6) Provides 400 hours of a structured and supervised professional experience within an approved extended health care organization. Students complete assigned projects and/or managerial tasks under joint supervision of a health care facility administrator and a university faculty member. Preq. coursework completed and permission BUHE 452 Internship in Acute Health Care Management (6) Provides 400 hours of a structured and supervised professional experience within an approved acute health care related organization. Students complete assigned projects and/or managerial tasks under the joint supervision of a health care facility manager and a university faculty member. Preq. coursework completed and permission; $ B BUHE 499 Seminar - Health Management Topics (1-4) Discussion of current topics in the health care arena. Preq. permission (May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hours); see special note on page 130. 206 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Business Information Systems BUIS 101 Introduction to Computer Information Systems (4) Computer systems presentation via lectures, as well as practical, hands-on experiences in a lab setting. Introduc- tion to topics such as computer hardware, software, and business applications. Introduction to the use of computer software, including word processing and spreadsheets. $ B BUIS 103 BASIC Language 1 (4) Introduction of computer programming concepts used in developing graphical user interfaces (GUIs). Pseudocode and algorithm development in problem solving are implemented. This interactive course involves the student and the computer in the development of functional programs in the Visual BASIC language. Preq. BUIS 101 or BUAI 101; $ B BUIS 104 BASIC Language 2 (4) Advanced VISUAL BASIC programming skills are developed. The use of files and file organization methods, concepts of arrays, advanced decision making, and looping techniques are studied. Preq. BUIS 103; $ B BUIS 105 COBOL Programming 1 (4) In-depth study of the COBOL language. The use of files on disks, print routines, terminals, and documentation is presented. Many problems are assigned to move theory into practice. Preq. BUIS 101; $ B BUIS 106 COBOL Programming 2 (4) A deeper study of COBOL. More complex problems, using tables and various utility programs. New instructions and different ways to utilize them are presented. Preq. BUIS 105; $ B BUIS 201 C Language (4) Introduction to C language programming in a highly interactive course. Students write programs that utilize the new topics presented, such as arrays, pointers, and files. Preq. one computer language course or sophomore standing; $ B BUIS 202 Computer Operations Management (4) Personnel policies, computer related management procedures, equipment acquisition, and management of resources related to computer information systems. Essential principles to effectively manage a computer system, computer personnel, and resources are examined. Preq. two programming languages and sophomore standing; $ B BUIS 203 Business Computer Projects (4) Research projects are assigned on both an individual and group basis. Students learn to function in a group setting as they conduct research related to the assigned topics. Theoretical systems concepts are explored in the classroom. A formal presentation is required. Preq. sophomore standing; $ B BUIS 204 Microcomputer Applications (4) Advanced topics and techniques of several popular business application software packages. Word processing, spreadsheets, data base management, and presentation graphics tools are utilized. Preq. BUAI 101 or BUIS 101; $ B BUIS 205 Business Data Systems and Communications (4) A study of modern data communication systems, including theory of telecommunications and communications software. Laboratory projects on LAN Administration and the Internet. Preq. one computer language and sophomore standing; $ B BUIS 206 Fortran Programming (4) A basic course in FORTRAN, including FORTRAN arithmetic, formats, loops, arrays, program flow charting, testing, debugging, and documentation. The student is assigned several programs to solve statistical mathematics and business problems. Preq. one computer language; $ B BUIS 207 PASCAL Language (4) An introduction to the programming language PASCAL. Some knowledge of basic algebra is helpful. Use of Input/Output statements, loops, subprograms, arrays, and files. This course is recommended for the natural science degree. $ B BUIS 299 Special Topics in Business Information Systems (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130; $ B COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 207

Legal Assisting BULA 101 Introduction to Legal Assisting (4) Practical introduction to the career of paralegalism. Describes the drafting, digesting, interviewing, investigating, and research skills required to be an effective paralegal or legal assistant. $ B BULA 212 Real Estate Law for Legal Assistants (4) Provides the essential substantive and practical skills necessary for a legal assistant to participate effectively in real estate transactions. Introduces real property concepts and examines the component parts of a real estate transaction, including entering into the purchase contract, providing a legally sufficient description of the property, preparing the deed, addressing the property’s state of title, and conducting the closing. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 251 Legal Research and Writing 1 (4) Employs a step-by-step approach in introducing students to the legal system, interpreting court opinions and applying opinions in legal writing. Emphasis is on the study of court opinions through ‘‘key fact’’ identification and using these facts in the application process. Preq. BULA 101 and ENGL 111S; $ B BULA 252 Legal Research and Writing 2 (4) A thorough overview of legal research and writing techniques. Covers information on citing cases, finding case law, and interpreting statutes. Instructs students in computer-assisted legal research, using LEXIS. Preq. BULA 251; $ B BULA 261 Tort Law: Personal Injury Litigation (4) Presents an overview of tort law oriented to paralegals. Specific skill assignments in research analysis, drafting, investiga- tion, and interviewing. Students can relate the law outlined in the book to the specific law of a particular state. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 262 Introduction to Civil Litigation (4) An introduction to the legal system of dispute resolution in noncriminal matters. Focuses on the process of civil litigation rather than on substantive legal issues. Explains the paralegal’s role in interviewing clients, drafting pleadings and pretrial motions, conducting discovery, and preparing for trial. Contains examples of actual documents drafted by paralegals. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 263 Introduction to Contracts and Restitution (4) Introduces the laws of contracts and restitution with emphasis on applying the concepts presented to contract analysis and formation. Chapters present the rules of law, examples of how the rules apply to facts, and problems that help students apply the rules. Cases are examined to show how the courts apply the rules. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 264 Computer Application and the Law (4) Provides students and legal professionals with the minimum knowledge about computers that they will need to work efficiently in today’s automated law practice. $ B BULA 265 Family Law (4) Comprehensive overview of family law for the nonlawyer. Practice-oriented text teaches students the skills and techniques in investigation and analysis and includes detailed coverage of child custody, contract cohabitation, property division, and support enforcement laws. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 266 Wills, Trusts, and Estate Administration (4) A paralegal course in probate or estate administration. Contains updated tax laws and tax forms affecting wills and estates. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 267 Legal Assisting Practicum (4) Students are placed in businesses where their acquired skills can be utilized and tested. This training is closely supervised by the instructor and consists of 160 hours of ‘‘hands-on’’ experience. Preq. 24 credit hours of BULA, including BULA 252; 2.0 cumulative grade point average in all coursework and in BULA; and permission of instructor; $ B BULA 269 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure (4) Basic elements of criminal law and procedure dealing with the interpretation and recognition of the use of the criminal code. Assistance with all aspects of the pretrial through posttrial process. This includes investigations, motions, preparation, and research. Research assignments expand the student’s skills in this area. Preq. BULA 101; $ B 208 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BULA 270 Evidence (4) Introduces the importance of obtaining evidence through fact investigation and develops skills in discovering and organizing facts for use in litigation. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 272 Ethics for the Legal Assistant (4) This course gives the student a look at the ABA Code and Rules of Professional Conduct, accepted nationally as the ethical expecta- tions for legal professionals; the case law that has developed on the Codes and Rules; and standards aimed specifically at legal assistants. Preq. BULA 101; $ B BULA 273 Debtor/Creditor Law (4) An introduction to the general provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, administration of a bankruptcy case, liquidation, reorganization, prelimi- nary considerations necessary prior to commencing a bankruptcy case, and various remedies afforded to the debtor and creditor. Preq. BULA 101 BULA 299 Special Topics in Legal Assisting (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Preq. BULA 101; see special note on page 130; $ B

Business Law BULW 250 Business Law 1 (4) An introduction to the legal environment of business based on the uniform commercial code, including the forms and classifications of law, an overview of the court systems, court procedure, social forces and the law, torts and crimes, and the principles of contract law. BULW 260 Business Law 2 (4) Includes the study of the law covering sales, agency and employment, commercial paper, personal property, and bailments. Preq. BULW 250 BULW 270 The Legal Environment of Business (4) An examination of the creation and evolution of principles and rules of law, emphasizing an understanding of the court system and court procedure, the role of administrative agencies and government regulations, and the study of criminal, tort, and the substantive law of contracts. BULW 299 Special Topics in Legal Environment (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130

Management BUMG 101 Introduction to Business (4) A survey course of the basic functions of American business with an emphasis on the responsibility of business as a vital segment of society. Introduction to the American economic system and the role of profits as the motivating force behind U.S. business activity. (Not open to juniors and seniors.) BUMG 210 Management Concepts (4) An introductory course in management concepts, organization, and principles with a detailed analysis of the management functions of planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling. Communications, decision making, and motivation are emphasized as integral concepts in performing the management functions. BUMG 225 Organization and Operation of Small Business (4) A course designed to provide the basics of small business: getting started, financial recordkeeping, cash flow management, computers, human resource management, marketing, pricing, advertising, and promotion. BUMG 235 Personnel Management (4) The philosophy, principles, and methods of personnel management stressing human resource planning, recruiting, selection, placement, training, evaluation, wage and salary administration, and benefit programs. BUMG 242 Business Communications (4) Principles and techniques of effective letter writing, letter mechanics, writing of personal business letters, including application letters, methods of writing business reports and letters, and internal and external reports as a means of communication. $ B COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 209

BUMG 285 Enterprise Management and Strategy (4) An integrative course that enables students to demonstrate the capacity to synthesize and apply the knowledge and skills acquired from the various disciplines in business, social sciences, and humanities; to analyze case problems; and to develop and effectively communicate a comprehensive business project. Preq. 60 hours completed toward the associate degree, including BUAC 102, BUFI 245, BUMG 210, 242, and BUMK 210 BUMG 299 Special Topics in Small/General Business (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130. BUMG 310 Management Principles (4) A study of the fundamental principles of management emphasizing the managerial functions, basic concepts of systems, decision making processes, organizational theory and behavior, and its effect on management. Preq. BUAC 103, ECON 101, and 102 BUMG 320 Data Analysis (4) Computer assisted statistical analysis using SPSS or current statistical application software as a research tool. In-depth use of computer applica- tions for research, emphasizing statistical procedures, graphic design, and interpretation of results. Applications appropriate to business, social and physical sciences, psychology, and education. Special projects to suit student’s needs. Preq. MATH 150 or BUMG 355 (Suggestion: This course should be taken before BUMG 330.); $ B BUMG 330 Organizational Communication (4) A study of the communication demands and skills relevant to the student’s future role as a business or professional person. Organizational communication focuses on principles and techniques involved in organizing ideas, writing effective business letters and reports, and oral communication. Applications with computer assisted statistical analysis and graphic design used to enhance business reports. Preq. junior standing and BUMG 320 or MATH 150; $ B BUMG 335 Human Resource Management (4) Principles and practices of recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and maintaining a productive employee group through systematic human resource management planning consistent with government regulations. Includes attention to grievance and disciplinary procedures and collective bargaining. Preq. BUMG 310 or permission BUMG 340 International Business (4) Introduces students to international business by exploring a broad spectrum of business activities. Competitive strategy provides the unifying theme. BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business (4) A study of the quantitative tools and techniques applied to business decision-making. The primary tool investigated is the linear regression model. Includes forecasting, multiple regression, qualitative variables, and the analysis of residual patterns. Also explores the linear programming model. Models are explained graphically, calculated manually, and then explored more fully on the computer. Preq. BUAI or BUIS 101 and MATH 150 and 170; $ B BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management (4) An overview of production and operations management, including procedures and techniques generally employed in both manufacturing and nonmanufacturing organizations. Topics include forecasting, line balancing, PERT, MRP inventory systems, layout planning, and capacity planning. Extensive use is made of computers. Preq. BUMG 355; $ B BUMG 410 Business Simulation (4) Explores the analysis of business problems using computer simulations. Outcomes resulting from various inputs are projected and interpreted to aid in decision making. Preq. BUMG 355 and MATH 170; $ B BUMG 485 Business Policy and Strategy (4) A case-oriented course designed to develop skills in the integration of interdisciplinary areas as applied to problems in business. Includes both written and oral presentation of case problems. Preq. BUFI 345, BUMG 310, 385, BUMK 310, and senior standing BUMG 499 Special Topics in Management (1-4) Opportunity for the junior or senior student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with exper- tise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130. 210 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Marketing BUMK 210 Marketing Concepts (4) A study of marketing fundamentals, consumption, consumer behavior, retailing, wholesaling structures, the functions performed in marketing, marketing policies, and a critical appraisal of the field of marketing. BUMK 220 Salesmanship (4) Basic concepts of personal selling at both the industrial and retail level, including preparation for selling, sales processes, and an introduction to sales management. Emphasis on retail selling, with a discussion of career opportunities. Preq. BUMK 210 or 310 BUMK 235 Advertising (4) A study of the principles of advertising, including the history and development of advertising, its relation to the marketing effort of the firm and to consumers and society in general, and the major groups of media used by the advertiser. Preq. BUMK 210 or 310 or permission BUMK 239 Practical Business Applications (1-4) Student participates in an off- campus work experience with a business specializing in the student’s area of interest. One credit hour is awarded for a minimum of seven scheduled clock hours of such activity per standard work week. Preq. advisor permission BUMK 299 Special Topics in Retailing/Sales/Advertising (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130. BUMK 310 Marketing Principles (4) A study of the marketing principles, concepts, strategies, and analytical methods used by organizations to market products, services, and ideas in dynamic environments. Emphasis on identifying marketing opportunities, defining target groups, developing appropriate products, promotion distribution, and pricing strategies. BUMK 315 International Marketing (4) Directed at developing skills to make marketing decisions in a global context. This includes finding new markets, customizing products for the demands of new markets, determining needs, channels of distribution, pricing strategies, and segmentation. Preq. BUMK 210 or 310 or international relations major BUMK 320 Sales Management (4) The principles and practices of planning, organizing, motivating, and controlling the sales force. Selection, training, compensation, analysis of sales potentials, and costs are also covered. Preq. BUMK 210 or 310 BUMK 325 Marketing Research (4) Techniques involved in the collection, tabulation, and analysis of marketing information. Includes statistical procedures and their marketing application, brand positioning, and market segmentation using marketing research tech- niques. Preq. BUMK 310 and MATH 150; $ B BUMK 400 Marketing Management (4) A strategic focus on marketing management with a solid application of basic marketing concepts. Concentrates in the areas of decision making, competitor analysis, formulating a marketing plan, forecasting, and planning. Preq. BUMK 310 BUMK 499 Special Topics in Marketing (1-4) Opportunity for the junior or senior student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. BUMK 310 and instructor permission; see special note on page 130.

Office Administration BUOA 108 Beginning Document Processing (4) A study of the touch system of keyboarding at the microcomputer as well as an introduction to Word word processing software. $ B BUOA 109 Intermediate Document Processing (4) Continuation of BUOA 108 with application of basic keyboarding techniques to the production of letters, reports, and memorandums on the microcomputer using Word software. Preq. BUOA 108; $ B COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 211

BUOA 110 Advanced Document Processing (4) Application of Word keyboarding and document processing skills to ‘‘real work’’ situations. Preq. BUOA 109; $ B BUOA 111 Office Communications 1 (4) Introduction to machine transcription and the development of transcription skills, which include vocabulary development, spelling, punctuation, and grammar. A study of Outlook software Preq. BUOA 222; $ B BUOA 112 Office Communications 2 (4) Continuation of BUOA 111. Students are encouraged to master the use of transcription equipment and apply rules of punctuation and grammar to increasingly more difficult business documents. A study of PowerPoint soft- ware. Preq. BUOA 111; $ B BUOA115 PowerPoint Fundamentals (2) An introduction to PowerPoint presenta- tion software. Preq. keyboarding skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B BUOA 130 Records Management (4) Designed to emphasize the principles and practices of effective records management for manual, automated, and computer records systems. Access software is used to apply the ARMA alphabetic indexing rules. $ B BUOA 214 Microcomputer Office Practice (4) An integrated simulation using Office Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook software. Preq. BUOA 112, 215, 217, and 223; $ B BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications (4) A study of Excel software. Preq. keyboarding skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B BUOA 217 Office Computer Applications (4) A study of Access software. Preq. keyboarding skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B BUOA 218 Advanced Spreadsheet Applications (4) A continuation of BUOA 215 providing a study of the advanced applications of Excel software. Preq. BUOA 215; $ B BUOA 219 Advanced Office Computer Applications (4) A continuation of BUOA 217, providing a study of the advanced applications of Access software. Preq. BUOA 217; $ B BUOA 221 Word Processing 1 (4) Word processing concepts and skills are presented to the person with no previous training in word processing. Word software is used. Preq. key- boarding skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B BUOA 222 Word Processing 2 (4) Continuation of BUOA 221 with more advanced applications of Word software. Preq. BUOA 221; $ B BUOA 223 Word Processing 3 (4) A continuation of BUOA 222 using the specialized office application features of Word software. Preq. BUOA 222; $ B BUOA 230 Desktop Publishing 1 (4) A study of Word desktop publishing software. Preq. basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B BUOA 231 Desktop Publishing 2 (4) Continuation of BUOA 230. Preq. BUOA 230; $ B BUOA 241 Office Administration 1 (4) Introduction to the responsibilities and opportunities of an office administration position encompassing a variety of secretarial duties. Lab work is completed on a microcomputer. Preq. BUOA 110 and 223; $ B BUOA 242 Office Administration 2 (4) A continuation of BUOA 241, including assisting with travel arrangements, planning meetings, presenting business data, and handling financial procedures. Preq. BUOA 241; $ B BUOA 244 Medical/Legal Office Administration (4) The preparation of medical and legal documents emphasizing specialized terminology. MediSoft patient accounting software is introduced. Preq. BUOA 222; $ B BUOA 250 Office Administration Internship (1-4) Student participates in on-the- job work experience which allows the utilization of office administration skills. One credit hour is awarded for a minimum of seven scheduled clock hours of work per standard work week. Preq. internship availability and approval; completion of at least 4 quarters of the office admin- istration program with a ‘‘B’’ average in all BUOA classes; and advisor permission; $ B 212 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUOA 299 Special Topics in Office Administration (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130; $ B

Real Estate BURE 210 Real Estate Principles and Practices (4) Introduction to real estate economics and administration. Includes elementary physical, legal, locational, and economic characteristics of real estate; real estate markets; and national, regional, and local economic influences on real estate values. Serves as a preparation for securing a license. BURE 212 Real Estate Law (4) Includes the law of agency as applied to real estate brokers and salesmen, law of fixtures, estates (including leases), conveyancing of real estate, real estate managers, license laws of Ohio, zoning, cooperatives, and condominiums. BURE 213 Real Estate Finance (4) Includes the nature and characteristics of mortgage loans, government influence on real estate finance, the mortgage market, and the effects of monetary and fiscal policies on real estate financing. Concepts and measurements of value, cash flow, leverage, and tax shelters are emphasized. BURE 214 Real Estate Appraisal (4) Emphasizes the methodology of appraising urban real property and the theory underlying appraisal techniques. In-depth study of market comparison, penalized cost of replacement, and income capitalization. A term project provides practical experience in applying these techniques. BURE 299 Special Topics in Real Estate (1-4) Opportunity for the student to work on special projects under the supervision of an instructor with expertise in the area of the student’s project. Preq. instructor permission; see special note on page 130.

Chemistry CHEM 101 Fundamental Chemistry (3) Designed for students with an inadequate background in chemistry or students who have not had high school chemistry prior to enrollment in CHEM 121 or 141. Topics and material presented are intended to increase student’s familiarity with the periodic table, chemical processes, and chemical calculations. This course does not count towards the GEP requirement nor does it contain a laboratory. Preq. high school algebra or MATH 101 CHEM 121 Introduction to General Chemistry 1 (4) An introductory course in basic chemical concepts for nonscience majors. Topics include properties of matter, atomic structure, compound formation, chemical equations, inorganic nomenclature, gases, solutions, and acid-base chemistry. Credit allowed for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 121 or 141. Preq. one year of high school chemistry or CHEM 101 or successful completion of MATH 130; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2 (4) An introductory course in basic chemical concepts for nonscience majors. Topics include stoichiometry, chemical bonding, modern atomic theory, periodic table, chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, and nuclear chemistry. Credit allowed for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 122 or 142. Preq. CHEM 121; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 (5) An introduction to chemistry through the fundamental chemical concepts, inorganic nomenclature, periodic classification, mole concept, stoichiometry with problem solving, chemical reactions, atomic structure, bonding, and quantum theory. Credit allowed for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 121 or 141. Preq. placement in MATH 130, a prior couse in chemistry highly suggested; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 (5) An introduction to molecular structure, gas laws, states of matter and solutions, acid-base, kinetics, thermochemistry, and thermodynamics. Preq. CHEM 122 or 141 and MATH 130 or above; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 (5) An introduction to chemical equilibrium including acid-base and solubility, electrochemistry, nuclear and descriptive chemistry. Preq. CHEM 142 and MATH 131 or above; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 213

CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry (4) A course in fundamental organic chemistry. The study of the major functional groups: saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons, alcohols and ethers, aldehydes and ketones, carboxylic acids, amines, carboxylic acid derivatives. The organic chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. Preq. CHEM 121 or 141; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 299 Topics in Chemistry (1-4) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 (4) A course for science majors wishing to acquire a sound knowledge of classical and modern organic chemistry. Credit not allowed for both CHEM 200 and 305. Preq./coreq. CHEM 143; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 (4) Continuation of CHEM 305. Preq. CHEM 305; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 (4) Continuation of CHEM 305 and 306. Preq. CHEM 306; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 (5) An introduction to methods of chemical analysis. Topics include statistics, equilibria, volumetric analysis, and an introduction to instrumental analysis. Preq. CHEM 143 and MATH 132; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 (5) The use of electronic instrumentation (spectroscopic, chromatographic, and electrochemical) for chemical analyses. Preq. CHEM 323; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 (4) Zeroth, First, Second, and Third Laws of Thermodynamics. Standard thermodynamic functions of reactions. Reaction equilibrium in ideal gas mixtures. Real gases. One-component phase equilibrium. Preq./coreq. CHEM 143, MATH 204, and PHYS 203 or 213; $ NS CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 (4) Extension of thermodynamics includes ideal and nonideal solutions, reaction equilibrium in nonideal systems, and multicomponent phase equilibrium. Second half of course covers kinetic theory and reaction kinetics. Preq. CHEM 431; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 (4) An introduction to quantum mechanics. Topics include the Schrodinger equation, particle-in-a-box problems, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor, approximation methods, hydrogen-like atoms, the helium atom, the hydrogen molecule ion, MO and SCF methods. Preq. CHEM 432; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 441 Inorganic Chemistry (4) A theoretical study of the dependence of periodic variations in elemental properties (atomic radius, first ionization enthalpy, electronegativity, and oxidation number) on quantum mechanical factors such as electron oribtal shape. Topics include symmetry and group theory and a study of bonding using both VSEPR and MO approaches. Preq./coreq. CHEM 143 and PHYS 203 or 213 CHEM 485 Senior Project (1-4; maximum 4) In-depth study of a selected topic in chemistry, culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. Preq. senior standing and instructor permission; $ NS CHEM 490 Seminar in Chemistry (1-4; maximum 4) Study of a specific advanced topic in chemistry. Preq. junior or senior standing and instructor permission CHEM 495 Undergraduate Research (1-4; maximum 9) Independent chemistry investigation under the direction of a faculty member. A written report is required. Preq. senior standing, 2.75 grade point average in chemistry, and instructor permission; $ NS CHEM 499 Special Topics in Chemistry (1-4) The study of topics not otherwise available to students. $ NS 214 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Dental Hygiene DTHY 101 Radiology 1 (2) Didactic instruction in dental radiology. Topics include: characteristics of radiation, components and functions of the x-ray machine, and x-ray pro- duction. Emphasis on exposure factors and their effects on radiographs, effects of radiation biology, and radiation protection. Dental x-ray films and film processing are also covered. $ HS DTHY 102 General and Oral Histology and Embryology (2) Study of the development of tissues and structures from a histological and embryological basis. Emphasis on development of tissues of the teeth and the periodontal supporting structures. Preq. BIOL 101; $ HS DTHY 103 Nutrition (3) The principles of basic human nutrition with emphasis on nutritional diets and their relation to general and oral health. The study of valid nutritional information and healthful food selection. $ HS DTHY 111 Oral Anatomy 1 (3) A study of tooth form, function, and occlusion, including the supporting tissues of the teeth and oral environment. Emphasis on dental vocabulary, terminology, and the relationship of the permanent and primary dentition to clinical dental hygiene. $ HS DTHY 112 Oral Anatomy 2 (2) Detailed study of the anatomy of the head and neck. Topics include facial bones, muscles of the head and neck, nerve supply, and blood supply. Detailed study of the topographical and functional anatomy of the oral cavity and pharynx. Preq. DTHY 111; $ HS DTHY 113 Radiology 2 (2) Continuation of DTHY 101. Emphasis on radiographic technique through lecture and lab experiences. Lab experiences include bisection of the angle and paralleling techniques as well as extra-oral radiographs on training models. Students process and mount film, as well as learn to recognize processing and technical errors, normal anatomical landmarks, and pathology. Preq. DTHY 101; $ HS DTHY 121 Clinical Dental Hygiene 1 (4) Introduction to the profession and history of dental hygiene. The principles of preventive dentistry regarding etiology of deposits, caries, inflammation, and oral physiotherapy methods. Aseptic techniques are outlined. Basic instrumentation principles are demonstrated on typodonts followed by demonstration on partners. $ HS DTHY 122 Clinical Dental Hygiene 2 (4) Continuation of DTHY 121. Clinical skills include intra/extra oral examinations, dental/periodontal charting, scaling and polishing techniques, periodontal probing, and fluoride techniques. Skills are transferred from typodont to partner. $ HS DTHY 123 Clinical Dental Hygiene 3 (5) Continuation of DTHY 122. Techniques for dental hygiene care are performed in clinical patient treatment. Advanced skills include desensitization techniques, instrument sharpening, sequencing and planning patient treatment, and methods of motivating to prevent oral disease. $ HS DTHY 201 General and Oral Pathology (3) An introduction to pathology. Discussion of processes of inflammation, necrosis, retrograde changes, and wound healing. Etiologies, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of oral lesions. Pathology of diseases affecting teeth and their supporting structures. Preq. BIOL 101 and 162; $ HS DTHY 202 Periodontics (3) A study of the periodontal supporting structures of the teeth. Etiologies and classifications of periodontal disease are discussed. The treatment of periodontal disease is discussed in relation to the etiologies. $ HS DTHY 203 Dental Materials (3) Didactic and laboratory instruction on the physical properties of materials used in dentistry. Basic principles of the preparation and use of certain restorative materials, impression materials, and laboratory procedures, including chemical sealants, preliminary impressions, and study models. $ HS DTHY 204 Pharmacology and Anesthesiology (3) Drugs and anesthetics used and encountered in dentistry. Discussion of the origin, physical and chemical properties, effects on body systems, indications and contraindications for use, and methods of administration and elimination. Preq. AHNR 103 or CHEM 121; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 215

DTHY 205 Dental Health Education (3) Analysis of goals for the development of dental health education programs. Major emphasis is on preparation and use of lesson plans and instructional materials for teaching groups. Involves classroom instruction of dental health in public schools. $ HS DTHY 206 Public Health (3) An introduction to the broad field of public health with emphasis on dental public health. A basic approach for designing and implementing a public dental health program to promote dental health and prevent dental diseases in the commu- nity. $ HS DTHY 220 Oral Microbiology/Immunology (3) A study of general microbiology as applied to oral disease and immunity. An in-depth study of ecology of the oral flora in health and disease. Applied microbiology principles are used in topics of sterilization and asepsis. Preq. BIOL 101 and 162; $ HS DTHY 224 Clinical Dental Hygiene 4 (5) Continuation of DTHY 123. Techniques and procedures of dental hygiene care and services performed in the clinic atmosphere as they would be in practice. Lecture topics concern medical emergencies in the dental office. $ HS DTHY 225 Clinical Dental Hygiene 5/Special Needs (5) Continuation of DTHY 224. Dental hygiene clinical practice includes applied nutrition as it relates to current concepts in preventive dentistry for the dental hygienist. $ HS DTHY 226 Clinical Dental Hygiene 6/Preventive Dentistry and Jurisprudence (5) Continuation of DTHY 225 with emphasis on prevention and trial state board patients. Ethics, jurisprudence, state laws, malpractice, and professional organizations are discussed as they relate to the dental hygiene profession. Career placement is investigated. $ HS DTHY 227 Clinical Dental Hygiene 7/Career Management (5) Continuation of DTHY 226. Complete dental hygiene care involving the use of advanced skills and tech- niques learned in previous dental hygiene courses. Special needs patients are discussed. Selected topics through seminars and lectures are presented to aid professional growth. $ HS DTHY 290 Seminar in Advanced Periodontics (1-3) Current concepts regarding nonsurgical treatment of periodontal disease. Major emphasis is placed on assessment of root planing techniques and maintenance and care of patients with periodontal disease. Preq. DTHY 202 or permission of the program director; $ HS DTHY 299 Topics in Dental Hygiene (1-5) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. $ HS

Economics ECON 103 Economics for the Social Sciences (4) Introduces students to the economy and to economics as a way of thinking about the world. Builds on and incorporates basic concepts from both micro and macroeconomics and examines the role of scarcity, choice, and institutions in framing the changing roles of the private and public sector in the U.S. economy over time. ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics (4) An elementary analysis of the principles of microeconomics. Includes a study of consumer behavior, different types of products and resource markets, and an analysis of certain economic problems. Preq. MATH 101 and 105 or MATH 125 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (4) An introduction to the elementary principles of macroeconomics. Includes a study of the economic system and an analysis of national income concepts, fiscal and monetary policies, and economic growth. ECON 299 Topics in Economics (1-4) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics (4) A study of the economic theories of the consumer and the firm. Analysis of price and output behavior under various product and market structures and resource market analysis. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 216 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics (4) National income analysis; fiscal and monetary policies for economic stabilization. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 310 Money and Banking (4) Development of banking and the role of the Federal Reserve system in the U.S. Analysis of monetary policy for purpose of stabilization. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 320 History of Economic Thought (4) Evolution of economic thought and methods, with emphasis on the theories and ideas of the mercantilists, the physiocrats, the classicals, the neoclassicals, the Marxists, the Keynesians, and other schools of thought. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. (4) Analysis of the changes in the economic structure and development of the U.S. from colonial days to the present. Includes a survey of American economic life and the role of entrepreneurship in economic development. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 332 Managerial Economics (4) Use of economic theory and decision making techniques in business management. Production and consumer theory, applied price theory, pricing of final products, theory of profits, profit management, capital budgeting, cost and demand analysis theory to provide a solid foundation of economic understanding for use in managerial decision making. Preq. ECON 101, 102, and MATH 201 ECON 350 Labor Economics (4) Economic analysis of labor markets. Topics include labor supply and the derived demand for labor, human capital theory, labor market structures, trade unions, discrimination, and public policy toward labor. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 405 Economic Development (4) Analysis of economic problems and prospects for development in general and of less developed nations in particular. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems (4) An analysis of the different economic systems: capitalism, socialism, communism, and mixed systems. Survey of the differences and similarities of the economic institutions among these systems. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 425 Public Finance (4) Economic analysis of government finance theory and practice. Topics include the role of government in the allocation of resources and the distrib- ution of income, the selection of alternate expenditure and tax schemes and their effects on the private sector, and public choice theory. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 450 International Trade (4) Theoretical framework of international trade; problems and policies for free trade; roles of international institutions. Preq. ECON 101 and 102 ECON 480 Econometrics (4) Economic analysis using linear regression techniques. Emphasis is on particular problems facing applied econometric researchers and practical solutions. Computer applications are included throughout the course. Preq. ECON 101, 102, and MATH 250 ECON 499 Special Topics in Economics (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. Preq. ECON 101 and 102

Adolescent Education EDAE 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a profes- sional practitioner. Field placements are in local 7-12 classrooms and focus on education at that setting. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; $ Ed EDAE 385 Practicum and Seminar 2: Action Research - Home, School, Community Relations (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 240 and 245 and their relationship to the home, school, and community, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 217 in addition to applying the knowledge and skills from EDUC 310, EDIS 250, 311, and 390. Emphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student completing an action research project consisting of two case studies (ECIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the primary level and one at the pre-school level; EDIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the elementary level and one at the secondary level). Students learn and practice specific research procedures, data collection techniques, and analysis skills in a special needs setting using the results to design and implement an educational plan for the two students in their case studies. Minimum of 15 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 250, 311, 390, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program EDAE 400 Principles and Strategies of Curriculum Development, Management, and Instruction (4) Designed to give preservice teachers experience in theory and practice teaching students ages 12 through 21. Instructional strategies and design, classroom manage- ment, differentiated learning needs, and implementation are addressed in field and clinical practice. Students are exposed to peers specializing in different content areas and to extensive and continuous field work. Preq. admission to licensure program and EDAE 385; coreq. EDAE 485 and the appropriate content methods course; $ Ed EDAE 485 Practicum and Seminar 3: Curriculum, Instruction, and Evaluation (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe their field envi- ronment—IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, aid usage, etc. and ways to make each component more effective. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in university courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy strategies, evaluation and assessment techniques, and classroom management with special education teachers in area schools. Minimum of 20 lab as well as field hours are required. Preq. EDIS 385, EDIS 410 (for MM K-12 license only), and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license) EDAE 490 Directed Teaching and Seminar (12) A cumulative experience of at least ten weeks in area high schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process- oriented. Preq. admission to student teaching; $150.00 student teaching fee

Early Childhood Education EDEC 255 Educational Environments (4) Examines various components involved in developing programs that offer quality educational environments. The educational envi- ronment includes not only the physical space that children inhabit but also how the space interacts with the child. Methods of creating educational environments that are nurturing, stimulating, and welcoming for each child are explored. An overview of mental health issues and how the environment impacts brain development is presented. Activities that put theory to practice are emphasized. 10 lab EDEC 280 Administration of Early Childhood Programs (4) Introduces students to and prepares them for administrative and leadership roles in the field of early childhood education. An overview of various types of early childhood programs and philosophies is presented. Topics include family and community relations; planning, implementing, and evaluating programs; leading and managing personnel; financing and budgeting; record keeping; and establishing policies. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab EDEC 283 Interprofessional and Parental Team Models (4) Explores the creative and reconceptualized delivery of services and the education of the whole child. Methods of collaboration with parents, families, and intra- and interagency relationships are examined to include benefits, processes, and problem solving techniques and respect for cultural and linguistic diversity. The emphasis is on the importance of communication, teaming, and the assimilation of knowledge through interprofessional and parental relationships. Preq. admis- sion to teacher education; 10 lab EDEC 284 Basic Movement for Children (4) Provides students with an introduc- tion to the basic components of motor development. Elements of the physical, psychomotor, cognitive, and affective domains are discussed. Developmentally appropriate practices in basic movement include the areas of muscular and cardiovascular endurance; flexibility; 218 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

perceptual motor abilities; fundamental motor skills, including non-locomotor, locomotor, and manipulative skills; decision making; and social emotional development and are examined and applied in a clinical setting. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab EDEC 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a profes- sional practitioner. Field placements are in local early childhood settings and focus on education at that setting. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; $ Ed EDEC 385 Practicum and Seminar 2: Action Research - Home, School, Community Relations (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 240 and 245 and their relationship to the home, school, and community, in addition to applying the knowledge and skills from EDUC 310, EDIS 250, 311, and 390. Emphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student completing an action research project consisting of two case studies (ECIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the primary level and one at the pre-school level; EDIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the elementary level and one at the secondary level). Students learn and practice specific research procedures, data collection techniques, and analysis skills in a special needs setting using the results to design and implement an educational plan for the two students in their case studies. Minimum of 15 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 250, 311, 390, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program EDEC 400 Teaching Creative Expressions for Early Childhood (Drama, Art, Music, Play, and Dance) (4) Introduction to play, art, drama, music, and dance as essential components to the educational development of the early learner. Developmental theories in the creative arts, movement, and play are examined. Emphasis is on designing and applying appropriate creative learning experiences for the early learner in accordance wth the Ohio Model Curricula for these areas and the NAEYC and CEC guidelines for the education of young children. Preq. ARTP 201, MUSI 160, and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDEC 415 and 420; 10 lab EDEC 415 Teaching Developmental Mathematics and Science for Early Learners (4) This methods course is designed to help the early childhood teacher integrate teaching skills with the applied theory, practice, and knowledge from previous courses in early childhood. It is a content-based class, with reference to appropriate mathematics and science curriculum as indicated in the state of Ohio’s competency-based models for those content areas and the NAEYC and CEC guidelines for the education of young children. Students design curriculum, instructional delivery, and student performance-based evalua- tion, integrating content and a range of developmental and learning style needs. Students demonstrate teaching in a variety of clinical formats; design, develop, and “publish” lesson plans and units; and evaluate their own teaching effectiveness. Preq. MATH 305; coreq. EDEC 400, 420, and admission to licensure program; 10 lab EDEC 420 Teaching Developmental Language Arts and Social Studies for Early Learners (4) This methods course is designed to help the early childhood teacher integrate teaching skills with the applied theory, practice, and knowledge from previous courses in early childhood. It is a content-based class, with reference to appropriate language arts and social studies curriculum as indicated in the state of Ohio’s competency-based models for those content areas and the NAEYC and CEC guidelines for the education of young children. A primary focus of this course is on language acquisition and development of early learners. Students design curriculum, instructional delivery, and student performance-based evaluation, integrating content and a range of developmental and learning style needs. Students demonstrate teaching in a variety of clinical formats; design, develop, and “publish” lesson plans and units; and evaluate their own teaching effectiveness. Coreq. EDEC 400, 415, and admission to licensure program; 10 lab EDEC 425 Integrating the Early Childhood Curriculum (4) This course extends student exposure to curriculum development, the State model curricula, and teaching strategies which integrate individual course topics, forming a seamless curriculum which encourages COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 219 children’s physical, social, emotional, aesthetic, and cognitive development. Child develop- ment, the history of early childhood educational programs, and the value of cultural and linguistic diversity are addressed to help students understand the continuum of learning and the impact on child development. Professional issues pertaining to early childhood education are discussed throughout the course. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDEC 485; 10 lab

EDEC 485 Practicum and Seminar 3: Curriculum, Instruction, and Evaluation (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe their field envi- ronment—IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, aid usage, etc. and ways to make each component more effective. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in university courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy strategies, evaluation and assessment techniques, and classroom management with special education teachers in area schools. Minimum of 20 lab as well as field hours are required. Preq. EDIS 385, EDIS 410 (for MM K-12 license only), and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license)

EDEC 490 Directed Teaching and Seminar (12) A cumulative experience of at least ten weeks in two different settings, working with children of different age groups and varying abilities. An experienced classroom teacher and university faculty supervise the student teaching experiences. A weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented, focuses on professional issues related to early childhood and the profession of teaching. Portfolio development is an element of the seminar. Preq. admission to licensure program and admission to student teaching; minimum 300 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00

Intervention Specialist Education

EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities (4) Similarities and differences among the cognitive, physical, cultural, social, and emotional needs of individuals with and without exceptional needs. Understanding of pre-, peri-, and postnatal conditions that affect children’s development and learning. Implications for curriculum development and the learning environment are addressed. Minimum of 10 lab hours required. Preq. EDUC 115, 245, and admission to teacher education

EDIS 252 Health Issues and Adaptive Technology for Special Needs Learners (4) Health and medical conditions and their implications for learning and prevention. Generic medical terminology and the effects of various factors (i.e., nutrition, genetics, neu- rology) on the educational, cognitive, physical, social, and emotional behavior of individuals with exceptionalities. Examination of how technology can assist with planning and managing learning environments, inclusive of alternative communication and learning systems for special needs students. Minimum of 10 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to teacher education

EDIS 283 Inter-Professional and Parental Team Models (4) Collaborative strategies in working with individuals with exceptional learning needs, parents, school and community personnel, and intra- and interagency relationships are examined to include benefits, processes, and problem solving techniques and respect for cultural and linguistic diversity, noting how this is addressed in various learning environments. The emphasis is on the importance of communication, teaming, monitoring, and periodic review of the prescribed individual program. Minimum of 10 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to teacher education

EDIS 284 Basic Movement (4) Provides an introduction to the basic components of motor development. Elements of the physical, psychomotor, cognitive, and affective domains are discussed. Developmentally appropriate practices in basic movement include the areas of muscular and cardiovascular endurance; flexibility; perceptual motor abilities; fundamental motor skills including non-locomotor, locomotor, and manipulative skills; decision making; and social emotional development. Minimum of 10 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to teacher education 220 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDIS 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 115, 230, and 250 and their relationship to the operation of schools and the delivery of appropriate services to students with disabilities. Emphasis includes skills of observation, communication and collaboration, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a professional practitioner. Field placements are in local schools with a variety of age levels and a special education program. Minimum of 10 lab as well as field hours are required. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, PSYC 101, and admission to teacher education; coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245

EDIS 311 Advanced Diagnosis and Assessment of Exceptional Learners (4) Adapt and modify existing assessment tools, methods, and procedures to accommodate the unique abilities and needs of students with varying degrees and types of disabilities, including ecological inventories, portfolio assessments, functional assessments, and future-based assessments. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to licensure program; preq./coreq. EDUC 310

EDIS 340 Theories, Issues and Legalities in Special Education (4) Models, current and past theories, philosophies and contemporary issues that provide the basis for special education practice. Key issues focus on procedural safeguards and due process rights related to assessment, eligibility, and placement. This includes the rights and responsibilities of parents, students, teachers, and other professionals and schools as they relate to individual learning/behavioral needs. Minimum of 15 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to licensure program

EDIS 385 Practicum and Seminar 2: Action Research - Home, School, Community Relations (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 240 and 245 and their relationship to the home, school, and community, in addition to applying the knowledge and skills from EDUC 310, EDIS 250, 311, and 390. Emphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student completing an action research project consisting of two case studies (ECIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the primary level and one at the pre-school level; EDIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the elementary level and one at the secondary level). Students learn and practice specific research procedures, data collection techniques, and analysis skills in a special needs setting using the results to design and implement an educational plan for the two students in their case studies. Minimum of 15 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 250, 311, 390, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program

EDIS 390 Behavior and Classroom Management (4) Various behavioral models, theories, and strategies, appropriate to the needs of individuals with exceptional learning needs in a variety of educational settings, are studied and applied. Personal management systems, inclusive of a congruent educational philosophy, are developed. Minimum of 15 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250 and admission to licensure program

EDIS 392 Advanced Behavior and Classroom Management (4) A hierarchy of intervention strategies appropriate for individuals with exceptional learning/behavioral needs—especially the more behaviorally involved mild/moderate student—is studied and addressed, in a collaborative manner, within a continuum of educational settings. Focus on self-regulatory methods related to transitional, social, and work related situations. Data collection and analysis and functional analysis—used for the development of a prescriptive crisis intervention plan. Application of legal issues (e.g., manifestation hearings, time outs, etc.). Minimum of 15 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 250, 390, and admission to licensure program

EDIS 410 Instructional Strategies and Curriculum Design in a Continuum of Educational Environments (4) Curricula for the development of motor, cognitive, academic, social, language, affective, career, and functional life skills for individuals with exceptional learning needs. The study of how different curricula and different instructional/ behavioral strategies are applied/adjusted to accommodate a continuum of educational settings. Minimum of 20 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 385, 390, and admission to licensure program COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 221

EDIS 423 The Intervention Specialist at the Early Childhood Level (4) Alternatives for teaching skills and strategies to individuals with disabilities, including instructional and remedial methods, techniques, and curriculum materials. Techniques for modifying instructional methods and materials and sources of specialized materials for students in grades P-3 with differing degrees and kinds of disabilities. Minimum of 20 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 390 and admission to licensure program; EDIS 410 (for IS K-12 license only); coreq. EDIS 485; EDIS 425 (for IS K-12 licensure only) EDIS 425 The Intervention Specialist at the Adolescent/Young Adult Level (4) Alternatives for teaching skills and strategies to individuals with disabilities, including instructional and remedial methods, techniques, and curriculum materials. Techniques for modifying instructional methods and materials and sources of specialized materials for students in grades 4-12 with differing degrees and kinds of disabilities. Minimum of 20 lab hours required. Preq. EDIS 410 and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 485 EDIS 485 Practicum and Seminar 3: Curriculum, Instruction, and Evaluation (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe their field envi- ronment—IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, aid usage, etc. and ways to make each component more effective. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in university courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy strategies, evaluation and assessment techniques, and classroom management with special education teachers in area schools. Minimum of 20 lab as well as field hours are required. Preq. EDIS 385, EDIS 410 (for MM K-12 license only), and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license) EDIS 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar (12) A cumulative experience of ten weeks with children who have mild/moderate special needs in area schools. Course includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented. Preq. EDIS 410, 485, and admission to student teaching; student teaching fee $150.00

Middle Childhood Education EDMC 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a profes- sional practitioner. Field placements are in local middle schools and focus on education at that setting. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; $ Ed EDMC 385 Practicum and Seminar 2: Action Research - Home, School, Community Relations (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 240 and 245 and their relationship to the home, school, and community, in addition to applying the knowledge and skills from EDUC 310, EDIS 250, 311, and 390. Emphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student completing an action research project consisting of two case studies (ECIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the primary level and one at the pre-school level; EDIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the elementary level and one at the secondary level). Students learn and practice specific research procedures, data collection techniques, and analysis skills in a special needs setting using the results to design and implement an educational plan for the two students in their case studies. Minimum of 15 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 250, 311, 390, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies and Management for Integrated Middle School Curriculum (4) Addresses instructional strategies and curriculum theory for middle childhood education. Ohio Model Curricula and learned society guidelines for all content areas are used to develop year-long curriculum plans. This course focuses on meeting the needs of learners in grades four through nine and also addresses the unique problems of parallel integration and scheduling in middle schools. This course is taken concurrently with content methods courses in two selected areas. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. required content methods course 222 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDMC 472 Teaching Language Arts in the Middle Grades (4) Designed to give preservice teachers experiences in theory and practice for teaching language arts in grades 4-9. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated learning needs, and implementation are addressed in field and clinical practice. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 EDMC 473 Teaching Mathematics in the Middle Grades (4) Designed to acquaint the student with the practices and problems involved in teaching mathematics to the middle childhood age student (grades 4-9). Problem-solving, inquiry-based teaching and learning, cooperative learning, and the use of technology are emphasized. General teaching methods, patterns of instruction, and diagnostic techniques as they apply to the middle grades mathematics curriculum are discussed, observed, and practiced in both the school setting and clinical experience. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 EDMC 475 Teaching Social Studies in the Middle Grades (4) Designed to give preservice teachers who are preparing to teach social studies in grades 4-9 experience in designing units of study, developing integrated thematic units, and acquiring learning strategies for classroom management, with special emphasis on methods and techniques of instruction in the social science disciplines. Curriculum development, materials review, and assessment techniques appropriate for the social sciences are addressed. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 EDMC 476 Teaching Science in the Middle Grades (4) Designed to give preservice teachers experiences in theory and practice for teaching science in grades 4-9. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated learning needs, and implemen- tation are addressed in field and clinical practice. Preq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 EDMC 485 Practicum and Seminar 3: Curriculum, Instruction, and Evaluation (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe their field envi- ronment—IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, aid usage, etc. and ways to make each component more effective. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in university courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy strategies, evaluation and assessment techniques, and classroom management with special education teachers in area schools. Minimum of 20 lab as well as field hours are required. Preq. EDIS 385, EDIS 410 (for MM K-12 license only), and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470; EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license) EDMC 490 Directed Teaching and Seminar (12) A cumulative experience of at least ten weeks in area middle schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process- oriented. Preq. admission to student teaching; $150.00 student teaching fee

Prekindergarten Associate Degree EDPA 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in professional education courses and their relationship to the operation of early care and education programs. Emphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a professional practitioner. The practicum component of this course provides students the opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge gained from university courses in settings serving children between the ages of birth through age five. Field place- ments are in local child care centers, prekindergartens, and elementary schools. Weekly seminars provide a supervised discussion of professional issues and elements of effective schools. Portfolio development is an element of the seminar. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230 and 245; field experience 42, lab 20; $ Ed EDPA 287 Symbolics: Language, Literacy, Reading, and Mathematics (3) Literature appealing to the young child is utilized to teach the symbolic concepts of language and mathematics. Developmentally appropriate practices and instructional methods to teach young children phonemic and phonological awareness are examined. Instructional techniques that proceed from the concrete to the abstract and apply to the young child’s realm of meaning COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 223 are presented. Curriculum development, assessment, technology, diversity, and classroom management are addressed. Preq. EDEC 255, 283, 284, EDUC 115, 245, MATH 110S, and NTSC 110S; coreq. EDPA 289; $ Ed EDPA 288 Empirics: Health, Nutrition, Science, and Social Studies (3) Develop- mentally appropriate practices and instructional techniques in the content areas of science and social studies are examined. Issues of health and nutrition regarding the young child are examined. Strategies for establishing and maintaining physically and psychologically safe and healthy learning environments are studied. Curriculum development, assessment, technology, diversity, and classroom management are addressed. Preq. EDEC 255, 283, 284, EDUC 115, and 245; coreq. EDPA 289 Reading Education EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, Writing and Spelling (5) Emphasizes the need for continued attention to direct phonetic instruction at all grade levels. Vocabulary acquisition and enhancement, diction, inflection, pace, fluency, and comprehension strategies are stressed, as well as cultural diversity, literacy instruction, and phonemic awareness. Curriculum design, with an emphasis on integrating curriculum across content areas, is included. Students address and practice a variety of instructional deliveries, performance- based evaluation designs, and record keeping formats. Students incorporate their knowledge of cultural diversity, literacy instruction, and phonemic awareness within these designs/ projects. Encoding/decoding assessment must be passed at a 90% level, as well as a manuscript/cursive writing assessment (when applicable to the certification/licensure area) prior to receiving a passing grade in the course. Preq. admission to licensure program or posses- sion of a teaching certificate or license; 10 lab; $ Ed EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (4) Introduces techniques for integrating multiple avenues of reading and communication to access subject content. Strategies for reading are emphasized while students also explore writing, speaking, and expressive arts to support and enhance communication across the curriculum. Students design, deliver, and evaluate projects based on their certification/licensure area. Students incorporate their knowledge of cultural diversity, literacy instruction, and phonemic awareness within these designs/projects. Preq. admission to licensure program or possession of a teaching certificate or license; $ Ed EDRE 406 Reading Diagnosis and Assessment (5) Introduces techniques of assessing a student’s reading ability, diagnosing reading difficulties, and evaluating progress toward literacy. Differences among readers and diversity of learners is stressed as university students design reading programs for individual students. Various instructional materials and strategies are introduced as students design, implement, and evaluate an individual reading plan, which evolves from a case study and report of a child. Preq. EDRE 304 and admission to licensure program or possession of a teaching certificate or license; 12 field, 8 lab; $ Ed EDRE 407 Strategies in Reading Instruction (4) An extension of EDRE 406 which allows students to expand their instructional strategies for teaching reading, increase their skills at monitoring reading progress, and intervene when necessary. Students practice skills to create a classroom environment in their content area and school setting where reading is expected and rewarded. Field-based experience with an experienced and successful reading teacher at the appropriate age level is a required element. Preq. EDRE 406 and admission to licensure program or possession of a teaching certificate or license; 12 field, 8 lab; $ Ed EDRE 485 Practicum and Seminar: Reading Instruction, Evaluation, and Intervention (3-6) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDRE 304, 305, 406, and 407 and ENGL 300 or 312. The practicum component of this course provides students the opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge gained in the aforemen- tioned courses in the setting to which it will be applied once endorsement is attained. The focus is the implementation of assessment methods, instructional strategies, and remedial/ corrective strategies under the supervision of an experienced teacher with reading endorsement/ licensure. Weekly seminars provide a supervised discussion of reading issues, collaboration activities, and the required Reading Portfolio. Preq. EDRE 304, 305, 406, 407 (minimum grade of “B” in EDRE 304 and 406), and ENGL 300 or 312, admission to licensure program, and a successful review of a working Reading Portfolio; coreq. 50-126 clinical hours 224 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Education EDUC 115 Introduction to the Teaching Profession (4) An introduction to an explicit concept of teaching; to norms, conventions, expectations, and rewards for teachers. A general survey of professional ethics, knowledge about schools and school systems, and the history of American education. The cycle of plan/act/observe/reflect is developed both in class and in field experience settings. All students engage in classroom observations at the early, middle, and adolescent levels. The distinctive nature, scope, sequence, and demands of Shawnee State University’s program are outlined. 18 field experience hours, 8 clinical; $ Ed EDUC 215 Orientation to Education (2) Supports students who are awarded transfer credit for EDUC 115. By completing this course, transfer students become familiar with program requirements and attain the necessary level of portfolio development for successful participation in the teacher education program. EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, and Computers (4) A study of skills needed for classroom teachers to effectively use media, technology, and computers as a tool to enhance the instructional process and the learning environment for all learners. A focus on selection and operation of media, instructional aids, and computer software packages appropriate to particular instructional strategies and objectives. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab; $ Ed EDUC 240 School and Society: Legal and Ethical Foundations of American Education (4) An examination of the relationship between school and society through the inquiry of a set of current issues in education. A variety of perspectives, including historical, philosophical, ethical, and legal, are taken in the inquiry. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 5 lab; $ Ed EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a Pluralistic Society: Teaching Special Needs and Diverse Learners (4) Examination of the diverse microcultures that characterize today’s student population. The course acquaints students with various approaches to multi- cultural education and underlying conceptual frameworks. Examines areas of exceptionality, the laws regarding exceptional learners, inclusion of exceptional learners in the regular class- room, adaptations in the classroom environment, instructional strategies, and evaluation procedures for exceptional learners. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 5 lab EDUC 295 Independent Study (1-4) Exploration of special topics not included in the standard curriculum. $ Ed EDUC 310 Strategies for Assessment, Diagnosis, and Evaluation in the Classroom (4) An examination of a wide range of diagnostic, formative, summative, and confirmative evaluation techniques to be used as an integral part of the teaching/learning process. Authentic assessment of student learning is emphasized. This course maintains a focus on selection, development, and utilization of appropriate assessment and evaluation for individual learners. Preq. admission to licensure program; 10 lab; $ Ed EDUC 350 Computers in Instruction (4) Focuses on the skills needed for classroom teachers to effectively use computers as a tool to enhance the instructional process. Prepares student to use basic computer applications—word processing, database, spreadsheet, graphics during instruction; examines a variety of software packages for use in the classroom; uses advanced applications—scanning, telecommunications, CD ROM, presentation software, desktop publishing with students; and explores a wide range of options for using computers in the classroom. $ Ed EDUC 420 Interdisciplinary Teaching Methods 2: Science and Mathematics (7) Incorporation of the general knowledge base for teaching. Problem solving and inquiry are emphasized in science and mathematics. Content-specific and general methods, patterns of instruction, and diagnostic techniques are used in a laboratory context and practiced in field experiences. Inquiry and reflective activities focus planning and action on the moral and ethical intentions and consequences of classroom thinking and actions. Preq. admission to teacher education program and EDUC 310, MATH 110S, 140, and 141; to be taken concurrently with EDUC 421; $ Ed COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 225

EDUC 421 Interdisciplinary Teaching Methods 1: Literacy and Social Studies (7) Incorporation of the general knowledge base for teaching. Problem solving and inquiry are emphasized in literacy and social studies. Content-specific and general methods, patterns of instruction, and diagnostic techniques are used in a laboratory context and practiced in field experiences. Inquiry and reflective activities focus planning and action on the moral and ethical intentions and consequences of classroom thinking, actions, and conditions. Preq. admission to teacher education program and EDUC 310; to be taken concurrently with EDUC 420; $ Ed

EDUC 495 Independent Study (2-4) Exploration of special topics not included in the standard curriculum.

Visual Arts Education EDVA 285 Practicum and Seminar 1: Observation and Reflection in Professional Practice (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a professional practitioner. Field placements are in local visual arts classrooms and focus on education at that setting. Preq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; $ Ed EDVA 385 Practicum and Seminar 2: Action Research - Home, School, Community Relations (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC 240 and 245 and their relationship to the home, school, and community, in addition to applying the knowledge and skills from EDUC 310, EDIS 250, 311, and 390. Emphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student completing an action research project consisting of two case studies (ECIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the primary level and one at the pre-school level; EDIS students will have one case study of a student with a disability at the elementary level and one at the secondary level). Students learn and practice specific research procedures, data collection techniques, and analysis skills in a special needs setting using the results to design and implement an educational plan for the two students in their case studies. Minimum of 15 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 250, 311, 390, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program EDVA 485 Practicum and Seminar 3: Curriculum, Instruction, and Evaluation (4) Field based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe their field envi- ronment—IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, aid usage, etc. and ways to make each component more effective. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in university courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy strategies, evaluation and assessment techniques, and classroom management with special education teachers in area schools. Minimum of 20 lab as well as field hours are required with specific hours devoted to the application of reading skills (EDRE 304, 305). Preq. EDIS 385, EDIS 410 (for MM K-12 license only), and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K- 12 license), EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license)

EDVA 490 Directed Teaching and Seminar (12) A cumulative experience of at least ten weeks in area schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented. Preq. admission to student teaching; $150.00 student teaching fee

Paramedic EMTP 101 First Aid and CPR (2) Includes the American Red Cross Standard or National Safety Council first aid course related to bleeding control, obstructed airway management, splinting and bandaging techniques, and other emergency care procedures. Also includes the American Red Cross or American Heart Association adult CPR course. American Red Cross or National Safety Council first aid certification and Red Cross or American Heart Association adult CPR certification are granted upon successful completion of course. $ HS 226 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EMTP 102 CPR (1) Techniques of cardiopulmonary resuscitation for adults, children, and infants. American Red Cross or American Heart Association CPR certification is granted upon successful completion of this course. $ HS EMTP 110 Emergency Victim Care (10) The Ohio Basic Emergency Medical Technician training course which provides the framework upon which all other skills and knowledge are developed. Principles of emergency care, CPR, vital signs, patient handling, endotracheal intubation, automatic defibrillation, and patient medication administration techniques are included. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 120 EMS Systems (3) Introduction to pre-hospital emergency medical systems, including EMS history, types of systems, medical control, dispatch, quality assurance, communications systems, and record keeping. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 130 Major Incident Response (2) Provides the student with the theoretical and practical foundations necessary to manage multiple casualty situations in the prehospital environment. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 210 Paramedic Skills 1 (5) Expansion of basic skills and knowledge gained in the EMTA-Basic course in the areas of shock and fluid therapy, anatomy and physiology, patient assessment, and respiratory emergencies. Advanced skills include IV therapy, endotracheal intubation, MAST, and automatic and manual defibrillation. Includes DOT Paramedic Program Division 1 (Prehospital Environment, Sections 1-4) and Division 2 (Preparatory, Sections 1-5) and the administration of subcutaneous epinephrine for allergic reactions. Preq. Ohio certified EMT-A and six months EMT-A experience; $ HS EMTP 211 Paramedic Skills 1 Lab (1) Laboratory and clinical experience which correlate with EMTP 210 Paramedic Skills 1. $ HS EMTP 212 Paramedic Skills 1 Clinical (1) Hospital and field clinical experiences for EMTP 210. $ HS EMTP 215 Advanced EMT Defibrillation (4) Prehospital diagnosis and treatment of various forms of sudden cardiac death. Focuses on prehospital defibrillation. Includes cardiovascular anatomy and electrophysiology, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, assessment and management of cardiac arrest, including electrical defibrillation. Successful completion allows the Ohio certified Advanced EMT to perform defibrillation. Preq. Ohio certified EMT-A and six months EMT-A experience; $ HS EMTP 220 Paramedic Skills 2 (3) Emphasizes gaining access to, rescuing, and transporting a patient. Recognition and control of certain hazards, such as explosive material, downed electrical wires, toxic gases, and radiation. Use of radio equipment, protocols, and procedures for the transfer of information to the supervising physician. Includes DOT Paramedic Program Division 1 (Prehospital Environment, Sections 5-6). Preq. EMTP 210 or equivalent concurrently; $ HS EMTP 230 Paramedic Skills 3 (8) Intensive emergency coronary care emphasis. Topics include pathophysiology, symptomatology, and emergency treatment of coronary artery disease, MI, angina pectoris, congestive heart failure, and other cardiac emergencies. Introduction to the general groups of drugs and the classification of each. Therapeutic effects, indications, contraindications, correct dosage, and side effects of specific drugs used in cardiac emergencies. Includes DOT Paramedic Program Division 2 (Preparatory, Section 5), Division 4 (Medical, Sections 1 and 2), and the American Heart Association Advanced Cardiac Life Support Provider course. Preq. EMTP 210, 211, 212, and 220 or equivalent; $ HS EMTP 231 Paramedic Skills 3 Lab (1) Laboratory and clinical experiences which correlate with EMTP 230 Paramedic Skills 3. $ HS EMTP 232 Paramedic Skills 3 Clinical (1) Hospital and field clinical experiences for EMTP 230. $ HS EMTP 240 Paramedic Skills 4 (8) Builds advanced skills and knowledge in the areas of medical emergencies, trauma emergencies, obstetric/gynecologic emergencies, pediatrics, and neonatal transport. Emphasis placed on clinical and on-squad experience. Includes DOT Paramedic Program Division 3 (Trauma), Division 4 (Medical, Sections 3-11), Division 5 (OB/ Gyn/Neonatal), and Division 6 (Behavioral). Preq. EMTP 230, 231, and 232 or equivalent; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 227

EMTP 241 Paramedic Skills 4 Lab (1) Laboratory and clinical experiences which correlate with EMTP 240 Paramedic Skills 4. $ HS EMTP 242 Paramedic Skills 4 Clinical (1) Hospital and field clinical experiences for EMTP 240. $ HS EMTP 250 Advanced Emergency Procedures (3) Didactic and laboratory instruction in advanced emergency procedures, such as nasotracheal intubation, cricothyrotomy, intra- osseous infusion, external cardiac pacing, and other procedures. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 260 EMS Field Studies (3) Course relates field clinical experience of student to theory. Utilizes case review, discussion, and lecture for integration of theory with practice. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 270 EMS Management (3) Course develops knowledge and skills relative to management of an emergency medical service. Preq. advisor approval; $ HS EMTP 295 Special Topics in EMS (1-4) Individual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. $ HS

English ENGL 095 Basic Writing 1: Mechanics (4) Provides intensive practice with the basics of written expression: grammar, punctuation, usage, spelling, and sentence structure. Emphasis on use of standard English. Preq. placement ENGL 097 Reading Development 1 (4) Initial reading course in developmental education. Major focus is on comprehension and vocabulary improvement, adaptability of reading rate, and test-taking skills for standardized tests. Includes, but is not limited to, recognition of text structure, metacomprehension, strategies for building vocabulary, and test taking. Recreational and journal reading are required. Preq. placement ENGL 098 Reading Development 2 (4) Second level reading course in developmental education. Major focus is on increasing comprehension and vocabulary growth; using three-stage reading plans, which include pre-reading, reading, and post-reading strategies; identifying and writing main ideas by summarizing textbook material; becoming metacom- prehensive readers; and building general vocabulary. Reading fiction and nonfiction is required. Preq. placement ENGL 099 Basic Writing 2: Paragraphs and Essays (4) Provides practice in the process of writing and revising paragraphs and short essays. Standard organizational patterns for paragraphs and essays are required with an emphasis on the use of standard English. Preq. placement ENGL 105 Information Access (1) Prepares students to identify and find information using appropriate information technology, including the internet and World Wide Web, to evaluate resources and to format a bibliography.

SPECIAL NOTE: The university placement test is prerequisite to enrolling in ENGL 111S. Students completing developmental courses are required to pass not only the course itself but also the course exit exam before enrolling in ENGL 111S. Those students who enter Shawnee State University with an English subject ACT score of 22 or higher or the SAT equivalent will be permitted to register for ENGL 111S without taking any English placement test. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S must be taken in sequence, beginning with 111S. This composition sequence is a prerequisite for advanced coursework in English (including the civilization and literature series).

ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition1 (4) An introduction to discourse in both public and academic settings. Preq. placement or the appropriate developmental course(s), which may include ENGL 095, 097, 098, 099, and 105; $ H

1 In keeping with the general education program’s commitment to computer literacy (see Catalog p. 56), several sections of this course use computers in the teaching of composition. 228 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGL 112S Composition and Research1 (4) An introduction to the relationship between research and composition. Preq. ENGL 111S; $ H ENGL 115S Composition and Literature (4) An introduction to the relationship between literature and composition. Preq. ENGL 112S; $ H ENGL 120 Vocabulary Expansion (2) A non-developmental course intended primarily to enhance the vocabulary skills of students with a reasonable range of existing vocabulary. $ H ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 (4) A course which stresses skills needed to produce professional-quality documents that effectively convey technical information. The funda- mentals of audience analysis, document design and organization, revision, and achieving a readable style are addressed. Students produce basic workplace documents, such as technical definitions, product descriptions, instructions, and brief reports. Taught in the computer lab. $ H ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature (4) An analysis of selected literary works which aims to develop reading and interpretive skills and to familiarize students with the language of literary study. ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) An interdisciplinary and cross- cultural examination of the images, power relationships, and cultural and historical sources through which femininity has been constituted within cultures. ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 (4) Survey of the development of English literary traditions from the Medieval Period through the eighteenth century. ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 (4) Survey of the development of English literature beginning with the Romantics and moving into contemporary writers and works. ENGL 221 English in the Workplace (4) Intensive examination of effective writing style. Emphasizes clarity and conciseness in sentence structures, transitional devices and organizational patterns at the paragraph level, formatting as a means of improving the readability of texts, precision in word choice, and developing a personal and persuasive style. Preq./coreq. ENGL 111S and 112S; $ H ENGL 222 Business Writing (4) A study of writing skills essential to the business world with special emphasis on the practical application of those skills to ‘‘real world’’ writing tasks. ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) (4) An advanced poetry writing course. Students study modern poetry at the same time they are writing their own. They also offer criticism of work done by others in the class. ENGL 240 Screenwriting (4) An introduction to the elements of screenwriting. Students may develop an original screenplay or write a screen adaptation of a published work as well as study important distinctions between visual and literary art forms. ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) (4) An introduction to the elements of fiction writing. Students critique their own manuscripts as well as study selected works of published writers. ENGL 249 Native American Literature (4) Study of works written by Native American writers. ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 (4) Study of major works and major authors from the Colonial Period through American Romanticism. ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 (4) Study of major works and major authors from the Age of Realism to the twentieth century. ENGL 273 Modern American Poetry (4) Study of themes and forms prevalent in modern American poetry. ENGL 275 American Film History (4) Chronological study of the influence of American history upon American film, and vice versa. Students become acquainted with the work and themes of some of America’s significant film directors and major genres of American popular film. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 229

ENGL 280 Introduction to American Studies 1 (4) Interdisciplinary study of American culture. ENGL 281 Introduction to American Studies 2 (4) Interdisciplinary study of American culture. ENGL 299 Topics in English (1-4) Study of selected topics not otherwise available. ENGL 300 Children’s Literature (4) A survey of children’s literature primarily designed for future teachers of young children. Topics include the analysis and evaluation of literature, genres, and creative teaching strategies. ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 (4) Intensive study of the tragedies and histories. ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 (4) Intensive study of the comedies and problem plays. ENGL 305 Advanced Writing (4) Explores ways of writing for different audiences. Provides opportunities to write about real world topics. Attention is paid to stylistic devel- opment and individual voice. Preq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S; $ H ENGL 306 Technical Writing 2 (4) A continuation of ENGL 121. The design and production of workplace documents, such as frequently used reports (e.g., incident, lab, investigative, and progress reports), proposals, and product documentation are addressed in greater depth. The use of graphic elements and “hypertext” are also included. Taught in the computer lab. Preq. ENGL 121; $ H ENGL 311 Major English Authors (Before 1800) (4) A variable content course which focuses on major authors for the purpose of carefully analyzing their works and detailing their development as writers. ENGL 312 Major English Authors (After 1800) (4) A variable content course which focuses on major authors for the purpose of carefully analyzing their works and detailing their development as writers. ENGL 315 Theory and Practice in Composition (4) Study of varied methods and strategies for teaching composition with special attention to classroom application for teachers. $ H ENGL 321 The English Novel (4) A variable content course which examines the emergence and development of the English novel. ENGL 322 Modern English Drama (4) Study of the developments in English theatre in the 20th century. ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature (4) A survey and methods course designed to give secondary and middle-school level preservice teachers experience in the range, quality, genres, and styles of literature suitable for use in classrooms. ENGL 332 Poetry Workshop (4) An advanced poetry writing course with a major emphasis placed on critiquing the writing of the students in the class for the sake of successfully marketing their work. ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas (4) A study of the literature of Hispanic America with emphasis on the most celebrated contemporary writers. Preq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S ENGL 341 Literature of Initiation and Experience (4) Study of literary works which detail growth and development of character. ENGL 342 Women in Literature (4) Study of works by and about women. ENGL 343 Black Authors (4) Study of works about the Black experience. ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia (4) Exploration of southern Appalachian experience in literature. Includes works by authors past and present who are themselves products of the region or who have focused on the region in their prose or poetry. ENGL 346 River Literature (4) Study of literary works in which rivers are central factors influencing experience. 230 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGL 351 Major American Authors (4) Intensive study of one or two major authors to provide a detailed understanding of works, thought, and literary development. ENGL 360 Introduction to Language and Linguistics (4) A discussion and analysis of the fundamental properties and processes of the world’s languages. A review of the major systems and features which constitute language. A discussion of language change, typology, and aspects of language acquisition. ENGL 362 Patterns of English (4) An examination of various English phonological and spelling patterns, followed by questions of variation and usage. Aspects of English phrase, clause, and sentence structure are also examined. Preq. ENGL 360 ENGL 365 History of English (4) A survey of the patterns and events which have shaped the English language from the time of the Anglo-Saxon to the present. Preq. ENGL 360 or EDUC 115; This course does not fulfill any history course requirements of the history major. ENGL 371 The American Novel (4) A variable content course which examines the emergence and development of the American novel. ENGL 381 Fundamentals of Criticism (4) Study of both ancient and modern theories of criticism. ENGL 399 Topics in Literature (1-4) Study of topics not otherwise available. ENGL 411 16th Century Renaissance Literature (4) Study of the major works of selected authors such as More, Sidney, Spenser, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Shelton, Wyatt, Surrey, and others. ENGL 421 17th Century Literature (4) Study of the major works of selected authors such as Bacon, Carew, Cowley, Donne, Herrick, Jonson, Marvell, Webster, and Milton. ENGL 424 The 18th Century Novel (4) A consideration of major works and authors of the period. ENGL 434 Methods of Teaching Language Arts in the Secondary Schools (4) Provides preservice teachers with essential experiences in theory and practice for teaching language arts students, ages 12 through 21. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated learning needs, and implementation are addressed in field and clinical practice. Preq. senior class standing and admission to the licensure program; coreq. EDAE 400 and 485; $ H ENGL 441 The Romantics (4) Study of the poetry and prose of major Romantic writers, including Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelly, Byron, and Keats. ENGL 446 The Victorians (4) Study of English poetry and prose from 1830 to 1900. ENGL 452 Language Acquisition (4) A systematic study of how human language develops. The course examines what the main factors are that influence language develop- ment. Acquisition of dialect vs. standard structure and the transition from a home dialect to a school dialect are central to the course. Preq. ENGL 360 ENGL 455 English Language in Society (4) Language variation by individual speakers is analyzed in relation to the reasons and extent of variation, paying particular attention to English. Then the processes and characteristics associated with different contact and social varieties of English are detailed. Finally, English geographic variation and patterning is reviewed. Preq. ENGL 360 ENGL 460 Topics in Linguistics (4) Senior seminar in selected topics in linguistics: linguistics and literature, social aspects of language, psychological aspects of language, varieties of English, English as a second language, and Black English (including Pidgin and Creole). Can be taken more than once when different themes are offered. Preq. ENGL 360 ENGL 461 19th Century American Literature (4) Intensive study of major authors and works of the 19th century. ENGL 471 20th Century American Literature (4) Intensive study of major authors and works of the 20th century. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 231

ENGL 485 Senior Experience for English/Humanities Majors (4) Students examine in detail a selected topic of the instructor’s specialty. A major research essay and oral presentation are required. Part of the course involves a portfolio review of previous writings in other courses. Preq. completion of 60 quarter hours in the major ENGL 495 Independent Study (4) Independent investigation of literary topics under the direction of a faculty member. ENGL 499 Topics in Literature (1-4) A seminar course in selected topics in litera- ture. Specific topic chosen by the instructor.

English as a Second Language ESL 91 Elementary English 1 (5) Development of elementary listening, comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing skills in English. Laboratory exercises are used to reinforce these skills. ESL 92 Elementary English 2 (5) Continuation of ESL 91. Preq. ESL 91 ESL 93 Elementary English 3 (5) Continuation of ESL 92. Preq. ESL 92 ESL 94 Intermediate English 1 (5) Development of intermediate oral communi- cation skills in English, but with increased emphasis in reading and writing. May be taken concurrently with ESL 93. Preq. ESL 93 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test ESL 95 Intermediate English 2 (5) Continuation of ESL 94. Preq. ESL 94 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test ESL 96 Intermediate English 3 (5) Development of advanced communicative skills in English. May be taken concurrently with ESL 97, 98, and 99. Preq. ESL 95 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test ESL 97 Advanced English 1 (5) A follow-up to ESL 96. A course emphasizing oral proficiency and applied grammatical concepts. Improvement of speed and comprehension in reading through conscious analysis of paragraph structure and recognizing the progressive development of ideas. May be taken concurrently with ESL 96, 98, and 99. Preq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test ESL 98 Advanced English 2 (5) Training in the fundamental skills, including grammar, usage, organization, and development. For international students, includes idiomatic expressions and problems common to non-native speakers of English. Utilizes methodologies appropriate for international students. Designed to prepare international students for Discourse and Composition. Preq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test ESL 101 English for International Students (Equivalent to ENGL 111S) (4) Review of sentence structure, m zzzechanics and usage, paragraph development, and short essay organization. For international students, includes reading and analysis of prose models and work on other English fundamentals. Emphasis on revising for clarity, coherence, and organization. Utilizes methods appropriate for ESL students.

Computer Aided Drafting and Design ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD (3) Hands on experience using industrial standard hardware and software for computer aided drafting. Students learn to set up, edit, and output drawings using the latest in CADD technology. Introduction to file management techniques and the disk operating system (DOS). All classes focus on the use of AutoCAD® unless otherwise stated. Coreq. ETEG 110 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 102 Mechanical Drafting with CADD (3) Students further develop and refine skills in operating a CADD workstation. Additional commands and more advanced techniques are introduced involving typical 2-D mechanical drafting and design techniques. Preq. ETCA 101 or advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 232 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETCA 103 CADD Menu Customization (3) Students develop symbol libraries and icons to be used with student developed tablet and screen menus. Preq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 104 Advanced Drafting with CADD (3) Advanced drafting and CADD concepts to include surface design and development and advanced descriptive geometry techniques. Preq. ETCA 102 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 105 3-D Modeling with CADD (3) Wireframe modeling, surface modeling, and solid modeling are taught with an emphasis on mechanical parts design. Students gain an appreciation for the capabilities and limitations of each modeling technique. Preq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 120 Introduction to CADKEY® (3) Introduction to 3-D modeling concepts using alternate CADD package(s) to help the student progress into the design of plastics mold cavities. Preq./coreq. ETEG 110; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 150 Computer Aided Machining (3) Introduction to computer aided machining (CAM) and computer numerical control (CNC). Intended for students having no prior CAM or CNC experience. The course focuses on the creation and editing of tool path geometry, display control, file manipulation, verification of data, and output of CNC code. Laboratory experiences include CAM, CNC programming, and CNC machine tool operations. Preq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty approval; $ ET ETCA 201 Small Building Design with CADD (3) Introduction to architectural drafting through the design of a residential structure. Students create the drawings necessary to complete a typical set of house plans. Topics include, but are not limited to, design tech- niques, floor plans, foundation plans, elevations, wall sections, window and door schedules. Preq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 202 Piping Drawings with CADD (3) Representation of piping in single and double line diagrams, isometric and orthographic diagrams. Design of pipe flanges given the size of pipe and the operating pressure. Template layouts for cutting pipe to form turns of various angles. Preq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 203 Welded Parts Design with CADD (3) Welding processes and procedures are covered to the extent necessary to make production weldment drawings. Delineating weld symbols is emphasized. Preq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 204 Casting and Mold Design with CADD (3) Completion of a set of plans giving the specifications a foundry would need to manufacture a part. The plans include: a pattern drawing with gates, a core box drawing, the casting drawing of the part, and machined part drawing. Preq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 205 LISP Programming (3) A wide range of design problems are solved using LISP programming, subsequent to a thorough study of LISP functions, variable naming conventions, entity access, and device access. A variety of existing LISP routines and student written routines are analyzed. Preq. ETCA 103 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCA 220 MicroStation (3) An introductory course on the methods and techniques of MicroStation (a high-end CAD package). Students develop skills in both 2-D drafting and 3-D design. Preq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty approval; $ ET ETCA 230 Rendering and Animation (3) Advanced techniques in rendering and animating 3-D CAD models for presentation graphics. Animated ‘‘fly-bys’’ and ‘‘walk- throughs’’ allow the operator to view the CAD model as though walking through it or flying past it. Rendering techniques include the use of AutoDesk’s 3-D Studio. Preq. ETCA 105 or CADD faculty approval; $ ET ETCA 250 Solid Modeling (3) In-depth instruction in solid modeling using con- structive solid geometry and Boolean operations. Students create solid models and calculate mass properties to solve mechanical design problems. Preq. ETCA 105; $ ET ETCA 299 Special Topics in CADD (1-5) Offered as an elective for CADD students. Covers topics of special interest. Preq. instructor permission COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 233

Engineering Technology Core ETCO 110 Computer Applications for Engineering Technology (2) Utilization of computer concepts, including operating systems, navigation, commands and applications software for file management, presentation graphics, and internet navigation. $ ET ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming (4) Introduction to computer hardware, a high level programming language, an integrated development environment, control structures, procedures and functions, and graphical user interface (GUI) concepts to develop computer programs for various applications. Focus is on problem solving and algorithm development and analysis. $ ET ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming (4) Introduction to computer hardware, a high level programming language, objects, methods, control structures, and graphical user interface (GUI) concept to develop computer programs for various applications. Course focus is on problem solving and algorithm development and analysis. $ ET ETCO 117 Software Tools for Technology (4) Utilization of computer hardware and a high level programming application (Mathcad®) to create worksheets, functions, 2D and 3D plots, graphics and interactive operations to develop computer programs for tech- nology applications. ETCO 110 recommended corequisite for students unfamiliar with Windows environment. Preq. MATH 131; 4 lec. 4 lab; $ ET ETCO 150 HTML Programming/Web Page Design (4) Utilization of computer hardware and a high level programming application (HTML) to design and construct inter- active web pages. Topics include Internet browsers, HTML programming language, graphics and file management, shareware, guestbooks and forms, and JAVA™ applets. ETCO 110 recommended corequisite for students unfamiliar with Windows environment. $ ET ETCO 202 Statics and Strength of Materials (4) Astudy of the principles of torque and displacement in a wide variety of gearing applications along with the analysis of forces or loads acting upon the system. Analysis of stress and strain, strength of materials, friction, torsion, and moment of inertia. Preq. MATH 132 or faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCO 210 Occupational Safety and Health Management (3) Industrial safety, occupational health issues, accident prevention, working conditions, provisions and policies of OSHA. Compliance with OSHA regulations. Course includes OSHA 10-Hour General Industry Voluntary Compliance Card. Preq. sophomore standing and GPA of 2.0 or faculty approval ETCO 220 Hydraulics and Pneumatics (3) A study of the functions of various hydraulic and pneumatic components and methods of combining them to build complex systems. Emphasis on understanding the physical properties of fluids and gases and their use for power transmission and for control. Preq. MATH 130 or faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCO 225 Industrial Management (3) Understanding the attributes and skills necessaz ry to be an effective team builder, communicator, supervisor, or manager. Prepares the student for leadership positions in industrial and high technology organizations. Preq. sophomore standing and GPA of 2.0 or faculty approval ETCO 230 Introduction to Robotics (3) Introduction to applications in industry. Emphasis on types, classifications, types of motion, economic impact, and safety. Coreq. ETCO 220 and ETEM 110; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ ET ETCO 280 The Industrial Archeology of the Ohio River Valley Circa 1750-1870 (3) Classroom, walking tour, and interactive exploration of the industrial archeology of the Ohio River Valley centered on the Hanging Rock Iron and Coal Region of Ohio and Kentucky. This includes the city of Portsmouth, cold and hot blast furnaces in Scioto County and surrounds, foundries and kilns, railroads and canals, and supporting industries. Active historical preservation is also a component of the course. 234 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Computer Engineering Technology ETEC 102 Structured Programming with C (3) An introduction to the software development process through a modern block-structured language. Computer problem solving and program debugging strategies, data abstraction, modularity, parameter passing, and elementary data structures. Preq. ETCO 115 or 116; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 103 Data Structures with C (3) Fundamentals of computer data structures. Linked lists, stacks, and queues. Recursion and recursively-defined data structures. Tree structures. Advanced methods for searching and sorting, including hashing techniques. Introduction to complexity analysis. Preq. ETEC 102; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 199 Special Topics (1-4) Individual or small group study, under the supervi- sion of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Preq. advisor approval ETEC 211 Assembly Language Programming 1 (3) Machine representation of numeric and non-numeric data, basic CPU architecture, instruction sets, addressing methods, arithmetic operations with integer and floating point data, subroutines, and basic input and output techniques. Preq. ETCO 115 or 116; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 212 Assembly Language Programming 2 (3) Continuation of ETEC 211. Advanced input and output techniques, techniques for interrupt handling, subroutine linkage of separately assembled modules, and drivers for custom built interfaces. Preq. ETEC 211; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 241 Microprocessor Circuits 1 (3) The study of small microprocessor based systems. Simple busses, timing, memory systems, and decoding. Techniques for interfacing MSI, LSI, and VLSI chips to system busses. Lab emphasis on expanding and interfacing to a microprocessor based system. Preq. ETEC 211; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 242 Microprocessor Circuits 2 (3) Continuation of ETEC 241. PLD, EPROM, and EEPROM uses and programming. Basic I/O techniques, signal conditioning, and inter- facing to the physical world. Lab emphasis on interfacing transducers such as temperature sensors and motors to a microprocessor based system. Preq. ETEC 241; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 250 Computer System Integration (3) Hardware and software integration techniques for stand alone and networked computer systems. Lecture covers motherboards, floppy drives, hard drives, video boards, network adaptor cards, cabling, and network system software. Lab emphasis on assembling and integrating a networked computer system. Preq. ETCO 115 or 116; 2 lec. 6 lab ETEC 275 Systems Programming (3) A study of computer systems software and its role in modern computing systems. Operational and design details of assemblers, compilers, and linking loaders. Command language programming in modern operating systems. User interface design. Preq. ETEC 212; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 280 Applications Programming with C (3) Application design techniques, graphical user interfaces, object module libraries and linking, software testing. Lab emphasis on designing and building a complete GUI based software application. Preq. ETEC 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 287 Applications Programming with VBASIC (3) Application design techniques, graphical user interfaces, object module libraries and linking, software testing. Lab emphasis on designing and building a complete GUI based software application. Preq. ETEC 280 or faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab ETEC 291 Intermediate Design Lab (3) Provides the time and opportunity for students to work on the design and development of a computer engineering technology application. Enables the student to demonstrate competency in computer engineering technology under the guidance of a faculty mentor. Preq. sophomore standing; 1 lec. 6 lab ETEC 299 Special Topics (1-14) Individual or small group study, under the super- vision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Preq. advisor approval COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 235

ETEC 315 Computer Architecture (3) Focus on advanced microprocessor architec- tures. Lecture topics include internal microprocessor architectures, advanced busses, system components, system interconnect, and comparative microprocessor evaluation. Lab emphasis on building advanced microprocessor based systems. Preq. ETEC 242; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 320 Embedded Systems (3) The use of microprocessor and microcontroller based subsystems as control components of a larger system or product. Lab emphasis on building and programming an embedded system. Preq. ETEC 315; 2 lec. 3 lab

ETEC 351 Networking and Communications 1 (3) Interfaces from a computer system to external devices which support asynchronous and synchronous communications, flow-control paths, data transfer, packets, and physical interfaces. Preq. ETEC 241 and 280; 2 lec. 3 lab

ETEC 352 Networking and Communications 2 (3) A study of the ISO model protocols, logical connections and services, streams and datagrams, LANs, internetworking, routing, and servers. Preq. ETEC 351; 2 lec. 3 lab

ETEC 361 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 (3) Application of calculus to the modeling of systems. Mathematical approach to initial conditions. Introduction to (and application of) integral-differential equations to modeling of circuits and systems. Frequency domain analysis and Laplace transforms are introduced as an analysis tool. Application of PSPICE, BASIC, and/or ‘C’ computer programming to modeling of different systems. Preq. ETEM 112 and MATH 202; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 362 Advanced Circuit Analysis 2 (3) Application of Laplace transforms to system differential equations in the time and frequency domains with sinusoidal and complete harmonic signals. Topics include transfer functions, frequency response, and BODE plots, transients in DC/AC networks, initial conditions, mesh analysis, superposition, the Initial and Final Value Theorems and the Shifting Theorem. A laboratory component is directed at demonstrating the transient effects of both AC and DC stimulus. Preq. ETEC 361; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 371 Realtime Operating Systems 1 (3) The study of realtime multiprocessing operating systems, processes and process states, concurrent programming, low level inter- process communications and synchronization, operating system service calls, and hardware interrupts. Lab emphasis on programming multiple process software applications using a realtime operating system. Preq. ETEC 275; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 372 Realtime Operating Systems 2 (3) Continuation of ETEC 371. High level interprocess communication, synchronization, and advanced operating system service calls. Detailed kernal analysis and modification. Lab emphasis on modifying and expanding a realtime operating system kernal and advanced methods of programming multiple process software applications using a realtime operating system. Preq. ETEC 371; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 373 Advanced Operating Systems with UNIX (3) A study of advanced operating systems using UNIX. File systems, processes and process development, remote access using FTP and Telnet and overall system management. Preq. ETEC 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETEC 399 Special Topics (1-14) Individual or small group study, under the supervi- sion of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Preq. advisor approval

ETEC 421 Digital Control Systems 1 (3) A study of the methods used to implement control theory concepts on digital machines. Analog vs. digital machines, open and closed loop systems, block diagrams, PID control algorithms. Lab emphasis on controlling physical devices using computer based control algorithms. Preq. ETEC 320 and 362; 2 lec. 3 lab

ETEC 422 Digital Control Systems 2 (3) A study of the methods used to implement control theory concepts on digital machines extending the competencies gained from ETEC 421. Includes analog vs. digital machines, open and closed loop systems, block diagrams, and PID control algorithms. Lab emphasis is on controlling physical devices using computer based control algorithms. Preq. ETEC 421; 2 lec. 3 lab 236 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETEC 430 Database Systems (3) A study of database management systems including the design, implementation, and maintenance of databases, applications, and programming techniques. Including the logical and physical representations of hierarchical, simple, and complex data and file relationships and their application in the major data models with a focus on the relational model. Preq. ETEC 371 or advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 477 Concurrency (3) Principles of concurrent programming. Synchronization and interference. Data parallel algorithms and barriers. The mutual exclusion problem. Semaphores, monitors, and conditional critical regions. Synchronous and asynchronous message passing. Remote procedure call and rendezvous. Exploration of popular process interaction paradigms. Preq. ETEC 372; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 480 Compiler Design and Implementation (3) Application of finite state automata as regular expressions to programming language design and analysis of the use of context-free grammars as a formal device for language syntax. Techniques of lexical analysis and parsing (top-down and bottom-up), symbol table management, code generation, and error handling. Preq. ETEC 275 and 280; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 483 Software Engineering (3) An introduction to models and issues concerned with the development of high quality software including the life-cycle models, requirements analysis, specification and design techniques, implementation, documentation, configuration management, reliability, verification and validation, and maintenance. Preq. ETEC 280; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 491 Design Laboratory 1 (4) A capstone experience in computer engineering technology involving the application of hardware and software components. The student demonstrates computer engineering technology competence by using the deductive method to apply computing concepts from the computer engineering program to an applications design project under the guidance of a faculty mentor. Preq. senior standing; 1 lec. 9 lab; $ ET ETEC 492 Design Laboratory 2 (4) Continuation of ETEC 491. Preq. ETEC 491; 1 lec. 9 lab; $ ET ETEC 495 Topics in Computing (1-5) A survey of contemporary developments in computer technology focusing on emerging hardware, software, and integrated systems. Discussions of new communications technology, architectures, processors, and applications guide the student in planning for future career decisions. Preq. senior standing or advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEC 499 Special Topics (1-14) Individual or small group study, under the super- vision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Preq. advisor approval

Engineering Graphics ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading (2) Fundamentals in reading and interpreting engineering drawings, blueprints, and schematics (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, and electronic). Using drawings to understand specification sheets, installation details, and to develop bills-of-material. Recognizing and understanding standard drawing symbols and terminology. 2 lec.; $ ET ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 (3) A basic course for students who have had little or no experience in engineering drawing. Develops fundamental principles through actual experience in both freehand sketching and scaled machine drawings. Includes orthographic, multiview drawings, geometric constructions, dimensioning practice, sectional views, and auxiliary views. 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEG 120 Engineering Drawing 2 (3) Application of basic principles to solve practical engineering problems. Surface design and development and applied descriptive geometry are used to determine the relationship between points, lines, and surfaces in spaces. Preq. ETEG 110 or CADD advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEG 130 Engineering Drawing 3 (3) Advanced drafting course. Includes detail and assembly drawings, parts lists, thread details and specifications, gear details, classes of fit and tolerances, and geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Preq. ETEG 120 or CADD advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 237

ETEG 299 Special Topics in Engineering Drawing (1-5) Offered as an elective for engineering drawing students. Covers topics of special interest. Preq. instructor permission

Electromechanical Engineering Technology ETEM 101 Electro Concepts (4) A course in the concepts of electricity and electronics. Introduction to concepts of Ohm’s Law, resistance, capacitance, inductance, power, and energy. Study of reactance, impedance, phasors, and power factors. DC and AC rotating machines are surveyed. Elementary solid state electronics. This course is not for electromechanical or computer engineering technology majors and is not applicable toward an associate degree. ETEM 110 Introduction to Electricity/Electronics (4) Fundamental principles of DC and AC electricity. An introduction to motors, generators, relays, and transformers. An introduction to electronics with emphasis on process control applications, including PLCs. Not for electromechanical or computer engineering technology majors. Preq. MATH 130 or equivalent or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab ETEM 111 Electrical Fundamentals 1 (DC) (4) An introductory course in the study of electricity. Basic definitions of energy and electricity are introduced which lead to studies of resistance, Ohm’s Law, series and parallel circuits, magnetism, simple meters, inductance, and capacitance. Direct current effects only. Coreq. MATH 130 or equivalent or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 112 Electrical Fundamentals 2 (AC) (4) Simple inductance-resistance and capacitance-resistance transient circuits; studies of alternating current fundamentals, phasor algebra, AC circuit analysis, power factor, and resonance. Preq. ETEM 111 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 115 Electromechanical Devices (3) An introduction to devices where both electrical and mechanical principles are utilized. Includes DC motors and generators, 3-phase circuits, transformers, induction motors, alternators, and synchronous motors. Preq. ETEM 110 (non-electrical majors); coreq. ETEM 112 (electrical majors) or EM faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 121 Electronics 1 (4) Introduction to discrete, bipolar solid state electronic devices and basic electronic circuits, including small signal amplifiers, transistor biasing, equivalent circuits, electronic unregulated DC power supplies, and special solid state devices. Coreq. ETEM 112 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 122 Electronics 2 (4) Continuation of ETEM 121. Frequency response; decibels; cascaded, feedback, power, and field effect amplifiers; unijunction transistors; control circuits; four-layer devices; op amps; and regulated DC power supplies. Preq. ETEM 121 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 130 Electromechanical Drawing (2) The study of mechanical drawing of both electrical and electronic circuits and components using electrical and electronic symbols. Includes power distribution, logic diagrams, printed circuits, schematics, and pictorial views. Preq. ETCA 101 and ETEG 101 or EM faculty approval; 1 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 201 Introduction to Electromechanical Systems (3) An introduction to systems which use both electrical and mechanical principles. Thermal, hydraulic, pneumatic, vacuum, magnetic, and optic systems are utilized to stress the coordinated combination of previously learned concepts. Coreq. ETEM 122 or EM faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 208 Automation Fundamentals (4) A study of electromechanical open and closed loop analog and digital systems. The microcomputer and programmable logic controller are used to interface a variety of input and output transducers to build complete automatic control systems. Emphasis on understanding interfacing feedback signals to process control. Preq. ETEM 115, 122, and 201; coreq. ETCO 220 and ETEM 211; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 209 Robotics (3) A survey course in Robotics which studies types of industrial robots, control schemes, and applications. Coreq. ETEM 208, 211, and ETCO 220, or EM faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 238 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETEM 211 Electronic Logic Circuits 1 (4) An introduction to solid state, integrated electronic logic. Practical applications of Boolean algebra, logic gates, binary pulse circuits, number systems, and computer arithmetic. Preq. ETEM 121 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 212 Electronic Logic Circuits 2 (4) Continuation of ETEM 211. Integrated circuit applications which include combinational and sequential logic, printed circuits, counters, registers, decoders, signal converters, and an introduction to microcomputers. Preq. ETEM 211 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 215 Electromechanical Design (3) Designed to provide the time and opportunity for students to work on the design, fabrication, assembly, and testing of electromechanical devices or systems. Promotes independent study, initiative, and creativity by requiring the student to develop the design with minimal staff supervision. Preq. ETEM 201 and 211; coreq. ETEM 212; 1 lec. 6 lab; $ ET ETEM 220 Technical Presentations (2) Encompasses all of the principles which have been considered previously in the program. Electromechanical systems are analyzed and presented by the student. A thorough understanding of the applied principles is required. Preq. sophomore standing and electromechanical faculty approval; 1 lec. 3 lab ETEM 299 Special Topics in Electromechanical Engineering Technology (1-5) Individual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Preq. advisor approval

Environmental Engineering Technology ETEV 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Regulations (3) An introduction and overview of the management of environmental restoration and pollution control projects. The development of an appreciation of the many aspects of project coordi- nation. Problem discovery and definition, investigative techniques, work plans, health and safety plans, quality assurance/quality control plans, agency interfacing/permit acquisition, legal regulations, and reporting requirements are discussed. $ ET ETEV 120 Laboratory Techniques (4) A specialized laboratory chemistry course for water/wastewater, air, and solid waste analysis. Course includes collection of samples, appropriate sampling protocols, and record keeping for such tests as heavy metals, F/M ratio, sludge age, fecal coliform, BOD, suspended solids, percent solids, ammonia, chlorine demand, and residual, pH, turbidity, etc. Preq. CHEM 141; coreq. CHEM 142 and ETEV 110; 3 lec. 4 lab; $ ET ETEV 130 Water Treatment Techniques (3) Designed to provide the necessary formal training to allow the student to attempt the State of Ohio Class I Water Operator exam. Emphasizes water sources/availability, water quality criteria, reasons for water treatment, distribution systems, theory of operations, and design applications. Basic water quality tests such as chlorine residual, fluoride, iron, manganese, and nitrate nitrogen are also covered. Preq. CHEM 141; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 210 Wastewater Treatment Techniques (3) Provides the necessary formal training to allow the student to attempt the State of Ohio Class I Wastewater Operator exam. Emphasizes types of treatment, theory of operation, design applications, basic operating tests such as BOD, DO, pH, F/M ratio, sludge age, detention timing, hygiene and public health aspects, sewer systems, and budgetary considerations. Preq. CHEM 141; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 220 Hazardous Waste (3) An investigation of the state and federal programs for environmental assessments of regulating facilities for the disposal of hazardous wastes and the development of resource recovery programs. The creation, transportation, treatment methods, storage, and disposal of ‘‘hazardous wastes’’ are also studied. Preq. CHEM 141, ETEV 110, and 210; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 230 Introduction to Solid Waste Technology (3) A study of the long-term environmental impacts, methods of transporting, reduction, and storage of solid waste. Preq. CHEM 141, ETEV 110, and MATH 201; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 239

ETEV 240 Industrial Waste Treatment (3) A study of industrial waste pretreatment requirements, equipment operation and design, testing, and removal systems. Preq. CHEM 142 and ETEV 220; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 250 Fluid Mechanics (3) Fluid properties, fluid statics, including manometry, submerged surfaces, buoyancy, and stability of floating bodies. The principles of fluid flow, including Bernoulli’s and energy equations, energy losses, and pump power. Analysis and design of pipe line systems, open channels, and pump selection. Preq. MATH 132 and PHYS 201; $ ET ETEV 260 Automation for Environmental Technology (3) Complete closed-loop control of analog process systems with PLC interfaces and computer control. Several loops are analyzed, such as flow, chemical feeds, temperature, and dissolved oxygen. Preq. ETEM 115, ETEV 120, 130, 210, MATH 132, and advisor permission; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 270 Industrial Toxicology (3) A study of the health and safety issues of hazardous and infectious environments. Exposure limits, monitoring, symptoms, and prevention of the spread of common diseases through all forms of waste management are discussed. Preq. CHEM 142 and ETEV 220; coreq. BIOL 151 ETEV 280 Hazardous Waste Operations (OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120-HAZWOPER) (4) Designed to meet the requirements of SARA - 29 CFR Part 1910.120(e). Health and safety course for environmental personnel who may be involved in the investigation and remedia- tion of hazardous waste sites. Topics include air monitoring instrumentation, air purifying respirators, SCBA, SARS, protective clothing, confined space entry, decontamination, and simulations of hazardous materials response incidents. Students develop the skills necessary to perform hazardous waste clean-up operations and to minimize risk to their safety and health through hands-on lab experiences. Preq. ETEV 430; coreq. ETEV 440 or advisor approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 290 Summer Cooperative Education 1 (4) First course of a two-course series designed to provide practical work experience on location at various waste treatment or hazmat facilities. The lecture portion is used to develop good work habits along with analytical thinking. Preq. ETCO 210, ETEV 280, junior standing, and advisor permission ETEV 310 Thermodynamics (3) Energy analysis of engineering systems using the concepts and laws of thermodynamics. The principle of the mechanical equivalent of heat, behavior, or pure substances, use of thermodynamic property tables, and study of gas mixtures. Application of the Carnot cycle to both heat engines and reversed heat engines. Preq. ETEV 250, MATH 201, and PHYS 203 ETEV 315 Water Treatment 2 (3)Acontinuation of ETEV 130, designed to prepare students for advanced positions in municipal and industrial water treatment facilities. Course includes plant design, chemical feed rates, removal times, and process parameters. Preq. BIOL 151 and ETEV 130; coreq. CHEM 200; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 325 Wastewater Treatment 2 (3) A continuation of ETEV 210, designed to prepare students for advanced positions in municipal and industrial wastewater treatment facilities. Course includes plant design, chemical feed rates, and process parameters. Preq. BIOL 151, CHEM 200, and ETEV 210; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 335 Air Pollution 2 (3) Second course of a two-part series in the air quality control field. Through industrial emissions modeling, emphasis is placed on environmental impact studies and emissions removal. Preq. GEOG 311 and MATH 201; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 345 Management of Hazardous Material (3) Focuses on the handling, storage, transportation, and accident prevention aspects of hazardous materials management. Key EPA, DOT, and OSHA regulatory requirements are examined for industrial safety, containerization, labeling, manifesting, and other handling/shipping concerns. Preq. ETEV 220; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 355 Hazardous Waste Treatment and Control Technologies (3) A comprehensive examination of treatment and disposal technologies for hazardous wastes. Physico-chemical, biological, stabilization, solidification, and thermal methods are presented. Topics include soil vapor extraction, carbon absorption, steam stripping, chemical oxidation, incinerators, and other technologies. Preq. ETEV 220 and CHEM 142; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 240 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETEV 365 Environmental Risk Analysis (3) Overview of the environmental risk analysis field, including concepts, programs, procedures, and processes. The course introduces and defines the area of risk analysis. Topics include an overview of risk analysis operations, process descriptions, hazard identification, source models, fault tree analysis, consequence analysis, process hazard analysis, and other topics of vital interest to the environmental professional. 2 lec. 3 lab ETEV 390 Summer Cooperative Education 2 (4) Continuation of ETEV 290. This course provides additional training and practical work experience on location at various waste treatment or hazmat facilities, which are different from those used for ETEV 290. Preq. ETEV 290 and advisor permission ETEV 410 Engineering Hydrology for Technologists (3) An overview of basic groundwater hydrology, groundwater flow systems, well design, and groundwater manage- ment. Emphasis is placed on the environmental aspects of groundwater development and management. Preq. CHEM 200 and GEOG 112; coreq. MATH 202; 2 lec. 3 lab ETEV 420 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3) Introduction to the use of computer aided drafting techniques to document municipal, utility, and govern- mental information in a graphics format. Preq. ETCO 115 or 116 or 117 or 150 and GEOL 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 422 ISO 14,000 Standards and Guidelines (3) Explores the ISO 14,000 guidelines, including environmental management system specifications, guidelines for environmental auditing, environmental labeling, life cycle assessment, evaluation of envi- ronmental performance, and guidelines for inclusion of environmental aspects in product standards. Preq. ETEV 110 and 440; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 425 Solid Waste Disposal 2 (3) Study of the control and management of a solid waste reduction and storage facility. Emphasis on process flows, monitoring, and control. Preq. ETEV 230; coreq. MATH 202; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 430 Statistical Procedures for Analysis of Environmental Data (3) Provides statistical and numerical techniques to analyze environmental monitoring data required for regulatory compliance. Applications include groundwater, soil, air, and others as appropriate. Preq. ETEV 270; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 435 Environmental Monitoring and Sampling Systems (3) An overview of current EPA monitoring guidelines, processes, and equipment required to perform envi- ronmental system assessment and control. Environmental sampling plans are developed in detail. Preq. ETEV 120; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 440 Environmental Law and Policy (3) A study of American political institutions and a brief history of the American environmental movement and the resulting environmental regulations. Emphasis is on NEPA, RCRA, CERCLA, EPCRA, CAA, CWA, SDWA, HMTA, TSCA, FIFRA, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, and the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act. Preq. ETEV 220; $ ET ETEV 445 Hazardous Site Remediation (3) Aprojects course in which students are given a simulated waste site. The student prepares a site assessment, risk assessment, cate- gorization, and permit requirement acquisition. A containment plan, treatment plan, sampling, monitoring, shipping, and storage plan are also developed. The course takes the student through a complete site remediation project. Preq. ETEV 280, 335, 355, 365, 420, 430, 435, and advisor permission; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

Instrumentation Technology ETIN 103 Industrial Electricity (3) Designed to familiarize the student with the National Electrical Code and practices used in industry to install electrical conductors, switching equipment, and overload protection and equipment. Course study includes motors, generators, and machine controls. Preq. ETEM 111 and 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETIN 111 Industrial Electronics (3) Designed to familiarize the student with industrial electronic circuits, including amplifiers, DC power supplies, and integrated circuits. Preq. ETEM 111 and 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 241

ETIN 120 Process Instrumentation (4) Introduction to measurement and control systems for temperature, pressure, and fluid flow. Dynamic response characteristics of instruments and calibration methods. Introduction to transducers, transmitters, controllers, and control systems. Both electrical and pneumatic systems are included. 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETIN 185 Instrumentation Internship (6) Eleven weeks of supervised work experience in industry which relates directly to the student’s field of study. Supervisory visits by the instructor are coordinated with periodic evaluations by the industry to critique the performance of the student. 40 lab ETIN 201 Instrumentation Electronics (4) Designed to familiarize the student with the electronic equipment and devices found in electronic instrumentation. High voltage power supplies, amplifiers, input and output transducers, recording devices, ultrasonics, synchros, telemetering, remote control, and optical electronics are included. Preq. ETIN 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET

ETIN 202 Programmable Controllers 1 (4) Introduction to basic industrial control circuits and schemes using the programmable controller as a control device. Instruction on the proper methods of programming the controller for the desired scheme. Preq. ETIN 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET

ETIN 203 Programmable Controllers 2 (4) A continuation of ETIN 202, including more advanced control using the controller as a programmable controller. Proper methods of interfacing the programmable controller to the controlled device and peripheral devices. Preq. ETIN 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET

ETIN 221 Instrument Fundamentals (4) Designed to provide the student with a knowledge of instruments. Introduction to the field, ship and industrial safety, care and use of hand and power tools, soldering techniques, reading and interpreting instrumentation drawings, measurement and control devices, final control elements, and standards and calibration. Preq. ETIN 120; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETIN 223 Measurement Principles (4) Industrial methods of measuring pressure, temperature, and flow with various types of measuring devices. The theory of operation of manometers, thermometers, strain gauges, and other precision measuring equipment. Preq. ETIN 201 and 221; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETIN 224 Industrial Control (4) Introduction to basic industrial control circuits and schemes. Pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, and electronic control. 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETIN 225 Distributive Control Systems (4) The procedures of using and configur- ing a distributive process control system. The student is required to implement the control system. Preq. ETIN 224; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETIN 251 Biomedical Instrumentation (4) Study of cardiovascular instruments; pacemakers; defibrillators; and respiratory, ultrasound, and other life-supporting and life- saving instruments. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ ET ETIN 252 Techniques and Devices for Electronic Troubleshooting (4) Instructs the student in procedures for finding malfunctioning cards and components in electronic instruments. Test equipment is used to find the malfunctioning components. Preq. ETIN 210 and 251; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ ET

ETIN 253 Internship 1 Work in Hospital (3) Students work in a hospital with biomedical personnel, under the direct supervision of the hospital. Preq. ETIN 252; coreq. ETIN 251; 1 lec. 14 lab; $ ET

ETIN 261 Instrumentation for Circulatory Systems (3) Study of instruments used in the circulatory system—acoustic, ultrasonic, electronic, and radiologic devices. Preq. ETIN 252; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ ET

ETIN 262 Bio Voltages (3) Study of the origin and usefulness of ECG, ERG, and EEG. Preq. ETIN 251; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ ET 242 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETIN 263 Internship 2 Work in Hospital (3) Continuation of ETIN 253. Safety testing, preventive maintenance, inspection, troubleshooting, and repair of biomedical equipment under the supervision of the hospital clinical engineer or department supervisor. Preq. ETIN 253; 1 lec. 14 lab; $ ET

ETIN 299 Special Topics in Instrumentation (1-5) Offered as an elective for instrumentation students. Covers topics of special interest. Preq. instructor permission

Machining

ETMA 140 Machine Tools (3) The basics of metal chip making technology. Topics include safety, measurements, bench work, drilling, tuning, shaping, planing, milling, and grinding. Properties and uses of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys, cutting fluids, welding, and foundry practices. Laboratory experiences include chip making processes and tooling methods. 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

Plastics Engineering Technology

ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing (3) An introductory overview of the different plastic resins, processing methods, and terminology. Lectures cover different types of plastic, identification tests, polymerization, molecular growth, and processing methods. Laboratory experiences in extrusion, injection, thermoforming, compression, and other molding and fabricating operations. 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 200 Injection Molding (4) Basic topics in the processing of thermoplastic resins. Hands-on operation of injection molding machines and introduction to principles of injection molding processing of thermoplastics. Preq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding (4) Basic topics in extrusion and blow molding processing. Hands-on operation in the study of the extrusion and blow molding of thermo- plastic resins. Preq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval (plastics faculty approval waived for students in the one-year certificate program); 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 210 Thermoforming/Finishing (4) Continuation of ETPL 100. Study of basic topics involved with thermoforming area of processing and the study of plastic manufacturing methods. Includes secondary operations such as printing, plating, cementing, stamping, and other decoration finishing operations. Preq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval (plastics faculty approval waived for students in the one-year certificate program); 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 215 Thermosetting Processes (4) Study dealing with processing of thermoset materials. Hands-on operation of thermoset molding machines and introduction to principles of processing thermoset resins. Preq. ETPL 210 or plastics faculty approval (plastics faculty approval waived for students in the one-year certificate program); 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 230 Properties of Polymeric Materials (4) Basic design considerations in use of polymeric materials. The reasons for using designs and polymers are presented using an applications-oriented approach. Extensive usage of tables on properties and shapes. Preq. CHEM 200, ETPL 100, or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 240 Testing of Plastics (3) Study of testing materials and the mechanical, thermal, electrical, optical, weathering, flammable, and environmental characteristics of plastic resins. ASTM experiments and written technical reports on the property changes of plastics under various conditions. Introduction of statistical quality control methods as related to material testing. Preq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval; coreq. ETPL 230; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

ETPL 299 Topics in Plastics (1-5)Offered as an elective for plastics students. Covers topics of special interest. Preq. instructor permission COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 243

ETPL 300 Plastics in Society (3) Study of current trends in the plastics industry. May include study of the Society of Plastics Engineers or the Society of the Plastic Industry and their impact on the industry, legislative bills that affect the industry, policy formation, recyling, waste management, and public policy. Preq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval (plastics faculty approval waived for students in the one-year certificate program); 3 lec.; $ ET ETPL 310 Plant Layout and Material Handling (3) Principles of plant layout and materials handling, including utilization of workers, materials, and machines for efficient application of all resources. CADD exercises as related to P.L. development. Preq. ETCA 120 or plastics faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETPL 320 Production Cost Analysis (3) Fundamentals of production analysis, piece part costing, mill costs, assembly costs, direct vs. indirect costing methods, and manufacturing cost control. Preq. junior plastic engineering technology standing, ETPL 100, MATH 131, or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec.; $ ET ETPL 330 Material Science (3) Introduction to a broad field of materials, including metals, ceramics, and wood. Emphasis on their nature and behavior to provide a basis for comparison used in the development of new markets for polymers. Preq. junior plastic engineering technology standing, ETPL 230, MATH 201, and PHYS 203, or plastics faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETPL 400 Statistical Process/Quality Control (4) Study of probability and statistical theory and the relationships of these concepts to applications in a production environment through statistical process/quality control. Preq. junior plastic engineering technology standing and MATH 250; $ ET ETPL 405 Statistical Process/Quality Control 2 (4) Study of the methods used on SQC and SPC, including X bar and R charts (variables), p and np charts (attributes), inter- pretation of charts, Pareto analysis, histograms and curve fitting, and Demming’s 14 points for quality. Preq. junior plastic engineering technology standing, ETPL 400, MATH 132 and 150; $ ET ETPL 410 Applied Statistical Experimentation (4) Study of the methods used in formalized design of experiments. Develops ability to construct, conduct, and analyze a statistically sound experiment. Taguchi’s, Plackett’s, and Burman’s methodologies are studied. Orthoganal arrays, variance, and experiment structure are explored through the use of computer software packages designed specifically for statistical analysis. Preq. ETPL 405 or equivalent, junior plastic engineering technology standing, MATH 132, and 150 or plastics faculty approval; $ ET ETPL 420 Plastic Part Design (3) Study of thermoplastic and thermoset part designs. Assigned projects develop an understanding of design parameters. Emphasis is placed on combining several areas of knowledge to design plastic parts. Preq. junior plastic engineering technology standing, ETCA 120 or equivalent, CHEM 200 or plastics faculty approval; $ ET ETPL 425 Mold Design and Analysis 1 (4) Development of a mold using the part designed by the student in ETPL 420. Design and analysis of thermoplastic injection molds, extrusion dies, and blow molding using Moldflow Design and Analysis and Cadkey programs. Includes geometric dimensioning, cams, and other special techniques. May include hot runner systems. Preq. ETPL 420 or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETPL 430 Mold Design and Analysis 2 (4) Continuation of ETPL 425. Development of a mold using the part designed by the student in ETPL 420. Design and analysis of thermoplastic injection molds using Moldflow Design and Analysis programs. Preq. ETPL 425; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETPL 440 Advanced Manufacturing (4) Student selects a processing method and performs SQC/SPC/DOE to determine optimum processing cycle, develops first article inspection report, and presents possible options for capacity planning, scheduling, plant layout, and inventory control. Preq. senior plastic engineering technology standing, ETPL 320, 430, or plastics faculty approval; $ ET ETPL 450 Advanced Processing 1 (4) A detailed study of the various theories of processing and polymer rheology. Theoretical aspects of material transfer, melting, mecha- nisms, and part formation. First of two sequential processing classes. Preq. senior plastic engineering technology standing, ETPL 470 or plastics faculty approval; $ ET 244 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ETPL 455 Advanced Processing 2 (4) Continuation of ETPL 450. Integration of previously acquired processing knowledge with the theoretical knowledge acquired in ETPL 450. Preq. ETPL 450 or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab ETPL 460 Composites (3) Provides a unified view of the composite industry. Topics include raw materials, curing agents, fillers, various fiber reinforcements, and the various processing methods. Preq. ETPL 215, 330, or plastics faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETPL 470 Senior Project (4) Capstone design class for the plastic curriculum. Students learn CNC programming and basic knowledge to construct a mold for a plastic part. Mold is constructed for design developed and analyzed in ETPL 420, 425, and 430. Study of assembly, machining, and molding of plastic parts. Preq. senior plastic engineering technology standing, ETMA 140, ETPL 420, 430, or plastics faculty approval; $ ET ETPL 499 Special Topics in Plastics (1-5) Offered as an elective for plastics students. Covers topics of special interest. Preq. instructor permission

Robotics ETRO 211 Robotic Interfacing (4) Study of hardware and software for interfacing programmable controllers, microprocessors, and computer control to a robotic arm with interaction of peripheral machines and equipment. Preq. ETEM 209 or ETCO 230; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETRO 212 Robotic Applications (4) Advanced study and training in high technology robot operations and applications with emphasis on continuous and controlled path robots, programmable logic control systems, and production systems and operation. Extended practice in off-line programmable set-up, adjustment, and operation of robotic work cells and materials handling systems. Preq. ETRO 211; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETRO 213 Robotic Maintenance & Servicing (4) Instruction in servicing and troubleshooting robotic and peripheral automated systems. Emphasis on mechanics, hydraulics, and associated electrical and electronics. Preq. ETRO 212; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

Web Engineering ETWB 101 Object Oriented Programming 1 (4) The design and development of object oriented programs using a modern object oriented language. Topics covered include classes, methods, polymorphism, encapsulation, and proper object based system design using UML. Preq. ETCO 110 or equivalent computer experience; coreq. ETWB 111; $ ET ETWB 102 Object Oriented Programming 2 (4) Continuation of ETWB 101. Preq. ETWB 101; coreq. ETWB 112; $ ET ETWB 103 Object Oriented Programming 3 (4) Continuation of ETWB 102. Preq. ETWB 102; coreq. ETWB 113; $ ET ETWB 111 XML 1 (XHTML) (4) Covers developing web pages in HTML and XHTML along with introducing the fundamental concepts behind XML. Coreq. ETWB 101; $ ET ETWB 112 XML 2 (DOM, SAX, etc.) (4) Covers how to use tools such as DOM, JDOM, and SAX to work with XML documents within an object oriented programming language. Preq. ETWB 111; coreq. ETWB 102; $ ET ETWB 113 XML 3 (XSLT, DTDs, Schemas) (4) Covers style languages that can be used with XML, such as Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and eXtensible Style Sheets (XSL). Other XML related technologies are also studied, including DTDs, Schemas, Formatting Objects, XLinks, XPointers, Resource Description Framework (RDF), and Namespaces. Preq. ETWB 112; coreq. ETWB 103; $ ET ETWB 221 Web Databases (4) Web databases are studied and used to build web sites that automatically serve dynamic content. Preq. ETWB 103 and 113; $ ET COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 245

ETWB 232 Application Servers (4) An application server is used to develop web applications that serve multiple clients such as web browsers and cell phones. Preq. ETWB 221 and 251; $ ET ETWB 243 Internet Devices (4) Web services are developed that are accessible by the widely diverse types of devices that will be attached to the web—such as cell phones, PDAs, web tablets, smart cards, automobiles, TV set top boxes, watches, refrigerators, and PCs. Preq. ETWB 232; $ ET ETWB 251 Software Components (4) The development of software components is studied along with how these components are assembled to build applications. Preq. ETWB 103 and 113; $ ET

French FREN 111 Elementary French 1 (4) Beginning course of a three-quarter, first-year sequence. Basic grammatical concepts and patterns. Emphasis is on development of reading, listening, comprehension, speaking, and writing skills. $ H FREN 112 Elementary French 2 (4) Continuation of FREN 111. Preq. FREN 111; $ H FREN 113 Elementary French 3 (4) Continuation of FREN 112. Preq. FREN 112; $ H FREN 211 Intermediate French 1 (4) An intensive review of grammar and sentence structure and introduction to selected readings in French literature. Oral expression is stressed. Preq. FREN 113; $ H FREN 212 Intermediate French 2 (4) Continued intensive review of grammar. Sight translation is stressed. Conversational drills include advanced idiomatic expressions. Preq. FREN 211 or instructor approval; $ H FREN 213 Intermediate French 3 (4) Advanced vocabulary and sentence structure are stressed. Emphasis is on writing and free composition. Preq. FREN 212 or instructor approval; $ H

Geography GEOG 125 World Geography (4) Concerns world’s regions and nations, resource use, cultural groups, and political patterns. Designed to develop an understanding of world affairs and the applications of geography in general. GEOG 130 Economic Geography (4) Systematic survey of locational economic patterns and their interrelationships. GEOG 201 Cultural Geography (4) Impact of various cultures on landscape, distribution of cultural traits, ecological adaptations, and cultural areas throughout the world. GEOG 225 Physical Geography (4) Systematic survey of earth-sun relationships, land forms, climate, soils, and natural vegetation. GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology (4) A survey of the principles and elements of meteorology: composition of the atmosphere, radiation balance, precipitation, global circulation, weather systems and traveling cyclones, weather forecasting, and air pollution and human impacts on local and global climate. GEOG 230 Urban Geography (4) Study of city function, patterns, and past and current problems confronting the city, including planning, zoning, housing, and urban renewal. GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio (4) Detailed regional study of physical background, settlement, and economic development. GEOG 243 Geography of Appalachia (4) A study of Appalachia from a geographical approach, including a detailed examination of physical aspects (climate, soil, vegetation, minerals, and water resources), historical development both past and present, settlement patterns, and economic patterns of the region. 246 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GEOG 299 Special Topics in Geography (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses, repeatable for credit. Preq. GEOG 101, 125, 130, or 201 GEOG 310 Medical Geography: Geography of Life or Death (4) Relationship between disease and the physical and socio-economic environ. Topics include disease ecology, historical patterns of cholera and plague, tropical disease, weather and health, cancer and heart disease in the U.S., hunger and the environment, distribution of resources, and introduction to facilities location planning. GEOG 311 Air Pollution (4) Examination of air pollutants and their social and economic impacts, control strategies, and air pollution planning. GEOG 350 Regional Geography: Geography of North America (4) The U.S. and Canada studied from a geographical perspective, including detailed examination of climate, soil, vegetation, minerals, water resources, historical development, settlement patterns, and economic aspects of the region. GEOG 351 Regional Geography of the Middle East (4) The Middle East — a cradle of civilization, birthplace of three world religions, crossroads, oil resource area, site of persistent conflict since WWII. The course addresses these aspects within the context of regional geography. GEOG 399 Special Topics in Geography (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. GEOG 404 Transportation Geography and Management (4) Examination of the geography of transport routeways and the geographic factors governing their evolution and use. Various modes (e.g. rail, water, highway) are discussed in terms of facilities, environ- mental impacts, rate structures, and commodities shipped. Decision processes of shippers, carriers, and government are examined. Preq. one course in GEOG or ECON GEOG 499 Special Topics in Geography (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses are repeatable for credit. Preq. GEOG 125, 130, or 201

Geology GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, and Fossils (4) Introduction to earth materials. Strong emphasis on laboratory identification of rocks, minerals, and fossils. Lecture topics include several key earth processes and important geologic theories. Course includes laboratory assignments and a field trip to fossil localities near Portsmouth. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 112 Environmental Geology (4) Analysis of complex interaction between Earth and man. Emphasis on natural hazards such as floods, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions; waste disposal; and groundwater, mineral, and energy resources. Course includes laboratory assignments. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 201 Physical Geology (4) Introduction to earth materials and the processes that shape the Earth’s surface. Emphasis on important earth processes such as volcanism, weathering, glaciation, and earthquakes; and theories which have modified our explanation of geologic phenomena. Course includes laboratory assignments and a field trip to Hocking Hills. 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 202 Historical Geology (4) The history of the Earth and its inhabitants. Emphasis on major physical and biological events that have profoundly affected the Earth, on causal mechanisms of geological events, and on the theories that have changed our interpretation of the Earth’s history. Course includes lecture, lab, and field trip to localities in southern Ohio. Preq. GEOL 201 or instructor permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 290 Seminar in Geology (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in geology. GEOL 295 Independent Study (1-4) Independent geology investigation, under the direction of a faculty member. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 247

GEOL 299 Special Topics in Geology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology (4) An introduction to major groups of invertebrates that are commonly preserved in rocks. Emphasis on preservation, morphology, collection, and geological and biological significance of invertebrate fossils. Preq. GEOL 202 or instructor permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 302 Mineralogy (4) Systematic study of minerals that constitute the Earth. Classification, occurrence, and identification of silicate/nonsilicate minerals. Course builds a foundation for the study of advanced Earth materials and processes. Preq. GEOL 111 or permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 303 Sedimentary Rocks (4) Advanced study of siliciclastic and carbonate rocks. Emphasis on interpretation of depositional environments of sedimentary rocks by using modern analogues. Preq. GEOL 202 or instructor permission; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ NS GEOL 390 Seminar in Geology (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in geology. GEOL 401 Field Methods (4) Study and use of the essential methods of field observations, description, and mapping. Course consists of lecture and detailed field projects in the Portsmouth area. 2 lec. 4 lab; $ NS GEOL 485 Senior Project (1-4) In-depth study of a selected topic in geology, culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. Preq. junior or senior standing; $ NS GEOL 490 Seminar in Geology (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in geology. Preq. junior or senior standing GEOL 495 Independent Study (1-4) Independent geology investigation, under the direction of a faculty member. Preq. junior or senior standing GEOL 499 Special Topics in Geology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Preq. junior or senior standing

Government GOVT 101 National Government (4) An analysis of the constitutional basis and development of American politics in light of classical democratic theory and contemporary practices; emphasis on the structures, processes, and functions of the national government. GOVT 199 Special Topics in Government (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies (4) A survey of political thinking, movements, and regimes. Examines the relationship between political visions and the shaping of attitudes, beliefs, and political practice. GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science (4) This course, required for all social science majors, explains the fundamentals of the field of political science and offers introduc- tory treatments on the four sub-fields of the discipline (i.e., political theory, comparative politics, international relations, and American government). GOVT 299 Special Topics in Government (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy (4) The conceptual bases underlying the development of post-World War II foreign policy, its changing concerns, and its various modes of policy implementation in selected cases and geographic areas (e.g., the Cold War, the Third World, and North/South issues). GOVT 320 Third World Politics (4) The individual and collective study of the causes of development and underdevelopment, crisis politics, and the prospects for the future of nations in Asia, Latin America, and Africa. 248 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics (4) A study of the globalization of the media and its effects on local, national, and international politics; economics; and socialization processes in the United States and other nations. GOVT 340 European Politics (4) Examines the historical, political, and economic realities of selected nations from an individual and a cross-national perspective with additional attention to the current European Economic Community’s supranational integration development process. GOVT 350 National Policy Issues (4) Study of the politics of policy formation and implementation by the national government in selected areas (e.g., foreign policy, welfare, political economy, and environment). Preq./coreq. GOVT 250 GOVT 370 Global Politics (4) Emphasis on international conflict and cooperation, interdependency, and the increasing importance of economic and transnational relations in the contemporary world. A critical examination of a variety of analytic concepts concerning types of international systems and political behavior. GOVT 399 Special Topics in Government (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. GOVT 401 State of the World (4) A critical analysis of the relationship between humans and their physical environment at the local, regional, and global level. Surveys issues, identifies problems, and examines actual and possible solutions pertinent to this relationship by utilizing an interdisciplinary approach incorporating students’ backgrounds from previous social science courses. Required course for all social science majors. Preq. junior standing GOVT 420 International Political Economy (4) Historical development of the world economy from 1700s to the present with emphasis on international and transnational actors and institutions, dependency and imperialism, and other selected issues and problems (e.g., trade, debt, and finance). GOVT 499 Special Topics in Government (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. Preq. eight hours GOVT

History HIST 111 American History to 1828 (4) Exploration and colonization; political, social, and economic life of the English colonies to 1763; struggle for independence; constitutional development and the Federalist era; Jeffersonian democracy and the War of 1812; rise of Jackson. HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 (4) Jacksonian democracy, territorial expansion, growth of sectionalism, Civil War, reconstruction, impact of expanded Industrial Revolution. HIST 113 American History Since 1900 (4) Progressive movement, WWI, Republican prosperity, the Great Depression and the New Deal, WWII and problems of the cold war era, turmoil and reform in the 1960s, crisis of confidence in the 1970s, and renewal in the 1980s. HIST 199 Special Topics in History (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. HIST 201 Ancient History (4) A survey of antiquity from the rise of civilization in ancient Sumeria and Egypt to the end of the Roman empire. HIST 202 Medieval and Early Modern Europe (4) A survey of European history from the beginning of the Middle Ages to 1789. HIST 203 Modern Europe (4) A survey of European history from the French Revolution to the present. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 249

HIST 299 Special Topics (1-4) Separate courses repeatable for credit. Preq. HIST 111, 112, and 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203

HIST 301 Formation of the American Nation, 1750-1815 (4) Causes and consequences of the American revolution, Confederation period and establishment of new constitutional order, survival and development of the republic in an unfriendly world, 1789-1815.

HIST 303 American Civil War (4) A survey of the Civil War era from the Compromise of 1850 through Reconstruction. The course focuses on the major events of the war, including the experiences of presidents, generals, diplomats, statesmen, slaves, and “ordinary” soldiers. Preq. sophomore or higher class standing

HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan (4) A survey of domestic history from the New Deal to the present. The Great Depression and the New Deal, domestic consequences of World War II and the cold war, reform efforts of the 1960s, Vietnam trauma, exhaustion of liberalism in the 1970s.

HIST 310 Nazi Germany (4) An examination of Adolf Hitler, Nazi ideology, World War II, the concentration camps, and genocide.

HIST 320 History of American Foreign Relations (4) A survey of U.S. foreign relations since 1914. World War I and the Versailles Treaty, interwar efforts to avoid the responsibilities of hegemony, World War II diplomacy and the origins of the cold war, Soviet-American conflict in the Third World, Vietnam War and efforts at detente, exhaustion of the cold war in the 1980s, and possible ‘‘end of history.’’

HIST 325 History of Russia (4) An overview of Russian history since the Age of Peter the Great. Emphasis on the period from the Crimean War to the present, examining the ambivalent modernization efforts of the late Empire, the collapse of the autocracy in WWI, and subsequent triumphs and travails of the Soviet Experiment.

HIST 330 History of Southern Africa (4) Asurvey of the African and European experiences in southern Africa from the 17th century to the present.

HIST 350 History of Ohio (4) A history of the “Buckeye State” from prehistory to the space age, emphasizing economic, social, and political topics.

HIST 360 East Asian History (4) A survey of the history of China and Japan, emphasizing the past two centuries.

HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, and Civilization (4) Survey of the cultural legacy of Islam through an integrated look at the religion, social customs, economic practices, arts, and literature. May be used to meet only one GEP requirement.

HIST 399 Special Topics in History (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Preq. HIST 111, 112, and 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203

HIST 401 History of Medicine (4) An in-depth survey of the history of medicine from antiquity to the modern era. Topics include shamanism and magical methods of healing, exorcism, Chinese acupuncture, classical Greek medicine, and the rise of modern dentistry, obstetrics, surgery, and psychiatry.

HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 (4) Part one of a course examining humanity’s ideas about the cosmos, the earth, and the human species. Topics in this course include creation myths, the history of astronomy, concepts of the afterlife, and the ideas about ‘‘imaginary places’’ (from Atlantis to Shambala).

HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 (4) Topics in this course include the history of geology and ideas about the earth, ‘‘creation of man’’ legends and the ideology of Darwinism, ‘‘the devil, the Antichrist, and perceptions of evil,’’ ideas about ‘‘imaginary creatures’’ (from unicorns to vampires), and scientific theories about the ‘‘end of the world.’’ 250 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times (4) An examination of recent conflicts and turmoil in the Middle East through the following sequence: concise overview of Middle East history, relationships between today’s turmoil and the development of nationalism and emergence of nation-states, specific conflicts like the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, Arab- Israeli conflict, and the Gulf war. HIST 499 Special Topics in History (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses repeatable for credit. Preq. HIST 111, 112, and 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203

Interdisciplinary Studies IDST 199 Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies (1-4) A study of interdisci- plinary topics not otherwise available to students. IDST 225S Civilization and Literature 1 (4) This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to the major thoughts important in the development of western civilization. Preq. ENGL 115S IDST 226S Civilization and Literature 2 (4) An interdisciplinary introduction to the major thoughts important in the development of American civilization. Preq. ENGL 115S IDST 227S Civilization and Literature 3 (4) An interdisciplinary introduction to the major thoughts of various non-western civilizations. Preq. ENGL 115S IDST 399 Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies (1-4) A study of interdisci- plinary topics not otherwise available to students. IDST 490S Senior Seminar (4) Provides an opportunity for students to place their chosen field of study in an interdisciplinary context with intellectual, ethical, and historical perspectives. The seminar focuses on the synthesis and integration of various concepts by applying them to the analysis and solution of problems chosen in the context of their academic disciplines. Oral and written presentations of a persuasive paper are required. Preq. senior standing and 44 general education program hours

Journalism JOUR 105 Introduction to Mass Communication (4) Introduces all forms of mass communication, including newspapers, magazines, radio/television, book publishing, public relations, advertising, and photojournalism. Begins with an analysis of the communication process and ends with media career opportunities. JOUR 199 Topics in Journalism (1-4) Study of selected newspaper topics not other- wise available. Includes hands-on experience in various newspaper positions. $ H JOUR 231 News Reporting and Writing (4) Methods of gathering and evaluating news and writing news stories. Practice work includes covering assignments and writing news copy. Preq. typing proficiency; $ H JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing (4) Writing and marketing free-lance magazine articles of various types, including personal narrative, informative, how-to, historical, personality sketch, investigative, and interpretative. Students learn how to generate ideas, get photos, propose article ideas to editors, and survey regional and specialty magazine markets. $ H JOUR 295 Practicum 1 (2) Permits students interested in the school newspaper and other school-related publications to receive two hours of credit for their work if this work is directly supervised by a member of the Arts/Humanities department or the sponsor of the designated publication. Students must collect their work in a portfolio which will be evaluated by the instructor/sponsor in consultation with the chair of Arts/Humanities. Preq. permission of supervising instructor or publication sponsor; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ H JOUR 299 Topics in Journalism (3) Study of various topics in journalism not other- wise available to students. $ H COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 251

JOUR 395 Practicum 2 (2) Permits students interested in the school newspaper and other school-related publications to receive two hours of credit for their work if this work is directly supervised by a member of the Arts/Humanities department or the sponsor of the designated publication. Students must collect their work in a portfolio which will be evaluated by the instructor/sponsor in consultation with the chair of Arts/Humanities. Preq. permission of supervising instructor or publication sponsor; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ H

Mathematics

SPECIAL NOTE: Admission to MATH courses is determined either by placement testing or by having successfully completed a prerequisite course. Please see the diagram on page 85. Questions about placement into appropriate courses should be directed to the Department of Mathematical Sciences (351.3301). Inquiries about placement testing should be directed to the Student Success Center (351.3594).

MATH 099 Fundamental Mathematics (4) A brief review of the fundamentals of arithmetic, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of integers and rational numbers. An introduction to the elementary concepts of basic algebra with empha- sis on manipulations of algebraic expressions, solutions to simple equations, graphs, and for- mula rearrangement. (Does not count toward a degree.) Preq. placement MATH 101 Basic Algebra (4) A course for students with a good background in arithmetic but little or no background in algebra. Topics include solving linear equations, graphing linear equations in two variables, solving systems of linear equations in two vari- ables, simplifying expressions that involve integral exponents; operations with polynomials. Preq. MATH 099 MATH 105 Basic Algebra 2 with Geometry (4) A continuation of topics from basic algebra. Rational and radical expressions, graphing lines and linear equations, radical expressions, and an introduction to informal geometry. Preq. MATH 101 MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) This course addresses questions about the nature and historical development of mathematical thought and knowledge and the impact of mathematics on modern life. The course focuses on problem solving techniques, heuristics, critical thinking, and the collection and interpretation of data. In addition, one or more of the following topics is included: probability, statistical inference, symbolic logic, graph theory, numeration systems, measurement, basic programming, linear programming, and spread- sheet software with business applications. Preq. placement or MATH 105; 3 lec. 1 discussion/ activity; $ M MATH 125 Business Mathematics (4) Emphasis on estimating answers, percentages, reconciliation of a checking account, mark-up, taxes, depreciation, payroll and payroll deductions, inventory evaluation, financial statements, simple and compound interest on investments and loans, and use of calculators. Preq. placement or MATH 101 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra (4) Presentation of a variety of techniques for simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations and word problems, and graphing. Topics include linear functions, right triangle trigonometry and its applications, rational expressions, rational exponents, and quadratic equations. Preq. MATH 105, 106, or placement MATH 131 Precalculus 1 (4) This college algebra course focuses on functions and their graphs. Students learn the basic properties of linear, polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions. Topics also include conditionally defined functions, inverse functions, and operations on functions. Students learn to use functions and graphs as tools for modeling. Preq. MATH 130 or placement MATH 132 Precalculus 2 (4) This trigonometry course provides an in-depth study of the trigonometric functions, including graphs, equations, identities, and applications. Conic sections are also included. Preq. placement or MATH 131 252 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Mathematics 1 (4) Problem-solving, sets, con- cepts of logic, binary operations, systems of numeration, number theory, rational numbers, real numbers, measurement, and use of calculators and computers. Preq. MATH 110S MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Mathematics 2 (4) Basic algebraic work with equations and inequalities in one unknown, systems of equations, metric and nonmetric geometry, coordinate geometry, introduction of statistics and probability, problem-solving, and computer use. Preq. MATH 140 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics (4) Introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, formulas, and presentation of statistics as applied to business, education, and science. Topics include measures of central tendency and dispersion, definition of classical probability, prob- ability distributions with emphasis on binomial and normal distribution. Sampling practices and theory, and computer use. This course satisfies the quantitative reasoning requirement of Shawnee State University’s General Education Program. Preq. placement or MATH 105; $ M MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics (4) Applications of mathematical models for students in business, economics, and life and social sciences. Models selected from linear functions and systems, matrices, linear programming, mathematics of finance, probability, markov chains, and game theory. Preq. MATH 130 or placement; $ M MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications (4) An intuitive introduction to differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications in business, economics, and life and social sciences. Preq. MATH 130 or 170 or placement; $ M MATH 201 Calculus 1 (4) This is the first course in the calculus sequence. The main topics are functions, limits, derivatives, and applications. This course satisfies the quantitative reasoning requirement of Shawnee State University’s General Education Program. Preq. placement or MATH 132 MATH 202 Calculus 2 (4) Second course in the calculus sequence. The emphasis is on integration. Contents include integration of algebraic functions and applications and differentiation and integration of exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, and hyperbolic functions. Preq. MATH 201 MATH 203 Calculus 3 (4) The third course in the calculus sequence. Indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor’s Formula and infinite series, plane curves, and polar coordinates. Introduction to vectors. Preq. MATH 202 MATH 204 Calculus 4 (4) The last course in the calculus sequence. The emphasis is on multivariable calculus. Contents include some discussion and applications of vector-valued functions, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and other topics in vector calculus. Preq. MATH 203 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics (4) Introduces the student to various topics from discrete mathematics. Topics include logic; induction; sets, binary relations, and functions; graph theory; proofs; combinatorics and finite probability. This course satisfies the quantitative reasoning requirement of Shawnee State University’s General Education Program. Preq. MATH 131 MATH 221 Discrete Mathematics 2 (4) A continuation of MATH 220. In-depth study of graph theory. Topics include basic counting techniques, recurrence equations, trees and spanning trees, and graphs. Preq. MATH 220 or instructor consent MATH 230 Linear Algebra (5) Solutions to linear systems, matrices and matrix algebra, determinants, n-dimensional real vector spaces and subspaces, linear mappings, diagonal- ization. Techniques and computational skills emphasized. Preq. MATH 201 MATH 250 Statistics 1 (4) Introduction of descriptive statistics and probability. Applications of probability distributions with emphasis on binomial, Poisson, and normal distributions. Introduction to interval estimation and hypothesis testing. Computer use in student project applications. This course satisfies the quantitative reasoning requirement of Shawnee State University’s General Education Program. Preq. MATH 201 (preferably with a grade of ‘‘C’’ or better); $ M MATH 290 Seminar in Mathematics (1-4) Discussion of topics in mathematics. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 253

MATH 299 Special Topics in Mathematics (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. MATH 300 History of Mathematics (4) Survey from Babylonian and Egyptian mathematics to 20th century mathematics with emphasis on development of algebra, geometry, and number theory. Preq. MATH 201 or permission MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations (4) An introduction to ordinary differential equations with emphasis on technique and application. Topics include existence and uniqueness of solutions, first order equations, linear differential equations, and systems. Analytical and numerical methods. Preq. MATH 203 MATH 305 Mathematics Enrichment for the Teacher (4) The use of manipulative models in the classroom. Computer software selection and its integration into the curriculum. Introductory programming. An introduction to mathematics games and how to use them in teaching mathematics to children. Preq. MATH 141 or permission; $ M MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry (4) Introduction to axiomatic mathematics through a variety of geometry types, including a consideration of the postulates of Euclid, surface topology, and finite geometry. The development of plane Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries using appropriate models and the consideration of various geometric configura- tions. Preq. MATH 201 MATH 325 Introduction to Number Theory (4) Selected number systems. Investi- gation of properties of natural numbers. Topics include proof techniques, prime factorization, Euclidean algorithm, Diophantine equations, congruences, and divisibility. Preq. MATH 201 and 220 MATH 335 Intermediate Analysis (4) In-depth study of limits, sequence, series, continuity, mean-value theorem, differentiation, and Riemann integration. Preq. MATH 203 MATH 350 Statistics 2 (4) A course in multivariate analysis. Includes simple and multiple linear regression, analysis of variance, and categorical data analysis. Use of statistical computer software and course projects. Preq. MATH 250; $ M MATH 360 Introduction to Probability (4) Classical probability, probability theory, conditions of probability, random variables and distribution, characteristic function, central limit theorem, and Law of Large Numbers. Preq. MATH 203 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 (4) An introduction to the general nature, history, and philosophy of operations research. A study of the theory of linear programming, the simplex algorithm, and applications. A series of special linear programming problems, such as optimal assignment, transportation, transshipment, network flow, minimal spanning trees, shortest path, PERT methods, and traveling salesperson. Preq. BUMG 355 or MATH 230 or instructor consent; $ M MATH 371 Operations Research 2 (4) Dynamic programming and integer program- ming are studied (or finished if started in MATH 370). Stochastic models of operations research such as markov chains, queuing theory, and simulation are studied. Preq. MATH 150 and 370 or instructor consent MATH 405 Mathematics Enrichment for the Secondary Teacher (4) Students explore and communicate secondary (grades 7-12) mathematical concepts from an advanced perspective through the use of manipulatives, technology, and exploratory learning. Preq. admission to teacher education program, MATH 220, 230, and 320 MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 (4) Treatment of groups, permutations, subgroups, isomorphisms, homomorphisms, and quotient groups. Preq. MATH 220 and 230; MATH 325 also recommended. MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 (4) Treatment of rings and fields, subrings, ideals, homomorphisms, isomorphisms, and Galois theory. Preq. MATH 410 MATH 420 Matrix Theory (4) Brief review of Linear Algebra. Matrix functions and applications, including linear programming, inner products, diagonalization, generalized inverses, and applications to differential equations and optimization. Numerical linear algebra. Preq. MATH 230 or permission 254 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATH 430 Numerical Analysis (5) Polynomial interpolation and approximation, numerical integration and differentiation, numerical solution to differential equations. Com- puter use emphasized. This course is strongly recommended for those who are interested in or would like to pursue a career in applied mathematics, actuarial or computer sciences. Preq. MATH 202 and one computer programming language; MATH 203 and/or 301 are recommended; $ M

MATH 440 Mathematical Models (4) Construction and analysis of mathematical models and their use in investigation of physical, chemical, biological, engineering, statistical, social, and environmental problems. This analysis is conducted using calculus-based techniques and applicable computer models. Preq. MATH 202; $ M

MATH 450 Complex Variables (4) Algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions, mappings, Cauchy Integral Theory, Residue Theory, and applications. Preq. MATH 204

MATH 460 Real Analysis (4) Topics include set theory, real number theory, compactness, completeness, Lebesque measure and general introduction of metric spaces. Preq. MATH 335

MATH 470 Teaching Mathematics in Grades 7-12 (4) Designed to acquaint students with the practices and problems involved in teaching secondary (grades 7-12) mathematics. Problem solving, inquiry based teaching, and the use of technology are emphasized. General teaching methods, patterns of instruction, and diagnostic techniques, as they apply to the secondary mathematics curriculum, are used in a laboratory context and practiced in field experiences. Preq. MATH 405, at least 56 credit hours of required mathematical content, and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDAE 400 and 485; 3 lec. 2 lab

MATH 480 General Topology (4) Concepts of general topological space and metric space, compact and connected spaces, and separation axioms. Preq. MATH 335

MATH 490 Advanced Seminar in Mathematics (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in mathematics.

MATH 495 Undergraduate Research (1-4) Independent mathematics investigation under the direction of a faculty member.

MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 (1) The first of a three-quarter sequence, taken near the end of the student’s bachelor program. The student’s in-depth investigation of a mathematical topic culminates in the presentation of a senior paper. Preq. department permission

MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 (2) Continuation of MATH 496. Preq. MATH 496 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 (1) Continuation of MATH 497. Preq. MATH 497 MATH 499 Special Topics in Mathematics (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students.

Medical Laboratory Sciences

MLSC 310 Clinical Microbiology 2 (3) In-depth theory and application of clinical laboratory techniques used to identify bacteria, fungi, parasites, and viruses pathogenic to man. Preq. MLTC 207; $ HS

MLSC 315 Blood Banking 2 (4) Theory and application of immunologic techniques as they pertain to blood grouping, antibody identification, and blood transfusion. Preq. MLTC 202; $ HS

MLSC 340 Procedure Evaluation and Quality Control (4) Use of statistical analysis in method selection and comparison, determining method accuracy and reproducibility, and methods of quality control/quality assurance. Preq. junior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 350 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Principles and operation of clinical laboratory instruments. Preq. junior standing in the MLS program; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 255

MLSC 355 Laboratory Safety (2) Laboratory safety issues are addressed to include current OSHA/EPA requirements; patient, employee, and visitor safety; good laboratory hygiene; housekeeping; personal barrier protection; chemical hazards; compressed gases; microbiological hazards; fire prevention and control; electrical safety; radiation hazards; hazardous waste disposal; emergency planning; employee training; and quality assessment and improvement. $ HS

MLSC 360 Clinical Laboratory Enrichment (3) Clinical practicum in a specialized clinical laboratory setting not provided by affiliated hospitals. Examples of enrichment sites may be regional blood centers, virology and mycology labs, and reference and forensic labs. Preq. junior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 410 Clinical Correlations 1 (4) Study of clinical laboratory procedures as they relate to health and disease. Testing in the areas of hematology, chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, serology, urinalysis, and hemostasis as they relate to pathological conditions. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 415 Clinical Correlations 2 (4) Continuation of MLSC 410. Study of diagnostic laboratory procedures as they relate to pathological conditions. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 420 Laboratory Management (3) A study of organizational goals and objectives in a clinical laboratory setting. Topics include planning/forecasting, determining equipment space, personnel needs, financial management, inventory control, personnel management, and quality assurance in a clinical laboratory. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 425 Clinical Education Methodology (3) An overview of education in the clinical laboratory to include educational roles for the medical technologist, instructional planning, writing and classification of objectives, teaching strategies, test development, and analysis. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 430/440 Clinical Practicum (3/6) Clinical practicum designed to prepare students for career entry positions as clinical laboratory scientists/medical technologists. Students develop technical and professional skills in the areas of clinical chemistry, hematology, microbiology, blood banking, and urinalysis. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 490 Medical Laboratory Science Seminar (4) Presentation of advanced topics in clinical laboratory science. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

MLSC 499 Selected Topics in Medical Laboratory Science (2-10) Current topics of interest in clinical laboratory science. Topics selected are of interest to students and practicing technologists alike. Technical and/or professional issues and topics are addressed. Preq. senior standing in the MLS program; $ HS

Medical Laboratory Technology MLTC 111 Medical Laboratory Orientation (2) Introduction to the profession of Medical Laboratory Technology, including history, philosophy, development, educational requirements, current trends, and role and responsibilities of the medical lab technicians. Ethics, employment opportunities, certification and licensure, professional organizations, interpersonal relationships, basic medical terminology, as well as the safe handling of potentially infectious materials. Preq. admission or alternate status in the medical laboratory program; $ HS

MLTC 112 Basic Laboratory Skills (3) Introduction to basic laboratory procedures and techniques. Emphasis is placed on phlebotomy, microscopy, spectrophotometry, pipetting, use of centrifuges, analytical balances, bookkeeping, lab safety, and basic laboratory instru- ments. Laboratory mathematics, particularly in solution preparations, dilution, calculation of concentrations, and standard curve are included. Preq. BIOL 151, CHEM 141, and MLTC 111; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 256 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MLTC 201 Urinalysis (3) Physical, chemical, and microscopic examination of urine. Theory and applications of various laboratory tests in relation to kidney function. Brief discussion of other important body fluids. Preq. BIOL 162 (or 310 and 320) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS

MLTC 202 Immunoserology (3) Introduction to basic immunology with emphasis on the principles and applications of serological techniques in diagnostic tests. Preq. BIOL 162 (or 310 and 320) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS

MLTC 203 Blood Banking (4) Lectures and laboratory procedures in blood banking. Principles of blood grouping and human blood group genetics. Routine procedures for pre- transfusion testing, antibody screening, and identification. Donor selection, blood collection, and processing are discussed. Hemolytic diseases of the newborn, preparations of blood components, and their storage and utilization are also introduced. Preq. MLTC 202; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS

MLTC 204 Parasitology (1) Introduction to medically important human parasites. Emphasis is on collection, preservation, and laboratory identification. Preq. MLTC 112; 1 lec. 2 lab; $ HS

MLTC 207 Clinical Microbiology (5) Diagnostic procedures for identification of medically important bacteria, viruses, and fungi. Emphasis is on the morphological, cultural, biochemical, and serological characteristics of various pathogenic bacteria, viruses, and fungi. Coreq. BIOL 350; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS

MLTC 209 Hematology 1 (4) Basic laboratory methods in hematology, including cell counting, hemoglobinometry, and cell morphology. Detailed studies of blood cell maturation and development. Preq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS

MLTC 210 Hemostasis (2) Study of hemostatic mechanism and hemorrhagic disorders as well as their laboratory evaluations. Preq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ HS

MLTC 211 Hematology 2 (3) Continuation of MLTC 209 with emphasis on blood cell abnormalities, including anemias, leukemias, and special procedures in the study of blood diseases. Preq. MLTC 209; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS

MLTC 212 Clinical Chemistry 1 (4) Principles, practices, and techniques of analyses of chemical components in serum, as well as other body fluids, are studied. Instrumentation associated with specific analyses is introduced. Emphasis on the specific chemical reactions and/or analytical principles, sources of error, quality control, practical applications, and theoretical aspects of the above procedures as related to normal and abnormal states. Preq. MLTC 112; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS

MLTC 213 Clinical Chemistry 2 (3) Continuation of MLTC 212. Preq. MLTC 212; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS

MLTC 215 Lab Simulation (3) A simulated laboratory environment is designed for students to participate in performing various tests in chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, blood banking, coagulation, and microbiology. Students are required to organize their work assign- ments, complete the assignments efficiently, and monitor quality control within established criteria. Preq. successful completion of all MLTC coursework below MLTC 215; 6 lab; $ HS

MLTC 216 Medical Technology Seminar (1) Issues and trends in Medical Laboratory Technology, government regulations, professional development, employment opportunities, resume writing, and job-seeking skills are discussed. Preq. successful completion of all MLTC coursework below MLTC 215; $ HS

MLTC 217 Case Studies (1) In conjunction with MLTC 215, students present case studies assigned in MLTC 215 to interpret and evaluate the clinical correlations and signifi- cance of the lab data. Preq. successful completion of all MLTC coursework below MLTC 215; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 257

MLTC 220 Clinical Practicum 1 (4) Eighteen weeks of internship providing a practical application of the skill and knowledge learned during the previous quarters of the curriculum. Students are assigned to accredited hospital laboratories as trainees. The rotation schedule consists of three weeks in hematology-coagulation, four weeks in chemistry, four weeks in microbiology, four weeks in blood banking, one week in urinalysis, and one week of elective. Preq. completion of all required MLTC courses with a minimum of ‘‘C’’ in the lab and lecture portion of each and a minimum GPA of 2.5; $ HS MLTC 221 Clinical Practicum 2 (8) Continuation of MLTC 220. $ HS MLTC 225 Special Problems in Med Lab (2) Review of problems and progress during clinical practicum. Students are required to keep a daily log of the scope and degree of activities in the laboratory. The log book is filed with the department at the end of the clinical practicum. Students are also required to participate in laboratory inservice activities (and/or professional meetings if possible). Review exercises during the clinical rotation and a four-day Registry Exam review at the end of the internship are included. Preq. MLTC 220; $ HS MLTC 226 Special Topics in Med Lab (2) Individualized study of Medical Labora- tory Technology in a selected area of interest: laboratory instrumentation, lab management, quality control, laboratory computer, hematology, clinical chemistry, immunology, immuno- hematology, microbiology, and histology. The selected topic must be approved by the faculty member and the clinical coordinator. The student is required to do library and/or laboratory studies, and a typewritten report on the topic is submitted to the department before the end of the clinical practicum. Preq. MLTC 220; $ HS

Music MUSI 100 Introduction to Music Theory (3) Developmental theory course used to make up deficiency. Introduction to staff, pitch, rhythmic notations, chords, ear training. MUSI 101 Music Theory 1 (3) Melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic principles of music and notation. Preq. theory placement exam MUSI 102 Music Theory 2 (3) Continuation of MUSI 101. Preq. MUSI 101 MUSI 103 Music Theory 3 (3) Continuation of MUSI 102. Preq. MUSI 102 MUSI 105 Ear Training and Sight Singing (3) Music studies based on the structure and aural recognition of intervals and rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic progressions through ear training and written dictation. Analyzes structures of harmony through keyboard application. Coreq. MUSI 103 MUSI 120 Introduction to Music Literature (4) Development of listening skills for understanding elements of musical style in historical perspective and significance of music as a fine art. MUSI 121 Introduction to Baroque Music (3) Study of selected works from Baroque style periods through readings, tapes, recordings, and other media. Preq. MUSI 120 or permission; non-humanities majors MUSI 122 Introduction to Music of the Classical and Romantic Periods (3) Study of selected works from the Classical and Romantic style periods through readings, tapes, recordings, and other media. Preq. MUSI 120 or permission; non-humanities majors MUSI 123 Introduction to 20th Century Music (3) Study of selected works of 20th Century, both traditional and electronic, through readings, scores, tapes, recordings, and other media. Preq. MUSI 120 or permission; non-humanities majors MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music (3) Principles of notation, meter, major, and minor scales, rhythmic and melodic reading, singing, and keyboard. MUSI 170 Class Voice (1) Basic techniques of voice production: breathing, diction, projection, tone-color, and interpretation. Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. music reading; Must be taken in sequence or by permission of instructor. 258 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSI 180 College Chorus (2) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab; $ FA MUSI 181 College Band (2) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab MUSI 185 Vocal Ensemble (2) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab; $ FA MUSI 186 Instrumental Ensemble (2) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab MUSI 190 Class Piano 1 (1) Study of scales and finger techniques for beginning players. $ FA MUSI 191 Class Piano 2 (1) Continuation of MUSI 190. $ FA MUSI 192 Class Piano 3 (1) Continuation of MUSI 191. $ FA MUSI 220 Music Literature (4) Survey of musical forms, styles, and performance media from Gregorian to present. Humanities majors. MUSI 221 Music History and Literature 1 (3) Study of literature and musical styles to 1600. Preq. MUSI 220 or permission MUSI 222 Music History and Literature 2 (3) Study of literature and musical styles 1600-1850. Preq. MUSI 221 or permission MUSI 223 Music History and Literature 3 (3) Study of literature and musical styles 1850 to present. Preq. MUSI 222 or permission MUSI 225 Country and Appalachian Music History 1 (4) Understanding of the history of Appalachian music and the people, locations, and stories that underlie the music. Examines the evolution and influences of Appalachian music. MUSI 226 Country and Appalachian Music History 2 (4) Continuation and expansion of MUSI 225, including study of ballads, children’s songs, dance, and musical families. MUSI 227 Country and Appalachian Music History 3 (4) Continuation and expansion of MUSI 226, including country and Appalachian music and musicians that have not yet been covered in MUSI 225 and 226. MUSI 230 Music-Theater (3) Participation through production or performance of selected musical theater projects. MUSI 270 Intermediate Class Voice (1) Continuation of MUSI 170 series. Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Preq. permission of instructor MUSI 280 Intermediate Chorus (2) Continuation of MUSI 180 series. Repeatable for credit—maximum of three quarters. Preq. permission of instructor; $ FA MUSI 299 Topics in Music (1-5) Study of various music topics not otherwise available to students: folk and country, rock forum. Repeatable for credit—maximum of three quarters. MUSI 361 Teaching Music in Elementary Grades (3) Materials and methods for teaching elementary vocal music. Preq. MUSI 103 MUSI 370 Applied Voice (1) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital performance and recital attendance required. Preq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA MUSI 371 Applied Piano (1) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital performance and recital attendance required. Preq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA MUSI 372 Applied Organ (1) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital performance and recital attendance required. Preq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 259

MUSI 373 Applied Woodwind (1) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital performance and recital attendance required. Preq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA MUSI 374 Applied Brass (1) Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital performance and recital attendance required. Preq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA MUSI 390 Conducting (3) Conducting basic beat patterns; conducting techniques for choral groups; style and interpretation. Preq. music concentration or permission

Natural Science NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning and Methodology (4) Requirement for the General Education Program Option 1. Course addresses scientific reasoning and methodology. GEP credit not allowed for both NTSC 110S and PSCI 110S or NTSC 110S and BIOL 110S. $ NS NTSC 240 Introduction to Environmental Science (4) Survey of the nature and scope of environmental problems. Emphasis on the physical, biological, and human aspects of environmental science. Preq. sophomore standing with coursework in the basic sciences, BIOL 151, CHEM 143, or GEOL 201; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS NTSC 433 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 (4) Use of a variety of instructional strategies, science curricula, evaluation techniques, and community resources are examined. Establishing and maintaining safety in the classroom, field, and storage areas are emphasized. The use and care for living organisms in an ethical and appropriate manner are experienced. Students participate in the planning and implementation of science experiences for students in the field and clinical setting. Preq. BIOL 151, CHEM 141, GEOL 111, PSCI 251, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDAE 400 and 485; 2 lec. 1 lab/clinical 6 field

Occupational Therapy Assistant OTAT 101 Introduction to Occupational Therapy (4) Introduction to the profes- sion of occupational therapy, the roles and functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas of occupational performance, and the theoretical basis of using goal-directed activities. Preq. enrollment in OTA program—professional phase; $ HS OTAT 102 Therapeutic Media 1 (3) Introduction to the analysis and therapeutic application of activities. Includes skill development in selected activities, instruction of peers in an activity, and participation in proper care and maintenance of equipment and supplies. Preq. enrollment in OTA program; $ HS OTAT 103 Disease Pathology 1 (4) Discussion of both physical and psychosocial dysfunctions commonly referred to occupational therapy. Includes the symptoms, etiology, and treatments of various diseases. Preq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101, and OTAT 101/OTST 101; $ HS OTAT 108 Practicum 1 (2) Supervised clinical experience under the direction of qualified personnel in a variety of settings. Emphasis is on developing professional communication skills, learning to accurately document observations, developing an understanding of other health care professionals, and instructing a small group in an activity. See academic requirements of OTA program. Preq. enrollment in OTA program; $ HS OTAT 109 Applied Anatomy and Kinesiology (2) Study and application of human anatomy and basic movement principles as used in occupational therapy. Preq. OTAT 101; $ HS OTAT 110 Group Dynamics (2) Study of group behavior. Practice in leading groups, observing group interactions, and participating in various types of groups. Preq. OTAT 101/OTST 101, PSYC 101, and SOCI 101; $ HS OTAT 203 Occupational Therapy Assistant in Developmental Disabilities (5) Study of conditions which interfere with normal growth and development. Introduction to the application of occupational therapy in the treatment of developmental disabilities. Emphasis on the role of the O.T. assistant in treatment of developmental disabilities particularly in the public school setting. Preq. OTAT 108, 109, 110, PSYC 101, and 151; $ HS 260 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OTAT 204 Practicum 2 (3) Similar to OTAT 108 but in different types of settings. Preq. OTAT 108, 109, and 110; $ HS OTAT 205 Therapeutic Media 2 (3) Analysis, adaptation, and therapeutic application of activities not covered in OTAT 102. Preq. OTAT 101/OTST 101; $ HS OTAT 206 Contemporary Media in Occupational Therapy (2) Analysis, adaptation, and therapeutic applications of ‘‘low-tech’’ and ‘‘high-tech’’ media. Emphasis on computer adaptations, construction of switches, and use of video in patient treatment. Preq. completion of or concurrent with OTAT 205; $ HS OTAT 208 Practicum 3 (3) Supervised clinical experience under the direction of qualified personnel in a variety of settings. Continuation of skill development of OTAT 204 with additional emphasis on case study, treatment planning, and occupational therapy treatment teÎchniques. Preq. OTAT 204; $ HS OTAT 209 Occupational Therapy Assistant in Geriatric Program Planning (4) Introduction to and application of occupational therapy in the treatment of older adults. Emphasis is on developing and implementing both activity and rehabilitative programs in agencies serving the elderly. Preq. OTAT 210; $ HS OTAT 210 Occupational Therapy Assistant in Physical Dysfunction (5) Exploration of occupational therapy theories in the evaluation and treatment of physically disabling conditions. Lab emphasis on instruction of activities of daily living, work simplification, energy conservation, and fabrication of orthotic and adaptive devices. Preq. OTAT 109; $ HS OTAT 211 OTA Seminar (2) Discussion of the professional roles and responsibilities of the occupational therapy assistant. Includes orientation to licensure, certification, legal and ethical issues, peer review, and other current professional issues. Preq. OTAT 208 and 210; $ HS OTAT 212 Occupational Therapy Assistant in Mental Health (4) Exploration of occupational therapy theories in the evaluation and treatment of psychosocial dysfunction. Lab emphasis on the development of observation skills, group dynamics, group leadership, effective communication, and therapeutic use of self. Preq. OTAT 208, 210, PSYC 101, 151, and SOCI 101; $ HS OTAT 220-221 Clinical Application (8 ea.) Supervised fieldwork placement. Experience in and responsibility for delivery of service to patients/clients. Emphasizes the application of academically acquired knowledge leading to the performance of an entry-level occupational therapy assistant. See academic and clinical requirements of OTA program. Preq. successful completion of all OTA and other required courses; $ HS OTAT 299 Special Topics in OT (1-3) Provides students an opportunity to gain additional knowledge or experience in a specific area of occupational therapy. Preq. admission to OT/OTA program and permission of instructor; $ HS

Occupational Therapy OTST 101 Introduction to Occupational Therapy (4) Introduction to the profes- sion of occupational therapy, the roles and functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas of occupational performance, and the theoretical basis of using goal-directed activities. Preq. enrollment in OT program-professional phase. $ HS OTST 103 Disease Pathology 1 (4) Discussion of both physical and psychosocial dysfunctions commonly referred to occupational therapy. Includes the symptoms, etiology, and treatments of various diseases. Preq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101 or 151, and OTST 101; $ HS OTST 110 Group Dynamics (2) Study of group behavior. Practice in leading groups, observing group interactions, and participating in various types of groups. Preq. OTST 103, PSYC 101, and SOCI 101; $ HS OTST 205 Therapeutic Media 2 (3) Analysis, adaptation, and therapeutic application of activities. Preq. OTST 101; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 261

OTST 206 Contemporary Media in Occupational Therapy (2) Analysis, adapta- tion, and therapeutic applications of ‘‘low-tech’’ and ‘‘high-tech’’ media. Emphasis on omputer adaptations, construction of switches, and use of video in patient treatment. Preq. completion of or concurrent with OTST 205; $ HS OTST 305 Disease Pathology 2 (4) The etiology, clinical course, management, and prognosis of congenital, developmental, acute, and chronic disease processes and traumatic injuries. The effect of such conditions on human functioning throughout the life span. Focus is on neuromuscular, musculoskeletal, and neurological systems. Preq. admission to OT program or OTAT 103; $ HS OTST 310 Practicum 1 for OTS (2) Level 1 Fieldwork. The first competency based fieldwork course to develop professional skills in health service delivery. Students gain an appreciation of the role of occupational therapy in health care. Students are assigned to a variety of agencies serving health care needs. Preq. admission to OT program and OTST 101; $ HS OTST 330 Orthotics (3) Includes theoretical basis and application of orthotics to enhance independent daily living performance in work, play/leisure, and self care. Designing, fabricating, and using orthotic devices. Preq. admission to OT program and OTST 206; $ HS OTST 410 OT in Physical Disabilities 1 (4) Theories, approaches, and principles of occupational therapy programming for physical function throughout the life span. Includes theoretical basis, assessment, and treatment to foster age-appropriate skills in daily living activities, work, and play/leisure. Emphasis is on theory and assessment. Preq. BIOL 311, OTST 305, and PHYS 201; $ HS OTST 411 OT in Physical Disabilities 2 (4) Continuation of theory application covered in OTST 410, with emphasis on treatment planning, adaptations, prevention, health maintenance, and remediation. Preq. BIOL 314 and OTST 410; $ HS OTST 412 OT in Mental Health 1 (4) Theories, approaches, and principles of occupational therapy programming for mental health services throughout the life span. Includes theoretical basis, assessment, and treatment to foster age-appropriate skills in daily living activities, work, and play/leisure. Emphasis is on theory and assessment. Preq. OTST 305 and PSYC 400; $ HS OTST 413 OT in Mental Health 2 (4) Continuation of theory application covered in OTST 412, with emphasis on treatment planning, adaptation, prevention, health maintenance, and remediation. Preq. BIOL 314 and OTST 412; $ HS OTST 416 OT in Gerontology (4) Theories, approaches, and principles of gerontic occupational therapy. Theories of aging, normal physiological and psychological changes of aging, specific diseases and conditions, and common problems of the aging population. Includes quality assurance, consultative role of the OTR in nursing homes, and legal issues regarding aging. Preq. BIOL 314, OTST 410, and 412; $ HS OTST 420 Practicum 2 for OTS (2) Level 1 Fieldwork. The second competency based fieldwork to develop professional skills in occupational therapy service delivery. Focus on observation, evaluation, and documentation of client abilities. Students are assigned to agencies different from those in OTST 310. Preq. OTST 410 and 412; $ HS OTST 421 Practicum 3 for OTS (2) Level 1 Fieldwork. The third competency based fieldwork to develop professional skills in occupational therapy service delivery. Focus on treatment planning and implementation. Students are assigned to agencies different from those in OTST 310 and OTST 420. Preq. OTST 411, 413, and 420; $ HS OTST 430 OT in Developmental Disabilities 1 (5) Theories, approaches, and principles of occupational therapy programming for issues related to normal and abnormal patterns of human development. Evaluation, program planning, and treatment application as it pertains to individuals and their families. Preq. BIOL 314, OTST 411, 413, and PSYC 151; $ HS OTST 431 OT in Developmental Disabilities 2 (4) Continuation of material covered in OTST 430, with emphasis on neurodevelopmental and sensory integration theory and treatment. Preq. OTST 430; $ HS 262 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OTST 450 Research Designs and Methods in OT (4) Students learn to be consumers of research data, conduct literature searches, examine methods of research design and data collection, and prepare a research proposal related to occupational therapy. Preq. MATH 150, OTST 411, 413, 416, and 430; $ HS OTST 451 Occupational Therapy Management and Program Planning (4) Occupational therapy service management skills. Includes health care trends, quality assurance, and legal issues. Students develop a model for the delivery of occupational therapy services in a selected agency or facility. Preq. BUAI 101 or BUIS 101 and OTST 430; $ HS OTST 495 Clinical Application 1 (12) Level 2 Fieldwork. Three months of supervised, in-depth field experience in a selected practice area of occupational therapy. Student is supervised by a Registered Occupational Therapist. Preq. successful completion of all required courses in OT curriculum.; $ HS OTST 496 Clinical Application 2 (12) Level 2 Fieldwork. Three months of supervised, in-depth field experience in a practice area different from OTST 495. Student is supervised by a Registered Occupational Therapist. Preq. OTST 495; $ HS OTST 497 Clinical Application 3 (Optional) (4, 8, or 12) Level 2 Fieldwork. One to three months of supervised, in-depth field experience in a specialty practice area of occupational therapy. Student is supervised by a Registered Occupational Therapist. Preq. OTST 496; $ HS OTST 499 Topics in Occupational Therapy (5) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. $ HS

Philosophy PHIL 105 Rhetoric and Reasoning (4) An introductory course in deductive and inductive reasoning, with particular emphasis upon the analysis, evaluation, and construction of arguments. This course also examines the use of rhetoric in argumentation, especially in advertising, politics, and public speaking. PHIL 200 Introduction to Philosophy (4) An introduction to some of the central philosophical issues within the Western intellectual tradition from ancient Greece to the present through selected primary texts. Preq. ENGL 115S PHIL 230 Social and Political Philosophy (4) An examination of theories of society and the state that have significantly influenced Western thought. Special emphasis is placed upon the controversy between communitarianism and classical liberalism. PHIL 260 Philosophy of Religion (4) Inquiry into the rationality of religious belief, including the proofs for the existence of God, divine foreknowledge and human freedom, the problem of evil, the epistemic status of mystical experience, and religious epistemology. PHIL 282 Old Testament (4) Reading and interpretation of selected portions of the Old Testament. Literary, historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; relation to the New Testament. PHIL 283 New Testament (4) Reading and interpretation of selected portions of the New Testament. Literary, historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; relation to the Old Testament. PHIL 284 East Asian Philosophy (4) A survey of Oriental philosophical traditions including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. The relationship between Taosim and Native American world views is examined. PHIL 299 Special Topics in Philosophy (1-6) Individual or small-group study of topics not otherwise available. May be repeated for credit with permission of the instructor. PHIL 300 Philosophy and Film (4) Viewing, analysis, and interpretation of interna- tional and domestic films and their philosophical, aesthetic, and moral dimensions. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 263

PHIL 320S Ethics in Public and Private Life (4) Exploration of the major currents in Western ethical thought, with application to contemporary ethical controversies. Special emphasis is placed upon entering into rational dialogue with moral views other than one’s own. Preq. ENGL 115S PHIL 330 Ethics and Technology in the 21st Century (4) Introduces the student to the major ethical theories in their historical context and examines technological advances and their ethical implications in two major fields: information technology and biomedical technology. Areas of inquiry include the effects of the Internet and immediate access to infor- mation on society and the implications of the human genome project, genetic engineering, and cloning on family planning and health. Preq. ENGL 115S PHIL 331 Business Ethics (4) Examination of the relationship between economic and moral constraints. Preq. ENGL 115S PHIL 332 Biomedical Ethics (4) Ethical issues in medicine, medical research, and biotechnology; relations within the health team, informed consent; wellness and illness; right to health care; moral implications of bioengineering. PHIL 334 Environmental Ethics (4) Theories of the environment; alternative views of our responsibility for the environment, including deep ecology; environmental vs. economic values; methods of resolving environmental issues. PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport (4) Does the meaning of sport lie in the pleasure of the English gentleman or the egolessness of the Zen master? What do athletes mean when they speak of “expressing” or “realizing” themselves? Can we speak of ourselves as living through our bodies in the same way that we speak of ourselves as living through our intellect or our aesthetic sense? Is sport a metaphor for life? Preq. sophomore standing PHIL 399 Topics in Philosophy (1-4) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. PHIL 499 Special Topics in Philosophy (1-5) A seminar in selected topics in philosophy. Course content varies from year to year. May be repeated for credit.

Physics PHYS 099 Fundamental Physics (4) A course intended for special programs and not considered a prerequisite for the college entry-level physics courses. Students desiring a basic course in physics should refer to PHYS 201. PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) (4) Newton’s Laws of Motion. Other appropriate topics may be included. Laboratory and demonstrations related to lecture. Preq. MATH 130 or equivalent; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS PHYS 202 Physics 2 (Electricity and Magnetism) (4) Basic properties of electric and magnetic fields. Other appropriate topics may be included. Laboratory and demonstrations related to lecture. Preq. PHYS 201; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) (4) First and second laws of thermodynamics. Other appropriate topics may be included. Laboratory and demonstrations related to lecture. Preq. PHYS 201; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS PHYS 210 Astronomy (4) Fundamental ideas of astronomy. Topics include the solar system, stars, galaxies, black holes, and the history of ideas about the universe. 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 (4) Introductory survey of mechanics for science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. Topics include vectors, kinematics, and Newton’s theory of motion. Preq./coreq. MATH 201; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 (4) Introductory survey of thermodynamics for science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. Topics include the first and second laws of thermodynamics. Preq. PHYS 211 or instructor permission; preq./coreq. MATH 202; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS 264 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 (4) Introductory survey of electricity and magnetixsm for science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpret- ing physical phenomena. Topics include some of Maxwell’s equations. Preq. MATH 202 and PHYS 212 or instructor permission; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 (4) Introductory survey of waves and oscilla- tions for science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. Preq. PHYS 213; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS PHYS 290 Seminar in Physics (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in physics. PHYS 295 Independent Study (1-4) Independent physics investigation under the direction of a faculty member. PHYS 299 Special Topics in Physics (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. PHYS 300 Modern Physics (4) Introductory survey of modern physics, including spatial relationships, quantum mechanics, and atomic and nuclear physics. Preq. PHYS 214 PHYS 390 Seminar in Physics (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in physics. PHYS 485 Senior Project (1-4) In-depth study of a selected topic in physics culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. Preq. junior or senior standing; $ NS PHYS 490 Seminar in Physics (1-4) Discussion of advanced topics in physics. Preq. junior or senior standing PHYS 495 Undergraduate Research (1-4) Independent physics investigation under the direction of a faculty member. Preq. junior or senior standing; $ NS PHYS 499 Special Topics in Physics (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Preq. junior or senior standing.; $ NS

Physical Science PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 (4) An inquiry-based (lab-oriented) course in the physical sciences designed primarily for those students who expect to teach the physical sciences (K-12) or those who learn better with a hands-on approach to science. Topics include properties of matter (mass, volume, density, concentration, and solubility) and heat and temperature (calorimetry, phase change, and heat transfer). 6 lab; $ NS PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 (4) A continuation of PSCI 251. Topics include electric circuits (current, voltage, power, energy, d.c. circuits) and light and optics (refraction, reflection, image formation, and color). 6 lab; $ NS PSCI 295 Independent Study (1-4) Independent physical science investigation under the direction of a faculty member. PSCI 299 Topics in Physical Science (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students.

Psychology PSYC 098 Learning Orientation (4) Techniques for learning definitions, vocabulary, lists, etc. to assist in academic achievement. (The four hours of credit do not apply toward a degree but do apply toward total hours accumulated at the University.) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (4) A study of the individual in terms of maturational, learning, thinking, emotional, motivational, sensory, and perceptual processes. Required course for all social science majors. PSYC 105 Career Planning (4) Exploration of student values, interests, and skills in relation to careers and choosing a college major. Special emphasis on career counseling. Career exploration on the computer is available. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 265

PSYC 151 Human Growth and Development (4) Study of the factors affecting human growth and development through the life cycle from infancy to advanced maturity. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 199 Special Topics in Psychology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses repeatable for credit PSYC 260 Neurobiology of Behavior (4) Basic neurology, neurophysiology, and neuropharmacology, with emphasis on how they relate to human behavior. Preq. BIOL 110S and PSYC 101 PSYC 273 Psychology of Human Adjustment (4) An examination of the individ- ual’s adjustments and conflicts in modern society. Considers problem-solving strategies and anxiety reducing behavior. Required course for all social science majors. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 290 Psychological Tests and Measurements (4) Study of the nature, construction, and use of tests and measurements in education, industry, and government, including aptitude, ability, and achievement tests; attitude and rating scales; and opinion surveys. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 295 Quantitative Methods (4) Examination of statistical procedures that are commonly used in psychological research. Students collect real data in a variety of comput- er-based experiments. Statistical software is used for data analysis. Emphasis is on choosing appropriate statistical procedures based on research design and interpreting results. Taught in the computer lab. Preq. MATH 150; $ M PSYC 299 Special Topics in Psychology (1-4) Courses repeatable for credit. Preq. PSYC 101 and/or permission PSYC 300 Theories of Personality (4) Understanding of human personality through examination of psychoanalytic, humanistic, and learning theories and current biologically-based research on personality. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning (4) Study of learning: classical and instrumental conditioning, discrimination, generalization, verbal, information processing, memory, problem solving, and concept formation. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 310 Child Psychology (4) A survey of the course of development during the first 12 years of life, with emphasis on patterns of physical, cognitive, and mental develop- ment; parent/child relations; and the influences of TV and divorce on children. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology (4) Study of major theories of adolescent development and explanation of biological, cognitive, social, emotional, and personality processes. Focus is on recent trends and changes in family relationships, adolescent autonomy, educational and vocational roles, moral development and religion, teenage creativity, depression, substance abuse, eating disorders, runaways, suicide, pregnancy, and parent- hood. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children (4) Analysis of personal and school- related problems of children. Cases of behavior problems with specific intervention techniques. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 340 Psychology of the Adult (4) Theoretical study of adulthood with an emphasis on the applications of psychological research for a better understanding of later life. Class presentations and discussions cover age-related changes in physical, cognitive, social, and personality development and address issues in adult psychopathology, death, and dying. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 361 Industrial Psychology (4) Applies social/psychological approach to individual’s work behavior. Topics include management approaches to organizational processes resulting in productivity and satisfaction, change, turbulent environment, and psychologist’s role. Preq. PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology (4) Psychological foundations of education with emphasis on learning, transfer, motivation, and evaluation. Preq. PSYC 101 266 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSYC 380 Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth (4) Psychological study of exceptionality, including the physically, socially, and emotionally handicapped, and the intellectually handicapped and gifted. The psychological characteristics of the exceptional children and youth are investigated, and current programs used to help them are identified and evaluated. Preq. 12 credit hours of PSYC and/or instructor permission PSYC 399 Special Topics in Psychology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. PSYC 400 Abnormal Psychology (4) Study of anxiety, mood, psychotic, personality, and psychoactive substance use disorders as well as substance-induced organic mental disorders. Several theories and strategies of psychotherapy are examined during discussion of each disorder. Preq. at least 12 credit hours of PSYC PSYC 405 Death and Dying (4) Focus on increased ability to deal with one’s own mortality; skills for working with terminally ill and their families; understanding the complex social system of death in American society; and moral, ethical, and philosophical issues surrounding death. Preq. PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 PSYC 410 Psychology of Counseling (4) Survey of the basic concepts and theories of counseling: psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, and humanistic. Focus is on individual and group counseling, including school, career, family and marriage, mental health, cross- cultural, crisis intervention, and consultation. Preq. 20 credit hours of PSYC and/or instructor permission PSYC 420 Community Psychology (4) Analysis of historical precedents, epidemi- ology, community resources, primary prevention programs, and the role of psychologists as agents of social change. Preq. PSYC 101 PSYC 430 Experimental Psychology (4) Focuses on research methods in psychology. Fundamental research skills are developed with an emphasis on experimental control and research design. Students design and conduct an independent research project. Strongly recommended for students who are considering graduate work in psychology. Preq. PSYC 295; 3 lec. 1 lab PSYC 440 Environmental Psychology (4) Psychological investigation of the relationship between individual behavior and physical environment with analysis of the impact of crowding, noise, temperature, lighting, pollution, and architecture on individual behavior. Preq. 16 credit hours of PSYC and/or instructor permission PSYC 475 Psychological Study of Contemporary Problems (4) In-depth analysis of current issues, problems, and controversies in psychology. Preq. 24 credit hours of PSYC (senior students in psychology) PSYC 499 Special Topics in Psychology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Preq. senior standing and permission

Physical Therapist Assistant PTAT 111 Principles of Physical Therapist Assistant (3) The purpose, philosophy, history, and development of the physical therapy profession. Includes medical ethics, the function of the American Physical Therapy Association, and the development of the physical therapist assistant (duties, function, legal responsibilities, and limitations). Preq. admission to PTA program; $ HS PTAT 112 Physical Therapist Assistant Procedures 1 (5) The first of three sequential procedure courses. Basic physiology and theory of heat, hydrotherapy, cold, massage, body mechanics, burns, patient positioning, and traction. Therapeutic application of these modalities. Preq. AHNR 102 and PTAT 111; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS PTAT 113 Physical Therapist Assistant Procedures 2 (5) Theory and therapeutic application of modalities, such as low and high frequency currents, biofeedback, TENS, Jobst extremity pump, and diathermy. Preq. PTAT 112; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 267

PTAT 114 Anatomy and Kinesiology (5) Advanced anatomy course designed specifically for the physical therapist assistant. Origin, insertion, function, and dysfunction. Preq. PTAT 113 and BIOL 311; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS

PTAT 115 P.T. in Physical Dysfunction (3) Discussion of physical dysfunctions commonly referred to physical therapy. Includes symptoms, etiology, and treatments of various diseases. Preq. PTAT 111; 3 lec.; $ HS PTAT 116 Neurology for PTA (1) Introduction to the central and peripheral nervous system as it relates to physical therapy. Preq. PTAT 115; 1 lec.; $ HS PTAT 202 Physical Therapist Assistant Procedures 3 (5) Theory and application of principles of muscle testing and goniometry. Includes study and use of rehabilitation skills relating to prosthetics, orthotics, postural deviations, cardiac conditions, and pre and post partum condition. Preq. PTAT 113; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS PTAT 212 Clinical Practicum 1 (4) Second experience in clinical setting in which the student performs theories and techniques for patient care under close supervision of a licensed physical therapist. Preq. PTAT 114, 115, and 216; 2 lec. 12 clinical; $ HS PTAT 213 Clinical Practicum 2 (4) Intermediate experience in clinical settings performing previously learned theories and techniques under supervision of a licensed physical therapist. Preq. PTAT 202, 212, and 231; 2 lec. 12 clinical; $ HS PTAT 214 Clinical Practicum 3 (6) Advanced experience in clinical setting. Preq. PTAT 213, 232, and 255; 38 clinical; $ HS

PTAT 216 Clinical Practicum Seminar (2) Introductory experience in clinical set- ting. Students perform theories and techniques of patient care under close supervision of licensed physical therapist. Procedures and techniques discussed in seminar. Preq. PTAT 111 and 112; 1 lec. 4 clinical; $ HS

PTAT 231 Rehabilitation Procedures 1 (4) The first of two sequential, therapeutic, exercise classes. Exercises for specific joints and orthopedic conditions. Includes joint range of motion, flexibility, coordination, and gait training. Preq. PTAT 113; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS PTAT 232 Rehabilitation Procedures 2 (4) Rehabilitation skills needed for treatment of central nervous, peripheral nervous, and respiratory systems. Included are stroke rehabilitation, spinal cord injuries, pediatrics, and postural drainage. Preq. PTAT 231; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS PTAT 235 Physical Therapy Trends and Administrative Procedures (2) Identification of concepts, techniques, and administrative skills used in the efficient operation of physical therapy department. Special emphasis on establishing and maintaining patient records. Preq. PTAT 212; $ HS PTAT 255 PTA Seminar (2) Students present case studies of patients treated in their clinical assignments. Special procedures, techniques, and problems encountered are discussed. Coreq. PTAT 214; $ HS

Radiologic Technology RDLT 101 Radiologic Technology 1 (4) A course designed to acquaint the student with the goals, philosophies, and organizations of the radiography program and the radiology department. Medical ethics, medicolegal considerations, elementary radiation protection, fundamentals of radiographic exposure, and radiographic positioning of the chest and abdomen are covered. Preq. admission to radiologic technology program; $ HS RDLT 102 Radiologic Technology 2 (4) Concentration on radiographic positioning of the appendicular skeleton with application of theory in the laboratory. Selected clinical experiences reinforce learning and provide the opportunity to apply principles and techniques. Preq. RDLT 101; $ HS 268 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RDLT 103 Radiologic Technology 3 (3) Concentration on radiographic positioning of the axial skeleton with application of theory in the laboratory. Preq. RDLT 102; $ HS RDLT 104 Radiologic Technology 4 (3) Concentration on radiographic procedures using contrast media, radiographic practices for surgery, pediatric radiography, and other specialized areas of radiography. Preq. RDLT 103 and 111; $ HS RDLT 105 Radiologic Technology 5 (3) Continuation of RDLT 104 with emphasis on vascular and neurological examination, including analysis of equipment used. Preq. RDLT 104; $ HS RDLT 106 Radiologic Technology 6 (3) Examination of advanced radiographic techniques and imaging modalities, quality control, fluoroscopy, image intensifiers, conven- tional tomography, stereo radiography, xeroradiography, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound, and other specialized areas of imaging. Preq. RDLT 105; $ HS RDLT 107 Radiologic Technology 7 (3) A series of lectures on pathologic conditions and their impact on the radiographic process. Includes student participation in film evalua- tion and case studies. Preq. RDLT 106; $ HS RDLT 108 Radiologic Technology 8 (2) Designed as a self assessment of the independent cognitive areas utilized in the clinical situation. Preq. RDLT 107 and 113; $ HS RDLT 111 Radiologic Physics (4) A study of the fundamentals of matter, electrostatics, electrodynamics, magnetism, rectification, production, and properties of x-rays, x-ray tubes, and x-ray circuitry. Preq. MATH 130, RDLT 102, and 200; $ HS RDLT 112 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection (3) Lectures on the radiobio- logical areas of radiation interactions, radiosensitivity, radiation dose/response relationships, early and late radiation effects, radiation protection, and health physics. Preq. RDLT 201; $ HS RDLT 113 Radiographic Processing (2) Includes discussions of film characteristics, artifacts, film storage and handling, processing room design and function, methods, principles and chemistry of processing systems, silver reclamation, and quality control. Preq. RDLT 112 and 201; $ HS RDLT 200 Patient Care (3) Provides knowledge and basic skills necessary for care of the patient. Includes medical and professional ethics, medical terminology, and interpersonal relationships. Preq. RDLT 101; $ HS RDLT 201 Radiographic Exposure (4) Lectures on establishing and manipulating radiographic exposure factors and on the proper utilization of accessory devices such as grids, intensifying screens, and beam limitation devices. Concentration is on overall image quality, as well as factors affecting patient exposure. Preq. RDLT 104; $ HS RDLT 211 Clinical Experience 1 (2) Practical application of radiologic technology principles, positioning, and techniques with emphasis on upper and lower extremity examinations in the radiology departments of affiliate hospitals. Includes film critique sessions. Preq. RDLT 102; $ HS RDLT 212 Clinical Experience 2 (3) Continuation of RDLT 211 with emphasis on spine and skull examinations. Preq. RDLT 211; $ HS RDLT 213 Clinical Experience 3 (3) Continuation of RDLT 212 with emphasis on urographic, biliary, and gastrointestinal examinations. Preq. RDLT 212; $ HS RDLT 214 Clinical Experience 4 (3) Continuation of RDLT 213 with emphasis on gastrointestinal, portable, and advanced bonework examinations. Preq. RDLT 213; $ HS RDLT 215 Clinical Experience 5 (3) Continuation of RDLT 214 with emphasis on headwork, surgery, and advanced radiographic examinations. Preq. RDLT 214; $ HS RDLT 216 Clinical Experience 6 (4) Continuation of RDLT 215 with emphasis on advanced imaging modalities. Preq. RDLT 215; $ HS RDLT 312 Sectional Anatomy (3) This lab-oriented course is designed to introduce students to human anatomy displayed in sections. Emphasis is on anatomical structures visualized in computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and ultrasonography. Preq. BIOL 162, 310, or instructor permission; 2 lec. 2 lab COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 269

Reflections on Community Involvement ROCI 485S Reflections on Community Involvement (4) An outgrowth of the purposes and objectives of the University. The series of activities integral to the community involvement course enhances the education of the student, complements the senior seminar, and promotes reflection on the student’s obligation to human beings in need and society at large. Preq. ENGL 115S

Respiratory Therapy RPTT 101 Basic Patient Care (3) Introduction to respiratory therapy as a profession and to basic clinical assessment and care of patients. Professional duties and responsibilities, ethics and liability, and basic patient care skills (patient assessment, record keeping, patient monitoring, pulmonary care techniques) are included. Preq. admission to respiratory therapy program; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS RPTT 102 Cardiopulmonary/Renal Anatomy and Physiology (5) Detailed presentation of the anatomy and physiology of the pulmonary, cardiac, and renal systems. Topics include basic structure and function, system interactions, and basic pathophysiology with emphasis on the pulmonary system. Preq. admission to respiratory therapy program; $ HS RPTT 110 Medical Gas Therapy (4) Presentation of topics related to the production, handling, and administration of medical gases, including humidity and aerosol therapy, medical gas therapy, equipment required for their administration, and the indications, contraindications, and hazards of their use. Preq. RPTT 101 and 102; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS RPTT 115 Clinical Application 1 (1) Introduction to the clinical setting, as well as instruction in running EKGs, processing of equipment, body mechanics, and patient transfers, as well as providing an opportunity to practice the skills and techniques learned in RPTT 101. 8 clinical; $ HS RPTT 120 Perioperative Care (4) Detailed discussion of respiratory therapy tech- niques used before and after surgery to minimize complications. Topics include respiratory pharmacology, incentive spirometry, bronchopulmonary drainage, and intermittent positive pressure breathing. Preq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS RPTT 121 Airway Management (2) A study of artificial airways, airway obstruction, and defense mechanisms of the lungs. Topics include design, selection, and insertion of artificial airways as well as protective mechanisms of the lungs. Preq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; 1 lec. 3 lab; $ HS RPTT 125 Clinical Application 2 (1) Continuation of RPTT 115, with emphasis on the application of skills and techniques learned in RPTT 120 and 121. Preq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; 8 clinical; $ HS RPTT 130 Pediatric and Neonatal Respiratory Care (4) Study of the pathology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases of the newborn and pediatric patient. Topics include developmental and comparative anatomy and physiology and specific respiratory care considerations required for these age groups. Preq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS RPTT 131 Pulmonary Function Testing (3) Study of the methods used for testing the function of the lungs. Topics include the indications and standards for testing, equipment used, interpretation, and quality control systems. Preq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; $ HS RPTT 132 Arterial Blood Gases/Acid Base (1) Study of the techniques for collecting and analyzing arterial blood samples and detailed discussion of the interpretation of results. Emphasis on acid-base, fluid, and electrolyte balance and regulation. Preq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS RPTT 133 Laboratory Procedures (1) Laboratory practice of the skills discussed in RPTT 131 and 132. Preq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS RPTT 135 Clinical Application 3 (2) Continuation of RPTT 125, with emphasis on those skills developed in RPTT 131, 132, and 133. Preq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS 270 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RPTT 200 Pharmacology (3) Study of the general principles of pharmacology, including drug types, methods of administration, dosage, effects, indications, contraindica- tions, and regulation. Drug groups related to respiratory care are emphasized, including bronchodilators, wetting agents, mucolytics, antibiotics, muscle relaxants, and corticosteroids. Preq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; $ HS RPTT 201 Continuous Mechanical Ventilation (6) Study of the therapeutic and diagnostic techniques used for patients receiving mechanical ventilatory support. Topics include the selection process for ventilators, indications and hazards of mechanical ventila- tion, maintenance of patients, respiratory and hemodynamic monitoring, and weaning of patients from ventilatory support. Preq. RPTT 130, 132, 133, and 135; 5 lec. 3 lab; $ HS RPTT 202 Pathophysiology (3) Study of the etiology, diagnosis, pathophysiology, and treatment of some of the most commonly encountered cardiopulmonary diseases. Topics include chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases and common restrictive, pleural, occupational, and cardiac related diseases. Preq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS RPTT 205 Clinical Application 4 (2) Continuation of RPTT 135 with emphasis on the skills and techniques learned in prerequisite courses. Preq. RPTT 130, 132, 133, and 135; 16 clinical; $ HS RPTT 210 Critical Care (4) Study of the assessment, monitoring, and treatment of the acutely ill and traumatized patient. Preq. RPTT 201 and 205; $ HS RPTT 211 Advanced Cardiopulmonary Assessment (1) Study of advanced techniques for the monitoring of cardiopulmonary function. Preq. RPTT 201 and 205; $ HS RPTT 212 Pulmonary Rehabilitation and Home Care (1) Study of the care and management of patients receiving pulmonary rehabilitation or home care. Topics include patient selection, education, follow-up, program design, progress assessment, regulatory implications, and equipment. Preq. RPTT 201 and 205; $ HS RPTT 215 Clinical Application 5 (3) Continuation of RPTT 205, with emphasis on the skills and techniques learned in RPTT 201. Preq. RPTT 201 and 205; $ HS RPTT 220 Seminar (4) Designed to provide final curricular preparation for graduation. Includes oral case presentation, program assessment, systematic content review, and a comprehensive, cumulative student evaluation. Coreq. RPTT 225; $ HS RPTT 225 Clinical Application 6 (8) Continuation of RPTT 215 with emphasis on skills and knowledge developed in RPTT 130, 201, 210, 211, 212, and 213. Preq. RPTT 115, 125, 135, 205, and 215; $ HS Sign Language SIGN 101 Introduction to Sign Language (4) An introduction to the fundamentals of American Sign Language using the Direct Experience Method (DEM). Primary focus in building expressive and receptive skills. Areas of grammar include: spatial, referencing, classifiers, possessive prononuns, negative responses, etc. SIGN 102 American Sign Language 1 (4) Further development of vocabularies and grammatical skills through targeted sets of lexicon and structure in ASL. Linguistic information is reviewed and additional linguistic materials are introduced. Lab work focuses on expressive skills. Preq. SIGN 101 SIGN 103 American Sign Language 2 (4) Reinforcement of ASL vocabulary and usage. Entails more in-depth and detailed description and usage of the language. Lab work focuses on receptive skills. Preq. SIGN 102 SIGN 104 American Sign Language 3 (4) Provides students with additional oppor- tunities to expand abilities to produce and comprehend sign language as used in everyday conversational settings. Preq. SIGN 103 SIGN 108 Fingerspelling (4) Offers an in-depth study on reception and expressive fingerspelling skills. Teaches students the vocabulary most often fingerspelled by the deaf community. Preq. SIGN 101 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 271

SIGN 201 Orientation to Deafness (4) Designed to orient students to some of the causes of deafness and hearing loss. The focus is on myths associated with deafness and ability to work, attend school, and live independently. Preq. SIGN 101 SIGN 202 Psychology of Hearing Impaired (4) Studies the cultural, psychological, and societal impact that deafness has on deaf individuals. The course examines the differences between the deaf and the hearing community and how deafness effects language and under- standing among different age groups. Preq. SIGN 103 and 201

Sociology SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (4) Studies the nature of human society and factors affecting its development, including concepts of culture, groups, organizations, collective behavior, and institutions. Required course for all social science majors. SOCI 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) Introduction to the methods and con- cerns of social science. Studies perspectives of anthropology, economics, history, geography, political science, psychology, and sociology as related to specific themes or topics. SOCI 199 Special Topics in Sociology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. SOCI 201 Introduction to Social Welfare (4) Overview of the field of social welfare: fundamental concepts and services in social welfare, social policies, historical development. SOCI 204 Introduction to Social Work (4) Introduces students to the profession of social work. Includes an overview of the historical development of social work as a profession; social work practices with individuals, groups, and communities; and theory and practice of social work. SOCI 205 Current Social Problems (4) An overview of major perspectives on social problems and their relevance in contemporary life. Topics include poverty, sexism, racism, aging, alienation, crime, human ecology, and colonialism in the third world. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 206 Social Institutions (4) Examines the major institutions: family, economy, religion, government, and health and medicine. Other important areas of study include populations and urbanization, the natural environment, collective behavior, social systems, and social change. SOCI 224 Urban Sociology (4) Ecological and nonecological theories are used to study the processes of urbanization and the involvements and problems of the urban community. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 234 Sociology of Aging (4) Various aspects of aging are examined with special emphasis on theories of aging, demographics, physical, psychological, and sociological aspects of the aging process. SOCI 299 Topics in Sociology (1-4) Separate courses repeatable for credit on topics not otherwise available to students. SOCI 303 Introduction to Social Psychology (4) Behavior of the individual as influenced by other individuals, social groups, and culture. Examines group dynamics, leadership, attitude, and group conflict. Preq. PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 SOCI 305 Social Work Practice (4) Social work theory, methodology, and application. Areas of study include theory and concept formation, research design, data collection, client- worker relationship, interviewing, and problem-solving. Preq. SOCI 201 or 204 SOCI 307 Sociology of Work (4) Examines the history, methods, and context of work. Emphasis on the sociological perspectives of work, industry, and occupations. The future of the workplace is examined. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization (4) Focuses on the socio-cultural dynamics involved in the socialization process. Examines differential expectations, male and female identity formation, sex roles in the family, occupational stereotypes, and the changing nature of sex roles. Preq. SOCI 101 272 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SOCI 311 Human Sexuality (4) An in-depth view of the current status of human sexuality in the U.S. Examines current research; modes of sexual expression and enhance- ment; physiological, sociological, and psychological basis of human sexuality; sexual variations; and sex ethics. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion (4) General theories concerning the place of religion in social processes. Religion and its place in the modern world, secularization, fundamentalism, new movements; religion in relation to class, ethnicity, gender, politics, and education. Durkheim’s work on religion as the basis of social order and Weber’s work on religion and the rationalization process are emphasized. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture (4) Introduction to the fascinating and complex concept of culture, which is shown to vary in complexity, inventiveness, cohesion, and totality. Various theories of culture are explored. This course reveals how culture has developed over history, with special emphasis on industrialization and the postmodern world. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family (4) Historical perspective for understanding American family systems. Of central concern are the contemporary marriage process and context, family relationships, sexuality, family dysfunctions, and changes. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 326 Small Group Dynamics (4) Analysis of small-group structure and processes; examination of roles, interpersonal relations, and leadership; and current theory and research on small group interaction. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 330 Social Theory (4) A study of major classical and contemporary sociologi- cal theories and their exponents. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 340 Sociology of Appalachia (4) Intensive study of Appalachia from sociological perspective. Emphasizes demography of Appalachia, sub-cultural characteristics, religion, arts and crafts, social change, and community power in Appalachia. Preq. SOCI 101 or by permission SOCI 380 Sociological Methods (4) Overview which includes scientific method, measurement, experimentations, survey research, observational methods, case study techniques, and content analysis. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 399 Special Topics in Sociology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. SOCI 400 Complex Organizations (4) Sociological analysis of complex organiza- tions. Topics include theories, types of organizations, organizational change and conflict, and research in organizations. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 403 Field Experience in Social Work (4) Controlled experience in a social work setting supervised by a qualified professional in an established agency. Designed to expose students to realistic conditions and ‘‘hands-on’’ learning. Preq. SOCI 204 and 305 SOCI 410 Social Stratification (4) Analyzes stratification in the U.S. and other societies, focusing on income and wealth, role of family and education on social mobility, and inequality and influence of social class on public policy. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 425 Industrial Sociology (4) Focuses on the growth of technology in the U.S. Emphasizes the social organization of industry, life in the work place, and the organizational culture. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 429 Contemporary Minority Relations (4) Basic approaches are used to analyze American minority groups and their contemporary situation. Special emphasis is placed on patterns of prejudice and discrimination as well as the dynamics of race relations. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 435 Teaching Social Studies in Grades 7-12 (4) Provides preservice teachers with essential experiences in theory and practice for teaching social studies students, ages 12 through 21. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated learning needs, and implementation are addressed in field and clinical practice. Preq. admission to licensure program, EDAE 385, social studies education core; coreq. EDAE 400 and 485 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 273

SOCI 444 Social Deviance (4) Examination of the concept of deviance in sociology and its implications for the study of contemporary social behavior. How people develop a concept of some being different from others and act on this definition. Possible topics include mental illness, crime, sexual deviance, nonconformity, and subcultures of deviance. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 450 Sociology of Occupations and Professions (4) Sociological analysis of contemporary occupations and professions in the U.S., social stratifications in the workplace, technology, and the individual in the workplace. Preq. SOCI 101 SOCI 499 Special Topics in Sociology (1-4) Individual or small-group study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Separate courses repeatable for credit. Preq. SOCI 101

Social Sciences SOSC 370 Alternative Religions and Cults (4) An analysis of nontraditional religions, their histories, beliefs, and ethics. Apocalyptic, racist, eastern, Magickal, Neo-Pagan, Satanic, UFO, and sexual cults are examined.

Spanish SPAN 111 Elementary Spanish 1 (4) Development of comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing skills in a cultural context. Basic grammar. Lab required. Initial course of three-quarter, first-year sequence. $ H SPAN 112 Elementary Spanish 2 (4) Continuation of SPAN 111. Preq. SPAN 111; $ H SPAN 113 Elementary Spanish 3 (4) Continuation of SPAN 112. Preq. SPAN 112; $ H SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 1 (4) Offers selected readings in Hispanic issues and literature to continue the development of communicative skills. Lab required. Preq. SPAN 113 or 2-3 years of high school Spanish; $ H SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish 2 (4) Continuation of SPAN 211. Preq. SPAN 211 or instructor’s approval; $ H SPAN 213 Intermediate Spanish 3 (4) Emphasizes the ability to read with detailed understanding, creative and accurate use of vocabulary items, use of subordinate structures in oral communication, and the ability to communicate in writing using complex sentence structures. Preq. SPAN 212 or instructor’s approval; $ H SPAN 311 Composition and Conversation (4) A follow-up to SPAN 213 with special emphasis on oral proficiency and applied grammatical concepts. In preparation to reading and writing, contemporary videos and films are used to stimulate discussion. Preq. SPAN 213 or fluency in Spanish communicative skills SPAN 399 Special Topics (1-4) Designed for native speakers of Spanish or nonnative speakers who have acquired communicative skills in the language. The course analyzes the work of contemporary Latin-American writers, as well as Hispano-American writers in the U.S. Preq. native speaker fluency in communicative skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing)

Speech SPCH 103 Public Speaking and Human Communication (3) Principles of public speaking and practice in presenting informative and persuasive speeches with emphasis on the human communication process. SPCH 215 Group Discussion (4) Study of structure and internal dynamics of small groups, nature and functions of leadership and group participation, and problem solving and decision making. Frequent participation in group discussion activities. 274 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature (4) Techniques of oral interpretation and development of adequate intellectual and emotional responsiveness to meaning of literature.

SPCH 299 Topics in Communications (1-4) Study of various topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit.

Athletic Training

SSAT 198 Orientation to Athletic Training (2) Introduction to the profession of athletic training, the roles and functions of the Certified Athletic Trainer, and standards of practice of the National Athletic Trainers Association and the State of Ohio Athletic Trainers Licensing Board.

SSAT 220 Foundations of Athletic Training (3) Foundations of the prevention, assessment, treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.

SSAT 222 Athletic Training Laboratory (2) Study of strapping and taping techniques, construction of orthotics and orthopedic appliances, and fitting of protective equipment commonly used in the profession of athletic training. $ Ed

SSAT 227 First Aid (4) Provides information and practical experience dealing with hemorrhaging, traumatic shock wounds, respiratory failure, serious illnesses, transportation of the sick and injured, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, splinting of broken bones, hypothermia, specific injuries, choke-saving, poisoning, burns, heat illnesses. Students are certified in CPR and first aid (infant through adult) through the American Red Cross.

SSAT 261 Foundations of Physical Exercise (2) Presents scientific information concerning the need for physical activity and a personal fitness prescription. Provides background information on the eleven parts of fitness. Students are shown step-by-step how to work out a lifetime fitness program that meets their needs and interests.

SSAT 320 Prevention and Assessment of Upper Extremity Injuries (3) Study of techniques in prevention, assessment, and management of common upper extremity injuries in athletics. Preq. HPER 220 and acceptance into athletic training program

SSAT 322 Prevention and Assessment of Lower Extremity Injuries (4) Study of techniques in evaluating, preventing, and managing common lower body injuries and illnesses in athletics. Preq. HPER 222 and acceptance into athletic training program; $ Ed

SSAT 325 Rehabilitation of Athletic Injuries (3) Study of principles and procedures of therapeutic exercises. Topics include muscle testing, goniometry, flexibility, and progressive resistance exercises in the rehabilitation of common injuries occurring in athletics. Preq. HPER 320 and acceptance into athletic training program

SSAT 326 Therapeutic Modalities in Sportsmedicine (3) Theory and therapeutic application of modalities such as cryotherapy, thermotherapy, low and high volt electrical currents, diathermy, intermittant compression, traction, and massage in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. Preq. HPER 320 and acceptance into athletic training program

SSAT 396 Practicum 1 in Athletic Training (2) Application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. Classroom periods focus on the discussion of case studies, special procedures and techniques, and problem solving from the students’ clinical experiences. Preq. HPER 320, 322, and admission to the athletic training program

SSAT 397 Practicum 2 in Athletic Training (2) Continuation of SSAT 396. Further application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. Classroom periods focus on the discussion of case studies, special procedures and techniques, and problem solving from the students’ clinical experiences. Preq. SSAT 396 and admission to the athletic training program COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 275

SSAT 398 Practicum 3 in Athletic Training (2) Continuation of SSAT 397. Further application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. Classroom periods focus on the discussion of case studies, special procedures and techniques, and problem solving from the students’ clinical experiences. Preq. SSAT 397 and admission to the athletic training program SSAT 420 Physiology of Exercise (4) Study of the physiological response of the cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, neural, and muscular systems in the human body during exercise. Preq. BIOL 162, 310, and 311 SSAT 422 Prevention and Assessment of Non-Orthopedic Injuries (4) Study of techniques in prevention, assessment, and management of common non-orthopedic injuries and illnesses in athletics. Preq. SSAT 222 SSAT 428 Athletic Training Administration (4) Study of standards, policies, and procedures in the organization and administration of an athletic training program. SSAT 496 Internship 1 in Sportsmedicine (6) Level III Fieldwork. 12 weeks of supervised in-depth field experience in a hospital based, physician office, or private practice clinical setting. Students are on site 20 hours each week. Summative assessment includes a combination of performance checklists and evaluations by the on-site clinical supervisor. Preq. completion of all athletic training program level I and II competencies SSAT 497 Internship 2 in Sportsmedicine (6) Level III Fieldwork. 11 weeks of supervised in-depth field experience in a hospital based, physician office, or private practice clinical setting. Students are on site 20 hours each week. Summative assessment includes a combination of performance checklists and evaluations by the on-site clinical supervisor. Preq. completion of all athletic training program level I and II competencies SSAT 498 Internship 3 in Sportsmedicine (6) Level III Fieldwork. 11 weeks of supervised in-depth field experience in a hospital based, physician office, or private practice clinical setting. Students are on site 20 hours each week. Summative assessment includes a combination of performance checklists and evaluations by the on-site clinical supervisor. Preq. completion of all athletic training program level I and II competencies

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation SSPE 100 Dance: Concert and Recreational (1) Demonstration of various forms of dance and appreciation of their development. SSPE 103 Introduction to Human Nutrition (2) Study of nutrients, nutritional diets, deficiencies, and the role of nutrition in promoting health. SSPE Physical Education Activities (1) Basic rules and fundamentals for each of the following activities. Special emphasis on strategies, team, and individual play. An appreciation of each of the activities is developed to carry over into later life. All courses graded on pass/no-credit basis only. SSPE 104 Beginning Table Tennis SSPE 105 Archery SSPE 106 Beginning Ballet 1 SSPE 107 Beginning Ballet 2 SSPE 111 Basketball SSPE 113 Billiards SSPE 115 Bowling SSPE 116 Gymnastics SSPE 117 Volleyball $ Ed SSPE 119 Walleyball $ Ed SSPE 120 Beginning Golf SSPE 121 Intermediate Golf SSPE 122 Handball SSPE 124 Softball $ Ed SSPE 125 Soccer $ Ed 276 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SSPE 130 Beginning Racquetball SSPE 131 Intermediate Racquetball SSPE 132 Advanced Racquetball SSPE 140 Beginning Tennis SSPE 141 Intermediate Tennis SSPE 142 Advanced Tennis SSPE 149 Badminton SSPE 150 Swimming SSPE 151 Intermediate Swimming SSPE 152 Life Saving SSPE 153 Advanced Life Saving SSPE 154 Life Guard Training SSPE 155 Advanced Swimming SSPE 156 Fitness Swimming SSPE 157 Aqua-Aerobics SSPE 158 Diving SSPE 159 Water Volleyball SSPE 160 Aerobics SSPE 161 Yoga SSPE 162 Advanced Yoga SSPE 163 Modern Dance SSPE 165 Beginning Gymnastics SSPE 170 Karate SSPE 171 Judo SSPE 172 Self Defense SSPE 180 Jogging SSPE 181 Skiing SSPE 182 Orienteering SSPE 183 Rock Climbing SSPE 184 Caving SSPE 185 Backpacking SSPE 186 Cycling SSPE 187 Conditioning and Weight Training SSPE 188 Conditioning and Weight Training/Nautilus SSPE 189 Horseback Riding SSPE 190 Beginning Scuba SSPE 191 Scuba—Open Water SSPE 197 Canoeing SSPE 202 Personal and Community Health (4) Fundamentals, practices, and appreciation of healthful living. Designed to incorporate the principles of scientific health information and promote desirable attitudes and practices in individuals, parents, and teachers. SSPE 203 Human Nutrition (4) A study of nutrients, including sources, composi- tion, function, and metabolism in the human body. The human life cycle is considered in planning appropriate diets. SSPE 235 Orientation to Recreation Employment (1) Resume writing, job application, interviewing, contact follow-up, letter writing, job hunting strategies, and potential employers. 1 lec. 1 lab SSPE 236 Field Experience in Recreation (2-6) Supervised work experience while gaining skills and knowledge in the field of recreation. SSPE 239 Athletic Officiating—Football (3) Rules, mechanics, and procedures in officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. SSPE 240 Athletic Officiating—Basketball (3) Rules, mechanics, and procedures in officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 277

SSPE 241 Athletic Officiating—Baseball (3) Rules, mechanics, and procedures in officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. SSPE 242 Athletic Officiating—Volleyball (3) Rules, mechanics, and procedures in officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. SSPE 245 Introduction to Coaching (2) Introduction to high school interscholastic athletics, including history, structures, job opportunities, and contemporary programs. SSPE 252 Youth and Sports (3) Exploration of opportunities, controversies, organi- zation, safety, values, rules, leadership, benefits, and settings of youth sports programs. SSPE 281 Administration of Intramural Athletics (4) Organizing and administering a program of intramural sports for all age levels. Designed especially for elementary and secondary teachers. Preq. education and sports studies majors SSPE 295 Independent Study (2) Study, observation, and research in selected physical education fields. Under the direction of HPER faculty member. Preq. upper division HPER classes SSPE 340 Coaching of Volleyball (2) Theory of coaching volleyball. Analysis of skills, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. SSPE 341 Coaching of Basketball (2) Theory of coaching basketball. Analysis of skills, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. SSPE 342 Coaching of Football (2) Theory of coaching football. Analysis of skills, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. SSPE 343 Coaching of Track (2) Theory of coaching track. Analysis of skills, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. SSPE 344 Coaching of Softball (2) Theory of coaching softball. Analysis of skills, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. SSPE 352 Sports for the Disabled (3) Apresentation of sports programs and assessments that can be made available to the disabled. How to organize and administer such sporting events as competing aquatics, wheelchair basketball, archery, bowling, track and field, softball, and tennis. SSPE 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse (4) An in-depth study of alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs and how chemical dependency on these drugs can affect individual performance and behavior. SSPE 495 Special Topics (1-4) Study, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students.

Sports Management SSSM 201 Introduction to Sports Management (3) An introduction to the various aspects of athletics, intramural, and recreation administration. SSSM 228 Law and Liability in Sports (4) Designed to provide information concerning the role of law in sport and physical activity for those who must deal with and manage a variety of legal concerns on a routine basis. SSSM 366 Aquatics Management (4) A survey of the recreational aquatics environ- ment. Hands on training in filtration systems and their general operation, an understanding of federal and state guidelines and licensor for pool operation and maintenance. Legal aspects of the aquatics area. Staffing requirements and training of aquatics personnel for indoor and outdoor facilities. Preq. HPER 392 278 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SSSM 368 Introduction to Sport Law (4) Survey of the legal framework of the athletic environment. The nature of the legal system and law pertaining to sports, including tort law, contractual agreements, and civil law. Preq. SSSM 201 and junior rank SSSM 385 Psychology of Sports (4) Offers students the opportunity to learn correct principles and applications of sport psychology. Provides a better understanding of how individuals can enhance peak performance through recent advances in sport psychology. SSSM 386 Sociology of Sport (4) Designed to investigate the role physical education and sports play in the lives of individuals, societies, and countries. Considers the context of sport, focusing on the meaning of what happens in sport, where sport fits—or does not fit— into society and why. SSSM 390 Sport Facility and Event Management (4) An advanced study of the facilities required for the recreational environment. An analysis of indoor and outdoor designs and utilization. An overview of the personnel process, staffing requirements, and staff development procedures. A study of activity programming for the recreational environment, including class structure, tournament procedures, proper selection of activities, and equipment needed and its care and storage. Preq. SSSM 201 and junior rank SSSM 392 Sport Marketing (4) An advanced study of sports marketing strategies for the recreational environment, both internal and external. Promotional guidelines and discussion of promotional activity. Study of the budgetary process, differentiations of budget styles, and implementation of the budgetary process in both the private and public sector. Preq. SSSM 201 and junior rank SSSM 407 Practicum 1 (4) Practical training in general operation of recreational setting. Includes activity preparation, personnel evaluation, and budget analysis. Also includes an on campus seminar to discuss issues relating to the profession. Summative assessment includes a combination of performance checklists and evaluations by the on-site supervisor. Preq. senior rank and faculty approval SSSM 450 Organization and Administration of Sport Programs and Athletics (4) Study of policies, standards, and procedures in the organization and administration of physical education and athletic programs. Preq. BUMG 310 SSSM 499 Practicum 2 (6) Student works with a current fitness manager to gain insight on program and facility operation, budgetary implementation, and to assist in the daily operation of a fitness facility. This course also includes an on campus seminar to discuss issues relating to the profession. Summative assessment includes a combination of performance checklists and evaluations by on-site supervisor. Preq. HPER 392, 407, senior rank, and faculty approval

Theater THAR 100 Introduction to Theater (4) Survey of development of theater from classical to modern times, emphasizing the artists and craftspersons of the theater and their contributions to its development. $ FA THAR 120 Stagecraft: Scenery and Props (3) Principles, techniques, and practice in the construction of stage props and scenery. 2 lec. 1 lab; $ FA THAR 135 Practicum 1 (2) Introductory supervised studio practice in theatrical production. May be repeated up to 8 credit hours. $ FA THAR 205 Theater Planning and Management (3) Principles and practices of managing theatrical-producing organizations. Problems of finance, personnel, policy, program building, advertisement, publicity, and public relations. THAR 210 Acting 1 (4) Studio acting class with emphasis on developing trust and freedom. Warm-up techniques, theater games, improvisation, acting exercises. $ FA THAR 211 Acting 2 (4) Studio acting class with emphasis on physical and character movement. Body awareness, dance, mask work, improvisation. $ FA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 279

THAR 212 Acting 3 (4) Studio acting class with emphasis on voice, scene development, and text exploration. Acting exercises, scene work, performance. $ FA THAR 235 Practicum 2 (2) Intermediate studio practice in theatrical production. May be repeated up to 8 credit hours. Preq. THAR 135; $ FA THAR 299 Topics in Theater (1-4) A study of topics not otherwise available to students. THAR 310 Scene Development (4) Studio in advanced acting, using various techniques to explore prepared scenes. Emphasis on ensemble work. Preq. THAR 212 or permission of instructor; $ FA THAR 331 Directing 1 (4) Principles and practices of directing for stage. Preq. THAR 212 THAR 332 Theater History (3) Development of theater and drama. THAR 335 Advanced Practicum in Production (1-4) Advanced supervised studio practice in acting, directing, stagecraft, design, or production management work for performance of SSU theater productions. Preq. THAR 212 or 235 or permission of instructor; 1 lec. 2-6 lab; $ FA THAR 420 Stage Management (4) Theory and practice of stage management as the organizational center of theatrical production. Preq. THAR 235 THAR 431 Directing 2 (4) Advanced principles, procedures, and practices in direction are explored in a studio format. Preq. THAR 331 or permission of instructor; $ FA THAR 499 Special Topics in Theater (1-4) Study of various topics not otherwise available to students. May be repeated for credit.

University UNIV 101 Academic Development Skills (4) A course recommended for students who place into at least two developmental education courses and optional for any student on campus. Recommended for entering freshmen with a high school GPA of 2.0 or lower. Teaches study skills and test-taking techniques. Emphasis on goal setting, time management, note taking, studying and marking textbooks, taking exams, finding and using learning resources, and improving memory and concentration. UNIV 102 Personal Development Skills (4) A course recommended for students who place into at least two developmental education courses and optional for any student on campus. Designed to help students improve their personal skills in order to become more involved members of the academic community and to have richer personal lives. Topics include attitudes, self-esteem, communication, wellness/health, anxiety and stress, creativity, problem-solving, money management/personal finance, career exploration, and orientation to university services. UNIV 199 Topics (1-4) Individual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not available to students. Trustees, Staff, & Faculty TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION — 281

Raber, Christine (1998) Board of Deans Interim Program Director, Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy Trustees Boyd, Cheryl A. (1998) College of Professional Studies Interim Dean/Chairperson, Assistant Clayton, George H. Chairperson B.S., The Ohio State University Professor, Nursing M.A., Ohio University Argeros, Katherine College of Professional Studies Davis, George L., III B.S.N., M.S.N., Univ. of Tennessee Scurlock, Debra (2000) Harcha, Howard H., Jr. Ph.D., Ohio University Interim Program Dir., Sr. Instructor, Occupational Therapy Assistant McKinley, William Holt, Jerry G. (1990) Payne, A. Burton, M.D. College of Professional Studies Dean, Professor B.S., The Ohio State University Reynolds, Kay College of Arts and Sciences M.A., Ohio University Teichman, Robert B.S., Oklahoma State University M.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Knoche, Ambra Student Sykes, William W. (1981) Chairperson, Associate Professor Radiologic Technology Department College of Professional Studies Trustee A.A.S., Central Ohio Technical Col. Heads B.S., The Ohio State University Emeritus M.B.A., Xavier University Ferguson, Orville R., The Late Bitticker, Steven (1999) Interim Program Director, Instructor, Thomas, Donald L. (1986) Hyland, Frank D. Physical Therapist Assistant Chairperson, Associate Professor College of Professional Studies Respiratory Therapy B.S., The Ohio State University College of Professional Studies President A.S., Kettering Col. of Medical Arts Gemmer, Gary P. (1983) B.S., Georgia State University Emeritus Chairperson, Professor M.S., Marshall University Department of Natural Sciences Taylor, Frank C. College of Arts and Sciences Thoroughman, Marla H. Veri, Clive C., Ph.D. B.S., Morehead State University (1989) M.A.T., Miami University Chairperson, Associate Professor Medical Laboratory Science Hilgarth, Carl O. (1990) College of Professional Studies President and Chairperson, Associate Professor B.S., M.A., Morehead State Univ. Department of Industrial and M.S., Morehead State University Executive Staff Engineering Technologies College of Professional Studies Todt, David E. (1978) Chapman, James P. (1998) B.S., The City College of New York Chairperson President and Professor M.S., University of Missouri-Rolla Department of Teacher Education B.A., St. Meinrad College College of Arts and Sciences M.A., M.S.Ed., Ph.D., Indiana Univ. Miller, James M. (1989) B.S., M.En.S., Miami University Chairperson, Assistant Professor Ph.D., The Ohio State University Donohue, Stephen P. (1994) Department of Social Sciences Vice President and General Counsel College of Arts and Sciences Turner, William (2000) B.S., U.S. Military Academy B.S., Manchester College Interim Program Director M.B.A., Colorado State University Ph.D., Kent State University Emergency Medical Technology J.D., Stetson Univ. College of Law College of Professional Studies O’Connor, Christopher S. A.A.S., Shawnee State University Field, Michael (1999) (1992) B.S., Columbia Southern University Vice President for Academic Affairs Interim Chairperson, Associate Prof. and Provost Dept. of Mathematical Sciences B.A., SUNY at Stony Brook College of Arts and Sciences M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University B.A., Univ. of Cal. at Santa Cruz Administration M.S., San Jose State University Mangus, Larry L. (1995) Ph.D., University of Oregon Arnzen, James W. (1988) Vice President for Student Affairs Director, Athletics B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University Polson, Houston (1998) Head Basketball Coach Ed.D., Indiana University Chairperson, Associate Professor B.S., Defiance College Dept. of Business Administration M.S., University of Dayton Murphy, Roger T. (1996) College of Professional Studies Vice President for Business Affairs B.S., North Carolina State University Ballengee, Greg (1996) B.A., M.B.A., Michigan State Univ. M.B.A., University of Montana Assistant Controller J.D., Creighton University A.S., Shawnee State Comm. College Owen, Bob (2000) B.S., Miami University Executive Dir., Univ. Advancement B.S., University of Kentucky 282 — ADMINISTRATION

Blanchard, Jerry (1999) Cummings, Mary Elizabeth Hapney, Terry L., Jr. (1998) Asst. Director, Outreach Services (21st (1988) Executive Assistant to the President Century Community Learning Ctrs.) Librarian, Reference B.A., University of Kentucky B.A., M.A., Morehead State University B.S.Ed., Ohio University M.A.J., Marshall University M.S.L.S., University of Kentucky Blanton, Lee B. (1996) M.A., Marshall University Harr, Rebecca (2000) Accountant Program Asst., TRIO/Upward Bound B.S., Berea College Daehler, Carl (1995) B.S., Shawnee State University Exec. Dir., Vern Riffe Ctr. for the Arts Boyles, Elinda C. (1988) B.M.E., M.M.E., D.M.A., University Hedrick, Amanda (2000) Director, HR/Payroll/EEO of Michigan Preschool Teacher, Children’s B.S., Eastern Kentucky University Learning Center M.Ed., University Nevada Las Vegas David, Darlene (1998) B.S., The Ohio State University Director, Children’s Learning Center Bradbury, Barbara L. (1980) B.A., W. Va. Institute of Technology Horne, Megan, (1998) Director, Pre-College Programs M.Ed., Ohio University Coordinator, School-to-Work B.S., Ohio University B.A., Berea College M.S., University of Dayton Davidson, Tom (1998) Counselor, Talent Search Hoult, Kevin (1999) Brown, Daniel A. (2000) B.A., M.A., Marshall University Coord., Stu. Act. and Residence Life Business & Industry Training Mgr., B.S., M.S., Jacksonville State University University Outreach Services Duncan, William Peter (1983) B.A., Morehead State University Assoc. Dir., Media Services Howard, Richard R. (1971) B.S., Ohio University Counselor, Talent Search Burchett, Mark (1991) B.S., The Ohio State University Science Laboratory Assistant Edwards, Dave (1996) M.A., Eastern Kentucky University Department of Natural Sciences Dir., Student Activities & Auxilliaries College of Arts and Sciences B.S., University of Evansville Hughes, Michael J. (1990) B.S., M.S., Morehead State Univ. M.S.Ed., Southern Illinois University Dir., Counseling and Psych. Services B.S., M.S., University of Scranton Carson, Pat L. (1984) Evans, Elaine N. (1994) Ed.D., West Virginia University Manager, Printing & Graphic Svcs. Academic Skills Specialist/Counselor (Student Support Services) Jansak, Kathryn E. (1996) Charles, Joanne T. (1979) B.A., Anderson University Associate Provost Controller M.S.W., The Ohio State University B.A., University of Cincinnati B.B.A., Temple University M.A., University of Akron M.B.A., Morehead State University Fergueson, Daniel, (2000) Ph.D., Kent State University C.P.A. Coordinator, Student Activities B.A., Albion College Kotcamp, Lloyd (Butch) (1990) Charles, Thomas K. (1979) M.Ed., Western Washington University Director , Facilities Director, Career Services A.S., Henry Ford Community Col. Gerlach, Leigh A. (1996) Lata, Kimberly A. (1998) B.S., M.A., Western Michigan Univ. Internet Manager Institutional Research Analyst A.A.B., Shawnee State University B.A., M.A., Edinboro University of Chrisman, Fred (1998) Pennsylvania Assist. Dir./Counselor, Talent Search Gregory, Stephen (1989) B.S., Ohio University Director, Talent Search/Student Lattimore, Royna (1998) M.Ed., Xavier University Support Services Coordinator, Disability Services A.A.B., Hocking Technical College B.S., Michigan State University Conn, Amy (1999) B.B.A., Ohio University M.S., Eastern Michigan University Accountant M.S., University of Dayton B.B.A., Ohio University Madden, Jaime M. (1995) Gross, Carolyn (1990) Project Manager, UIS Crawford, Matthew (1998) Associate Director, Shawnee BASICS B.S., University of Dayton Programmer/Analyst B.A., West Virginia Institute of Tech. B.B.A., Morehead State University M.A., West Virginia University Madden, Paul M. (1992) Director, Preprofessional Services Crawford, Vickie (1998) Grundler, Mark W. (1992) College of Arts and Sciences Senior Analyst/Programmer Assoc. Dir., Administrative Computing B.S.Ed., University of Dayton B.B.A., Eastern Kentucky University A.S., Iowa Technical Institute M.Ed., Ohio University B.S., University of Iowa Culver, Tim (1990) Mains, Urma (1994) Dir., Student Success Center/Title III Hannah, William A. (1987) Counselor, Talent Search B.B.A., Ohio University Coord., Instructional Material/Media B.S.Ed., Ohio University M.B.A., Marshall University B.S., Ohio University M.S.Ed., Xavier University M.S.Ed., University of Dayton ADMINISTRATION — 283

Malone, Mary Ann (1993) Mullins, Cathy (1990) Salyers-Stoner, Connie E. Assoc. Dir., Student Support Services Academic Grants Officer/Assistant to (1988) B.S., Ohio Dominican College the Provost Associate Dir., Library/Public Svcs. M.A., Ohio University B.S., M.B.A., Ohio University B.S., Wright State University M.L.S., George Peabody College for Martin, Kathie Lundy (1998) NG, Man Tjun (2000) Teachers Accountant Accountant B.S., Bluefield College B.S., University of Kentucky Saul, Brian (2000) M.B.A., Averett College M.B.A., Eastern Kentucky University Enrollment Coordinator B.A., Shawnee State University Matthews, Eustace P. (1990) Osborn, H. Garry Coord., Multicultural Student Services Director, GEAR-UP Schlosser, Leo A. (1995) A.A., Shawnee State University B.S. Ohio University Tech. Dir., Vern Riffe Ctr. for the Arts B.A., M.Ed., Ohio University M.A., Marshall University B.A., Northern Kentucky State Col. M.F.A., Ohio University McCall, Ryan (1999) Phillips, Hetty (1999) Associate Director, Upward Bound Head Teacher, Children’s Learning Ctr. Seals, David D. (2000) Math Science Center B.A., Ohio University County Coord. (Lawrence), 21st B.S., Shawnee State University M.Ed., Rio Grande University Century Community Learning Ctrs. M.S., Morehead State University B.A., M.A., Morehead State University Pinson, Michael (1990) McGraw, Judith E. (1990) Systems/Network Manager Shimfessel, Lois (1999) Manager, Human Resources A.A.S., Shawnee State University Preschool Teacher, Children’s Learning Center McKenzie, Teresa (1998) Powell, Sherri (1989) B.S.Ed., Union College Outreach Coordinator, EOC HEI Coordinator B.S., Western Carolina University A.A.B., Shawnee State Comm. Col. Shoemaker, Jared (1999) B.B.A., Ohio University Assistant Director, Athletics Meeker, Judy (1991) M.S., University of Dayton B.A., M.S., University of Kentucky Coord., University Outreach Services A.S., B.S., Shawnee State University Rase, Lois (1993) Short, Ann Marie (1997) Coordinator, BEARS Program Librarian, Circulation Merb, Rick (1994) B.S., M.S., Ohio University B.A., Mary Washington College of the Senior Enrollment Coordinator University of Virginia B.S., M.Ed., Bowling Green St. Univ. Redoutey, Teresa (1994) M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee Coordinator, Retention Services Midkiff, Stephen J. (1975) B.S., Ohio University Stephens, Danny R. (2000) Registrar M.S.Ed., University of Dayton Coordinator, GEAR-UP B.A., University of Kentucky B.S., Shawnee State University M.Ed., Harvard University Reed, Amy M. (1996) Ph.D., Ohio University Associate Director, Upward Bound Taylor, Dale F. (1988) B.A., Morehead State University Coordinator, Student Academic Midkiff, Tess D. (1975) M.Ed., Ohio University Assessment Services Director, Library/Media Services A.I.S., Shawnee State Comm. Col. B.A., University of Kentucky Rigsby, Pat (2000) B.G.S., Ohio University M.L.S., Simmons College Enrollment Coordinator/Head M.H.E., Morehead State University Baseball Coach L.S.W., State of Ohio Miller, Derek, (1999) B.A., Shawnee State University Manager, Human Resources M.P. Ed., Ohio University Tomlin, Mary A. (1975) B.A., Harding University Assistant Director, Financial Aid Rodgers, David R. (2000) A.A.B., Shawnee State University Moore, Mark A. (1987) Librarian, Technical Services Associate Registrar B.A., Hendrix College Trusz, Robert J. (2000) A.A.S., Shawnee State Comm. Col. M.L.S., Indiana University Director, Admission B.A., Ohio University M.Div., Vanderbilt University B.S., M.S.Ed., Purdue University Moore, Patricia J. (1971) Russell, Mark (2000) Walker, Barbara (1997) Dir., Financial Aid/Veteran’s Affairs Programmer/Analyst Director, Purchasing A.S., Shawnee State University B.S., Morehead State University B.B.A., Ohio University Warman, Randy (1992) M.Ed., University of Dayton Salyer, Gary (2000) Assistant Director, Student Activities County Coord. (Scioto), 21st Century and Auxiliaries Moore, Virginia C. (1984) Community Learning Centers B.S., Ohio University Director, University Outreach Svcs. B.A., M.S., Marshall University B.S.Ed., M.B.A., Ohio University Warner, Charles (2000) Director, Univ. Information Services B.A., M.B.A., The Ohio State University 284 — FACULTY

Warsaw, Susan S. (1983) Bullock, Barbara (Beth) (1998) Day, D. James (1987) Director, Development Senior Instructor, Nursing Professor, Business Management B.A., The Ohio State University College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies B.S.N., Indiana University B.S., West Liberty State College Watson, Deborah E. (1991) M.S.N., University of Phoenix M.B.A., Eastern New Mexico Univ. Coordinator, Freshman Studies Ph.D., The University of Iowa B.A., M.A., Morehead State Univ. Burke, Robbie A. (1974) Professor, Business Management Deal, D. Robert (1988) Webb, Regina (1991) College of Professional Studies Professor, Biology/Research Officer OACHE Program Specialist B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College of Arts and Sciences A.A.B., Shawnee State University M.S., M.B.A., Marshall University B.A., Capital University M.A., Miami University Weber, Debbie (1997) Burns, Eugene H., Jr. (1999) Ph.D., Cornell University Coord., Clinical and Field Experiences Assistant Professor, Biology B.A., Shawnee State University College of Arts and Sciences Dillard, Mary L. (1989) B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee Professor, English Wells, A. Shane (1999) College of Arts and Sciences Athletic Trainer Byrne, Francis X. (1987) B.S.Ed., M.S.T., Georgia South. Col. B.A., Wilmington College Professor, English/Linguistics Ed.D., University of Tennessee College of Arts and Sciences White, Dan (1995) B.A., M.A., Colorado State Univ. Doster, Steven J. (1989) User Support Manager M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizon Associate Professor, Accounting B.S., Shawnee State University College of Professional Studies Canter, Mary Ann (1987) B.S., The Col. of William and Mary White, Wayne (1993) Clinical Coordinator, Asst. Professor M.B.P.A., Southeastern University Exec. Director, Ohio Appalachian Respiratory Therapy C.P.A., C.M.A. Center for Higher Education College of Professional Studies M.A.Ed.Admn., Ohio University B.S.A.S., Youngstown State Univ. Duncan, Barbara S. (1980) M.H.S.A., Ohio University Professor, Dental Hygiene Yager, Rhonda L. (1997) College of Professional Studies Systems Manager, Financial Aid Chaffin, Cathy M. (1980) A.A.S., Scioto Technical College A.A.B., B.S., Shawnee State University Assoc. Prof., Office Administration B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University College of Professional Studies Yarnell, Mark A. (1997) B.S., Berea College Dzik, Anthony J. (1988) Network Systems Engineer M.B.E., Morehead State University Associate Professor, Geography College of Arts and Sciences Chrisman, Elizabeth A. (1980) B.A., Roosevelt University Professor, Dental Hygiene M.A., University of Toledo Faculty College of Professional Studies Ph.D., Northwestern University Basham, Julia L. (1982) A.A.S., Scioto Technical College Professor, Biology B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University Essman, Larry C. (1976) College of Arts and Sciences Professor, Accounting B.A., B.S., M.S., Univ. of Cincinnati Coll, Julia R. (1987) College of Professional Studies M.S., Marshall University Professor, Spanish B.A., M.A., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences C.P.A. Bauer, Jeffrey A. (1987) Licenciada en Educacion, Professor, Geology Universidad de Oriente Estepp, Larry M. (1972) College of Arts and Sciences M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Univ. of Arizona Assoc. Prof., Business Management B.S., Bowling Green State University College of Professional Studies M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State Univ. Conn, Barbara J. (1997) B.B.A., Ohio University Assistant Professor, Nursing M.S., M.B.A., Marshall University Bennett, Steven D. (1999) College of Professional Studies Assistant Professor, Chemistry B.S., The College of St. Teresa Ferguson, Orville R. II (1989) College of Arts and Sciences M.S., The Ohio State University Associate Professor, Mathematics B.S., M.Sc., Lock Haven University Developmental Education Ph.D., University of Delaware Crummie, Karen S. (1993) College of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor, Legal Assisting B.S., West Virginia State University Blau, Phil (2000) College of Professional Studies M.S. Ed.Adm., Xavier University Assistant Prof., Mathematical Sciences B.A., Mount Vernon Nazarene Col. College of Arts and Sciences J.D., Valparaiso Univ. School of Law Finlow, David E. (1999) B.A., SUNY Binghamton Asst. Prof., Plastics Engineering Tech. Ph.D., Univ. of Massachusetts, Amherst Darbro, Douglas G. (1998) College of Professional Studies Sr. Instructor, Mathematical Sciences B.S., University of Liverpool Bostick, Trudy (1977) College of Arts and Sciences M.S., Univ., of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne Sr. Instructor, Mathematical Sciences B.S., Morehead State University Ph.D., University of Rhode Island College of Arts and Sciences M.A., University of Kentucky B.S., Ohio University M.S., Wright State University FACULTY — 285

Flavin, James P. (1983) Houser, Jean P. (1997) Kunkle, Barbara K. (1981) Professor, English Assoc. Prof., Computer Science Associate Professor, English College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.A., M.A., Ft. Hays Kansas St. Univ. B.S., M.A., Morehead State University B.A., University of Kentucky Ph.D., Miami University M.S., University of Evansville M.A., Marshall University Ph.D., Bowling Green State Univ. Forrey, Robert J. (1989) Huang, Xiaodan (1993) Professor, English Associate Professor, Education Lawson, Shannon (2001) College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences Senior Instructor, English B.A./M.A., Wesleyan University B.A., Nanchang Teachers College College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Yale University M.Ed., St. Bonaventure University B.A., University of the Witwatersand Ph.D., Cornell University M.A., Marshall University Gallaher, Janna B. (1991) Asoc. Prof., Computer Eng. Tech. Ison, Steven A. (1996) Leedom, Wm. Patric (1993) College of Professional Studies Asst. Prof., Environmental Eng. Tech. Associate Professor, Education B.S., St. Louis University College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences M.S., University of Missouri B.S.I.E., Texas Tech University B.A., San Francisco State University Ph.D., Ohio University M.S.I.E., Purdue University M.Ed., Xavier University P.E. M.S.M., Troy State University Ed.D., University of Cincinnati Gampp, Anna R. (1971) Jenkins, Loretta (1982) Leighfield, Kenneth (1998) Associate Professor, Nursing Assistant Professor, Accounting Assistant Professor, Education College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S.N., The Ohio State University A.A.B., Shawnee State Comm. Col. B.A., McMaster University M.Ed., Ohio University B.B.A., M.Ed., Ohio University M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia Goetting, Melvin J. (1987) Johnson, Erica L. (1998) Li, Jinlu (1989) Asst. Prof., Business Info. Systems Asst. Prof., Mathematical Sciences Professor, Mathematical Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Toledo B.S., M.S., Univ. of Nebraska at Omaha B.S., Beijing University Ph.D., Univ. of Nebraska - Lincoln Ph.D., Wayne State University Hadjiyannis, Stylianos I. (1989) Johnson, Janice (1998) Linde, Mary Kathryn (1997) Professor, Political Science Sr. Instructor, Business Info. Systems Assoc. Prof., Medical Laboratory Sci. College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies B.A., California State University B.B.A., Shawnee State University B.S., Northwestern State University M.A., Ph.D., University of California M.B.A., Morehead State University M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Hagen-Smith, Robin G. (1984) Kehres, Edward C. (1996) Locke, Kathryn G. (1999) Senior Instructor, Physical Education Sr. Instructor, Occupational Therapy Assistant Professor, Education College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Rio Grande College B.S., M.S., The Ohio State University B.S.Ed., M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Univ. of Akron M.Ed., Xavier University Administrative Cert., Kent State Univ. Kelley, John L. (1969) Hamilton, Virginia M. (1987) Professor, History/Political Science Lonney, Larry W. (1989) Assoc. Prof., Mathematical Sciences College of Arts and Sciences Assistant Professor, Physics College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Marian College College of Arts and Sciences B.A., M.S., Ball State University M.A., Indiana University B.S., Illinois State University Ph.D., Ohio University M.S., Purdue University Hanlon, William J. (1988) Ph.D., Washington State University Asst. Prof., Business Info. Systems Kiser, Joyce A. (1972) College of Professional Studies Associate Prof., Office Administration Lorentz, John H. (1990) B.S., University of Pittsburgh College of Professional Studies Dir., Ctr. for International Programs/ M.B.A., Cleveland State University B.A., M.B.E., Morehead State Univ. Professor, History C.D.P. College of Arts and Sciences Kiser, Shannon (1972) B.A., Miami University Harris-Fain, Darren (1995) Associate Professor, English M.A., Harvard University Associate Professor, English College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Princeton University College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Morehead State University A.B., Ohio University M.A., University of Kentucky Lyons, Gregory A. (2000) M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University Senior Instructor, Art Kosan, Julius Ted (1990) College of Arts and Sciences Herrmann, Sibylle R. (1969) Asst. Professor, Computer Eng. Tech. B.F.A., Shawnee State University Assoc. Professor, Biological Sciences College of Professional Studies M.F.A., Memphis College of Art College of Arts and Sciences B.S., M.S., Bowling Green State Univ. B.S., Ohio University M.S., University of Michigan 286 — FACULTY

Mason, Vivian (1995) Nickel, Linda K. (1978) Schwing, Carl M. (1998) Associate Professor, Theatre Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene Assistant Professor, Environmental College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Engineering Technology B.F.A., University of Massachusetts A.A.S., Scioto Technical College College of Professional Studies M.F.A., Univ. of Wisconsin/Madison B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University B.S., Xavier University M.S., Washington University Massie, Gayle D. (1982) Oliver, Scott D. (1976) P.E. Associate Professor, Nursing Professor, Biological Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences Scott, Sharon M. (1978) B.S.N., Spalding University D.D.S., M.S., The Ohio State Univ. Professor, Nursing M.S.N., University of Tennessee College of Professional Studies Pambookian, Hagop S. (1987) A.D.N., B.S.N., M.Ed., Ohio Univ. Mauldin, Robert (1994) Professor, Psychology M.S.N., Bellarmine College Director, General Education Program/ College of Arts and Sciences Professor, Chemistry B.A., American University of Beirut Shipley, Gay Lynn (1998) College of Arts and Sciences M.A., Columbia University Assistant Professor, Education B.S., Univ. of Tennessee at Martin Ph.D., University of Michigan College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., University of Tennessee B.A., Wilmington College Penn, William H. (1977) M.S., Ph.D., University of Dayton Medak, Frederick M. (1995) Associate Professor, Computer Asst. Prof., Mathematical Sciences Aided Drafting and Design Simon, Kathleen M. (1971) College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Professor, English B.S., University of Washington B.S.A.S., Miami University College of Arts and Sciences M.S., University of Utah M.Ed., Ohio University B.A., M.A., Eastern Kentucky Univ. Ph.D., Iowa State University Ph.D., Ohio University Poirot, Clifford S., Jr. (1999) Meriwether, Nicholas K. Director, Honors Program/Assistant Sissel, Melinda D. (1988) (1996) Professor, Economics Instructor, Occupational Therapy Associate Professor, Philosophy College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.A. Guilford College A.A.S., Shawnee State Comm. Col. B.A., Hendrix College Ph.D., University of Utah B.I.S., Shawnee State University M.A., Trinity Evangelical Div. School Ph.D., Purdue University Priode, Carl E. (1985) Smith, Lyle B. (1975) Associate Professor, Electromechanical Coordinator, Assistant Professor Milliken, Roberta L. (1996) Engineering Technology Plastics Engineering Technology Associate Professor, English College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S.E.T., Franklin University B.S., Ohio University B.A., M.A., Ohio University M.S., East Tennessee State University Ph.D., University of Toledo Spradlin, Patricia Conley Rader, Steven D. (1996) (2000) Miner, Edward C. (1983) Associate Professor, Sports Studies Senior Instructor, English Professor, Sociology and Psychology College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences B.S.P.E., M.S.A., Ph.D., Ohio Univ. B.A., M.A., Marshall University B.A., Youngstown State University M.A., Kent State University Raiser, Lane C. (1989) Stafford, Donna K. (1997) Ph.D., Kent State University and Associate Professor, Art Assistant Professor, Psychology University of Akron College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Kutztown State College B.A., M.S., Northeast Louisiana Univ. Mirabello, Mark L. (1987) M.F.A., Brooklyn College Ph.D., University of Memphis Associate Professor, History College of Arts and Sciences Renfroe, Brenda S. (1991) Staton, Pamela J. (1988) B.A., University of Toledo Assistant Professor, Radiologic Tech. Assoc. Prof., Medical Laboratory Sci. M.A., University of Virginia College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies Ph.D., Univ. of Glasgow (Scotland) A.A.S., B.U.S., Morehead State Univ. B.S., Morehead State University M.S., Midwestern State University M.S., West Virginia University Moore, Dan M. (1988) Professor, Business Management Ruby, Jerry L. (1988) Stead, Thomas D. (1969) College of Professional Studies Associate Professor, Finance Associate Professor, Art B.S., University of Virginia College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences M.B.A., D.B.A., Georgia State Univ. B.B.A., Ohio University B.F.A., M.F.A., Ohio University M.B.A., Morehead State University Murray, Nancy L. (1992) Strunk, Priscilla A. (Sunny) Senior Instructor, Dental Hygiene Saperstein, Elyse (1999) (1984) College of Professional Studies Assistant Professor, Art Instructor, Respiratory Therapy B.S., The Ohio State University College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies M.S., Marshall University B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State Univ. A.A.S., B.I.S., Shawnee State Univ. M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art FACULTY — 287

Swango-Wilson, Amy (1999) Yost, Carlson W. (1987) Assistant Professor, Nursing Associate Professor, English College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S.N., Berea College B.S., Cornell University M.S.N., University of Kentucky B.A., Utica College of Syracuse Univ. M.A., Ph.D., Texas A & M University Taylor, Krista (1999) Assistant Prof., Mathematical Sciences Yost, Paul (1996) B.S., University of Oregon Sr. Instr., Computer Engineering Tech. M.S., Ph.D., Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln College of Professional Studies B.S., Shawnee State University Thiel, Becky A. (1981) M.S., University of Cincinnati Associate Professor, Nursing College of Professional Studies B.S.N., The Ohio State University M.S.N., University of Tennessee Professor Trampe, George M. (1977) Emeritus Associate Professor, Chemistry College of Arts and Sciences Hodgden, The Late Betty L. B.S., University of Illinois Wilson, Robert L., Ph.D. Ph.D., Purdue University Trube, Barbara (1999) Assistant Professor, Education College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Stephen F. Austin State University M.Ed., The Univ. of Texas at Tyler Ed.D., The Univ. of Texas at Austin Valentine, Eugene J. (1990) Associate Professor, Philosophy College of Arts and Sciences A.B., Harvard University M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State Univ. Vestich, Eli T. (1997) Senior Instructor, Computer Aided Drafting and Design College of Professional Studies B.A., Indiana Univ. of Pennsylvania M.Ed., Bowling Green State University Walker, Marsha L. (1987) Assoc. Prof., Office Administration College of Professional Studies B.S., M.A., The Ohio State Univ. Ward, James Anthony (2001) Senior Instructor, Sports Studies/ Athletic Training College of Arts and Sciences B.A., M.S., Marshall University Warfield, Kenneth W. (1983) Asst. Prof., Electromech. Eng. Tech. College of Professional Studies B.G.S., Ohio University Williams, Kathy A. (2000) Sr. Instructor, English College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Berea College M.A., Eastern Kentucky University Index INDEX — 289

Alumni Association, 53 respiratory therapy, 161-163 American Mideast Conference (AMC), 6, 50 Associate of Arts, 63, 64 American or British Literature Minor, 69 Associate Degree Nursing, 151, 152 Index Appeal Procedure, 18, 20, 36, 40, 144 accreditation, 151 dismissal from health science programs, admission requirements, 149-152 144 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 financial aid, 36 program requirements, 151, 152 grades, 40 Associate of Individualized Studies, 65 A transfer credit, 18, 20 Associate of Science, 63, 64 Academic Advising, 62 Applicants with GED, 16 Athletic Training, Bachelor of Science in Academic Assessment, 38, 39 Application, 14-24, 32, 122, 123 Sports Studies, 123, 124 Academic Calendar, 10-13 bachelor of science, sports studies, 122, 123 Athletics, Intercollegiate, 50 Academic Integrity, 38 fee, 30, 32 Athletics, Intramural, 50, 51 Academic Policies, 37-43 financial aid, 32 Attendance, 41 Academic Probation, 40 for admission, 14-24 Audit, 41 Academic Programs, 54, 55 high school students, 23 Awarding of Credit, 38 Academic Suspension/Dismissal, 40, 41 Application Fee, 30, 32 Accelerated Bachelor’s Degree Programs, 61 Articulation Agreements, 16 Accounting Technology, Associate of Articulation and Transfer, State Policy, 17, 18 B Applied Business in, 136, 137 Arts and Sciences, College of, 59-124 Accreditations and Approvals Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 62 academic advising, 62 Bachelor of Arts, 68, 69, 97-104 associate degree nursing, 8, 151 accelerated bachelor’s degree programs, dental hygiene, 8, 152 English/humanities, 68 61 with integrated language arts with emergency medical technology, 9, 154 associate of arts, 63, 64 health management, 8, 133 adolescent and young adult licensure, associate of science, 63-65 68, 69 medical laboratory science, 8, 144 associate of individualized studies, 65 medical laboratory technology, 8, 156 history, 97, 98 baccalaureate degree requirements, 62 international relations, 98, 99 nursing, 146 bachelor of individualized studies, 62, 63 occupational therapy assistant (associate psychology, 99, 100 course scheduling and offerings, 65 social science, 100, 101 degree), 8, 158 double major guidelines, 62 occupational therapy (bachelor’s degree), with integrated social studies with English and humanities, department of, adolescent to young adult licensure, 8, 147 66-71 physical therapist, 8, 159 101-103 faculty, 61 social science, legal assisting (2 + 2), 101 radiologic technology, 8, 160 fine, digital, and performing arts, respiratory therapy, 8, 162 sociology, 103, 104 department of, 72-78 Bachelor of Fine Arts, 74-77 two-year business programs, 8 mathematical sciences, department of, university, of the, 8 ceramics, drawing, and painting, 74, 75 79-85 studio arts, 74, 75 ACT/SAT, 15, 17, 21, 27, 28 minors, 63 Adding a Class, 42 studio arts with multiage visual arts natural sciences, department of, 86-95 licensure, 76, 77 Administration, 281-284 pass/no-credit policy, 65 Administrative Hold, 38 visualist (digital art and imaging), 75, 76 preparation for teacher licensure, 65 Bachelor of Individualized Studies, 62, 63 Admission Policies, 14-24 programs offered, 60, 61 ACT/SAT, 15, 22 Bachelor of Science, 80-84, 88, 89-93, 111-114, selecting and declaring a degree major, 122-124, 131-136, 144-149, 166-170 advanced placement, 16 61, 62 applicants with GED, 15, 16 biology, 88 social sciences, department of, 96-106 business administration, accounting, 131, degree-seeking high school graduates, 15 teacher education, department of, 107-124 freshman studies, 16, 17 132 telephone number, 4, 60 business administration, general business, health science students, 15 Assessment, 38, 39 high school students, 22-24 133 Associate of Applied Business, 136-141 business administration, health international students, 21 accounting, 136, 137 non-degree students, 21-24 management, 133, 134 business information systems, 137, 138 business administration, legal assisting senior citizens, 22 business management, 138, 139 sports studies, 122, 123 (2 + 2), 135 legal assisting, 139, 140 business administration, management transfer students, 17-20 office administration technology, 141 transient students, 21, 22 information systems, 135, 136 Associate of Applied Science, 151-153, business administration, management undeclared major/undecided students, 16 155-163, 170-172 Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure, information systems (2 + 2), 136 computer aided design, 170, 171 chemistry, 88, 89 68, 69, 82, 83, 90-92, 101-103, 114-119 dental hygiene, 152, 153 earth, life, or physical science, 90, 91, 117, computer engineering technology, 166, early childhood development, 121, 122 167 118 electromechanical engineering integrated language arts, 68, 69, 114, 115 education, licensure in early childhood, technology, 171 111, 112 integrated mathematics, 82, 83, 115, 116 emergency medical technology, 155, 156 integrated science, 91, 92, 118, 119 education, licensure in early childhood medical laboratory technology, 156-158 intervention specialist, 112 integrated social studies, 101-103, 116, 117 nursing, 151, 152 Advanced Placement, 16 education, licensure in middle childhood, occupational therapy assistant, 158, 159 112, 113 Advanced Technology Center, 6 physical therapist assistant, 159, 160 Advising, 41, 62 education, licensure in multiage plastics engineering technology, 171, 172 intervention specialist, 114 Affiliated Organizations, 183, 184 radiologic technology, 160, 161 290 — INDEX

environmental engineering technology, administration, legal assisting (2 + 2), Credit by Arrangement, 30, 41 167-169 135 Credit by Examination, 30, 39 mathematical sciences, 80-82 bachelor of science, management Credit for Military Educational Experiences, mathematical sciences, integrated information systems, 135, 136 40 mathematics with adolescent to young bachelor of science, management adult licensure, 82, 83 information systems (2 + 2), 136 medical laboratory science, 144, 145 programs offered, 130 D natural science, 89-93 minor, health management, 141 Deaf Studies, 106 natural science; earth, life, or physical special notes, 130, 131 Dean’s List, 39 science with adolescent to young adult telephone number, 4, 130 Declaring a Major, 61, 62 licensure, 90, 91 Business Information Systems, Associate of Degrees Offered, 55 natural science, integrated science with Applied Business in, 137, 138 Dental Hygiene, Associate of Applied adolescent to young adult licensure, Business Management Technology, Associate Science in, 152, 153 91, 92 of Applied Business in, 138, 139 academic requirements, 153 natural science, mathematics, 83 accreditation, 152 natural science, mathematics and science admission requirements, 149, 150 with middle childhood licensure, 83, C guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 84, 92, 93 CADD Certificate Program, 172 job opportunities, 152, 153 nursing (RN-BSN), 146, 147 CADD Sequence, 170 program goals, 152 occupational therapy, 147-149 Calendar, 10-13 Developmental Education, 45 plastics engineering technology, 169, 170 Campus Tours, 24 Dining, 51-53 sports studies, athletic training, 123, 124 Campus View Rates (room and board), 32 Disability Services, 49 sports studies, sports management, 123 Career Services, 48 Dismissal, 40, 41 Bad Check Policy, 30, 31 Career Exploration for Women, 181 District Science Day, 180 Basic Adult Skills in a College Setting Career Technology Laboratories, 181 Double Major Guidelines, 62 (BASICS), 177 Carriage House Rates (room and board), 32 Drawing, 74, 75 BEAR CUBS Program, 177 Cedar House Rates (room and board), 32 Dropping a Class, 42 Biology, Bachelor of Science in, 88 Center for International Programs and Biology Minor, 93 Activities, 6, 44 Board of Trustees, 281 Ceramics, Drawing, and Painting, Bachelor E Bookstore, 51 of Fine Arts in, 74, 75 Budget Payment Plan, 30, 31 Early Childhood Development, Associate Certificates, 106, 172, 173 of Applied Science in, 121, 122 Bureau of Worker’s Compensation, 180 computer aided drafting and design, 172 Business Administration, Accounting, Early Childhood Licensure, 111, 112 deaf studies, 106 Early Childhood Intervention Specialist Bachelor of Science in, 121, 132 plastics engineering technology, 172 Business Administration, General Licensure, 112 web engineering technology, 173 Earth, Life, or Physical Science with Business, Bachelor of Science in, 133 Changing Grades, 40 Business Administration, Health Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure, 90, Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in, 88, 89 91, 117, 118 Management, Bachelor of Science in, Chemistry Minor, 93 133, 134 Economics Minor, 104 Children at the University, 41 42 Education, Licensure in Early Childhood, Business Administration, Legal Assisting Children’s Learning Center, 6, 50, 109 (2 + 2), Bachelor of Science in, 135 Bachelor of Science in, 111, 112 Class Ranking, 38 Education, Licensure in Early Childhood Business Administration, Management Class Scheduling, 143, 144 Information Systems, Bachelor of Science Intervention Specialist, Bachelor of Clark Memorial Library, 6, 45, 46 Science in, 112 in, 135, 136 Clark Planetarium, 6 Business Administration, Management Education, Licensure in Middle Childhood, College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Bachelor of Science in, 112, 113 Information Systems (2 + 2), Bachelor of 40 Science in, 135, 136 Education, Licensure in Multiage College Work Study, 32, 34 Intervention Specialist, Bachelor of Business Administration, Department Communication with the University, 4 of, 129-141 Science in, 114 Communications System Fee, 32 Education Field Fee, 30 associate of applied business, accounting Community Education Program, 180 technology, 136, 137 Educational Opportunity Center, 184 Composition/Foreign Language Labs, 67 Educational Testing Service, 16 associate of applied business, business Computer Aided Design, Associate of information systems, 137, 138 Elderhostel, 180 Applied Science in, 170, 171 Electromechanical Engineering Technology, associate of applied business, business CADD sequence, 170 management technology 138, 139 Associate of Applied Science in, 171 Computer Aided Design, Minor in, 174 E-mail address, 4 associate of applied business, legal Computer Aided Drafting and Design assisting technology, 139, 140 Emergency Loan Fund, 34 Certificate in, 172 Emergency Medical Technology, 154-156 associate of applied business, office Computer Engineering Technology, administration technology, 141 academic requirements, 154, 155 Bachelor of Science in, 166, 167 accreditation, 154 bachelor of science, business Computer Enrichment Training, 180 administration, accounting, 131, 132 admission requirements, 149, 150 Computer Labs, 45 certification, 154 bachelor of science, business Counseling, 48, 49 administration, general business, 133 employment opportunities, 154 Counseling and Psychological Services, 48 entrance requirements, 155 bachelor of science, business Course Descriptions, 185-279 administration, health management, guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 Course Scheduling and Offerings, 65 Employment, Student, 34 133, 134 Credentials Evaluation, 30 bachelor of science, business English/Humanities, Bachelor of Arts in, INDEX — 291

68, 69 out-of-state/in-district, 30 Health Insurance, 21, 31 English and Humanities, Department of, parking tag replacement, 31 Health Management, Bachelor of Science, 66-71 part-time students, 30 133, 134 academic advising, 62 refund of, 31 Health Management, Minor, 141 associate of arts, 63, 64 responsibility for, 31 Health Science Fee, 30 bachelor of arts, English/humanities, 68 room and board, 32 Health Sciences, Department of, 142-163 integrated language arts with technology, 30 accreditation, 8, 144, 146, 147, 151, 152, adolescent to young adult licensure, transcript, 30, 32 154, 156, 158-160, 162 68, 69 transcript, immediate action, 30 admission requirements, 15, 149, 150 composition/foreign language labs, 67 tuition, 22, 30 appealing dismissal, 144 English sequence, 67 university townhouse (room and board), associate of applied science, nursing, 151, minors, 69-71 32 152 programs offered, 67 Financial Aid, 30, 32-36 associate of applied science, dental telephone number, 4, 67 application procedure, 32 hygiene, 152, 153 English Language and Linguistics Minor, 70 eligibility requirements, 32, 33 associate of applied science, emergency English Sequence, 67 employment, 34 medical technology, 155, 156 Enterprise Ohio Network, 181 grants, 32, 33 associate of applied science, medical Environmental Engineering Technology, loans, 32-34 laboratory technology, 156-158 Bachelor of Science in, 167-169 notification and disbursement, 33 associate of applied science, occupational Environmental Science Minor, 93, 94 scholarships, 33 therapy assistant, 158, 159 EOC, 184 standards of satisfactory progress for associate of applied science, physical Explore Your Future, 181 federal financial aid, 34-36 therapist assistant, 159, 160 veterans, state programs, 34 associate of applied science, radiologic work study, 32, 34 technology, 160, 161 F Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts, associate of applied science, respiratory Faculty, 61, 284-287 Department of, 72-78 therapy, 161-163 Faculty Advising, 41 bachelor of fine arts, ceramics, drawing, bachelor of science, medical laboratory Faculty Expectations and Responsibilities, 41 and painting, 74, 75 science, 144, 145 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, bachelor of fine arts, studio arts, 74, 75 bachelor of science, nursing (RN-BSN), 27 bachelor of fine arts, multiage visual arts 146, 147 FAX Number, 4 licensure, 76, 77 bachelor of science, occupational therapy, Federal Family Education Loan Program, 33 bachelor of fine arts, visualist, 75, 76 147-149 Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate minors, 77, 78 class scheduling, 143, 144 Students (PLUS), 33, 34 programs offered, 73 certification, 144, 147, 154, 156, 158, 162 Federal Pell Grant, 32-34 telephone number, 4, 73 deadline, application materials, 149, 151 Federal PLUS Loan, 34 Free Application for Federal Student Aid emergency medical technology, 154-156 Federal Stafford Loan, 34 (FAFSA), 32 hospital clinical sites, 143 Federal Subsidized Stafford Student Loan, Freshman Studies, 16, 17 pass/no-credit policy, 144 32, 33 programs offered, 143 Federal Supplemental Educational selective admission criteria, 143 Opportunity Grant (SEOG), 34 G telephone number, 4, 143 Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, 33 Game Room, 51 Health Services, 50 Federal Work Study, 32, 34 GED, Applicants with, 15, 16, 21 High School Students, 22-24 Fees, 29-32 General Education Program, 56-58, 85 History, Bachelor of Arts in, 97, 98 application, 30, 32 mathematics requirement, 85 History of the University, 6 bad check, 30 General Fee, 30 History Minor, 105 budget payment plan, 30, 31 Geography Minor, 104, 105 Hodgden Travel Fund, 6 campus view (room and board), 32 Goals and Priorities of the University, 7 Hold, Administrative, 38 carriage house (room and board), 32 Grade Appeals, 40 Honors, Graduation, 43 cedar house (room and board), 32 Grade Point Average, 40 Honors Program, 43 communications system fee, 32 Grade Reports, 42 admission policy, 43 credentials evaluation, 30 Grading/Awarding of Credit, 38 requirements for graduation, 43 credit by arrangement, 30 Graduate Center, 43, 44 Hospital Clinical Sites, 143 credit by examination, 30 Graduation Fee, 30, 32 Housing and Residence Life, 52, 53 education field, 30 Graduation Reapplication Fee, 30 Housing Fees (see Room and Board) full-time students, 30 Graduation Requirements, 30, 32, 42, 43 Housing Policy, 52 general, 30 fee, 30, 32 How to Reach us, 4 graduation, 30, 32 with honors, 43 graduation reapplication, 30 Graduation with Honors, 43 health science, 30 Grants, 32, 33 I ID card replacement, 30 Grants Management, 180 I-20 Form, 21 instructional, 30 Groundhog Job Shadow Day, 181 ID Card Replacement Fee, 30 lab fees, 22, 30, 31 Identification Cards, 31, 51 late installment, 30 Improper Registration, 26 late payment, 30 H Incomplete Grades, 38 miscellaneous, 30-32 Health Executives and Administrators Individualized Studies Degree, Associate out-of-state, 30 Learning Society (HEALS), 134 of, 65, 128 292 — INDEX

Individualized Studies Degree, Bachelor Late Payment, 30, 32 reading endorsement, 122 of, 62, 63, 127, 128 Legal Assisting Technology, Associate of Minors, 63, 69-71, 77, 78, 84, 85, 93, 94, 104, Industrial and Engineering Technologies, Applied Business in, 139, 140 105, 141, 173, 174 Dept. of, 164-175 Legal Assisting, Bachelor of Arts in Social American or British literature, 69 associate of applied science, computer Science (2 + 2), 101 biology, 93 aided design, 170, 171 Legal Assisting, Bachelor of Science in chemistry, 93 associate of applied science, Business Administration (2 + 2), 135 computer aided design, 174 electromechanical engineering Library, 6, 45, 46 economics, 104 technology, 171 Loans, 32, 33 English language and linguistics, 70 associate of applied science, plastics environmental science, 93, 94 engineering technology, 171, 172 geography, 104, 105 bachelor of science, computer engineering M health management, 141 technology, 166, 167 Mailing Address, 4 history, 105 bachelor of science, environmental Management Information Systems, journalism, 70 engineering technology, 167-169 Bachelor of Science in, 135, 136 mathematical sciences, 84, 85 bachelor of science, plastics engineering Management Information Systems, music, 77, 78 technology, 169, 170 Bachelor of Science (2 + 2) in, 136 philosophy, 70 CADD sequence, 170 Mathematical Sciences, Bachelor of plastics engineering technology, 173 certificate, computer aided drafting and Science in, 80-82 political science, 105 design, 172 Mathematical Sciences, Integrated professional writing, 70 certificate, plastics engineering technology, Mathematics with Adolescent to Young psychology, 105 172, 173 Adult Licensure, Bachelor of Science in, sociology, 105 certificate, web engineering technology, 80-82 teaching English to speakers of other 173 Mathematical Sciences, Department of, languages, 71 industrial and engineering technology 79-85 theater, 78 programs at Shawnee State, 166 academic advising, 62 Miscellaneous Fees, 30-32 minor, computer aided design, 174 associate degrees, 63, 64 Mission Statement, of the University, 7 minor, plastics engineering technology, bachelor of science, mathematical Multiage Intervention Specialist Licensure, 173 sciences, 80-82 114 pass/no-credit policy, 166 integrated mathematics with adolescent reading endorsement, 122 pre-engineering curriculum, 174 to young adult licensure, 82, 83 Multiage Visual Arts Licensure, 120, 121 programs offered, 165 bachelor of science, natural science, reading endorsement, 122 robotics option, 174 mathematics, 83 Multicultural Student Services, 48, 49 telephone number, 4, 165 bachelor of science, natural science, Music Minor, 77, 78 Instruction, Supplemental, 45 mathematics and science with middle Instructional Fee, 30 childhood licensure, 83, 84 Insurance, Student, 21, 31 general education mathematics N Integrated Language Arts with Adolescent requirement, 85 National Association of Intercollegiate to Young Adult Licensure, 68, 69, 114, 115 minor, 84 Athletics (N.A.I.A.), 6, 50 Integrated Mathematics with Adolescent to programs offered, 80 Natural Science, Bachelor of Science in, Young Adult Licensure, 82, 83, 115, 116 telephone number, 4 89-93 Integrated Science with Adolescent to Mathematical Sciences, Minor in, 84, 85 Natural Science; Earth, Life, or Physical Young Adult Licensure, 91, 92, 118, 119 Mathematics Requirement, General Science with Adolescent to Young Adult Integrated Social Studies with Adolescent Education, 85 Licensure, Bachelor of Science in, 90, 91 to Young Adult Licensure, 101-103, 116, 117 Medical Laboratory Science, Bachelor of Natural Science; Integrated Science with Intercollegiate Athletics, 51 Science in, 144, 145 Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure, International Programs and Activities, 44 accreditation and certification, 144 Bachelor of Science in, 91, 92 International Relations, Bachelor of Arts in, deadline for receipt of all application Natural Science, Mathematics, Bachelor of 44 materials, 145 Science in, 83 International Student Organization, 49 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 Natural Science, Mathematics and Science International Students, 21 Medical Laboratory Technology, 156-158 with Middle Childhood Licensure, International Study Programs, 44 academic requirements, 156 Bachelor of Science in, 83, 84, 92, 93 Internet Cafe, 51 accreditation, 156 Natural Sciences, Department of, 86-95 Internship Guidelines, 41 admission requirements, 149, 150, 156 academic advising, 62 Internships, 181 certification, 156 associate degree, 63, 64 Intramural Sports, 51 employment opportunities, 156 bachelor of science, biology, 88 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 bachelor of science, chemistry, 88, 89 health and physical ability requirements, bachelor of science, natural science, 89-93 J 156 earth, life, or physical science with James A. Rhodes Athletic Center, 6, 22 scholarships, 156 adolescent to young adult licensure, Job Placement, 48 Mentorships, 181 90, 91 Journalism Minor, 70 Michigan Test of English Language integrated science with adolescent to Proficiency (MTELP), 21 young adult licensure, 91, 92 Military Educational Experience, Credit for, mathematics and science with middle L 40 childhood licensure, 92, 93 Lab Fees, 22, 30, 31 Middle Childhood Licensure, certificate, environmental science, 93 Late Installment Fee, 30 mathematics and science, 119, 120 minors, 93, 94 INDEX — 293

premedical studies, 94, 95 Postsecondary Options Program, 22-24 academic requirements, 162 programs offered, 87 acceptance, notification, and reporting, 23 accreditation, 162 telephone number, 4 application, 23 admission requirements, 149, 150, 162 Non-Credit, 41 college credit (Option A), 22, 23 certification, 162 Non-Degree Students, 21-24 deadline, 23 employment opportunities, 162 Nursing, Associate of Applied Science in, eligibility, 22 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 151, 152 high school and college credit (Option B), ROAD:MAP 2005, 184 Nursing (RN-BSN), Bachelor of Science in, 22, 23 Robotics, 174 146, 147 orientation and registration, 23 Room and Board, 32 admission requirements, 146 other (non-Pop Program) high school program requirements, 146, 147 students, 23, 24 program continuation, 23 S validation of credit, 23 Satisfactory Academic Progress, 34-36 O PRAXIS Series Tests, 110 Scholarships, 33, 156 Occupational Therapy, Bachelor of Science Pre-College Programs, 176-178 School-to-Work, 181 in, 147-149 Pre-engineering Curriculum, 174 Science (See Natural Sciences, Department of) admission requirements, 147, 148 Preferential Registration, 26 Science Degree, Associate of, 63, 64 accreditation, 147 Premedical Studies, 94, 95 Secretarial (See Office Administration guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 Preparation for Teacher Licensure, 65 Technology) Occupational Therapy Assistant, Associate Prerequisites, 40 Selecting and Declaring a Major, 61 of Applied Science in, 158, 159 President’s List, 39 Selective Admission Criteria, 143 academic requirements, 158 Previous Keyboard Training, 141 Selective Service Registration, 26, 33 accreditation, 158 Probation, Academic, 40 Senior Citizens, 22 admission requirements, 149, 150 Professional Development, 181 Senior Scholar Program, 22 clinical requirements, 158, 159 Professional Studies, College of, 125-175 Social Sciences, Department of, 96-106 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 associate of individualized studies, 128 academic advising, 62 Office Administration Technology, bachelor of individualized studies, 127, 128 associate of arts, 63, 64 Associate of Applied Business in, 141 business administration, department of, bachelor of arts, history, 97, 98 Ohio Academic Competitions, 180 129-141 bachelor of arts, integrated social studies Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher faculty, 127 with adolescent to young adult Education, 6, 184 health sciences, department of, 142-163 licensure, 101-103 Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity industrial and engineering technologies, bachelor of arts, international relations, Center, 184 dept. of, 164-175 98, 99 Ohio Instructional Grant, 32, 33 programs offered, 126 bachelor of arts, psychology, 99, 100 OhioLINK, 45 telephone number, 4, 126 bachelor of arts, social science, 100, 101 Orientation, 23, 28 Professional Writing Minor, 70 bachelor of arts, social sciences, legal for Postsecondary Options Program Professor Emeritus, 287 assisting (2 + 2), 101 students, 23 Programs of Study, 55 bachelor of arts, sociology, 103, 104 Outreach Programs, 179-182 Psychology Minor, 105 certificates, 106 Out-of-State Fees, 30 Psychology, Bachelor of Arts in, 99, 100 minors, 104-106 Out-of-State/In-District Fees, 30 programs offered, 97 telephone number, 4, 97 R Social Science, Associate of Arts in, 63, 64 P Radiologic Technology, Associate of Applied Social Science, Bachelor of Arts in, 100, 101 Painting, 74, 75 Science in, 160, 161 Social Science, Legal Assisting (2 + 2), Paramedic Program, 154-156 academic requirements, 160 Bachelor of Arts in, 100, 101 Parent Loan for Undergraduates, 32 accreditation, 160 Sociology Minor, 105 Parking Tag Replacement Fee, 31 admission requirements, 149, 150 Sports Management, Bachelor of Science in Pass/No-Credit Policy, 39, 65, 144, 166 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 Sports Studies, 123 Pell Grant, 32-34 Reading Endorsement, 122 Sports Studies, Bachelor of Science in, Philosophy Minor, 70 Refund of Fees, 31 122-124 Physical Therapist Assistant, Associate of Registration, 23, 25-28 application for admission, 122, 123 Applied Science in, 159, 160 continuing or returning students, 26 athletic training, 123, 124 accreditation, 159 degree seeking freshmen, 26 sports management, 123 admission requirements, 149, 150 family educational rights and privacy Stafford Student Loan, 32-34 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 144 act, 27 Standards of Satisfactory Progress for Placement Testing, 27, 28 high school students, 23 Federal Financial Aid, 34-36 Planetarium, 6 improper, 26 State Policy on Articulation and Transfer, Plastics Engineering Technology, Associate orientation, 28 17, 18 of Applied Science in, 171, 172 placement testing, 27, 28 Strategic Plan, 7 Plastics Engineering Technology, Bachelor preferential, 26 Student Activities, 51-53 of science, 169, 170 residency information, 26, 27 Student Emergency Loan Fund, 34 Plastics Engineering Technology, Certificate selective service, 26 Student Employment, 34 in, 172, 173 Repeating Coursework, 40 Student Insurance, 21, 31 Plastics Engineering Technology, Minor in, Residency Information, 26, 27 Student Load, 30 173 Respiratory Therapy, Associate of Applied Student Loans, 32, 33 Political Science Minor, 105 Science in, 161-163 Student Lounges, 51 294 — INDEX

Student Success Center, 16, 26-28, 30, 42, portfolio requirement, 110 48, 49 postbaccalaureate, 110, 111 computer labs, 45 PRAXIS series tests, 110 disability services, 49 preprofessional services, 109 multicultural student services, 48, 49 programs and licensure offered, 108 orientation, 28 reading endorsement, 122 placement testing, 27, 28 shawnee state graduates, 110, 111 supplemental instruction, 45 teacher licensure programs, 108-122 tutoring, 45 telephone number, 4, 108 Student Support Services, 49 transfer, 110, 111 Student Visa, 21 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Studio Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 74, 75 Languages Minor, 71 Studio Arts with Multiage Visual Arts Tech Prep Ohio South Consortium, 181, 182 Licensure, Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 76, 77 Technology Fee, 30 Supplemental Education Opportunity Telephone Directory, 4 Grant (SEOG), 32 Test of English as a Second Language Supplemental Instruction, 45 (TOEFL), 21 Summer Fellowships for Teachers, 181 Theater Minor, 78 Summer Honors Institute, 180, 181 Tours, Campus, 24 Suspension/Dismissal, Academic, 40, 41 Transcripts, 15, 16, 30, 42 Fee, 30, 32 Transfer of Credit, 17-20 T appeal procedure, 18, 20 Talent Search, 177 Transfer Module, 17-19 Targeted Industries Training Program, 181 Transfer Students, 17-20 Teacher Education, Dept. of, 107-124 Transient Students, 21, 22 academic advising, 62 TRIO Programs, 6 adolescent to young adult licensure, Trustees, Staff, and Faculty, 280-287 earth, life, or physical science, bachelor Tuition and Fees, 29-32, 186 of science, natural science, 117, 118 Tutoring, 45 adolescent to young adult licensure, Twenty-First Century Community integrated language arts, bachelor of Learning Centers, 182 arts, English/humanities, 114, 115 adolescent to young adult licensure, integrated mathematics, bachelor of U science, mathematical sciences, 115, 116 Undeclared Major/Undecided Student, 16 adolescent to young adult licensure, University Center, 51 integrated science, bachelor of science, University Outreach Services, 179-182 natural science, 118, 119 University Townhouse Rates (room and adolescent to young adult licensure, board), 32 integrated social studies, bachelor of Upward Bound, 177, 178 arts, social sciences, 116, 117 Upward Bound Math Science Center, 178 application for admission, sports studies, 122, 123 associate of applied science, early V childhood development, pre-K associate Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, 6, 73 licensure, 121, 122 Veterans, 34 bachelor of science, education, licensure Visitors to Class, 41 in early childhood, 111, 112 Visualist (Digital Art and Imaging), bachelor of science, education, licensure Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 75, 76 in early childhood intervention specialist, 112 bachelor of science, education, licensure in middle childhood, 112, 113 W bachelor of science, education, licensure Waller Conservatory, 87 in multiage intervention specialist, 114 Web Engineering Technology, Certificate in, bachelor of science, sports studies, 122-124 173 application for admission, 122, 123 Welcome, 3 athletic training, 123, 124 Welcome Center, 51 sports management, 123 Withdrawal/Refund Dates, 31 children’s learning center, 109 Withdrawing from College, 42 eligibility criteria, 109, 110 Work Study, 32, 34 middle childhood licensure, mathematics World Wide Web Address, 4 and science, bachelor of science, natural science, 119, 120 multiage visual arts licensure, bachelor of fine arts, 120, 121 SURVEY — 295 Survey This catalog was prepared for your use by Shawnee State University’s Printing & Graphic Services with input from many segments of the university community. Our aim is to provide a publication that is helpful to you—the student, faculty advisor, or counselor. Please let us know how we’re doing by completing the questionnaire below and returning it to: Shawnee State University, Printing & Graphic Services, 940 Second Street, Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344.

1. Did we leave any information out of the 2001-2003 catalog that would have helped you make your educational plans? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

______

2. After using the catalog, were you left with questions that had to be answered in another way? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

______

3. Did you find any contradictory or confusing information in the catalog? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

______

4. How can we make the information concerning your degree or major more understandable?

______

______

______

5. What was most helpful about the 2001-2003 catalog?

______

______

______

(continued on next page) 296 — SURVEY

6. What was least helpful about the 2001-2003 catalog?

______

______

______

Additional Comments: Please make any comments that will help us improve the looks or content of the next catalog.

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

Thank you for taking the time to respond. You have our best wishes as you pursue your educational goals!